_______________________________

UTAX CD 1042 / 1052

Service Manual

Safety warnings and precautions

Various symbols are used to protect our service personnel and customers from physical danger and to prevent damage to their property. These symbols are described below:

DANGER:

High risk of serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning messages using this symbol.

WARNING: Serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning messages using this symbol. CAUTION: Bodily injury or damage to property may result from insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning messages using this symbol.

Symbols The triangle ( ) symbol indicates a warning including danger and caution. The specific point of attention is shown inside the symbol. General warning.

Warning of risk of electric shock.

Warning of high temperature. indicates a prohibited action. The specific prohibition is shown inside the symbol. General prohibited action.

Disassembly prohibited.

indicates that action is required. The specific action required is shown inside the symbol. General action required.

Remove the power plug from the wall outlet.

Always ground the copier.

1. Installation Precautions
WARNING Do not use a power supply with a voltage other than that specified. Avoid multiple connections to one outlet: they may cause fire or electric shock. When using an extension cable, always check that it is adequate for the rated current. ............................................................... Connect the ground wire to a suitable grounding point. Not grounding the copier may cause fire or electric shock. Connecting the earth wire to an object not approved for the purpose may cause explosion or electric shock. Never connect the ground cable to any of the following: gas pipes, lightning rods, ground cables for telephone lines and water pipes or faucets not approved by the proper authorities. ........................

CAUTION: Do not place the copier on an infirm or angled surface: the copier may tip over, causing injury. ........................................................................... Do not install the copier in a humid or dusty place. This may cause fire or electric shock. ..................................................................................... Do not install the copier near a radiator, heater, other heat source or near flammable material. This may cause fire. ....................................... Allow sufficient space around the copier to allow the ventilation grills to keep the machine as cool as possible. Insufficient ventilation may cause heat buildup and poor copying performance. ...............................

 Always handle the machine by the correct locations when moving it. .... Always use anti-toppling and locking devices on copiers so equipped. Failure to do this may cause the copier to move unexpectedly or topple, leading to injury. .......................................................................... Avoid inhaling toner or developer excessively. Protect the eyes. If toner or developer is accidentally ingested, drink a lot of water to dilute it in the stomach and obtain medical attention immediately. If it gets into the eyes, rinse immediately with copious amounts of water and obtain medical attention. .................................................................................... Advice customers that they must always follow the safety warnings and precautions in the copiers instruction handbook. ...................................

2. Precautions for Maintenance

WARNING Always remove the power plug from the wall outlet before starting machine disassembly. ............................................................................ Always follow the procedures for maintenance described in the service manual and other related brochures. ...................................................... Under no circumstances attempt to bypass or disable safety features including safety mechanisms and protective circuits. .............................

Always use parts having the correct specifications. ............................... Always use the thermostat or thermal fuse specified in the service manual or other related brochure when replacing them. Using a piece of wire, for example, could lead to fire or other serious accident. ........... When the service manual or other serious brochure specifies a distance or gap for installation of a part, always use the correct scale and measure carefully. ........................................................................... Always check that the copier is correctly connected to an outlet with a ground connection. .................................................................................

 Check that the power cable covering is free of damage. Check that the power plug is dust-free. If it is dirty, clean it to remove the risk of fire or electric shock. ......................................................................................... Never attempt to disassemble the optical unit in machines using lasers. Leaking laser light may damage eyesight. .............................................. Handle the charger sections with care. They are charged to high potentials and may cause electric shock if handled improperly. .............

CAUTION Wear safe clothing. If wearing loose clothing or accessories such as ties, make sure they are safely secured so they will not be caught in rotating sections. ..................................................................................... Use utmost caution when working on a powered machine. Keep away from chains and belts. ............................................................................. Handle the fixing section with care to avoid burns as it can be extremely hot. ......................................................................................... Check that the fixing unit thermistor, heat and press rollers are clean. Dirt on them can cause abnormally high temperatures. ......................... Do not remove the ozone filter, if any, from the copier except for routine replacement. ............................................................................... Do not pull on the AC power cord or connector wires on high-voltage components when removing them; always hold the plug itself. .............. Do not route the power cable where it may be stood on or trapped. If necessary, protect it with a cable cover or other appropriate item. ........ Treat the ends of the wire carefully when installing a new charger wire to avoid electric leaks. ............................................................................

Remove toner completely from electronic components. ......................... Run wire harnesses carefully so that wires will not be trapped or damaged. ................................................................................................

 After maintenance, always check that all the parts, screws, connectors and wires that were removed, have been refitted correctly. Special attention should be paid to any forgotten connector, trapped wire and missing screws. ...................................................................................... Check that all the caution labels that should be present on the machine according to the instruction handbook are clean and not peeling. Replace with new ones if necessary. ...................................................... Handle greases and solvents with care by following the instructions below: ..................................................................................................... Use only a small amount of solvent at a time, being careful not to spill. Wipe spills off completely. Ventilate the room well while using grease or solvents. Allow applied solvents to evaporate completely before refitting the covers or turning the main switch on. Always wash hands afterwards. Never dispose of toner or toner bottles in fire. Toner may cause sparks when exposed directly to fire in a furnace, etc. ......................... Should smoke be seen coming from the copier, remove the power plug from the wall outlet immediately. ..................................................

3. Miscellaneous
WARNING Never attempt to heat the drum or expose it to any organic solvents such as alcohol, other than the specified refiner; it may generate toxic gas. .........................................................................................................

CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturers instructions.

CAUTION
Double-pole/neutral fusing.

2A3/4

CONTENTS
I THEORY AND CONSTRUCTION SECTION
1-1 Specifications 1-1-1 Specifications ................................................................................ 1-2 Handling Precautions 1-2-1 Drum ............................................................................................. 1-2-2 Developer and toner ...................................................................... 1-3 Mechanical Construction 1-3-1 Parts names and their functions .................................................... 1-3-2 Machine cross section ................................................................... 1-3-3 Drive system ................................................................................. 1-3-4 Mechanical construction ................................................................ 1-1-1 1-2-1 1-2-1 1-3-1 1-3-4 1-3-5 1-3-8

II ELECTRICAL SECTION
2-1 Electrical Parts Layout 2-1-1 Electrical parts layout .................................................................... 2-1-1 2-2 Detection of Paper Misfeed 2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection ............................................................... 2-2-1 2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions .............................................. 2-2-2 2-2-3 Original misfeed detection ........................................................... 2-2-14 2-2-4 Original misfeed detection conditions ......................................... 2-2-15 2-3 Operation of the PCBs 2-3-1 Power source PCB ........................................................................ 2-3-1 2-3-2 Engine PCB ................................................................................... 2-3-3 2-3-3 Main PCB ...................................................................................... 2-3-4 2-3-4 Memory copy PCB ........................................................................ 2-3-6 2-3-5 Scanner motor PCB ...................................................................... 2-3-8 2-3-6 CCD PCB ...................................................................................... 2-3-9 2-3-7 DF driver PCB ............................................................................. 2-3-11 2-3-8 Operation unit main PCB,operation unit right PCB,and operation unit left PCB ................................................................ 2-3-12 2-3-9 Deck main PCB (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ................ 2-3-16

III SET UP AND ADJUSTMENT SECTION

3-1 Installation 3-1-1 Unpacking and installation ............................................................ 3-1-1 3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes ........................................................... 3-1-29 3-1-3 Installing the memory copy kit (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) .......................................... 3-1-30 3-1-4 Installing the image memory SIMM (option) ................................ 3-1-33 3-1-5 Installing the optical heater (service part) ................................... 3-1-35 3-1-6 Installing the drawer heater (service part) ................................... 3-1-38 3-1-7 Installing the key counter (option) ............................................... 3-1-41 3-1-8 Installing the dehumidfier heaters (service part) ......................... 3-1-44 3-1-9 Installing the MMD host monitorig system device (optional for 120 V specifications only) ....................................... 3-1-47

1-1-1

2A3/4 3-2 Maintenance Mode 3-2-1 Maintenance mode ........................................................................ 3-2-1 3-2-2 Copier management .................................................................... 3-2-99 3-3 Assembly and Disassembly 3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly .................................. 3-3-1 3-3-2 Paper feed section ........................................................................ 3-3-3 3-3-3 Optical section ............................................................................. 3-3-23 3-3-4 Main charging section ................................................................. 3-3-42 3-3-5 Drum section ............................................................................... 3-3-45 3-3-6 Developing section ...................................................................... 3-3-51 3-3-7 Transfer and separation section .................................................. 3-3-56 3-3-8 Cleaning section .......................................................................... 3-3-59 3-3-9 Fixing section .............................................................................. 3-3-64 3-3-10 Feedshift and duplex section ...................................................... 3-3-80 3-3-11 SRDF section .............................................................................. 3-3-89 3-3-12 Large paper deck section (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ........................................ 3-3-102 3-4 PCB Initial Settings 3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB ............................................................... 3-4-1 3-4-2 Replacing the main PCB ROMs .................................................... 3-4-2 3-4-3 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR) ........................................ 3-4-3 3-5 Self-Diagnosis 3-5-1 Self-diagnosis ................................................................................ 3-5-1 3-6 Troubleshooting 3-6-1 Image formation problems ............................................................ 3-6-1 3-6-2 Paper misfeeds ........................................................................... 3-6-18 3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages ................................................................. 3-6-33 3-6-4 Electrical problems ...................................................................... 3-6-73 3-6-5 Mechanical problems .................................................................. 3-6-97 3-7 Appendixes Timing chart No. 1 .................................................................................... 3-7-1 Timing chart No. 2 .................................................................................... 3-7-2 Timing chart No. 3 .................................................................................... 3-7-3 Timing chart No. 4 .................................................................................... 3-7-4 Timing chart No. 5 .................................................................................... 3-7-5 Timing chart No. 6 .................................................................................... 3-7-6 Timing chart No. 7 .................................................................................... 3-7-7 Timing chart No. 8 .................................................................................... 3-7-8 Timing chart No. 9 .................................................................................... 3-7-9 Timing chart No. 10 ................................................................................ 3-7-10 Timing chart No. 11 ................................................................................ 3-7-11 Timing chart No. 12 ................................................................................ 3-7-12 Power source PCB 1/2 ........................................................................... 3-7-13 Power source PCB 2/2 ........................................................................... 3-7-14 Engine PCB 1/2 ...................................................................................... 3-7-15 Engine PCB 2/2 ...................................................................................... 3-7-16 Main PCB 1/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-17 Main PCB 2/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-18 Main PCB 3/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-19 Main PCB 4/9 .......................................................................................... 3-7-20

1-1-2

2A3/4 Main PCB 5/9 .......................................................................................... Main PCB 6/9 .......................................................................................... Main PCB 7/9 .......................................................................................... Main PCB 8/9 .......................................................................................... Main PCB 9/9 .......................................................................................... Memory copy PCB 1/12 .......................................................................... Memory copy PCB 2/12 .......................................................................... Memory copy PCB 3/12 .......................................................................... Memory copy PCB 4/12 .......................................................................... Memory copy PCB 5/12 .......................................................................... Memory copy PCB 6/12 .......................................................................... Memory copy PCB 7/12 .......................................................................... Memory copy PCB 8/12 .......................................................................... Memory copy PCB 9/12 .......................................................................... Memory copy PCB 10/12 ........................................................................ Memory copy PCB 11/12 ........................................................................ Memory copy PCB 12/12 ........................................................................ Scanner motor PCB ................................................................................ CCD PCB ................................................................................................ DF driver PCB ......................................................................................... Operation unit main PCB 1/2 .................................................................. Operation unit main PCB 2/2 .................................................................. Operation unit right PCB ......................................................................... Operation unit left PCB ........................................................................... Deck main PCB ...................................................................................... Interface PCB ......................................................................................... SRDF connection diagram ...................................................................... General connection diagram (42 ppm copier) ........................................ General connection diagram (52 ppm copier) ........................................ SRDF wiring diagram .............................................................................. Large paper deck wiring diagram ........................................................... 3-7-21 3-7-22 3-7-23 3-7-24 3-7-25 3-7-26 3-7-27 3-7-28 3-7-29 3-7-30 3-7-31 3-7-32 3-7-33 3-7-34 3-7-35 3-7-36 3-7-37 3-7-38 3-7-39 3-7-40 3-7-41 3-7-42 3-7-43 3-7-44 3-7-45 3-7-46 3-7-47 3-7-48 3-7-49 3-7-50 3-7-51

1-1-3

I THEORY AND CONSTRUCTION SECTION

2A3/4

CONTENTS 1-1 Specifications

1-1-1 Specifications ...................................................................................... 1-1-1

1-1-5

2A3/4

1-1-1 Specifications
Copier (42 ppm copier) Type Desktop Copying system Dry, indirect electrostatic system Originals Sheets and books Maximum size: A3/11" 17" Original feed system Fixed Copy paper Drawer and duplex unit: Plain paper (64 80 g/m2) Bypass table: Plain paper (60 160 g/m2) Special paper: Transparencies, tracing paper, colored paper, letterhead and envelopes (only when used as a printer) Note: Use the bypass table for special paper. Copying sizes Maximum: A3/11" 17" Minimum: A6R/5 1/ 2" 8 1/ 2" During duplex copying Maximum: A3/11" 17" Minimum: A5R/5 1/ 2" 8 1/ 2" Magnification ratios Manual mode: 25 400%, 1% increments Auto copy mode: Fixed ratios Metric 1:1 0.1%, 1:4.00/1:2.00/1:1.41/1:1.06/1:0.75/ 1:0.70/1:0.50/1:0.25 Inch 1:1 0.1%, 1:4.00/1:2.00/1:1.29/1:1.21/1:0.78/ 1:0.64/1:0.50/1:0.25 Copy speed At 100% magnification in memory copy mode: A4/11" 81/2": 42 copies/min. A4R/8 1/ 2" 11": 32 copies/min. A3/11" 17": 24 copies/min. B5 : 42 copies/min. B5R : 36 copies/min. B4 (257 364)/81/ 2" 14": 28 copies/min. When the SRDF is used (at 100% magnification): A4/11" 81/2": 42 copies/min. First copy time 4.5 s or less (A4/11" 81/ 2", 100% magnification, upper drawer, manual copy density control) Warm-up time 120 s or less (room temperature 20C/68F, 65%RH) Paper feed system Automatic feed Capacity: Drawers: 550 sheets Manual feed Capacity: Bypass: 100 sheets Photoconductor OPC (drum diameter 60 mm) Charging system Single positive corona charging, 670 730 A Exposure light source Semiconductor laser Exposure scanning system Polygon mirror

1-1-1

2A3/4 Developing system Dry, reverse developing (magnetic brush) Developer: 2-component, ferrite carrier and N29T black toner Toner density control: toner sensor Toner replenishing: automatic from a toner cartridge Transfer system Single negative corona charging, 210 A Separation system Single AC corona charging Fixing system Heat roller Heat source: halogen heaters (main 850 W, sub 850 W) Control temperature: 180C/356F (at normal ambient temperature) Abnormally high temperature protection devices: 140C/284F thermostat Fixing pressure: 210 N Charge erasing system Exposure by cleaning lamp Cleaning system Cleaning blade Scanning system Flat bed scanning by CCD image sensor Bit map memory 12 MB (standard) Image storage memory 32 MB (standard) Resolution 600 600 dpi Light source Inert gas lamp (12 W) Dimensions 627 (W) 748 (D) 841 (H) mm 2411 /16 " (W) 297/ 16" (D) 331/8" (H) Weight 129 kg/283.8 lbs Floor requirements 1287 mm (W) 748 (D)mm 505/ 16" (W) 297/16 " (D) Functions (1) Self-diagnostics (2) Preheat (3) Automatic copy density control (4) Original size detection (5) Automatic paper selection (6) Automatic magnification selection (7) Enlargement/reduction copy (8) Fixed ratio selection (9) Size zoom mode (10) XY zoom mode (11) Photo mode (12) Duplex copy (13) Margin copy (14) Print page numbers function (15) Split copy (16) Border erasing (17) Sheet copy (18) Transparency backing sheet function (19) Form overlay (20) Combine copy (21) Booklet + cover copy (22) Sort copy (23) Invert copy (24) Mirror image mode

1-1-2

2A3/4 (25) Program copy (26) Setting change mode (27) Job build mode (28) Department control (29) Weekly timer (30) Language selection Power source 120 V AC, 60 Hz, 10.5 A 220 240 V AC, 50 or 60 Hz, 4.9 A Power consumption 1300 W (for 120 V specifications) 1200 W (for 220-240 V specifications) Options Paper feed desk, large paper deck, finisher, key counter, key card*, printer unit, memory copy board, additional memory (16 MB/32 MB), booklet stitcher, MMD host monitoring system device* and copy tray*. * for 120 V specifications only

1-1-3

2A3/4 Copier (52 ppm copier) Type Console Copying system Dry, indirect electrostatic system Originals Sheets and books Maximum size: A3/11" 17" Original feed system Fixed Copy paper Drawer and duplex unit: Plain paper (64 80 g/m 2) Bypass table: Plain paper (60 160 g/m 2) Special paper: Transparencies, tracing paper, colored paper, letterhead and envelopes (only when used as a printer) Note: Use the bypass table for special paper. Copying sizes Maximum: A3/11" 17" Minimum: A6R/5 1/ 2" 8 1/ 2" During duplex copying Maximum: A3/11" 17" Minimum: A5R/5 1/ 2" 8 1/ 2" Magnification ratios Manual mode: 25 400%, 1% increments Auto copy mode: Fixed ratios Metric 1:1 0.1%, 1:4.00/1:2.00/1:1.41/1:1.06/1:0.75/ 1:0.70/1:0.50/1:0.25 Inch 1:1 0.1%, 1:4.00/1:2.00/1:1.29/1:1.21/1:0.78/ 1:0.64/1:0.50/1:0.25 Copy speed At 100% magnification in memory copy mode: A4/11" 81/ 2": 52 copies/min. A4R/8 1/2" 11": 35 copies/min. A3/11" 17": 26 copies/min. B5 : 52 copies/min. B5R : 42 copies/min. B4 (257 364)/81/ 2" 14": 31 copies/min. When the SRDF is used (at 100% magnification): A4/11" 81/ 2": 42 copies/min. First copy time 4.5 s or less (A4/11" 81/ 2", 100% magnification, upper drawer, manual copy density control) Warm-up time 180 s or less (room temperature 20C/68F, 65%RH) Paper feed system Automatic feed Capacity: Drawers: 550 sheets Manual feed Capacity: Bypass: 100 sheets Photoconductor OPC (drum diameter 60 mm) Charging system Single positive corona charging, 670 730 A Exposure light source Semiconductor laser Exposure scanning system Polygon mirror Developing system Dry, reverse developing (magnetic brush) Developer: 2-component, ferrite carrier and N29T black toner

1-1-4

2A3/4 Toner density control: toner sensor Toner replenishing: automatic from a toner cartridge Transfer system Single negative corona charging, 210 A Separation system Single AC corona charging Fixing system Heat roller Heat source: halogen heaters (main 850 W, sub 850W) Control temperature: 190C/374F (at normal ambient temperature) Abnormally high temperature protection devices: 140C/284F thermostat Fixing pressure: 210 N Charge erasing system Exposure by cleaning lamp Cleaning system Cleaning blade Scanning system Flat bed scanning by CCD image sensor Bit map memory 12 MB (standard) Image storage memory 32 MB (standard) Resolution 600 600 dpi Light source Inert gas lamp (12 W) Dimensions 627 (W) 748 (D) 1131 (H) mm 2411/ 16" (W) 297/16 " (D) 449/ 16" (H) Weight 160 kg/352 lbs Floor requirements 1287 mm (W) 748 (D)mm 505/16 " (W) 297/ 16" (D) Functions (1) Self-diagnostics (2) Preheat (3) Automatic copy density control (4) Original size detection (5) Automatic paper selection (6) Automatic magnification selection (7) Enlargement/reduction copy (8) Fixed ratio selection (9) Size zoom mode (10) XY zoom mode (11) Photo mode (12) Duplex copy (13) Margin copy (14) Print page numbers function (15) Split copy (16) Border erasing (17) Sheet copy (18) Transparency backing sheet function (19) Form overlay (20) Combine copy (21) Booklet + cover copy (22) Sort copy (23) Invert copy (24) Mirror image mode (25) Program copy (26) Setting change mode (27) Job build mode

1-1-5

2A3/4 (28) Department control (29) Weekly timer (30) Language selection Power source 120 V AC, 60 Hz, 10.5 A 220 240 V AC, 50 or 60 Hz, 4.9 A Power consumption 1200 W (for 120 V specifications) 1300 W (for 220-240 V specifications) Options Finisher, key counter, key card*, printer unit, additional memory (16 MB/32 MB) , MMD host monitoring system device* and copy tray* * for 120 V specifications only SRDF Original feed system Automatic feed Originals Sheets Original weights Single-sided original mode: 35 160 g/m2 Double-sided original mode: 50 120 g/m2 Original paper Plain paper, thermal paper, art paper, colored paper Original sizes A3 A5R, folio/11" 17" 81/2" 51/2" No. of originals Up to 50 sheets (A3, B4, folio, 11" 17", 81/ 2" 14") Up to 70 sheets (up to A4/11" 81/2") Up to 50 sheets in the auto selection mode Art or thermal paper must be fed individually. Power source Electrically connected to the copier

Large paper deck Paper Plain paper (64 80 g/m 2) Paper size A4/11" 81/ 2", B5 Capacity 3000 sheets (1500 sheets 2) No. of stacks 2 Power source Electrically connected to the copier

1-1-6

2A3/4

CONTENTS 1-2 Handling Precautions

1-2-1 Drum ................................................................................................... 1-2-1 1-2-2 Developer and toner ........................................................................... 1-2-1

1-1-7

2A3/4

1-2-1 Drum
Note the following when handling or storing the drum. When removing the image formation unit, never expose the drum surface to strong direct light. Keep the drum at an ambient temperature between 20C/4F and 40C/104F and at a relative humidity not higher than 85% RH. Avoid abrupt changes in temperature and humidity. Avoid exposure to any substance which is harmful to or may affect the quality of the drum. Do not touch the drum surface with any object. Should it be touched by hands or stained with oil, clean it. If the machine is left open for more than 5 minutes for maintenance, remove the drum and store it in the drum storage bag (Part No. 78369020).

1-2-2 Developer and toner

Store the developer and toner in a cool, dark place. Avoid direct light and high humidity.

1-2-1

2A3/4

CONTENTS 1-3 Mechanical Construction

1-3-1 1-3-2 1-3-3 1-3-4 Parts names and their functions ......................................................... 1-3-1 Machine cross section ........................................................................ 1-3-4 Drive system ....................................................................................... 1-3-5 Mechanical construction ..................................................................... 1-3-8 (1) Paper feed section ...................................................................... 1-3-8 (1-1) Paper feed from the drawers ............................................ 1-3-8 (1-2) Paper feed from the bypass table .................................... 1-3-13 (2) Main charging section ................................................................ 1-3-16 (3) Optical section ............................................................................ 1-3-19 Original scanning ........................................................................ 1-3-20 Image printing ............................................................................ 1-3-22 (4) Developing section .................................................................... 1-3-25 Formation of magnetic brush ..................................................... 1-3-27 Toner density control ................................................................. 1-3-29 Correcting toner feed start level ................................................ 1-3-31 Toner level detection ................................................................. 1-3-34 Toner hopper lockup detection .................................................. 1-3-35 (5) Transfer and separation section ................................................ 1-3-36 Charger wire cleaning ............................................................... 1-3-38 (6) Cleaning section ........................................................................ 1-3-40 (7) Charge erasing section ............................................................. 1-3-41 (8) Fixing section ............................................................................ 1-3-43 Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature .................... 1-3-45 Fixing temperature control ......................................................... 1-3-46 Paper separation ....................................................................... 1-3-48 (9) Feedshift and eject section ........................................................ 1-3-49 (10) Duplex section ........................................................................... 1-3-51 Duplex copying operation timing ............................................... 1-3-54 (11) SRDF ......................................................................................... 1-3-57 (11-1) Original feed section ....................................................... 1-3-57 Original feed timing ......................................................... 1-3-59 (11-2) Original switchback section ............................................ 1-3-60 Operation of original switchback ..................................... 1-3-62 (11-3) Original conveying section .............................................. 1-3-63 Original switchback/conveying timing ............................. 1-3-65 (12) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ........... 1-3-67 (12-1) Right cassette primary paper feed .................................. 1-3-69 (12-2) Left cassette primary paper feed .................................... 1-3-72 (12-3) Raising and lowering the lifts .......................................... 1-3-74 (12-4) Detecting the paper level ................................................ 1-3-76

1-1-9

E A E

E A E

2A3/4

1-3-1 Part names and their functions

42 ppm copier

^ &

* (

1 2 ) 3 7 9 0 ! # 5 4 6 8 %

@ $

Figure 1-3-1-a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 Contact platen Original size indictor lines Operation panel Bypass table Insert guide Support guide Front cover Right cover Duplex unit Re-feeding section ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( ) Duplex unit cover Upper drawer Length guide tab Width guide tab Lower drawer DF original reversing cover Original set indicator Original insertion guides Original table DF opening/closing lever Original ejection cover Paper ejection guide Main switch Left cover Copy tray*1 Toner cartridge Toner cartridge release lever Image formation unit release button Image formation unit handle Paper transfer unit release lever Paper feed section knob Fixing unit Fixing unit handle Fixing knob Fixing unit release lever Handles for transport Paper feed desk*2 Large paper deck*2 *1: Optional for 120 V specifications. *2: Optional.

1-3-1
E A E A A E 2AD (MCA) E A A E

E A E

E A E

2A3/4

52 ppm copier

() 1 2 3 7 5 4 6 0

8 @ $ # & %

9 !

Figure 1-3-1-b 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 ! Contact platen Original size indictor lines Operation panel Bypass table Insert guide Support guide Front cover Right cover Upper drawer Length guide tab Width guide tab @ # $ % ^ & * ( ) Lower drawer Large paper deck Deck side cover Drawer Deck front cover Lifts Paper side guides DF original reversing cover Original set indicator Original insertion guides Original table DF opening/closing lever Original ejection cover Paper ejection guide Main switch Left cover Copy tray* Toner cartridge Toner cartridge release lever Image formation unit release button Image formation unit handle Paper transfer unit release lever Paper feed section knob Duplex unit Re-feeding section Duplex unit cover Duplex unit handle Fixing unit Fixing unit handle Fixing knob Fixing unit release lever Handles for transport * Optional for 120 V specifications.

1-3-2
E A E A E A 2AD (MCA) E A A E

E A E

E A E

2A3/4 Metric 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( ) Punch mode key Punch mode indicator Staple sort mode key Staple sort mode indicator Sorter mode key Sort mode indicator Group mode indicator Brightness adjustment control Data indicator Program key Manual key Add job key Copier/printer switching key Touch panel Numeric keys Stop/clear key Print key Print indicator Reset key Auto selection key Auto selection indicator Energy saver key Energy saver indicator Interrupt key Interrupt indicator

Inch

Figure 1-3-2 Operation panel

1-3-3
E A E A A E 2AD (MCA) E A A E

E A E

E A E

2A3/4

1-3-2 Machine cross section !

Large paper deck (page 1-3-67)

3 2 8 9 7 6 5

4 1

Paper path

0
Figure 1-3-4 Machine cross sectionLarge paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)

Light path Paper and original path

Figure 1-3-3 Machine cross sectioncopier and SRDF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 ! Paper feed section (page 1-3-8) Main charging section (page 1-3-16) Optical section (page 1-3-19) Developing section (page 1-3-25) Transfer and separation section (page 1-3-36) Cleaning section (page 1-3-40) Charge erasing section (page 1-3-41) Fixing section (page 1-3-43) Feedshift and eject section (page 1-3-49) Duplex section (page 1-3-51) SRDF (page 1-3-57)

1-3-4
E A E A E A 2AD (MCA) E A A E

2A3/4

2 9 7 % 5 ( $ * % 3$ ) 8 6 $ $ 5 5 % & $ $ # 4 # @ # $ (5 5 6 0 1 !

^ &

As viewed from machine front Figure 1-3-9 Drive systemLarge paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)

1 Belt 180-6 2 Paper feed clutch 1 3 Paper feed clutch 2 4 Paper conveying clutch 5 Gear 20 6 Gear 26 7 Gear 50-20 8 Gear 35-1-20 9 Pulley 18 0 Gear 43-20 ! Pulley S2M-18 @ Gear 16 # Roller 0.8-20

$ Pulley 20, gear 32 % One-way drum ^ Pulley 18-OW & Pulse gear * Belt 258 ( Belt 234 ) Belt 144 Gear 1.0-24 Lift pulley Left lift belt assembly Right lift belt assembly Paper deck motor gear Pulley 16

1-3-7

2A3/4

1-3-4 Mechanical construction

(1) Paper feed section The paper section consists of the primary feed and secondary feed subsections. Primary feed conveys paper from the upper drawer, lower drawer or bypass table to the upper and lower registration rollers, at which point secondary feed takes place and the paper travels to the transfer section in sync with the printing timing. (1-1) Paper feed from the drawers

$ ^ * % & )

4 6

7 8 5 9 0 1 2

# # ( # ( #

1 2

3 @

Figure 1-3-10 Drawer paper feed and secondary paper feed sections

1-3-8

2A3/4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( ) Forwarding pulley Upper paper feed pulley Lower paper feed pulley Upper feed roller Lower feed roller Upper feed guide plate Middle feed guide plate Lower feed guide plate Feed roller 1 Feed roller 2 Feed roller 3 Feed roller 4 Feed pulley Upper registration roller Lower registration roller Upper registration guide Lower registration guide Lower pre-transfer guide Feed guide Drawer lift Lift operation plate Upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) Lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L) Feed clutch 1 (FCL1) Feed clutch 2 (FCL2) Feed clutch 3 (FCL3) Feed clutch 4 (FCL4) Feed clutch 5 (FCL5) Registration clutch (RCL) Upper paper switch (PSW-U) Lower paper switch (PSW-L) Upper lift limit switch (LICSW-U) Lower lift limit switch (LICSW-L) Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) Paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3) Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) Feed switch (FSW) Registration switch (RSW) Upper paper length switch (PLSW-U) Lower paper length switch (PLSW-L) *Upper paper width switch (PWSW-U) *Lower paper width switch (PWSW-L) * For inch specifications only.

1-3-9

2A3/4 Each drawer consists of a lift driven by the lift motor and other components. Each drawer can hold up to 550 sheets of paper. Paper is fed from the drawer by the rotation of the forwarding pulley and upper paper feed pulley. The lower paper feed pulley prevents multiple sheets from being fed at one time, via the torque limiter.

CN13-4 CN13-7 CN8-B11 CN13-10 CN13-13 CN8-B2 CN13-1 CN12-A2 CN8-B9 CN12-A4

RCL

RSW FSW FCL5 FCL4 FCL1 PFSW1

CN12-A8 CN15-3 CN15-9 CN15-13 CN12-A10 CN15-4 CN15-10 CN15-14 EPCB

LICSW-U

PSW-U

FCL2

PFCL PFSW2 U LICSW-L PSW-L FCL3

PFCL L PFSW3

PFSW4

Figure 1-3-11

Drawer paper feed section block diagram

1-3-10

2A3/4
Image ready Print key FCL4 FSW RSW FCL5 RCL PFM DM PFCL-U FCL2 PFSW2 FCL1 PFSW1 163 ms 28 ms 35 ms 250 ms 100 ms 50 ms 58 ms 100 ms 74 ms 80 ms

174 ms

35 ms

A BC

D E

G H

Auto copy density control, copy paper: A4/11" 81/2", magnification ratio 100%

Timing chart 1-3-1

Paper feed from the upper drawer

1-3-11

2A3/4 A When the print key is pressed, the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on, and 250 ms later the drive motor (DM) turns on to start drive for the paper feed section. B 100 ms after the print key is pressed, the upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) turns on, and the upper and lower paper feed pulleys rotate to start the primary paper feed. C 50 ms after the upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) turns on, feed clutch 2 (FCL2) turns on, and feed roller 2 rotates. D 28 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) on, feed clutch 1 (FCL1) turns on, and feed roller 1 to rotates. E 163 ms after paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) turns on, the upper paper feed clutch (PFCLU) turns off. F 174 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) on, feed clutch 4 (FCL4) turns on, and the lower feed roller rotates at high speed to create slack in the paper before registration. G 58 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) turns off, feed clutch 2 (FCL2) turns off. H 35 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) on, feed clutches 1 and 4 (FCL1 and FCL4) turn off. I 74 ms after image ready signal turn on, the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, causing the upper and lower registration rollers to rotate to start secondary paper feed. Simultaneously, feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns on and the lower feed roller rotates at low speed. J 100 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the feed switch (FSW) off, feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns off. K 80 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, the registration clutch (RCL) turns off.

1-3-12

2A3/4 (1-2) Paper feed from the bypass table

0 2 9 6 5 #

7 43 8 1

Figure 1-3-12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Bypass table Bypass upper guide Bypass lower guide Bypass stopper Bypass friction plate Bypass forwarding pulley Bypass upper paper feed pulley Bypass lower paper feed pulley

Bypass paper feed section 9 Bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) 0 Bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) ! Bypass paper switch (BYPPSW) @ Bypass paper length switch (BYPPLSW) # Bypass paper width switch (BYPPWSW) $ Bypass table extended detection switch (BYPEDSW)

The bypass table can hold up to 100 sheets of paper at one time. When the start key is pressed, the bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) turns on, unlocking the bypass stopper and lowering the bypass forwarding pulley until it comes into contact with the paper. This conveys paper placed on the bypass table to the bypass upper and lower paper feed pulleys. The bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) then turns on, transmitting the drive motor (DM) drive to these pulleys to start primary paper feed. The bypass lower paper feed pulley rotates opposite to the paper feed direction so that the torque limiter prevents multiple sheets from being fed at one time.

1-3-13

2A3/4

CN14-A8 CN14-A4 CN14-A7 CN8-B11 RCL BYPPSW BYPSOL BYP PFCL RSW FSW FCL5 FCL4

CN8-B2 CN13-1 CN12-A2 CN8-B9 EPCB

Figure 1-3-13

Bypass paper feed section block diagram

Image ready

Print key FSW RSW FCL5 RCL PFM DM BYPSOL BYPPFCL AB 250 ms 100 ms 300 ms 90 ms 200 ms 115 ms 65 ms 100 ms 74 ms 80 ms

DE G F

Auto copy density control, copy paper: A5R/51/2" 81/2", magnification ratio 25%

Timing chart 1-3-2

Paper feed from the bypass table

1-3-14

2A3/4 A When the print key is pressed, the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on, and 250 ms later the drive motor (DM) turn on to start drive for the paper feed section. B 100 ms after the print key is pressed, the bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) turns on. The bypass stopper is then unlocked, and the bypass forwarding pulley lowers to forward the paper. C 300 ms after the bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) turns on, the bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) turns on, and the upper and lower bypass paper feed pulleys rotate to start primary paper feed. D 115 ms after the leading edge of the paper turn the feed switch (FSW) on, feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns on, and the lower feed roller rotates at low speed to create slack in the paper before registration. E 200 ms after the feed switch (FSW) turns on, the bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) turns off. F 90 ms after feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns on, the bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) turns off. G 65 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) on, feed clutch 5 (FCL 5) turns off. H 74 ms after the image ready signal turns on, the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, and the upper and lower registration rollers rotate to start secondary paper feed. Simultaneously, feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns on and lower feed roller rotates at low speed. I 100 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the feed switch (FSW) off, feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns off. J 80 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, the registration clutch (RCL) turns off.

1-3-15

2A3/4 (2) Main charging section The main charging section consists of the drum and the main charger assembly. The main charger assembly charges the drum so that a latent image is formed on the surface, the charger grid ensuring the charge is applied uniformly.
Main charger assembly Main charger grid Tungsten wire

Drum

Figure 1-3-14

Main charging section

1-3-16

2A3/4

! 0 3 1 6 4 9 7 5 8

2
Figure 1-3-15 Main charger 1 2 3 4 5 Main charger front housing Main charger rear housing Main charger front lid Main charger rear lid Main charger shield 6 7 8 9 0 ! Tungsten wire Charger spring Charger terminal Charger pin Main charger grid Grid tension plate

CN5-B1 CN5-B13 CN5-B11 CN5-B12

24 V DC MC REM MC ALM GRID CONT

CN1-13 CN1-1 CN1-3 CN1-2 TB

MC

Grid HVTPCB EPCB Drum

Figure 1-3-16 Main charging section block diagram

1-3-17

2A3/4

Print key CFM1 ESW 520 ms MC REM PFM

360 ms

300 ms 290-30000 ms

Auto copy density control, copy paper: A4/11" 81/2", magnification ratio 100%

Timing chart1-3-3 Main charging A When the print key is pressed, the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on. B 520 ms after the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on, main charging (MC REM) starts. C 300 ms after cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) turns off, main charging (MC REM) is completed.

1-3-18

2A3/4 (3) Optical section The optical section consists of the scanner, mirror frame and image scanning unit for scanning and the laser scanner unit for printing.

6 9 4 $5 7 2 3 1

@ ! #

Figure 1-3-17 Optical section 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Scanner Mirror frame Mirror 1 Mirror 2 Mirror 3 Exposure lamp (EL) Reflector 8 9 0 ! @ # $ Image scanning unit Lens Optical rail Laser scanner unit (LSU) CCD PCB (CCDPCB) Scanner motor (SM) Scanner home position switch (SHPSW)

1-3-19

2A3/4 Original scanning The original image is illuminated by the exposure lamp (EL) and scanned by the CCD PCB (CCDPCB) in the image scanning unit via the three mirrors, the reflected light being converted to an electrical signal. The scanner and mirror frame travel to scan on the optical rails on the front and rear of the machine to scan from side to side. The speed of the mirror frame is half the speed of the scanner. When the SRDF is used, the scanner and mirror frame stop at the DF original scanning position to start scanning.
Original SHPSW CCDPCB SM EL

CN2-1 CN2-6

CN4-2

CN2-1

SMPCB CN3-1 CN3-6

INPCB CN1-1 CN1-6

CN1-1 CN1-16

CN2-4 CN8-1 CN8-5 LSU Drum CN11-1 CN11-11 CN12-1 CN12-7

CN5-1 CN5-16

MPCB

CN1-1 CN1-140

CN7-1 CN7-13

CN1-1 CN1-140

EPCB

Figure 1-3-18

Optical section block diagram

1-3-20

CN7-1 CN7-2

CN9-1 CN9-4

2A3/4

Print key 410 P Fwd. rotation SM Rev. rotation SHPSW 414 P 9921 P

110 P

FVSYNC signal A B C D

Manual copy density control, copy paper: A3/11" 17", magnification ratio 100%

Timing chart 1-3-4

Scanner operation

A When the print key is pressed, the scanner motor (SM) reverses for 410 pulses and then rotates forward. B 414 pulses after the scanner motor rotates forward, the FVSYNC signal turns on for 9921 pulses for scanning. C The scanner motor (SM) reverses to return the scanner to the home position. D 110 pulses after the scanner home position switch (SHPSW) turns on, the scanner motor (SM) turns off, and the scanner stops at its home position.

1-3-21

2A3/4 Image printing The image data scanned by the CCD PCB (CCDPCB) is processed on the main PCB (MPCB) and transmitted as image printing data to the laser scanner unit (LSU). By repeatedly turning the laser on and off, the laser scanner unit forms a latent image on the drum surface. Laser scanner unit
Collimator lenses Laser diodes (LD) LD control PCB BD sensor mirror Lens 1 Lens 3 Lens 2 Polygon mirror Polygon motor (PM) Beam spritter

Oject mirror Lens 4

Motor drive PCB BD sensor Cylindrical correcting lens

Figure 1-3-19 Laser scanner unit (1)

1-3-22

2A3/4

5 6

1 2

3 5 4 5

8 9 0
Drum

Figure 1-3-20

Laser scanner unit (2)

1 Laser diodes: Generate the laser beams that form the latent image on the drum. 2 Collimator lenses: Collimate the diffused laser beams emitted from the laser diodes into cylindrical beams. 3 Beam splitter: Refracts the laser beam emitted from one of the laser diodes so that it becomes parallel to the other laser beam, and sends those two beams to lens 1. 4 Polygon mirror: 6-faced mirror that rotates at approximately 29527 rpm. Each face reflects the laser beams toward the drum in the horizontal (main) scan direction. The motion of the beams across the drum forms one scan line. 5 Lenses 1, 2, 3 and 4: Maintain scanning speed across the drum and beam diameters constant. These lenses also correct the vertical alignment of the polygon mirror so that the focal plane of the laser beams are always on the drum. 6 Object mirror: Reflects the laser beams onto the drum surface. 7 BD sensor mirror: Directs a laser beam to the BD sensor to generate the horizontal sync signal. 8 Cylindrical correcting lens: Corrects for the deviation of the laser beam reflected by the BD sensor mirror. 9 BD sensor: Detects the laser beam reflected by BD sensor mirror, and sends the detection signal to the main PCB (MPCB). The main PCB (MPCB) uses this signal to determine the horizontal scanning signal timing. 0 Glass dust filter: Prevents dust from entering the unit.

1-3-23

2A3/4 The dimensions of the laser beam are as shown in Figure 1-3-19.

70 m

65 m

Figure 1-3-21 Scanning in the main direction is provided by the rotating polygon mirror, while scanning in the auxiliary direction is provided by the rotating drum, forming a static latent image on the drum. The static latent image of the letter A, for example, is formed on the drum surface as shown in Figure 1-3-22. Electrical charge is dissipated on the area of the drum surface irradiated by the laser. The focal point of the laser beam is moved line by line, and adjacent lines slightly overlap each other.
Main scanning direction

Auxilary scanning direction

: laser beam is on

Figure 1-3-22

1-3-24

2A3/4 (4) Developing section The developing section consists of the developing unit and the toner recycling assembly.
Developing unit Toner sub hopper

Figure 1-3-23

Developing section

The developing unit consists of the developing roller where a magnetic brush is formed, the doctor blade and the developing spirals that agitate the developer. The toner recycling assembly consists of the toner main and sub-hoppers. In t he main hopper new toner from the toner cartridge is mixed with residual toner recovered from the cleaning section. The mixture is conveyed by the sub-hopper to the developing unit. The toner level detection sensor (TLDS) checks whether or not toner remains in the main hopper.

1-3-25

2A3/4
Toner cartridge paddle Toner cartridge spiral Toner cartridge

Toner recycle paddle B Toner hopper lockup sensor Toner recycle spiral Toner level sensor Toner recycle paddle A Cleaning spiral Cleaning unit

Toner feed motor Main hopper spiral Developing unit Toner sub hopper Toner main hopper Sub hopper spiral Toner recycle motor

Toner flow

Figure 1-3-24

Toner recycling

1-3-26

2A3/4 Formation of magnetic brush The developing roller consists of a magnet roller with five poles and a sleeve roller. Rotation of the sleeve roller around the magnet roller entrains developer, which in turn forms a magnetic brush at pole N1 on the magnet roller. The height of the magnet brush is regulated by the doctor blade; the developing result is affected by the position of the poles on the magnet roller and the position of the doctor blade. A developing bias voltage generated by the high-voltage transformer (HVTPCB) is applied to the developing roller to provide image contrast.

4
A

6 7
Magnetic poles on the developing roller S2 74.5 85.5 N3 N1 59

2 5 1 3

S1 43.5 N1: N2: N3: S1: S2:

N2

A: Distances beteen the doctor blade and developing roller: 0.53 0.05 mm

830 10 4 T 630 10 4 T 450 10 4 T 860 10 4 T 700 10 4 T

Figure 1-3-25 1 2 3 4 Developing unit housing Developing roller Toner sensor (TNS) Doctor blade

Forming a magnetic brush 5 Developing spiral A 6 Developing spiral B 7 Developing spiral C

1-3-27

2A3/4

CN2-A5 CN2-A6 CN2-A7 CN2-A8 CN2-B3

TFM TFM+ TRM TRM+ TLDS TLS

TRM

TFM

CN2-A10

CN2-B11 CN2-B9

TNS SIG TNS CONT

TNS

CN5-B10 CN5-B8 CN5-B1 EPCB

DB REM DB CONT 24 V DC

CN1-4 CN1-6 CN1-13 HVTPCB CN2 DB

Figure 1-3-26

Developing section block diagram

Toner density is detected by the toner sensor (TNS). The sensor section of the toner sensor detects the ratio of toner to carrier in the developer near it and converts it into a voltage. As more toner is used, the ratio of toner to carrier decreases, increasing the toner sensor output voltage. When the ratio drops below the specified value, the increase in toner sensor output voltage triggers toner replenishing. When toner is added and the ratio of toner to carrier returns to normal, the toner sensor output voltage drops to the point where toner replenishing stops.

1-3-28

2A3/4 Toner density control Toner density control is conducted using the TARGET value as the reference which is the toner sensor initial output value set by maintenance item U130 when developer is loaded for the first time.
Toner being replenished message Toner sensor output voltage (V) Toner empty detection level Toner empty reset level Toner feed start level (TARGET by U130) Toner feed stop level Toner request message (Toner cartridge to be replaced.)

Aging: 1 min: during copying

Copying

AB

CD EF G

H IJ

Figure 1-3-27 Toner density control A When the toner sensor output voltage exceeds the toner feed start level, the toner feed motor (TFM) and the toner recycle motor (TRM) operate intermittentlyon for 0.5 s and off for 1.5 s, and on for 1.0 s and off for 1.0 s, respectivelyto replenish toner. B As toner is replenished, the toner sensor output voltage drops below the toner feed stop level and replenishing stops. C Both the toner feed motor (TFM) and toner recycle motor (TRM) operate intermittently on for 0.5 s and off for 0.5 sto replenish toner until the toner sensor output voltage reaches the toner empty reset level after exceeding the toner feed start level. D The toner feed motor (TFM) and toner recycle motor (TRM) operate intermittentlyon for 1.0 s and off for 1.0 s, and on for 1.5 s and off for 0.5 s, respectivelyto replenish toner until the toner sensor output voltage reaches the toner empty detection level after exceeding the toner feed reset level E When the toner sensor output voltage exceeds the toner empty detection level after toner replenishing is carried out, the toner being replenished message appears. Both the toner feed motor (TFM) and toner recycle motor (TRM) then operate intermittentlyon for 1.5 s and off for 0.5 sfor 1 min. for aging. If the voltage fails to fall to the toner empty reset level, the toner request message appears.

1-3-29

2A3/4 F When the toner sensor output voltage drops to the toner empty reset level, the toner being replenished message disappears, and both the toner feed motor (TFM) and toner recycle motor (TRM) operates intermittentlyon for 0.5 s and off for 0.5 sto replenish toner. G When toner is replenished, the toner sensor output voltage drops below the toner feed stop level and replenishing stops. H After the toner cartridge is replaced, both the toner feed motor (TFM) and toner recycle motor (TRM) operate intermittentlyon for 1.5 s and off for 0.5 sto replenish toner. I When the toner sensor output voltage drops to the toner feed stop level, the toner request message disappears. Both the toner feed motor (TFM) and toner recycle motor (TRM) then operate intermittentlyon for 1.0 s and off for 1.0 sto replenish toner. J When toner is replenished, the toner sensor output voltage drops to the toner feed stop level and replenishing stops.

1-3-30

2A3/4 Correcting toner feed start level The toner feed start level is corrected based on the absolute humidity and the drive time so that toner density becomes proper depending on the change of the humidity and the drive time. Correction based on the absolute humidity
Correction at the toner feed start level (V) 0.74 C B 0 0.16 0 3.09 10.8 A Maintenance item U130 performed. 35.9 Absolute humidity (g/m3) D

Figure 1-3-28

Correction based on the absolute humidity

A When maintenance item U130 is carried out for initial developer setting, the toner sensor control voltage (CONTROL) is set so that the toner sensor outputs 2.01 V when the absolute humidity is 10.8 g/m3 . B When the absolute humidity is between 0 and 10.8 g/m 3, the toner feed start level is decreased with the absolute humidity so that the toner sensor output voltage drops. C When the absolute humidity is between 10.8 and 35.9 g/m 3, the toner feed start level is increased with the absolute humidity so that the toner sensor output voltage rises. D When the absolute humidity exceeds 35.9 g/m3, the toner feed start level is increased by 0.74 V to regulate the toner sensor output.

1-3-31

2A3/4 Computing the absolute humidity The external humidity sensor (EHUMSENS) and external temperature thermistor (ETTH) are located on the humidity sensor PCB (HUMPCB). The external humidity sensor (EHUMSENS) converts the relative humidity detected by the humidity sensing element into a voltage and sends it to the engine PCB (EPCB). The main PCB (MPCB)computes the absolute humidity based on this EHUMSENS signal and the temperature (ETTH signal) detected by the external temperature thermistor (ETTH).
EPCB HUMPCB ETTH 4 3 Humidity sensing element 2 EHUMSENS 1 5V CN5-A4 EHUMSENS CN5-A3 ETTH GND CN5-A1 CN5-A2

Figure 1-3-29

Absolute humidity computation block diagram

1-3-32

2A3/4 Correction based on the total drive motor time The toner feed start level is also corrected based on the total time the drive motor (DM) has been on from execution of maintenance item U130, so that the toner sensor output is regulated properly.
Correction at the toner feed start level (V) 0.76

0.46 0.36 0.24

C B
10 30 50

150

Drive time (h)

A Maintenance item U130 performed.

Figure 1-3-30 Correction based on the total drive motor time A When maintenance item U130 is carried out for initial developer setting, the total drive motor time is cleared and the correction for the toner feed start level is reset to 0. B When the total drive time reaches 10 hours, the toner feed start level is corrected with a constant value of 0.24 V. C When the total drive time reaches 30 hours, the toner feed start level is corrected with a constant value of 0.36 V. D When the total drive time reaches 50 hours, the toner feed start level is corrected with a constant value of 0.46 V. E When the total drive time exceeds 150 hours, the toner feed start level is corrected with a constant value of 0.76 V.

1-3-33

2A3/4 Toner level detection The toner level in the toner main hopper is monitored by the toner level detection sensor (TLDS). It converts the presence or absence of toner in the toner main hopper into a voltage and sends it to the main PCB (MPCB), which triggers a message to request the toner cartridge to be replaced before the recycled toner ratio in the toner main hopper reaches a significant level.
Toner request message Toner empty detection Toner empty detection reactivated. reactivated. Toner cartridge to be U 130 performed. replaced. Toner empty detection Toner empty detection ignored. ignored. TFM: on 1 min. 5 min. 10 s Toner feed motor (TFM) 4.5 V Toner level detection sensor output voltage 0.5 V 10 s 10 s

C
Toner level detection

Figure 1-3-31

A When the toner level detection sensor (TLDS) output voltage drops below 0.5 V while the toner feed motor (TFM) is on, the toner motor drive time starts to be counted. B If the toner level detection sensor (TLDS) output voltage remains below 0.5 V for 10 s, the toner request message appears. Note: When the toner request message is displayed under these conditions, the available copy mode and the number of copies that can be made are restricted as set in maintenance item U258 (see page 3-2-74). C Toner empty detection is ignored for 1 min. (the toner feed motor on time) after the toner cartridge has been replaced. If the toner level detection sensor (TLDS) output remains at 4.5 V or above for 10 s, toner empty detection is reactivated. D Toner empty detection is ignored for 5 min. (the toner feed motor on time) after maintenance item U130 has been performed for developer initial setting. If the toner level detection sensor (TLDS) output remains at 4.5 V or above for 10 s, toner empty detection is reactivated.

1-3-34

2A3/4 Toner hopper lockup detection The amount of recycled toner in the toner main hopper is monitored by the toner hopper lockup sensor (TLS). It converts the presence or absence of toner in the toner main hopper into a voltage and sends it to the main PCB, which prevents toner main hopper lockup as the amount of the recycled toner in the hopper increases.
Toner feed start level Toner feed stop level Toner recycle motor 1 min

4.5 V Toner hopper lockup sensor output voltage (V) 0.5 V

A
Figure 1-3-32

Toner hopper lockup detection

A When the toner hopper lockup sensor (TLS) output voltage is below 0.5 V, toner is replenished to control toner density. B When the toner hopper lockup sensor (TLS) output voltage exceeds 4.5 V while toner sensor output voltage is below the toner feed start level, toner is not replenished. C When the toner sensor output voltage is over the toner feed start level while the toner hopper lockup sensor (TLS) output level is over 4.5 V, the toner feed motor (TFM) does not operate, while the toner recycle motor (TRM) operates continuously. D When the toner hopper lockup sensor (TLS) output voltage is over 4.5 V, the on-time of the toner recycle motor (TRM) is counted. When the continuous on-time exceeds 1 min., C740 (toner hopper problem) is displayed.

1-3-35

2A3/4 (5) Transfer and separation section

Drum separation claw

Tungsten wires Transfer charger assembly

Figure 1-3-33 Transfer and separation section The transfer and separation section consists of the transfer charger assembly and drum separation claws. The transfer charger assembly consists of the transfer charger that applies a high voltage to transfer the toner image from the drum surface onto the paper, and the separation charger that helps the paper separate from the drum surface. In the transfer charger, a high voltage generated by the high-voltage transformer PCB (HVTPCB) is applied to the both ends of the tungsten wire. The separation charger uses the AC voltage applied from the high-voltage transformer PCB to neutralize the residual charge on the paper after the transfer process. The paper can then separate from the drum under its own weight. The separation claws ensure that the paper separates reliably from the drum.

1-3-36

2A3/4
TC REM TC CONT SC REM SC CONT ST ALM 24 V DC

CN5-B7 CN5-B6 CN5-B5 CN5-B4 CN5-B3 CN5-B1 EPCB CN8-B4 CN8-B5

CN1-7 CN1-8 CN1-9 CN1-10 CN1-11 CN1-13 HVTPCB

CCM FWD

CCM REV

Drum

SC

TC

CCM

Figure 1-3-34 Transfer and separation section block diagram

1-3-37

2A3/4 Charger wire cleaning The charger wires are cleaned by the transfer charger cleaning pad and separation charger cleaning pad traveling along each wire. The pads are placed on a slider which moves back and forth along the charger cleaning spiral as the spiral is turned by the charger cleaning motor (CCM). The two shield cleaning sponges travel along the transfer charger shield, cleaning the inside of the shield.

4 7

3 # 5 ! 0 9 @ $ 8 1

Figure 1-3-35 Transfer charger assembly 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Transfer charger front housing Transfer charger rear housing Transfer charger front lid Transfer charger rear lid Transfer charger shield Separation guide Tungsten wire for transfer 8 Tungsten wire for separation 9 Transfer charger cleaning pad 0 Separation charger cleaning pad ! Shield cleaning sponges @ Charger cleaning pad slider # Charger cleaning spiral $ Charger cleaning motor (CCM)

1-3-38

2A3/4
Image ready Secondary paper feed start Secondary paper feed end Print key CFM1 ESW 520 ms MC REM PFM SC REM 700 ms RSW RCL TC REM 74 ms 210 ms 80 ms 270 ms 300 ms 290-30000 ms 360 ms

D
1 2

Auto copy density control, copy paper: A4/11" 8 / ", magnification ratio 100%

Timing chart 1-3-5

Transfer and separation

A When the print key is pressed, the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on. B 700 ms after the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on, separation charging (SC REM) starts. C 210 m after the registration clutch (RCL) turn on to start secondary paper feed, transfer charging (TC REM) starts. D 270 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, transfer charging (TC REM) ends. E 290 to 30000 ms after the main charging (MC REM) ends, the paper feed motor (PFM) turns off and separation charging (SC REM) ends.

1-3-39

2A3/4 (6) Cleaning section The cleaning section consists of the cleaning blade and brush that remove residual toner from the drum surface after the transfer process, and the cleaning spiral that carries the residual toner back to the toner recycling assembly.

5
Figure 1-3-36 1 2 3 4 5 Cleaning section

Drum Cleaning blade Cleaning brush Cleaning spiral Lower cleaning seal

1-3-40

2A3/4 (7) Charge erasing section The cleaning lamp (CL) consists of 36 LEDs which remove residual charge from the drum surface.
Cleaning lamp

Figure 1-3-37

Charge erasing section

CN2-A2

CL REM

CL

Drum EPCB

Figure 1-3-38 Charge erasing section block diagram

1-3-41

2A3/4

Print key CL PFM 50 ms 600 ms

A B

Auto copy density control, copy paper: A4/11" 81/2", magnification ratio 100%

Timing chart 1-3-6 Charge erasing A When the print key is pressed, the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on. B 50 ms after the paper feed motor (PFM) turns on, the cleaning lamp (CL) lights to remove the residual charge from the drum surface after the residual toner is removed by the cleaning section. C 600 ms after the paper feed motor (PFM) turns off, the cleaning lamp (CL) turns off.

1-3-42

2A3/4 (8) Fixing section

5 3 @ 2

4 0

7 #

98 6

Figure 1-3-39 Fixing section 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Fixing unit upper cover Fixing unit front guide Fixing unit upper guide Fixing unit lower left guide Heat roller Press roller Heat roller separation claws 8 9 0 ! @ # Fixing heater M (H1) Fixing heater S (H2) Eject switch (ESW) Fixing unit thermostat (TH) Fixing unit thermistor (FTH) Press roller separation claws

1-3-43

2A3/4 The fixing section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-39. When paper reaches the fixing section after the transfer process, it passes between the press roller and heat roller, which is heated by fixing heaters M or S (H1 or H2). Pressure is applied by the pressure springs so that the toner on the paper is melted, fused and fixed onto the paper. When the fixing process is completed, the paper is separated from the heat roller by its separation claws and is ejected from the copier to either the eject section or duplex section.

TH PRY Heat roller TB3 CN10-1 CN10-2 PSPCB FTH H1 H2

CN4-4 H1 REM

H2 REM

CN4-5

CN3-B8 EPCB

Figure 1-3-40 Fixing section block diagram

1-3-44

CN3-B7

CN6-7

CN6-8

5 V DC

FTH

2A3/4 Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature

1 2
Figure 1-3-41 Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature 4 Fixing unit thermostat (TH) 5 Fixing unit themistor (FTH)

1 Heat roller 2 Fixing heater M (H1) 3 Fixing heater S (H2)

The heat roller is heated by fixing heaters M or S (H1 or H2) inside it; its surface temperature is detected by the fixing unit thermistor (FTH) and is regulated by the fixing heaters turning on and off. If the fixing section becomes abnormally hot, either the fixing unit thermistor detects it or fixing unit thermostat (TH) operates, in each case, shutting the power to the fixing heaters off.

1-3-45

2A3/4 Fixing temperature control

Primary stabilization fixing temperature 175C/347F

Secondary stabilization fixing temperature *1

Copying enabled

*2 MSW 2s PRY H1 H2 Charger wire cleaning CCM 3s DM 200 ms PCM 270 ms CL 50 ms DB REM CFM1 PCFM IFFM PM 1s Half speed Full speed Half speed 600 ms *3

AB
*1: 42 ppm: 180C/356F 52 ppm: 190C/374F

CD E
*2: 42 ppm: 60 s 52 ppm: 120 s

G H I

*3: 42 ppm: 116 s 52 ppm: 176 s

Timing chart 1-3-7

Fixing temperature control

A 2s after the main switch (MSW) is turned on, the power relay (PRY) and fixing heater M (H1) turn on to heat the heat roller. The charger cleaning motor (CCM) also turns on to clean the charger wire, and cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) rotates at half speed. B 1 s after fixing heater M (H1) turns on, the polygon motor (PM) in the laser scanner unit turns on.

1-3-46

Aging end

2A3/4 C When the fixing temperature reaches 175C/347F, the copier enters primary stabilization. 50 ms later the cleaning lamp (CL) and developing bias (DB REM) turn on and primary stabilization starts. D 200 ms after the cleaning lamp (CL) turns on, the drive motor (DM) turns on. E 270 ms after the drive motor (DM) turns on, the paper conveying motor (PCM), paper conveying fan motor (PCFM) and image formation section fan motor (IFFM) turn on and cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) rotates at full speed. F When the fixing temperature reaches 180C/356F (42 ppm) or 190C/374F (52 ppm), the copier enters secondary stabilization. Fixing heater M (H1) is turned on and off to keep the fixing temperature at 180C/356F (42 ppm) or 190C/374F (52 ppm) and aging starts. G 116 s (42 ppm) or 176 s (52 ppm) after the power relay (PRY) turns on or 60 s (42 ppm) or 120 s (52 ppm) after the copier enters secondary stabilization (whichever event occurs first), copying is enables. H 3 s after copying is enabled, the drive motor (DM), paper conveying motor (PCM) and image formation section fan motor (IFFM) turn off, and aging ends. Cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) rotates at half speed. I 600 ms after aging ends, the cleaning lamp (CL), developing bias (DB REM) and paper conveying fan motor (PCFM) turn off.

Fixing control temperature correction Depending on the ambient temperature, the fixing control temperature is corrected as follows. Table 1-3-1 Copy setting Correction for low ambient temperature (Ambient temperature: 17C/ 62.6F or below) Correction for high ambient temperature (Ambient temperature: 37C/ 98.6F or higher) Paper feed from upper and lower drawers, bypass table and large paper deck Continuous copying of 100 or less sheets in duplex copy mode Fixing control temperature 42 ppm: 190C/374F (10C/18F higher) 52 ppm: 195C/383F (5C/9F higher) 42 ppm: 160C/320F (20C/36F lower) 52 ppm: 170C/338F (20C/36F lower)

Fixing heater M or S (H1 or H2) is turned on for 5 s from the start of the copying operation so that the fixing control temperature becomes 190C/374F (10C/18F higher for 42 ppm) or 195C/383F (5C/9F higher for 52 ppm).

1-3-47

2A3/4 Paper separation Paper is separated in the fixing section by the separation claws as shown in Figure 1-342.

Heat roller separation claws

Heat roller

Press roller separation claws Press roller

Figure 1-3-42

Paper separation

1-3-48

2A3/4 (9) Feedshift and eject section The feedshift and eject section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-43. When fixing is complete, the conveying path is switched by the feedshift guide to eject the paper to either the copy tray or duplex unit.

3 4

( #

5 6

7 8

* @

^ % & 9 0 !

Figure 1-3-43 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

Feedshift and eject section ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( Lower feedshift roller Feedshift pulley Left switchback eject guide Right middle switchback eject guide Right switchback feed roller Left switchback feed roller Lower right switchback eject guide Feedshift switch (FSSW) Switchback eject switch (SBESW)

Eject roller Eject pulley Upper eject guide Feedshift guide Upper right feedshift guide Right feedshift roller Left feedshift roller Lower right feedshift guide Lower left feedshift guide Lower feedshift guide

1-3-49

2A3/4

CN3-A8 CN3-A9

FSSOL1 FSSOL2 FSSOL

CN3-B9

ESW CN3-A1 SBE SW FSSW CN3-A4

EPCB

Figure 1-3-44 Feedshift and eject section block diagram

1-3-50

2A3/4 (10) Duplex section In duplex copy mode, the paper copied onto the first face (rear face) is sent to the duplex section for side registration and switchback, and refeed for copying onto the second face (front face).

3 $

1 @ 8 0

2 # 5% 7

6 ^

&!

Figure 1-3-45 Duplex section 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Duplex forwarding pulley Upper refeed guide Paper tapping guide Refeed pulley Switchback roller Duplex upper registration roller Duplex lower registration roller Duplex conveying roller Duplex conveying pulley Duplex eject roller Duplex eject pulley Side registration guides Switchback feedshift guide Stock switch (STKSW) Duplex registration switch (DUPRSW) ^ Duplex paper conveying switch (DUPPCSW) & Duplex eject switch (DUPESW) 0 ! @ # $ %

1-3-51

2A3/4 When the paper is sent to the duplex section, the duplex paper tapping solenoid (DUPPTSOL) lowers, which forwards the paper by means of the rotation of the duplex forwarding pulley until it is caught by the switchback roller. In duplex copy mode, the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns on to operate the switchback feedshift guide. The paper is then sent to the duplex paper conveying section by the rotation of the switchback roller. During switchback ejection, the paper is conveyed to the feedshift and eject section and ejected with the copied face down.

5 2

In duplex copy mode During switchback ejection

Figure 1-3-46 Duplex refeed mechanism 1 2 3 4 5 Duplex forwarding pulley Switchback feedshift guide Paper tapping guide Refeed pulley Switchback roller

1-3-52

2A3/4

EPCB CN10-1 CN10-5 SRM SRHPSW CN10-10 CN10-12 CN10-14 CN9-7 CN9-16 CN10-8 CN9-11 CN9-12 DUPESW CN9-8 DUP PCSW DUP PTSOL

SBFSSOL STKSW DUPFWDSOL DUPRSW

SBFSSOL1 SBFSSOL2

Figure 1-3-47

Duplex section block diagram

1-3-53

2A3/4 Duplex copying operation timing

Image ready 1160 ms FSSOL SBFSSOL FSSW DUPFWDSOL DUPPTSOL Fwd. rotation SRM Rev. rotation SRHPSW RCL ESW STKSW A BC DE F 74 ms 60 ms 12 P 30 ms 80 ms

Copy paper: A4/11" 81/2", 100% magnification

Timing chart 1-3-8

Feedshift and side registration

A 74 ms after the image ready signal turns on during copying onto the first face (back), the registration clutch (RCL) turns on to start secondary paper feed. B 1160 ms after the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, the feedshift solenoid (FSSOL) turns on, operating the feedshift guide to switch the paper path to the duplex unit. C When the leading edge of the paper turns the eject switch (ESW) on, the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns on, operating the switchback guide to switch the paper path to the duplex unit conveying section. D 60 ms after copying onto the first face (back) is competed and the trailing edge of the paper turns the feedshift switch (FSSW) off, the side registration motor (SRM) rotates forward for 12 pulses for side registration. At the same time, the duplex paper tapping solenoid (DUPPTSOL) turns on, and the paper tapping guide lowers to hold down the trailing edge (leading edge during refeed) of the paper that was conveyed to the duplex section. E 30 ms after the duplex paper tapping solenoid (DUPPTSOL) turns on, the duplex forwarding solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) turns on, operating the duplex forwarding pulley to forward the paper until it is caught by the switchback roller. F 80 ms after the stock switch (STKSW) turns off, the duplex tapping solenoid (DUPPTSOL) and duplex forwarding solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) turn off.

1-3-54

2A3/4
1160 ms FSSOL 360 ms SBFSSOL Fwd. rotation SRM Rev. rotation SRHPSW DUPRSW DUPPCSW DUPESW 232 ms FCL1 FCL4 FSW RSW FCL5 RCL ESW ABCD E FG H IJ KL M 74 ms 100 ms 80 ms 30 ms 35 ms 500 ms 500 ms 500 ms 5P

Copy paper: A4/11" 81/2", 100% magnification

Timing chart 1-3-9

Refeed

A 232 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the duplex eject switch (DUPESW) on, feed clutch 1 (FCL1) turns on and feed roller 1 rotates. B 30 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the feed switch (FSW) on, feed clutch 4 turns on and the lower feed roller rotates at high speed to create slack in the paper before registration. C 35 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) on, feed clutch 1 (FCL1) and feed clutch 4 (FCL4) turn off. D 74 ms after feed clutch 4 (FCL4) turns off, the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, and the upper and lower registration rollers rotate to start secondary paper feed. At the same time feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns on and the lower feed roller rotates at low speed. E 100 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the feed switch (FSW) off, feed clutch 5 (FCL5) turns off. F 80 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, the registration clutch (RCL) turns off. G 1160 ms after the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, the feedshift solenoid (FSSOL) turns off. H 360 ms after copying onto the second face (front) is completed and the eject switch (ESW) turns off, the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns off. I 500 ms after the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns off, the side registration motor (SRM) reverses to move the side registration guides outwards.

1-3-55

2A3/4 J When the side registration home position switch (SRHPSW) turns on, the side registration motor (SRM) turns off. K 500 ms after the side registration home position switch (SRHPSW) turns on, the side registration motor (SRM) rotates forward to move the side registration guides inwards. L When the side registration home position switch (SRHPSW) turns off, the side registration motor (SRM) turns off. M 500 ms after the side registration home position switch (SRHPSW) turns off, the side registration motor (SRM) reverses for 5 pulses, and the side registration guide stops at its home position.

1-3-56

2A3/4 (11) SRDF (11-1) Original feed section The original feed section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-48. An original placed on the original table is conveyed to the original switchback section or the original conveying section.

# @ 3

$2 5

4 !

9
Figure 1-3-48 Original feed section 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Original table DF forwarding pulleys DF original feed pulley DF separation pulley DF original feed upper guide DF original feed lower guide Original stopper 8 DF registration pulley 9 DF registration roller 0 DF registration guide ! Original set switch (OSSW) @ Original feed switch (OFSW) # Original feed clutch (OFCL) $ Original feed solenoid (OFSOL)

1-3-57

2A3/4

OFSOL OFCL

OFSW

OSSW OFM

CN5-B12 CN5-B13

DFDPCB

Figure 1-3-49

Original feed section block diagram

1-3-58

CN5-B1 CN5-B6

CN6-B5

CN5-A5

CN6-B2

2A3/4 Original feed timing

200 ms

OFSOL A
200 ms

OFSOL R OFCL Fwd. rotation OFM Off Rev. rotation OFSW OSBSW OCM DFTSW
288 P*2 + 30 ms

556 P*1 20 ms

*1 Burst of OFM pulses *2 Burst of OCM pulses

Timing chart 1-3-10

Original feed (in double-sided original mode)

A The OFSOL A signal turns on for 200 ms and then the original feed solenoid (OFSOL) turns on, lowering the DF forwarding pulleys and releasing the original stopper to convey the original forward. The original feed clutch (OFCL) simultaneously turns on, rotating the DF original feed pulley to start primary original feed. The original feed motor (OFM) rotates forward during this operation. B 556 OFM pulses after the leading edge of the original turns the original feed switch (OFSW) on, the original feed clutch (OFCL) and original feed motor (OFM) turn off. 20 ms later, the rotation of the motor switches to the reverse direction and secondary original feed is performed by rotation of the DF registration roller. C 288 OFM pulses plus 30 ms after the leading edge of the original turns the DF timing switch (DFTSW) on, the original feed motor (OFM) turns off. D After ejection of the original, as the original conveying motor (OCM) turns off, the OFSOL R signal turns on for 200 ms and the original feed solenoid (OFSOL) turns off.

1-3-59

2A3/4 (11-2) Original switchback section The original switchback section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-50. The original from the original feed section or original conveying section is reversed and conveyed to the original conveying section.

2 7

3 5

4 6

Figure 1-3-50 1 2 3 4 Switchback pulley Switchback roller Switchback feedshift guide Left switchback guide

Original switchback section 5 6 7 8 Switchback guide Original switchback switch (OSBSW) Switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) Switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL)

1-3-60

2A3/4

SBPSOL

SBFSSOL

OSBSW

CN5-A2 CN5-A3

CN6-A5

DFDPCB

Figure 1-3-51

Original switchback section block diagram

CN5-B8

1-3-61

2A3/4 Operation of original switchback In the double-sided original mode, the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns on, changing the position of the switchback feedshift guide. This switches the path of the original to the original switchback section to where the original is fed. The switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) then turns off, allowing the switchback feedshift guide to return to the original position by which the path of the original is switched back to the original conveying section. The now reversed original is carried to the original conveying section and the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) turns off, releasing the switchback pulley to prevent an original jam in the original switchback section.

Switchback pulley

Switchback feedshift guide

Figure 1-3-52

1-3-62

2A3/4 (11-3) Original conveying section The original conveying section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-53. Synchronized with the copier scanning operation, the original is conveyed across the slit glass and ejected when scanning is complete. In the double-sided original mode, the eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL) turns on, moving the eject feedshift guide to switch the path of the original. When the scanning of the first face (reverse face) of the original is complete, the original is conveyed to the original switchback section again.

% 1 07

2 $ 3 5 4 9 # 6 @ 8
Figure 1-3-53 Original conveying section 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Upper original conveying pulley Upper original conveying roller Lower original conveying roller Front scanning pulley Middle original conveying roller Middle original conveying pulley Eject pulley Eject roller 9 0 ! @ # $ % Original conveying guide Eject feedshift guide Upper eject guide Lower eject guide Slit glass (copier) DF timing switch (DFTSW) Eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL)

1-3-63

2A3/4

OCM

EFSSOL DFTSW

CN5-A8 CN5-A13

CN6-A14

DFDPCB

Figure 1-3-54

Original conveying section block diagram

1-3-64

CN5-A7

2A3/4 Original switchback/conveying timing

Scanning speed
30 ms 20 ms 288 P*2 115 P*1

Fwd. rotation Off OFM Rev. rotation OFSW SBFSSOL SBPSOL OSBSW OCM EFSSOL DFTSW

100 ms 556 P*1

Scanning speed

C D

FG
*1 Burst of OFM pulses *2 Burst of OCM pulses

Timing chart 1-3-11

Reversing the first face of the original

A During primary original feed, when the original feed switch (OFSW) turns on, the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) also turns on, changing the position of the switchback feedshift guide. This switches the path of the original to the original switchback section. B 556 OFM pulses plus 20 ms after the original feed switch (OFSW) turns on, the rotation of the original feed motor (OFM) switches to the reverse direction and the original is conveyed to the switchback section by the rotation of the switchback roller. The switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) simultaneously turns on to operate the switchback pulley. C When the trailing edge of the original turns the original switchback switch (OSBSW) off, the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns off, the switchback feedshift guide returns to the original position. D 115 OFM pulses after the original switchback switch (OSBSW) turns off, the original feed motor (OFM) turns off. 100 ms later, the original feed motor (OFM) rotates forward, switching the rotational direction of the switchback roller. The original in the original switchback section is then reversed and conveyed to the original conveying section. E Simultaneously as the original feed motor (OFM) starts rotating forward, the original conveying motor (OCM) turns on to convey the original onto the slit glass. The eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL) simultaneously turns on, changing the position of the eject feedshift guide. This switches the path of the original to the original switchback section. F When the original is conveyed onto the slit glass, the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turns on. 288 OCM pulses later, the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL). G 30 ms after the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) turns off, the original feed motor (OFM) turns off.

1-3-65

2A3/4
Scanning request signal : On Fwd. rotation Off OFM Rev. rotation OFSW SBFSSOL SBPSOL OSBSW OCM EFSSOL DFTSW Scanning speed
327 P*1 100 ms 115 P*1 564 P*1 30 ms 288 P*2 100 ms 30 ms 2337 P*2 + 30 ms

Scanning speed

BC D E

FG H I

*1 Burst of OFM pulses *2 Burst of OCM pulses

Timing chart 1-3-12

Reversing of the second face of the original and ejection

A 564 OFM pulses after the scanning of the first face (reverse face) of the original completes and the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turns off, the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) turns on, operationg the switchback pulley. B When the trailing edge of the original turns the original switchback switch (OSBSW) off, the eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL) turns off and the eject feedshift guide returns to the original position, switching the path of the original to the eject section. Simultaneously, the switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) turns off and the switchback feedshift guide returns to the original position. C 30 ms after the original switchback switch (OSBSW) turns off, the original conveying motor (OCM) turns off. D 115 OFM pulses after the original switchback switch (OSBSW) turns off, the original feed motor (OFM) turns off. E 100 ms after the original feed motor (OFM) turns off, the motor starts rotating forward, switching the rotational direction of the switchback roller. The original in the original switchback section is then reversed and conveyed to the original conveying section. F 327 OFM pulses plus 100 ms after the original feed motor (OFM) turns off, the motor starts rotating forward again and the original conveying motor (OCM) turns on simultaneously, conveying the original onto the slit glass. G 288 OFM pulses after the original is conveyed onto the slit glass and the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turns on, the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) turns off. H 30 ms after the switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL) turns off, the original feed motor (OFM) turns off. I When the scanning request signal turns on, scanning of the second face (front face) of the original starts. J 2337 OCM pulses plus 30 ms after scanning of the second face (front face) of the original completes and the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turns off, the original conveying motor (OCM) turns off, completing the ejection of the original.

1-3-66

2A3/4 (12) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) The large paper deck consists mainly of the right and left cassettes and separation section. The right cassette primary paper feed section sends paper from the lift to the upper and lower deck separation rollers. When the right cassette becomes empty, the left cassette primary paper feed section conveys paper onto the lift of the right cassette. The upper and lower deck separation rollers in the separation section convey paper received from the right cassette primary paper feed section into the copier, preventing multiple sheets from being fed at one time.

6 5 43

42 6 41 9

7 8 # # 0 ! @

$
Figure 1-3-55 Mechanical construction (1)

1 Deck paper feed roller 1 2 Deck paper conveying roller 3 Deck paper feed roller 2 4 Pickup arm 5 Paper conveying base 6 Lift 7 Paper guide U

8 9 0 ! @ # $

Deck side cover Upper deck separation roller Lower deck separation roller Bracket Paper guide D Guide pulley Air damper

1-3-67

2A3/4

68 4 0

!3 2

57 $9 1

% ^ ( ) *# @&

Figure 1-3-56 Mechanical construction (2) Paper path sensor 1 (PPSENS1) Paper path sensor 2 (PPSENS2) Paper path sensor 3 (PPSENS3) Paper empty sensor (PESENS) Deck level switch 1 (DLSW1, front) Deck level switch 2 (DLSW2, front) Upper limit switch 1 (UPSW1, rear) Upper limit switch 2 (UPSW2, rear) Paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) Paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) Paper conveying clutch (CCL) Paper deck motor pulse sensor 1 (PDMSENS1) # Paper deck motor pulse sensor 2 (PDMSENS2) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 ! @ $ Deck open/closed safety switch (DOSSW) % Side cover switch (SCSW) ^ Deck paper conveying motor (CM) & Paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) * Paper deck motor 2 (PDM2) ( Paper level detection sensor 1 (PLDSENS1) ) Paper level detection sensor 2 (PLDSENS2) *Dehumidifier heater 1 (DH1) *Dehumidifier heater 2 (DH2) * Service part.

1-3-68

2A3/4 (12-1) Right cassette primary paper feed As paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) turns on, the drive is transmitted to deck paper feed roller 1 and the upper and lower deck separation rollers, starting primary paper feed from the right cassette. The upper and lower deck separation rollers ensure that the paper is fed one sheet at a time and that it is fed into the copier correctly. To prevent multiple sheets from being fed, there is a torque limiter on the lower deck separation roller.

Paper feed signal from the copier 100 ms 64 P (70 ms) PFSW4 (copier)

PPSENS1 PPSENS2 PPSENS3 FCL3 (copier) PFCL1

BC

Timing chart 1-3-13 Right cassette primary paper feed A The paper feed signal from the copier turns paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) on, starting primary paper feed. B 64 pulses after paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) on the copier has been turned on by the leading edge of the paper, paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) turns off. C 70 ms after paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) on the copier has turned on, copier feed clutch 3 (FCL3) turns on to feed the paper to complete primary paper feed.

1-3-69

2A3/4

FCL3 Feed pulley Paper path Feed roller 4 Upper deck separation roller PFCL1 Deck paper feed roller 1 Copier

PFSW4

Lift Lower deck separation roller

Figure 1-3-57 Right cassette paper feed section

1-3-70

2A3/4 When the right cassette is empty, its lift serves as a guide for the paper being conveyed from the left cassette lift.

PFSW4 (copier)

PFCL1

PFCL1

CN5-6

CN1-4

PFCL1

CN4-4

CN9-5 PFSW4 (copier)

I/FPCB

PDMPCB

Figure 1-3-58 Right cassette primary paper feed section block diagram

1-3-71

2A3/4 (12-2) Left cassette primary paper feed As the last sheet in the right cassette is fed, paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) and the paper conveying clutch (CCL) turn on for primary feed from the left cassette. Deck paper feed roller 2 and the deck paper conveying roller start to rotate to convey paper from the left cassette onto the right cassette lift.

PFSW4 (copier) PPSENS1 PPSENS2 PPSENS3 CCL PFCL2 43 P

BC

Timing chart 1-3-14 Left cassette primary paper feed A When copier paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) is turned on by the last paper from the right cassette, paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) turns on to start primary paper feed. B The paper conveying clutch (CCL) turns on as soon as the leading edge of the paper from the left cassette turns paper path sensor 3 (PPSENS3) on. C Paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) turns off as soon as the leading edge of the paper from the left cassette turns paper path sensor 2 (PPSENS2) on, completing primary paper feed. D 43 pluses after the leading edge of the paper from the left cassette turns paper path sensor 1 (PPSENS1) on, the paper conveying clutch (CCL) turns off and the paper stops in the right cassette.

1-3-72

2A3/4

PFSW4 (copier) Paper path PFCL2 PPSENS2 CCL PPSENS3

PPSENS1

Deck paper feed roller 2

Deck paper conveying roller

Figure 1-3-59 Left cassette paper feed section

PFSW4 (copier)

PFCL2

CCL PPSENS3 PPSENS2 PPSENS1

PFSW4 (copier) PPSENS2 PPSENS3 PFCL2 CCL PPSENS1 PPSENS2 CN2-6 CN4-8 PPSENS3 CN2-11 CN4-2 PFCL2 CN1-5 CN5-4 CCL CN1-6 CN5-2 PPSENS1 CN1-9 CN7-2 I/FPCB CN9-5 CN1-6 CN1-11 CN4-5 CN4-6 CN4-9 PDMPCB

Figure 1-3-60 Left cassette primary paper feed section block diagram

1-3-73

2A3/4 (12-3) Raising and lowering the lifts The following is a description of the right cassette lift operating mechanism. The left cassette lift operates in the same manner. Paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) drives the right lift belt assembly that winches the belt up and hence raises the lift until it is stopped by deck level switch 1 (DLSW1). When paper is loaded on the lift and the deck is closed, the lift is raised until deck level switch 1 (DLSW1) turns on. When desk level switch 1 (DLSW1) is turned off as the paper on the lift is used, paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) starts to raise the lift until the switch turns on.
Deck level switch 1 Lift

Lift belt assembly Winch shaft

Air damper

Paper deck motor 1

Figure 1-3-61 Raising and lowering the lift When the deck is opened for removing a jammed paper or other purposes, the winch shaft is released from its holder on paper deck motor 1 (PDM1), allowing the lift to descend under its own weight. The air damper buffers the impact of the descending lift.

1-3-74

2A3/4

DLSW2

DLSW1

PDM2

PDM1 DLSW1 DLSW2 CN3-3 CN3-9 DLSW1 CN2-7 DLSW2 CN2-9 CN1-7 CN1-9 PDM1 CN7-1 PDM2 CN7-4 PDMPCB

I/FPCB

Figure 1-3-62 Lift block diagram

1-3-75

2A3/4 (12-4) Detecting the paper level The lift rises as paper in the deck is used. When the remaining number of sheets in either right or left cassette reduces to around 100 to 250 sheets, the projection on the lift belt assembly pushes against the sensor lever which turns the relevant paper level detection sensor 1 or 2 (PLDSENS1/2) on. When both paper level detection sensors 1 and 2 (PLDSENS1, 2) have turned on, the message Low on paper. is shown on the copier touch panel. This message is not shown when only one of them is on. As more copies are made with the message on, paper path sensors 1, 2 and 3 (PPSENS1, 2, 3) or the paper empty sensor (PESENS) start to detect absence of paper, and the message on the copier touch panel changes to Place paper in deck.
Sensor lever Sensor lever

Paper level detection sensor 1

Paper level detection sensor 1

Lift belt assembly Lift belt assembly When paper level detection sensor 1 is off When paper level detection sensor 1 is on

Figure 1-3-63 Detecting the paper level

PLDSENS2

PLDSENS1

CN2-3 CN2-6 PDMPCB

Figure 1-3-64 Paper level detection system block diagram

1-3-76

II ELECTRICAL SECTION

2A3/4

CONTENTS 2-1 Electrical Parts Layout

2-1-1 Electrical parts layout .......................................................................... 2-1-1 (1) Copier .......................................................................................... 2-1-1 (2) SRDF ......................................................................................... 2-1-11 (3) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ........... 2-1-15

1-1-11

2A3/4

2-1-1 Electrical parts layout

(1) Copier
6 10 12 11 8 5 4 15 1 7 9

14

13

Machine front side

Machine inside

Machine back side

Figure 2-1-1 Copier (PCBs) 1. Main PCB (MPCB) ....................................... Controls the other PCBs, electrical components and optional devices; image processing. 2. Power source PCB (PSPCB) ....................... Generates 24 V DC, +12 V DC and 5 V DC; controls fixing heaters M and S. 3. Engine PCB (EPCB) .................................... Interfaces output and input signals to and from electrical components and optional devices. 4. High-voltage transformer PCB (HVTPCB) ... Main charging. Generates developing bias, and high voltages for transfer and separation. 5. Scanner motor PCB (SMPCB) .................... Controls the scanner motor. 6. Inverter PCB (INPCB) .................................. Controls the exposure lamp. 7. CCD PCB (CCDPCB) .................................. Reads the image off originals. 8. Operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) ............ Controls the operation unit. 9. Operation unit right PCB (ORPCB) ............. Consists of operation keys and display LEDs. 10. Operation unit left PCB (OLPCB) ................ Consists of the operation keys, backlight and display LEDs.

2-1-1

2A3/4 11. LCD ............................................................. Displays copy modes and messages. 12. Touch panel ................................................. Consists of a touch-sensitive layer which detects presses of operation keys displayed on the LCD. 13. Humidity sensor PCB (HUMPCB) ............... Detects the absolute humidity. External humidity sensor (EHUMSENS) ... Detects the external humidity. External temperature thermistor (ETTH) ... Detects the external temperature. 14. Memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1) ................. Reads and outputs the image. 15.*Memory copy PCB 2 (MCPCB2) ................. Reads and outputs the image. * 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.

2-1-2

2A3/4

2 1 4 3

Machine front side

Machine inside

Machine back side

Figure 2-1-2 Copier (switches and sensors in the scanning system) 1. Scanner home position switch (SHPSW) .... Detects the scanner in the home position. 2. Original detection switch (ODSW) ............... Operates the original size sensors. 3. Original size sensors 1 (OSD1) ................... Detects the original size. 4.*Original size sensors 2 (OSD2) ................... Detects the original size. * For inch specifications only.

2-1-3

2A3/4

7 10 19 18 17 13 9 8

11

14

5 12 2

15

6 16

Machine front side

Machine inside

Machine back side

Figure 2-1-3 Copier (switches in the paper feed and conveying system) 1. Upper paper switch (PSW-U) ...................... Detects the presence of paper in the upper drawer. 2. Lower paper switch (PSW-L) ....................... Detects the presence of paper in the lower drawer. 3. Upper paper length switch (PLSW-U) ......... Detects the length of paper in the upper drawer (inch specifications). Detects the presence of the upper drawer (metric specifications). 4. Lower paper length switch (PLSW-L) .......... Detects the length of paper in the lower drawer (inch specifications). Detects the presence of the lower drawer (metric specifications). 5.*Upper paper width switch (PWSW-U) ......... Detects the width of paper in the upper drawer. 6.*Lower paper width switch (PWSW-L) .......... Detects the width of paper in the lower drawer. 7. Bypass paper switch (BYPPSW) ................. Detects the presence of paper on the bypass table. * For inch specifications only.

2-1-4

2A3/4 8. Bypass paper length switch (BYPPLSW) .... Detects the length of paper on the bypass table. 9. Bypass paper width switch (BYPPWSW) .... Detects the width of paper on the bypass table. 10. Bypass table extended detection switch ...... Detects when the bypass table support (BYPEDSW) guide is extended to use long paper. 11. Upper lift limit switch (LICSW-U) ................. Detects the upper drawer lift reaching the upper limit. 12. Lower lift limit switch (LICSW-L) .................. Detects the lower drawer lift reaching the upper limit. 13. Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) ..................... Controls feed clutch 4. 14. Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) ..................... Controls feed clutch 1, 2 and 3, and the upper paper feed clutch. 15. Paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3) ..................... Controls the lower paper feed clutch. 16. Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) ..................... Controls feed clutch 3. 17. Feed switch (FSW) ...................................... Controls the secondary paper feed start timing. 18. Registration switch (RSW) ........................... Controls the secondary paper feed end timing. 19. Eject switch (ESW) ...................................... Detects paper jam in the fixing section.

2-1-5

2A3/4

7 6

3 2

Machine front side

Machine inside

Machine back side

Figure 2-1-4 Copier (switches and sensors) 1. Main switch (MSW) ...................................... Turns the AC power on and off. 2. Safety switch 1 (SSW1) ............................... Breaks the safety circuit when the front cover is opened; resets paper jam detection. 3. Safety switch 2 (SSW2) ............................... Breaks the safety circuit when the left cover is opened; resets paper jam detection. 4. Safety switch 3 (SSW3) ............................... Breaks the safety circuit when the right cover is opened; resets paper jam detection. 5.*Heater switch (HSW) ................................... Turns the optical and drawer heaters on and off. 6. Toner sensor (TNS) ..................................... Detects the toner density in the developing section. 7. Toner level sensor (TLDS) .......................... Detects the toner level in the toner hopper. 8. Toner hopper lockup sensor (TLS) .............. Detects the amount of recycled toner in the toner hopper. 9. Fixing unit thermistor (FTH) ......................... Detects the heat roller temperature. * Service part.

2-1-6

2A3/4

1 12,13 2 7 8 10 9 11 4 3

Machine front side

Machine inside

Machine back side

Figure 2-1-5 Copier (motors) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Scanner motor (SM) .................................... Drives the scanner. Drive motor (DM) ......................................... Drives the image formation section. Paper feed motor (PFM) .............................. Drives the paper feed section. Paper conveying motor (PCM) .................... Conveys paper. Upper lift motor (CLM-U) ............................. Drives the upper drawer lift. Lower lift motor (CLM-L) .............................. Drives the lower drawer lift. Toner feed motor (TFM) .............................. Replenishes toner. Toner recycle motor (TRM) ......................... Replenishes recycled toner. Charger cleaning motor (CCM) ................... Cleans the transfer and separation charger wires. Image formation unit fan motor (IFFM) ........ Collects scattered toner. Paper conveying section fan motor ............. Assists paper advance along the paper (PCFM) conveying path and exhausts heat. Cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) ........................ Cools the machine interior. Cooling fan motor 2 (CFM2) ........................ Cools the machine interior.

2-1-7

2A3/4

11 10 9 8 6 7 3

4 1

5 2

Machine front side

Machine inside

Machine back side

Figure 2-1-6 Copier (clutches and solenoids) 1. Upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) .............. Primary paper feed from the upper drawer. 2. Lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L) .............. Primary paper feed from the lower drawer. 3. Feed clutch 1 (FCL1) ................................... Controls the drive of feed roller 1. 4. Feed clutch 2 (FCL2) ................................... Controls the drive of feed roller 2. 5. Feed clutch 3 (FCL3) ................................... Controls the drive of feed rollers 3 and 4. 6. Feed clutch 4 (FCL4) ................................... Controls the drive of the lower feed roller at high speed. 7. Feed clutch 5 (FCL5) ................................... Controls the drive of the lower feed roller at low speed. 8. Eject speed switching clutch (ESCL) ........... Switches the paper ejection speed. 9. Registration clutch (RCL) ............................ Secondary paper feed. 10. Bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) ........ Primary paper feed from the bypass table. 11. Bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) ......................... Operates the bypass forwarding pulley.

2-1-8

2A3/4

2 8 1

11 10 4 3 9 12 5

7 6

Machine front side

Machine inside

Machine back side

Figure 2-1-7 Copier (feedshift and duplex sections) 1. Feedshift switch (FSSW) ............................. Detects a paper jam in the feedshift section. 2. Switchback eject switch (SBESW) .............. Detects a paper jam in the switchback eject section. 3. Stock switch (STKSW) ................................ Detects the presence of paper in the duplex unit. 4. Duplex registration switch (DUPRSW) ........ Detects a paper jam in the duplex section. 5. Duplex paper conveying switch ................... Detects a paper jam in the duplex (DUPPCSW) paper conveying section. 6. Duplex eject switch (DUPESW) ................... Detects a paper jam in the duplex eject section. 7. Side registration home position switch ........ Detects the side registration guides in (SRHPSW) the home positions. 8. Feedshift solenoid (FSSOL) ........................ Operates the feedshift guide. 9. Duplex forward solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) .... Operates the duplex forwarding pulley. 10. Switchback feedshift solenoid ..................... Operates the switchback feedshift (SBFSSOL) guide. 11. Duplex paper tapping solenoid .................... Operates the paper tapping guide. (DUPPTSOL) 12. Side registration motor (SRM) ..................... Operates the side registration guides.

2-1-9

2A3/4

8 10 7 5 4 3 2

6 9

Machine front side

Machine inside

Machine back side

Figure 2-1-8 Copier (other electrical components) 1. Exposure lamp (EL) ..................................... Exposes originals. 2. Cleaning lamp (CL) ...................................... Removes residual charge from the drum surface. 3. Fixing heater M (H1) .................................... Heats the heat roller. 4. Fixing heater S (H2) .................................... Heats the heat roller. 5. Fixing unit thermostat (TH) .......................... Prevents overheating in the fixing section. 6. Relay (PRY) ................................................. Turns the AC power and 24 V DC power supplies to the fixing section on and off. 7. Laser scanner unit (LSU) Polygon motor (PM) .................................. Drives the polygon mirror. Laser diode (LD) ........................................ Generates the laser beam. 8.*Optical heater (OPH) ................................... Dehumidifies the optical section. 9.*Drawer heater (CH) ..................................... Dehumidifies the drawer section. 10. Total counter (TC) ....................................... Displays the total number of copies produced. * Service part.

2-1-10

2A3/4 (2) SRDF

2 1

Machine front side

Machine inside

Machine back side

Figure 2-1-9 SRDF (PCBs) 1. DF driver PCB (DFDPCB) ........................... Controls electrical components of SRDF. 2. Original set LED PCB (OSLEDPCB) ........... Indicates presence of originals on the SRDF or an original jam.

2-1-11

2AD-1 2A3/4

2 4 5 6 3 8

Machine front side

Machine inside

Machine back side

Figure 2-1-10 SRDF (switches and sensors) 1. DF safety switch 1 (DFSSW1) ..................... Breaks the safety circuit when the SRDF is opened; resets original jam detection. 2. DF safety switch 2 (DFSSW2) ..................... Breaks the safety circuit when the DF original reversing cover is opened; resets original jam detection. 3. Original set switch (OSSW) ......................... Detects the presence of an original. 4. Original feed switch (OFSW) ....................... Detects primary original feed end timing. 5. Original switchback switch (OSBSW) .......... Detects an original jam in the original switchback section. 6. DF timing switch (DFTSW) .......................... Detects the original scanning timing. 7. Original size length switch (OSLSW) ........... Detects the length of the original. 8. Original size width switch (OSWSW) ........... Detects the width of the original.

2-1-12

2A3/4

1 2

Machine front side

Machine inside

Machine back side

Figure 2-1-11 SRDF (motors) 1. Original feed motor (OFM) ........................... Drives the original feed and switchback sections. 2. Original conveying motor (OCM) ................. Drives the original conveying section.

2-1-13

2A3/4

2 4

5 3

Machine front side

Machine inside

Machine back side

Figure 2-1-12 SRDF (clutches and solenoids) 1. Original feed solenoid (OFSOL) .................. Moves the DF forwarding pulleys vertically. 2. Switchback feedshift solenoid ..................... Moves the switchback feedshift guide. (SBFSSOL) 3. Eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL) .............. Moves the eject feedshift guide. 4. Switchback pressure solenoid ..................... Moves the switchback pulley. (SBPSOL) 5. Original feed clutch (OFCL) ......................... Controls the drive of the DF original feed pulley.

2-1-14

2A3/4 (3) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)

Machine front side

Machine inside

Machine back side

Figure 2-1-13 Large paper deck (PCBs) 1. Deck main PCB (PDMPCB) ........... Controls other PCBs and electrical components. 2. Interface PCB (I/FPCB) .................. Interfaces between the deck main PCB and other electrical components.

2-1-15

2A3/4

8 6 4 14

7 3 2 5 13

1 10 9

12

11

Machine front side

Machine inside

Machine back side

Figure 2-1-14 Large paper deck (switches and sensors) 1. Paper path sensor 1 (PPSENS1) .... Detect paper jams and the absence of paper on the lifts. 2. Paper path sensor 2 (PPSENS2) .... Detect paper jams and the absence of paper on the lifts. 3. Paper path sensor 3 (PPSENS3) .... Detect paper jams and the absence of paper on the lifts. 4. Paper empty sensor (PESENS) ...... Detects the absence of paper in the left cassette. 5. Deck level switch 1 (DLSW1) .......... Detects the right cassette lift in the home position. 6. Deck level switch 2 (DLSW2) .......... Detects the left cassette lift in the home position. 7. Upper limit switch 1 (UPSW1) ......... Detects the right cassette lift being raised past the limit. 8. Upper limit switch 2 (UPSW2) ......... Detects the left cassette lift being raised past the limit. 9. Side cover switch (SCSW) .............. Detects if the deck side cover is opened or closed. 10. Deck open/closed safety switch ...... Detects if the deck is open or closed. (DOSSW) 11. Paper deck motor pulse sensor 1 .... Detects abnormal paper deck motor 1 rotation. (PDMSENS1) 12. Paper deck motor pulse sensor 2 .... Detects abnormal paper deck motor 2 rotation. (PDMSENS2) 13. Paper level detection sensor 1 ........ Detects the paper level in the right cassette. (PLDSENS1) 14. Paper level detection sensor 2 ........ Detects the paper level in the left cassette. (PLDSENS2)

2-1-16

2A3/4

4 1

8 2 7

Machine front side

Machine inside

Machine back side

Figure 2-1-15 Large paper deck (other electrical components) 1. Deck paper conveying motor .......... Drives the large paper deck. (CM) 2. Paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) ........... Raises the right cassette lift. 3. Paper deck motor 2 (PDM2) ........... Raises the left cassette lift. 4. Paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) .......... Regulates drive transmission to deck paper feed roller 1, and the upper and lower deck separation rollers. 5. Paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) .......... Regulates drive transmission to deck paper feed roller 2. 6. Paper conveying clutch (CCL) ........ Regulates drive transmission to the deck paper conveying roller. 7.*Dehumidifier heater 1 (DH1) ........... Dehumidifies paper in the right cassette. 8.*Dehumidifier heater 2 (DH2) ........... Dehumidifies paper in the left cassette. * Service part.

2-1-17

2A3/4

CONTENTS 2-2 Detection of Paper Misfeed

2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection ..................................................................... 2-2-1 2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions .................................................... 2-2-2 (1) Copier .......................................................................................... 2-2-2 (2) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optonal/52 ppm: standard) ............ 2-2-11 (3) Paper feed desk (optional for 42 ppm only) .............................. 2-2-13 (4) Finisher (optional) ...................................................................... 2-2-13 2-2-3 Original misfeed detection ................................................................ 2-2-14 2-2-4 Original misfeed detection conditions ............................................... 2-2-15

1-1-13

2A3/4

2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection

When a paper jam occurs, the machine immediately stops operation and displays a message on the touch panel in the operation unit indicating a paper jam, the jam location and the jam code. To remove the jammed paper, open either the drawer, duplex unit, front cover, right cover or left cover as necessary. To reset the paper misfeed detection, open and close the respective cover to turn safety switches 1, 2 or 3 off and on. Metric

3 6

7 2

1 4

Inch

3 6

7 2

1 4

Figure 2-2-1 Misfeed location indication 1 2 3 4 Paper feed section Paper conveying section Fixing and eject section Duplex section 5 Large paper deck 6 Finisher* 7 SRDF * Optional.

2-2-1

2A3/4

2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions

(1) Copier

BYPPFCL RCL SBESW ESW FSSW DUPFWDSOL DUPRSW DUPPCSW DUPESW PFCL-U PFSW2 RSW FSW PFSW1

PFCL-L

PFSW3

PFSW4

Figure 2-2-2 Copier

2-2-2

2A3/4 1. Jam at power-on (jam code 00) One or more of the switches in the paper conveying system is on when the main switch is turned on. 2. Paper feed section No paper feed from copier upper drawer (jam code 10) Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) does not turn on within 656 ms after the upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) is turned on; even if retry of this operation is carried out twice after turning off the upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) for 1 second, the switch again fails to turn on within the same time.
PFCL-U 1s 1s Off On 656ms 656ms 656ms Off On

PFSW2

Timing chart 2-2-1

No paper feed from copier lower drawer (jam code 11) Paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3) does not turn on within 656 ms after the lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L) is turned on; even if retry of this operation is carried out twice after turning off the lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L) for 1 second, the switch again fails to turn on within the same time.
1s 1s Off On 656ms 656ms 656ms Off On

PFCL-L

PFSW3

Timing chart 2-2-2

No paper feed from bypass (jam code 14) The feed switch (FSW) does not turn on within 1120 ms of the bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) turning on; the clutch is then held off for 1 s and turned back on, but the switch again fails to turn on within 1120 ms of the retry.
BYPPFCL 1s Off On 1120 ms 1120 ms Off On

FSW

Timing chart 2-2-3

2-2-3

2A3/4 Jam in copier vertical paper conveying section (jam code 18) The feed switch (FSW) does not turn on within 780 ms of paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) turning on.
Off PFSW1 On 780 ms Off On

FSW

Timing chart 2-2-4

Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) does not turn on within 733 ms of paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) turning on.
Off PFSW2 On 733 ms Off On

PFSW1

Timing chart 2-2-5

Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) does not turn on within 814 ms of paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3) turning on.
Off PFSW3 On 814 ms Off On

PFSW2

Timing chart 2-2-6

Jam in converging section (jam code 20) The registration switch (RSW) does not turn on within 444 ms of the feed switch (FSW) turning on.
Off FSW On 444 ms Off On

RSW

Timing chart 2-2-7

2-2-4

2A3/4 Multiple sheets in paper feed section (jam code 21) Paper feed switch 2 or 3 (PFSW2 or 3) does not turn off within 1470 ms of turning on.

PFSW2 PFSW3

1470 ms

Off On

Timing chart 2-2-8 Multiple sheets in copier vertical conveying section (jam code 22) Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) does not turn off within 733 ms of paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) turning off.
Off PFSW2 On 733 ms Off On

PFSW1

Timing chart 2-2-9

Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) does not turn off within 814 ms of paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3) turning off.

Off PFSW3 On 814 ms Off On

PFSW2

Timing chart 2-2-10

Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) does not turn off within 833 ms of duplex eject switch (DUPESW) turning off.
Off DUPESW On 833 ms Off On

PFSW1

Timing chart 2-2-11

2-2-5

2A3/4 Multiple sheets before registration section (jam code 23) The feed switch (FSW) does not turn off within 1340 ms of paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) turning off.
Off PFSW1 On 1340 ms Off On

FSW

Timing chart 2-2-12

The feed switch (FSW) does not turn off within 2528 ms of turning on during bypass paper feed.

FSW

2528 ms

Off On

Timing chart 2-3-13

3. Paper conveying section Jam in registration/transfer section (jam code 30) The registration switch (RSW) does not turn off within 764 ms of the feed switch (FSW) turning off.

Off FSW On 764 ms Off On

RSW

Timing chart 2-2-14

2-2-6

2A3/4 4. Fixing section Jam in fixing section (jam code 40) The eject switch (ESW) does not turn on within 2552 ms of the registration clutch (RCL) turning on.
Off RCL On 2552 ms Off On

ESW

Timing chart 2-2-15

5. Eject section Jam in eject section (jam code 50) The eject switch (ESW) does not turn off within 2528 ms of turning on.

ESW

2528 ms

Off On

Timing chart 2-2-16

Jam in switchback eject section (jam code 51) The switchback eject switch (SBESW) does not turn off within 1470 ms of turning on.

SBESW

1470 ms

Off On

Timing chart 2-2-17

2-2-7

2A3/4 6. Feedshift section Jam in feedshift section (jam code 52) The feedshift switch (FSSW) does not turn on within 1400 ms of the eject switch (ESW) turning on.
Off ESW On FSSW 1400 ms Off On

Timing chart 2-2-18 The feedshift switch (FSSW) does not turn off within 1400 ms of the eject switch (ESW) turning off.
Off ESW On FSSW 1400 ms Off On

Timing chart 2-2-19 7. Duplex section Jam in duplex stock section (jam code 60) The switchback eject switch (SBESW) does not turn on within 856 ms of the duplex forward solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) turning on.

Off DUPFWDSOL On SBESW 856 ms Off On

Timing chart 2-2-20

2-2-8

2A3/4 The duplex registration switch (DUPRSW) does not turn on within 707 ms of the duplex forward solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) turning on.
Off DUPFWDSOL On DUPRSW 707 ms Off On

Timing chart 2-2-21 Duplex paper conveying section (jam code 61) The duplex paper conveying switch (DUPPCSW) does not turn on within 860 ms of the duplex registration switch (DUPRSW) turning on.
Off DUPRSW On DUPPCSW 860 ms Off On

Timing chart 2-2-22 The duplex eject switch (DUPESW) does not turn on within 860 ms of the duplex paper conveying switch (DUPPCSW) turning on.
Off DUPPCSW On DUPESW 860 ms Off On

Timing chart 2-2-23 Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) does not turn on within 833 ms of the duplex eject switch (DUPESW) turning on.
Off DUPESW On PFSW1 833 ms Off On

Timing chart 2-2-24

2-2-9

2A3/4 Duplex registration switch (DUPRSW) does not turn off within 1470 ms of turning on.
Off On

DUPRSW

1470 ms

Timing chart 2-2-25 Duplex paper conveying switch (DUPPCSW) does not turn off within 860 ms of the duplex registration switch (DUPRSW) turning off.
Off DUPRSW On DUPPCSW 860 ms Off On

Timing chart 2-2-26 The duplex eject switch (DUPESW) does not turn off within 860 ms of the duplex paper conveying switch (DUPPCSW) turning off.
Off DUPPCSW On DUPESW 860 ms Off On

Timing chart 2-2-27

2-2-10

2A3/4 (2) Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)

PFSW4

PFCL2

PPSENS3

PPSENS2

PPSENS1 PFCL1

Figure 2-2-3 Large paper deck No paper feed from large paper deck (jam code 12) Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) does not turn on within 672 ms of paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) turning on; the clutch is then held off for 1 s and turned back on, but the switch again fails to turn on within 672 ms of the retry.
Off On 672 ms 672 ms Off On

PFCL1

1s

PFSW4

Timing chart 2-2-28 Multiple sheets in paper feed section (jam code 21) Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) does not turn off within 1470 ms of turning on.

PFSW4

1470 ms

Off On

Timing chart 2-2-29

2-2-11

2A3/4 Paper failing to reach PPS2 in large paper deck horizontal paper path (jam code 15) Paper path sensor 3 (PPSENS3) does not turn on within 260 ms of paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) turning on.
Off PFCL2 On 260 ms Off On

PPSENS3

Timing chart 2-2-30 Paper failing to reach PPS1 in large paper deck horizontal paper path (jam code 16) Paper path sensor 2 (PPSENS2) does not turn on within 150 ms of paper path sensor 3 (PPSENS3) turning on.
Off PPSENS3 On 150 ms Off On

PPSENS2

Timing chart 2-2-31 Paper failing to reach PPS0 in large paper deck horizontal paper path (jam code 17) Paper path sensor 1 (PPSENS1) does not turn on within 405 ms of paper path sensor 2 (PPSENS2) turning on.
Off PPSENS2 On 405 ms Off On

PPSENS1

Timing chart 2-2-32

2-2-12

2A3/4 (3) Paper feed desk (optional for 42 ppm only) (see the paper feed desk service manual) No paper feed from paper feed desk upper drawer (jam code 12) No paper feed from paper feed desk lower drawer (jam code 13) Jam in paper feed desk vertical paper conveying section (jam code 19)

(4) Finisher (optional) (see the finisher service manual) Initial clogging jam (jam code 00) Jam in paper entry section (jam code 81) Jam in eject section of non-sort tray (jam code 82) Jam in paper conveying section of internal tray (jam code 83) Jam in eject section of sort tray (jam code 84)

2-2-13

2A3/4

2-2-3 Original misfeed detection

When an original jams, the machine immediately stops operation and a message is shown on the touch panel in the operation unit. The SRDF original set indicator also flashes red. To remove the jammed original, open the SRDF or DF original reversing cover. To reset the original misfeed detection, open and close the SRDF or DF original reversing cover to turn DF safety switch 1 or 2 off and on.

OSBSW OFSW OFM

OCM

DFTSW

Figure 2-2-4

Original misfeed detection

2-2-14

2A3/4

2-2-4 Original misfeed detection conditions

Initial movement confirmation JAM When the DF START signal is received, switches other than the original set switch (OSSW) and the original size length switch (OSLSW) on the original table are on. No paper feed (jam code 70) During the primary feed of the second or later original in the single-sided or doublesided original mode, the original feed switch (OFSW) does not turn on within 3150 original feed motor (OFM) pulses from the start of forward rotation of the original feed motor (OFM).
Off OFM On (Fwd.) OFSW 3150 P* Off On * Burst of OFM pulses

Timing chart 2-2-33 An original jam in the original feed/conveying section (jam code 71) During the secondary original feed in the single-sided original mode, the DF timing switch (DFTSW) does not turn on within 3425 original feed motor (OFM) pulses from the start of reverse rotation of the original feed motor (OFM). Alternatively, during continuous original feed in the single-sided original mode, the DF timing switch (DFTSW) does not turn on for the second time under the above conditions.

Off OFM On (Rev.) DFTSW 3425 P* Off On * Burst of OFM pulses

Timing chart 2-2-34 During the secondary original feed in the single-sided original mode, the original feed switch (OFSW) has not turned off before the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turns off.

2-2-15

2A3/4 During original switchback operation in the double-sided original mode, the original feed switch (OFSW) remains on when the original switchback switch (OSBSW) turns off.
Off OSBSW On Off OFSW On

Timing chart 2-2-35 During the secondary original feed in the single-sided or double-sided original mode, the DF timing switch (DFTSW) does not turn on within 10200 original conveying motor (OCM) pulses from the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turning on.
Off On * Burst of OCM pulses

DFTSW

10200 P*

Timing chart 2-2-36 In the single-sided or double-sided original mode, the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turns off within 2016 original conveying motor (OCM) pulses from the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turning on.
Off On * Burst of OCM pulses

DFTSW

2016 P*

Timing chart 2-2-37 While scanning the first face (reverse face) of an original in the double-sided original mode, the original switchback switch (OSBSW) does not turn on within 3591 original conveying motor (OCM) pulses from the DF timing switch (DFTSW) turning on.
Off DFTSW On OSBSW 3591 P* Off On * Burst of OCM pulses

Timing chart 2-2-38

2-2-16

2A3/4 An original jam in the original switchback section (jam code 72) During the switchback operation of an original in the double-sided original mode, the original switchback switch (OSBSW) does not turn on within 2520 original feed motor (OFM) pulses from the start of reverse rotation of the original feed motor (OFM).
Off OFM On (Rev.) OSBSW 2520 P* Off On * Burst of OFM pulses

Timing chart 2-2-39 During switchback operation of an original in the double-sided original mode, the original switchback switch (OSBSW) does not turn off within 5100 original feed motor (OFM) pulses from the original switchback switch (OSBSW) turning on.
Off On * Burst of OFM pulses

OSBSW

5100 P*

Timing chart 2-2-40 During the secondary original feed in the double-sided original mode, the DF timing switch (DFTSW) does not turn on within 1528 original conveying motor (OCM) pulses from the original conveying motor (OCM) turning on.
Off OCM On DFTSW 1528 P* Off On * Burst of OCM pulses

Timing chart 2-2-41

2-2-17

2A3/4

CONTENTS 2-3 Operation of the PCBs

2-3-1 2-3-2 2-3-3 2-3-4 2-3-5 2-3-6 2-3-7 2-3-8 Power source PCB .............................................................................. 2-3-1 Engine PCB ........................................................................................ 2-3-3 Main PCB ............................................................................................ 2-3-4 Memory copy PCB .............................................................................. 2-3-6 Scanner motor PCB ............................................................................ 2-3-8 CCD PCB ............................................................................................ 2-3-9 DF driver PCB ................................................................................... 2-3-11 Operation unit main PCB,operation unit right PCB,and operation unit left PCB ...................................................................... 2-3-12 (1) Operation unit left PCB .............................................................. 2-3-14 (2) Operation unit right PCB ........................................................... 2-3-15 2-3-9 Deck main PCB (42 ppm: optonal/52 ppm: standard) ...................... 2-3-16 (1) Paper deck motor drive circuits ................................................. 2-3-17 (2) Clutch drive circuit ..................................................................... 2-3-18 (3) Operational principle of reflective photosensors PPSENS1, PPSENS2, PPSENS3 and PESENS ......................................... 2-3-19 (4) Reset circuit ............................................................................... 2-3-20

1-1-15

2A3/4

2-3-1 Power source PCB

PSPCB
Rectifier circuit L D001 Noise filter circuit L1* Noise filter circuit L2 TRNS

~
N

Zero-cross circuit H2 H1 TR2 C TR3 D PT2 H2 REM H1 REM T1 D201 24 V DC output circuit IC2 D202 A B C PC1 PC2 PC3 L201 PT1 A R129

C101 + Q1

Q2

PWM control circuit (IC1)

B SLEEP SIG

24 V DC Q201 GND 12 V DC output circuit IC6 Overvoltage/ overcurrent detection D circuits 12 V DC GND

5.1 V DC output circuit IC3 (main)

Q302

5.1 V DC GND

Z CROSS SIG

* For 120 V specifications only.

Figure 2-3-1 Power source PCB block diagram

2-3-1

2A3/4 The power source PCB (PSPCB) is a switching regulator which converts an AC input to generate 24 V DC, 5.1 V DC and 12 V DC. It consists of the components shown in Figure 2-3-1; noise filter circuit, rectifier circuit, switching control circuit, 24 V DC output circuit, 5.1 V DC output circuit, 12 V DC output circuit, fixing heater control circuit, overvoltage detection circuit, overcurrent detection circuit. The noise filter circuits, consisting mainly of the noise filter circuit in the power source section and capacitors, attenuates external noise and prevents switching noise generated by the power source circuit and the heater control circuit from leaving the machine via the AC line. The rectifier circuit full-wave rectifies the AC input which has passed through the noise filter circuit using the diode bridge D001. The switching control circuit turns the FETs Q1 and Q2 on and off via the PWM controller IC1 to apply the AC component from the DC voltage smoothed via the electrolytic capacitor C101 to the primary coil of the transformer TRNS. The 24 V DC output circuit smoothes the current induced on the secondary coil of the transformer TRNS via diodes D201 and D202, and outputs a more stable 24 V DC by the function of shunt regulator IC2. The output status of 24 V DC is fed back to the PWM control IC1 in the switching control circuit via the photocoupler PC1, and based on the feedback, the PWM control IC1 outputs stable 24 V DC constantly by controlling the switching duty pulse width for the FETs Q1 and Q2. The 5.1 V DC output control circuit IC3 receive 24 V DC from the 24 V DC output circuit and output stable 5.1 V DC by the function of the DC/DC converter control IC3. The 12 V DC output circuit receive 24 V DC from the 24 V DC output circuit and outputs stable 12 V DC by the function of a power supply regulator. In the energy saving mode, the FETs Q210 and Q302 are opened when they receive a sleep signal from the main PCB (MPCB), thus cutting off the output of 24 V DC and a part of 5.1 V DC. Since input to the 12 V DC control circuit IC4 is also cut off, output of 12 V DC also ceases. As a result, all outputs except the sub-output from the 5.1 V DC output circuit IC3 are cut off, by which means energy consumption is lowered to the Energy Star accreditation level while in the stand-by mode. Abnormal rise of voltage for all DC outputs and overcurrent in all outputs except the 24 V DC and 12 V DC outputs are monitored by the overvoltage and overcurrent detection circuits, and if any abnormal rise is detected, alarm signals are fed back to the PWM control circuit IC1 on the primary side via photocoupler PC2, by which means power supply is shut down. Overload of the 24 V DC output is monitored by resistor R129 as the total sum of current on the primary side, and if any abnormal condition is detected, the operation of the PWM control circuit IC1 stops and the power supply is shut down. Overload of the 12 V DC output circuit is controlled by the overcurrent protection function of power source regulator IC4. When the abnormal output condition is removed, the 12 V DC output returns to the normal output condition. The fixing heater control circuit sends zero-crossing signal (Z CROSS SIG) via the photocoupler PC3 to the main PCB (MPCB). These signals are in turn converted into signals to control the on/off timing and phases, which are then input to the power source PCB (PSPCB) as the H1 REM and H2 REM signals. The phototriacs PT1 and PT2 are turned on by the H1 REM and H2 REM signals, and electricity flows through triacs TR2 and TR3 to turn the fixing heaters on.

2-3-2

2A3/4

2-3-2 Engine PCB

EPCB

Paper feed desk*1 Large paper deck*2 Finisher*3

Communication interface

MMD*4 Main PCB

Switches, sensors

Motors

Driver IC

Clutches, solenoids

High-voltage transformer PCB *3: Optional. *4: Optional for 120 V specifications only.

*1: Optional for 42 ppm only. *2: 42 ppm: Optional/52 ppm: standard

Figure 2-3-2 Engine PCB block diagram The engine PCB (EPCB) transmits the status of each switch to the main PCB (MPCB) and transmits the control signals output from the main PCB (MPCB) through driver ICs to motors, clutches and solenoids. It also receives and transmits input and output signals to and from optional devices via a communication interface.

2-3-3

2A3/4

2-3-3 Main PCB

MPCB
PRT DATA

SCAN DATA

Operation unit main PCB

Printer Board*1

CCDPCB

IC28

IC18,19

EPROM IC54

Address bus

Data bus

MAIN CPU IC23 EPROM IC45

BUCKUP RAM IC15

Scanner motor PCB

SELA SELB

SHD IC29 MIP IC41

SCANNER CPU IC53

SRDF Memory copy PCB1 Memory copy PCB2*2

Communication microcomputer 1 IC33

SRAM IC13
ENGINE CPU IC66 DUAL PORT RAM IC44

FIFO IC36

SELC

EPROM IC57 SRAM IC55

VTC IC47
VIDEO DATA

LSU

Address bus Data bus

XIO IC60

XIO IC63

Communication microcomputer 2 IC56

IC58

BUFFER IC IC70,71,72

Communication line Image data

Engine PCB

Booklet stitcher* *1: Optional *2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard

Figure 2-3-3 Main PCB block diagram

2-3-4

2A3/4

The main PCB (MPCB) consists of the main CPU (IC23), the engine CPU (IC66), the scanner CPU (IC53), communication microcomputers (IC33 and IC56), SRAMs (IC13 and IC55), battery-integrated RAM for back-up (IC15), EPROMs (IC45, IC54, and IC57), a dual port RAM (IC44), ASICs for input and output control (XIO:IC60 and IC63), ASICs for controlling image data input (SHD:IC29 and MIP:IC41), an ASIC for controlling image data output (VTC:IC47)etc. The main CPU (IC23) controls the engine CPU (IC66) and the scanner CPU (IC53), and controls the flow of image data transmitted between the MIP (IC41), memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1), memory copy PCB 2 (MCPCB2), and the printer board. The scanner CPU (IC53) controls the SHD (IC29) and the MIP (IC41), and sets the processing for image signals from the CCD PCB (CCDPCB). Also it controls driving of the scanner and the SRDF via the scanner motor PCB (SMPCB) and the SRDF DF driver PCB (DFDPCB). The engine CPU (IC66) controls the operation of motors, clutches, and solenoids, output of image data, and communication with optional devices via the engine PCB (EPCB).

2-3-5

2A3/4

2-3-4 Memory copy PCB

Communication control interface

Address bus Data bus

CPU U17

Clock frequency 31.8 MHz Clock frequency 3.6864 MHz

Image input interface

SRAM U4,11

EPROM U1

Image output interface

Clock frequency 24.39 MHz

ASIC U16

CODEC U26

Clock frequency 39.86 MHz

Address bus

DRAMs U13, 14, 15, 18, 19, 20

Data bus CODEC U25

Address bus

Sort memory Data bus

FF

Figure 2-3-4 Memory copy PCB 1 block diagram

2-3-6

2A3/4 The following is a description of memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1). Memory copy PCB 2 (MCPCB2) is identical to memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1). Memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1) consists of CPU U17, ASIC U16, SRAMs U4 and U11, DRAMs U13, U14, U15, U18, U19 and U20, EPROM U1, and CODECs U25 and U26. The memory copy PCB mainly serves to read images from the scanner based on the control signals from the main PCB (MPCB), and output the images to the engine (the component where printing to paper and driving of mechanisms are executed). It also performs editing operations such as image rotation, image summary and image synthesizing. Since the original scanning speed of the scanner and the printing speed of the engine (the component where printing to paper and driving of mechanisms are executed) are different, and their operations not synchronized, memory copy PCB 1 (MCPCB1) also serves as a buffer to deal with the speed and timing differences between them.

2-3-7

2A3/4

2-3-5 Scanner motor PCB

SMPCB
SM Vref SM M1M3 SM CWB SM CLK SM ENABLE

Driver IC1

SM A SM A SM B SM B

SM

Scanner control PCB

5 V DC

SHPSW

ODSW

OSD1

OSD2* DT2 EL ON REM PG Power source PCB EL 24 V DC INPCB

EL * For inch specification only.

Figure 2-3-5 Scanner motor PCB block diagram The scanner motor PCB (SMPCB) drives the scanner motor (SM), turns the exposure lamp (EL) on and off, and relays signals from the scanner home position switch (SHPSW), original size sensor 1, 2 (OSD1, 2) and the original detection switch (ODSW). The scanner motor (SM) is driven by turning the output for motor phase switchover on and off (SM A, SM A, SM B, SM B). It is activated by the driver IC1 processing the currently set reference signal (SM Vref), mode signals (SM M1 - M3, SM CWB), phase changeover clock (SM CLK), drive/stop signals (SM ENABLE) from the main PCB. The exposure lamp (EL) is turned on when the signal (EL ON REM) from the scanner control PCB (SCPCB) is inverted by DT2 and the resulting lamp on/off signal (EL) goes low. Signals from the scanner home position switch (SHPSW), original size sensor 1, 2 (OSD1, 2) and the original detection switch (ODSW) are relayed to the main PCB (MPCB).

2-3-8

2AD-1

2A3/4

2-3-6 CCD PCB

Main PCB CCDPCB

11 clks

Clock driver IC2

4 clks

IC3

Clock generation

CCD IC1

Odd

Emitter follower circuit

IC5 Image processing circuit IC4

Even

Emitter follower circuit

Figure 2-3-6 CCD PCB block diagram The CCD PCB (CCDPCB) receives clock signals SHIFT, CLK, RS, CLP and generate eleven signals based on those clock signals necessary to drive the CCD IC1. When clock signals are input, the CCD IC1 outputs analog signals which are divided into even pixel signals and odd pixel signals depending on the set density of the image, which are transmitted to the main PCB (MPCB) via the emitter follower circuit and differential amplifiers IC4 and IC5.

2-3-9

2A3/4

2-3-7 DF driver PCB

DFDPCB 24 V DC 24 V DC OCM A OCM B OCM A OCM B 24 V DC Main PCB Motor driver IC 24 V DC OFM A OFM B OFM A OFM B

Motor driver IC

OCM

OFM

Switches

Clutches, solenoids

Figure 2-3-7 DF driver PCB block diagram The DF driver PCB (DFDPCB) consists of a motor drive ICs and several other components. It mainly serves to drive the original feed motor (OFM) and the original conveying motor (OCM), under the control of signals received form the main PCB (MPCB). It also relays the 24 V DC power supply to the SRDF clutches and solenoids and the 5 V DC power supply to various switches and drives, and relays inputs and outputs of other signals.

2-3-10

2A3/4

2-3-8 Operation unit main PCB, operation unit right PCB, and operation unit left PCB

OMPCB CFL
Address bus Data bus

OLPCB CFL lighting circuit unit

Main PCB CPU IC19

EPROM IC12

EPROM IC16

Scan signal Return signal Key switch/LED display

ODSW SRAM IC9 Touch panel Touch panel circuit ORPCB

Reset circuit

Scan signal Return signal

Key switch/LED display

Address decode circuit unit

LCD controller IC11

Chip select

LCD
23 V DC

DC-DC converter IC8

Address bus Data bus

SRAM IC20

Figure 2-3-8 Operation unit main PCB, operation unit right PCB, and operation unit left PCB block diagram

2-3-11

2A3/4 On the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB), the major component is the CPU IC19, which directly controls the operation of the machine in response to a control program located in EPROM IC12 and executed from SRAM IC9. EPROM IC16 contains font data for the LCD display and LCD controller IC11 controls the LCD panel display from instructions contained in SRAM IC20. The operation unit right PCB (ORPCB), consisting of key switches and LEDs, is controlled by scan signals and LED lighting signals from the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB). The operation unit left PCB (OLPCB) consists of key switches, LEDs and the CFL lighting drive circuit. Key switches and LEDs are controlled by scan signals and LED lighting signals from the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB), and the CFL lighting drive circuit. This circuit generates AC power for CFL lighting drive and is controlled by the turning on and off of CFL lighting signals by the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB).

2-3-12

2A3/4 (1) Operation unit left PCB

KEY1 DIGKEY L1 DIGKEY L2 DIGKEY L3 CNA-5 CNA-6 CNA-7 KEY2 KEY3

KEY4 KEY5

KEY6 KEY7

D1 SCAN L1 SCAN L2 SCAN L3 CNA-8 CNA-9 CNA-10

D2

D3

Operation unit main PCB

5V N.C CNA-16 CNA-18

R1

R2

R3 TR1

R4

R5 TR2

R6

TR3

LED10

LED11

LED12

LED13

LED14

LED15

DIGLED L1 DIGLED L2 DIGLED L3 DIGLED L4

CNA-11 CNA-12 CNA-13 CNA-14

R9 R10 R11 R12

R13

LED16 R15

LED1

LED2

LED3

LED4

LED5

LED6

LED7

LED8

LED9

R14

Figure 2-3-9 Operation unit left PCB block diagram Selection of key switches and the lighting of LEDs are determined by scan signals (SCAN L1 - L3) and LED signal selection signals (DIGLED L1 - L4). The key switch operated is identified by the scan signals (SCAN L1 - L3) and the return signals (DIGKEY L1 - L3). As an example, to light LED 1, the LED lighting selection signal (DIGLED L1) should be driven low in synchronization with a low level on the scan signal (SCAN L1). Transistor TR1 conducts and LED1 is lit. LEDs can be lit dynamically by repeating such operations. As an example, if KEY1 is pressed, the corresponding key switch is turned on feeding the low level of the scan signal back to the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) via the return signal (DIGKEY L1). The operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) locates the position where the line outputting the scan signal and the line inputting the return signal cross, and thereby determines which key switch was operated.

2-3-13

2A3/4 (2) Operation unit right PCB

N.C.

TB

KEY8 KEY9 DIGKEY R1 DIGKEY R2 DIGKEY R3 DIGKEY R4 CNB-1 CNB-2 CNB-3 CNB-4 KEY11 KEY10

KEY12 KEY13 KEY14

KEY16 KEY17 KEY18

KEY20 KEY21 KEY22

KEY15

KEY19

KEY23

D4 SCAN R1 SCAN R2 CNB-5 CNB-6 CNB-7 CNB-8

D5

D6

D7

Operation unit main PCB

SCAN R3 SCAN R4

R7

R8

BZ

TR4

BUZZER

CNB-13

LED17

LED18

LED19

5V DIGLED R1 DIGLED R2 DIGLED R3 DIGLED R4

CNB-14 CNB-9 CNB-10 CNB-11 CNB-12 R17 R18 R19 R20

Figure 2-3-10 Operation unit right PCB block diagram The operation unit right PCB (ORPCB) consists of key switches and LEDs. Depending on the scan signals (SCAN R1 - R4) and the LED lighting selection signals (DIGLED R1 - R4) received from the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB), the LED to be lit is selected, and the key switch pressed is identified by the scan signals (SCAN R1 - R4) and the return signals (DIGKEY R1 - R4). As an example, to light LED17, the LED lighting selection signal (DIGLED R1) should be driven low in synchronization with a low level on the scan signal (SCAN R1). Transistor TR4 conducts and LED17 is lit. LEDs can be lit dynamically by repeating such operations. As an example, if KEY8 is pressed, the corresponding key switch is turned on feeding the low level of the scan signal back to the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) via the return signal (DIGKEY R1). The operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) locates the position where the line outputting the scan signal and the line inputting the return signal cross, and thereby determines which key switch was operated.

2-3-14

LED20

2A3/4

2-3-9 Deck main PCB (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)

Main PCB

Engine DECK TXD PCB DECK RXD PFSW4 Deck paper conveying motor drive circuit

Communication circuit

Latch

ROM

CM

CPU IC7 PDM1 drive circuit Clutch drive circuit

CCL PFCL2 LED drive circuit PFCL1

PDM1 PDMSENS1 PDM2 PDMSENS2

PDM2 drive circuit

Reset circuit

24 V DC 5 V DC PGND SGND PLDSENS1 PLDSENS2 Oscillator circuit PDMPCB

Deck open/close detection +24 V DC +5 V DC SGND I/FPCB

PPSENS1 PPSENS2 PPSENS3 PESENS DLSW1 UPSW1 DLSW2 SCSW DOSSW

Figure 2-3-11 Deck main PCB block diagram The deck main PCB (PDMPCB) consists of the CPU IC7, which serially communicates with the main PCB (MPCB) via the engine PCB (EPCB); the deck paper conveying motor drive circuit; the paper deck motor drive circuits; the clutch drive circuit; the reset circuit; and the LED drive circuit. It controls the entire large paper deck.

2-3-15

2A3/4 ( 1 ) Paper deck motor drive circuits

+24 V DC R25 1

+24 V D1 DC SIG

+5 V DC 1 R4 2 IC8.4Y 14 12 11 10 IC8.3Y A 8 1 A 13 B CPU 9 B B IC7

Q3 C 2 2 3 K 1 B A 2 +5 V DC 1 2E 1 R24 1 K A D4 2 C 2 3 Q1 B E 1 C 2 AGROUND Q5 E 3 GROUND

CN7-2 PDM1 CN7-1

+5 V DC

58

8 IC6.4

2 R36

CN1-8

UPSW1

PDMPCB

Figure 2-3-12 Paper deck motor 1 drive circuit The following is a description of the paper deck motor 1 drive circuit. Paper deck motors 1 and 2 are identical. When pin 14 of the CPU IC7 goes low, transistor Q1 is turned on causing paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) to rotate. When transistor Q1 is turned off, paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) stops. A brake circuit ensures the prompt stopping of the motor. When transistor Q1 turns off, transistor Q3 turns on, supplying 24 V DC to CN7-1 thereby preventing paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) from rotating further under momentum. When the right cassette lift is raised past the limit, upper limit switch 1 (UPSW1) turns on, taking the level at pin 58 of the CPU IC7 low, which turns transistor Q1 and hence paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) off. This level change is also passed to pin 9 of a protective circuit consisting of IC8.3, forcing paper deck motor 1 (PDM1) off directly in case the CPU IC7 fails.

2-3-16

2A3/4 ( 2 ) Clutch drive circuit

+24 V DC 9 16 COM1 COM2 CPU IC7 19 3 6 11 14 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IC4 01 02 03 04 2 7 10 15

CN4-1 CN4-6 CCL

PDMPCB

Figure 2-3-13 Paper conveying clutch drive circuit

When pin 19 of the CPU IC7 goes low, pin 2 of IC4 goes low, which turns the paper conveying clutch (CCL) on. The other clutches are controlled in the same manner.

2-3-17

2A3/4 (3) Operating principle of reflective photosensors PPSENS1, PPSENS2, PPSENS3 and PESENS

Off LED On Phototransistor +5 V DC

5 CPU IC7

5 IC5.3

R43 R15

Q14

76

8 IC9.4

R42 R44 PPSENS 3 I/FPCB PDMPCB

Off On

Figure 2-3-14 Reflective photosensor (PPSENS3) circuit The following is the operating principle of paper path sensor 3 (PPSENS3). Paper path sensors 1 and 2 (PPSENS1, PPSENS2) and the paper empty sensor (PESENS) operate in the same manner. Pulsating signal from pin 5 of the CPU IC7 turns Q14 on and off, causing the LED on the sensor PCB to flash. When the flashing LED light reflects on the paper, the phototransistor turns on and off. The on/off signal is then inverted by IC9.4 and the paper presence signal (pulse) is input at pin 76 of the CPU IC7. If there is no paper, the phototransistor remains off and 5 V DC is input at pin 76 of the CPU IC7.

2-3-18

2A3/4 ( 4 ) Reset circuit

+5 V DC IC1 1 R2 R1 2 +5 V DC 2 3 CK RES Vcc 5 1 8 RES C7 1 1 CT 4 2 GND C1 2 1 R23 2 6 VREF VS GROUND + 1 7 C17 2 1 C2 2 GROUND

+5 V DC

50 7

CPU IC7

Figure 2-3-15 Reset circuit

VCC VSH VSL 0.8 V DC CK

TCK CT

RES

Figure 2-3-16 CPU reset operation timing chart (abridged) IC1 monitors the supply voltage and also determines if the CPU IC7 is operating correctly. If the supply voltage VCC drops below VSL (approx. 4.2 V DC), the reset signal (RES) is output to the CPU IC7 (A in the timing chart). IC1 monitors the clock signal (CK) from pin 50 of the CPU IC7 which goes low periodically. If the CPU IC7 fails, IC1 detects that the clock signal (CK) has stopped and sends a reset signal (RES) to the CPU IC7 (B in the timing chart). To reset the CPU IC7, pin 8 (RES) of IC1, which usually outputs 5 V DC, goes low and takes the level at pin 7 of the CPU IC7 low.

2-3-19

III SET UP AND ADJUSTMENT SECTION

2A3/4

CONTENTS 3-1 Installation

3-1-1 Unpacking and installation .................................................................. 3-1-1 (1) Installation environment .............................................................. 3-1-1 (2) Installation procedure .................................................................. 3-1-2 3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes ................................................................. 3-1-29 3-1-3 Installing the memory copy kit (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ................................................ 3-1-30 3-1-4 Installing the image memory SIMM (option) ..................................... 3-1-33 3-1-5 Installing the optical heater (service part) ......................................... 3-1-35 3-1-6 Installing the drawer heater (service part) ......................................... 3-1-38 3-1-7 Installing the key counter (option) ..................................................... 3-1-41 3-1-8 Installing the dehumidfier heaters (service part) ............................... 3-1-44 3-1-9 Installing the MMD host monitoring system device (optional for 120 V specifications only) ............................................. 3-1-47

1-1-17

2A3/4

3-1-1 Unpacking and installation

( 1 ) Installation environment 1. Temperature: 10 - 35C/50 - 95F 2. Humidity: 15 - 18%RH 3. Power supply: 120 V AC, 10 A 220 - 240 V AC, 4.8 A 4. Power source frequency: 50 Hz 0.3%/60 Hz 0.3% 5. Installation location Avoid direct sunlight or bright lighting. Ensure that the photoconductor will not be exposed to direct sunlight or other strong light when removing paper jams. Avoid extremes of temperature and humidity, abrupt ambient temperature changes, and hot or cold air directed onto the machine. Avoid dust and vibration. Choose a surface capable of supporting the weight of the machine. Place the machine on a level surface (maximum allowance inclination: 1 ). Avoid air-borne substances that may adversely affect the machine or degrade the photoconductor, such as mercury, acidic or alkaline vapors, inorganic gasses, NOx, SOx gases and chlorine-based organic solvents. Select a room with good ventilation. 6. Allow sufficient access for proper operation and maintenance of the machine. Machine rear: 100 mm/4" Machine front: 1000 mm/393/ 8" Machine right: 700 mm/275/8" Machine left: 600 mm/235/8"
i h d c f e g

Figure 3-1-1 Installation dimensions a: 811 mm/3115/ 16" b: 1131 mm/441/2" c: 627 mm/2411 /16" d: 1279 mm/503/8" e: 748 mm/297/16 " f: 1506 mm/595/16 " g: 455 mm/1715 /16" h: 1827 mm/7115 /16 " i: 35 mm/13/ 8"

3-1-1

2A3/4 ( 2 ) Installation procedure

Start

Unpack.

Remove the tapes. (42 ppm)

Remove the tapes. (52 ppm)

Remove pins holding light source units 1 and 2. Apply toner to the cleaning blade (maintenance item U160). Remove the developing unit. Release the cleaning blade. Load developer. Exit maintenance mode. Install the drum. Install a toner cartridge. Adjust the fixing pressure. Install the feed bottom protector (only for 42 ppm).*1

Connect the power cord.

Carry out initial developer setting (maintenance item U130).

Adjust the height adjuster.*2

Install the copy tray*3 and paper size label sheet. Check the toner sensor control voltage and toner feed start level (maintenance items U131 and U156).

Make test copies.

Completion of the machine installation.

*1: When neither the paper feed desk nor the large paper deck is installed. *2: When the paper feed desk or the large paper deck is installed. *3: For 220 - 240 V specifications only.

3-1-2

2A3/4 42 ppm
Light source unit 1 pins

Light source unit 2 pin

Cleaning blade pin

Copy tray*2

Drum

Paper size label sheet Feed bottom protector*1

Figure 3-1-2-a *1: When neither the paper feed desk nor the large paper deck is installed. *2: For 220-240 V specifications only.

3-1-3

2A3/4 52 ppm
Light source unit 1 pins

Light source unit 2 pin

Cleaning blade pin

Copy tray* Drum

Paper size label sheet

Figure 3-1-2-b * For 220-240 V specifications only.

3-1-4

2A3/4 Unpack. 42 ppm 2345 (

7 8

^ 1 0 & !

Figure 3-1-3-a Unpacking 1 Copier 2 Desk retainer 3 Paper size label sheet 4 M4 6 TP screws 5 BVM4 6 bronze binding screws 6 Power cord* 7 Drum set 8 Right pad 9 Left pad 0 Bottom pads ! Skid @ Top plate # Inner frame $ Outer case % Tray spacer ^ Machine cover & Machine bottom cover * Hinge joint ( Plastic bag ) Bar code labels Copy tray* Feed bottom protector

* For 220 - 240 V specifications only.

3-1-5

2A3/4 52 ppm ( 2& * # $

5 ^

6 4 % @

0 1 3 7 8

Figure 3-1-3-b Unpacking 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Copier Paper size label sheet Bottom pads Outer case Right pad Left pad Skid 8 9 0 ! @ # $ Inner frame Tray spacer Machine cover Hinge joint Bar code labels Plastic bag Drum set % ^ & * ( Top spacer Upper case Business reply mail*1 Power cord*2 Copy tray*2

*1: For 120 V specifications only. *2: For 220 - 240 V specifications only.

3-1-6

2A3/4 Remove the tapes. (42 ppm) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the two tapes holding the front cover. Remove the two tapes holding the duplex unit. Remove the two tapes holding the drawers. Remove the two tapes holding the right cover. Open the front cover and remove the three tapes holding the SRDF. Remove the two tapes holding the power cord.* Remove the tape binding the power cord.

SRDF

Front cover

Power cord*

Right cover Duplex unit Drawers

Figure 3-1-4 * For 120 V specifications only.

3-1-7

2A3/4 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Remove the two tapes holding the feed bottom protector and then the protector. Remove the two tapes holding the DF original reversing cover. Remove the tape holding the paper ejection guide. Remove the three tapes holding the pins for light source units 1 and 2. Remove the tape holding the left cover.
Feed bottom protector

DF original reversing cover Paper ejection guide

Light source unit 1 pins

Light source unit 2 pin

Left cover

Figure 3-1-5

3-1-8

2A3/4 13. Open the duplex unit and remove the two tapes holding the duplex cover.

Duplex cover

Duplex unit

Figure 3-1-6 14. Open the drawers and remove the two tapes from each of them.

Figure 3-1-7

3-1-9

2A3/4 15. Open the SRDF and remove the paper from the contact glass. 16. Remove the protective film from the edge of the contact glass. 17. Remove the tape holding the original detection switch.

SRDF Protective film Paper Original detection switch

Figure 3-1-8

3-1-10

2A3/4 Remove the tapes. (52 ppm) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the tape holding the front cover. Remove the two tapes holding the drawers. Remove the tape holding the right cover. Remove the tape holding the deck side cover. Open the front cover and remove the three tapes holding the SRDF. Remove the two tapes holding the power cord.* Remove the tape binding the power cord.
SRDF

Front cover

Power cord* Right cover

Deck side cover

Drawers

Figure 3-1-9 * For 120 V specifications only.

3-1-11

2A3/4 8. 9. 10. 11. Remove the two tapes holding the DF original reversing cover. Remove the tape holding the paper ejection guide. Remove the three tapes holding the pins for light source units 1 and 2. Remove the tape holding the left cover.
DF original reversing cover Paper ejection guide

Light source unit 1 pins

Light source unit 2 pin

Left cover

Figure 3-1-10

3-1-12

2A3/4 12. Open the front cover and then the duplex unit. Remove the two tapes holding the duplex cover.

Duplex cover

Duplex unit

Figure 3-1-11 13. Open the drawers and remove the tape from each of them.

Figure 3-1-12

3-1-13

2A3/4 14. Open the SRDF and remove the paper from the contact glass. 15. Remove the protective film from the edge of the contact glass. 16. Remove the tape holding the original detection switch.

SRDF Protective film Paper Original detection switch

Figure 3-1-13

3-1-14

2A3/4 Remove pins holding light source units 1 and 2. 1. Remove the two pins for light source unit 1 and the pin for light source unit 2.

Light source unit 1 pins

Light source unit 2 pin

Figure 3-1-14

Remove the developing unit. 1. Open the front cover. 2. Turn the paper transfer section release lever to the right.
Paper transfer section release lever

* Illustration shows a 42 ppm. Figure 3-1-15

3-1-15

2A3/4 3. While pressing the image formation unit release button, pull the image formation unit out.
Image formation unit release button

Image formation unit

* Illustration shows a 42 ppm. Figure 3-1-16 4. Remove the two screws and open the image formation rail.
Screw Image formation rail Screw

Figure 3-1-17

3-1-16

2A3/4 5. Detach the 1-pin connector of the developing unit and 4-pin connector of the toner sub-hopper. 6. Slide the joint toward the machine rear. While sliding the shutter toward the machine front, close the shutter. 7. Lift the toner sub-hopper slightly and turn it toward the machine right.
Developing unit Shutter Joint

4-pin connector 1-pin connector

Toner sub-hopper

Figure 3-1-18 8. Hold the front and rear of the developing unit and remove it from the image formation unit.
Developing unit

Figure 3-1-19 Removing the developing unit

3-1-17

2A3/4 Load developer. 1. Remove the two screws and unlock the two hooks to remove the developing unit upper cover. Caution: Place the developing unit on a level surface when loading developer.

Hook

Screws

Hook

Developing unit upper cover

Figure 3-1-20 2. Shake the developer bottle well to agitate the developer. 3. While turning the developing gear in the direction of the arrow in the diagram, uniformly pour developer into the developing unit. Caution: Never turn the developing gear in the reverse direction.
Developing gear

Developer

Figure 3-1-21 Loading developer 4. Refit the developing unit upper cover using the two screws.

3-1-18

2A3/4 Install the drum. 1. Remove the two screws and detach the main charger assembly. 2. Remove the two screws and open the upper cleaning cover.

Screws Main charger assembly

Screw

Screw

Upper cleaning cover

Figure 3-1-22 3. Remove the screw from each of the front and rear drum retainers and then the retainers.

Screw Front drum retainer Rear drum retainer

Screw

Figure 3-1-23

3-1-19

2A3/4 4. Fit the front and rear drum retainers to the drum and install the drum to the image formation unit. 5. Secure each of the front and rear drum retainers using the screws removed in step 3. When installing the drum, orient correctly with the thinner end of the drum flange shaft at the machine front and the thicker end at the machine rear.
Front drum retainer Drum Rear drum retainer

Screw

Screw

Image formation unit

Figure 3-1-24 Installing the drum 6. Close the upper cleaning cover and secure using the two screws. 7. Fit the main charger assembly to the image formation unit and secure using the two screws. When installing the main charger assembly, fix with the assembly pushed all the way toward the machine front. 8. Fit the developing unit to the image formation unit. 9. Return the toner sub-hopper to the original position. 10. Open the shutter by sliding toward the machine rear and connect it to the joint. 11. Plug the 1-pin connector of the developing unit and 4-pin connector of the toner sub-hopper. 12. Close the image formation rail and secure using the two screws.

3-1-20

2A3/4 13. While pressing the image formation unit safety lock release plate, put the image formation unit back into the machine.
Image formation unit safety lock release plate Image formation unit

* Illustration shows a 42 ppm. Figure 3-1-25 14. Return the paper transfer section release lever to the original position to secure the paper conveying section. Adjust the fixing pressure. 1. While lifting the fixing unit release lever, pull the fixing unit out from the machine.
Fixing unit release lever

Fixing unit

* Illustration shows a 42 ppm. Figure 3-1-26 Pulling out the fixing unit

3-1-21

2A3/4 2. To adjust the fixing pressure, tighten the fixing pressure nuts on the front and rear of the fixing unit clockwise until each nut clamps the angle bracket against the locking nuts underneath.

Locking nuts Fixing pressure nut

Angle bracket

Figure 3-1-27 Adjusting the fixing pressure 3. While lifting the fixing unit release lever, slide the fixing unit back into the machine. 4. Close the front cover.

3-1-22

2A3/4 Connect the power cord. 1. Connect the power cord to the machine.* 2. Insert the power plug into the wall outlet. Carry out initial developer setting (maintenance item U130). 1. Turn the main switch on and enter the maintenance mode by entering 10871087 using the numeric keys. The machine enters the maintenance mode immediately after the transfer charger wire cleaning completes. 2. Enter 130 using the numeric keys and press the print key. 3. Press the print key to execute the maintenance item. In approximately 2.5 minutes, the toner feed start level and toner sensor control voltage are automatically set and the settings displayed on the touch panel. Display example CONTROL: 156 (Toner sensor control voltage) TARGET: 100 (Toner feed start level) HUMID: 91 (Absolute humidity) 4. Press the stop/clear key. Check the toner sensor control voltage and toner feed start level (maintenance items U131 and U156). 1. Run maintenance items U131 and U156 and check that the values set in maintenance item U130 are displayed on the touch panel. 2. Press the stop/clear key. Apply toner to the cleaning blade (maintenance item U160) 1. Enter 160 using the numeric keys and press the print key. 2. Press the print key to execute the maintenance item. Toner is applied to the drum and then the drive stops automatically. 3. Press the stop/clear key.

* For 220 - 240 V specifications only.

3-1-23

2A3/4 Release the cleaning blade. 1. Open the front cover. 2. Turn the paper transfer section release lever to the right to unlock the paper conveying section. 3. While pressing the image formation unit release button, pull the image formation unit out. 4. After checking that toner is applied to the drum, loosen the cleaning blade pin at the left of the image formation unit and slide the cleaning blade lever in the direction of the arrow. The cleaning blade is now unlocked and comes into contact with the drum. 5. Retighten the cleaning blade pin to secure the cleaning blade lever.

Cleaning blade lever

Cleaning blade pin

Figure 3-1-28 6. While pressing the image formation unit safety lock release plate, slide the image formation unit back into the machine. 7. Return the paper transfer section release lever to the original position to secure the paper conveying section. 8. Close the front cover. Exit maintenance mode. 1. Enter 001 using the numeric keys and press the print key. The machine exits the simulation mode. Install a toner cartridge. 1. Shake the toner cartridge upside-down and side-to-side to agitate the toner.

Figure 3-1-29

3-1-24

2A3/4 2. After the machine has stabilized, open the front cover. 3. Shift the toner cartridge release lever to the left.

Toner cartridge release lever

* Illustration shows a 42 ppm. Figure 3-1-30 4. Insert the toner cartridge by aligning the two arrows on the top of the toner cartridge with the two markings on the machine. 5. Shift the toner cartridge release lever to the right to secure the toner cartridge.
Markings Toner cartridge release lever

Toner cartridge

* Illustration shows a 42 ppm. Figure 3-1-31 6. Close the front cover.

3-1-25

2A3/4 Install the feed bottom protector (only for 42 ppm).*1 1. Remove the screws from the right front lower cover B and right rear lower cover and then detach the covers. 2. Fit the feed bottom protector using two M4 x 6 TP screws. 3. Refit all removed parts.

Screw

Screw

Right rear lower cover M4 6 TP screws

Right front lower cover B Feed bottom protector

Figure 3-1-32 *1: When neither the paper feed desk nor the large paper deck is installed.

3-1-26

2A3/4 Adjust the height adjusters.*2 1. Turn the four height adjusters at the bottom of the machine so that the machine is level.

Height adjuster

Figure 3-1-33 *2: When the paper feed desk or the large paper deck is installed.

Install the copy tray*3 and paper size label sheet. 1. Install the copy tray.*3 2. Load paper so that the copying side (the side facing upward when unpacked) faces downward. When loading paper on the bypass table, load so that the copying side (the side facing upward when unpacked) faces upward. Loading paper upside down may cause a paper jam.
Copying side (side facing upward when unpacked)

Figure 3-1-34 *3: For 220 - 240 V specifications only.

3-1-27

2A3/4 3. Slide the paper size label sheet into the front of drawer.

Paper size label sheet

Figure 3-1-35 4. If the user requests the side guides to be fixed, fix according to the paper size using four M3 8 flat-head screws.
Screws Side guides

Screws

Figure 3-1-36 5. Set the paper size on the operation panel. (For 220 - 240 V specifications only) Make test copies. 1. Place an original and make test copies. Check if the center lines of the large paper deck, the bypass table and each drawer are correct. If not, adjust the center lines. Completion of the machine installation.

3-1-28

2A3/4

3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes

Factory settings are as follows: Maintenance item No. U253 U254 U255 U256 U258 U260 U263 U264

Contents Switching between double and single counts Turning auto start function on/off Setting auto clear time Turning auto preheat/energy saver function on/off Switching copy operation at toner empty detection Changing the copy count timing Setting DF copy ejection orientation Setting date display order

Factory setting Double count ON 90 ON SINGLE MODE, 0 EJECT Face down Month-day-year (inch) Day-month-year (metric) 100 4 digits 2 BIN Simplex copy Energy Star ON (inch) OFF (metric) SPECIAL AREA ON

U330 U333 U334 U343 U344 U347 U348 U350

Sets the number of copies for switching the copy eject tray in the finisher Setting the number of digits of ID-code Setting the ejection method in the booklet stitcher Switching between duplex/simplex copy mode Setting preheat/energy saver mode Setting auto drawer size detection Setting the copy density adjustment range Setting the ID-code error output

3-1-29

2A3/4

3-1-3 Installing the memory copy kit (42 ppm: option/52 ppm: standard)
Memory copy kit installation requires the following parts: Memory copy kit (P/N 2AC82020) Contents of the kit Memory copy PCB (assembly, P/N 2AC01120) Three (3) BVM4 6 bronze binding screws (P/N B1304060) <Procedure> 1. Detach the SRDF connector. 2. Remove the seven screws holding the rear cover and then the cover. 3. Remove the eight screws holding the main PCB cover and then the cover.

Screws Main PCB cover M4

Screws

Screws

Figure 3-1-37

3-1-30

2A3/4 4. Insert the connector of the memory copy PCB into the connector of the main PCB. 5. Clip the memory copy PCB over the board support.
Memory copy PCB

Main PCB

Board support

Connector Connector

Figure 3-1-38 6. Secure the memory copy PCB using the three BVM4 6 bronze binding screws.
Memory copy PCB

Screw

Screw

Screw

Figure 3-1-39

3-1-31

2A3/4 7. Insert the connector of the machine into the connector on the memory copy PCB.

Memory copy PCB

Connector

Connector

Figure 3-1-40 8. Refit all removed parts.

3-1-32

2A3/4

3-1-4 Installing the image memory SIMM (option)

Installation of add-on image memory to the memory copy PCB requires the following part: Image memory (16 MB or 32 MB 72-pin SIMM) <Procedure> 1. Detach the SRDF connector. 2. Remove the seven screws holding the rear cover and then the cover. 3. Remove the eight screws holding the main PCB cover and then the cover. To install an add-on image memory to memory copy PCB 2 only, proceed to step 5.
Memory copy PCB 2

Screws Main PCB cover M4

Screws

Screws

Memory copy PCB 1

Figure 3-1-41

3-1-33

2A3/4 4. Remove the six screws holding the sequence cover and then the cover.

Screws

Sequence cover

M4

Screws

Screws

Figure 3-1-42 5. Fit an image memory into the add-on memory slot on the memory copy PCB.
Memory copy PCB 2

Add-on memory slot

2 Memory copy PCB 1

Image memory

Figure 3-1-43

6. Refit all removed parts.

3-1-34

2A3/4

3-1-5 Installing the optical heater (service part)

Optical heater installation requires the following parts: Optical heater (P/N 33960020): for 220 - 240 V specifications Optical heater (P/N 34860030): for 120 V specifications Heater switch (P/N 68427020) Dehumidifier relay cable (P/N 2AC60020) Two BVM4 6 bronze binding screws (P/N B1304060) <Procedure> 1. Detach SRDF connector. 2. Remove the SRDF. 3. Remove the seven screws holding the rear cover and then the cover. 4. Remove the two screws holding the upper rear cover and then the cover. 5. Remove the two screws holding the upper right cover and then the cover. 6. Remove the contact glass. 7. Move the scanner toward the machine right. 8. Pass the 2-pin connector of the optical heater cable to the machine rear through the two cable holes. 9. Fit the optical heater using the two screws.

Screws Scanner Optical heater

Cable holes

Connector

Figure 3-1-44

3-1-35

2A3/4 10. Route the dehumidifier relay cable using the five wire saddles. 11. Insert the 2-pin connector of the optical heater into the 2-pin connector of the dehumidifier relay cable. 12. Insert the 2-pin connector of the main PCB into the 2-pin connector of the dehumidifier relay cable. 13. Insert the 4-pin connector of the main PCB into the 4-pin connector of the dehumidifier relay cable.

Optical heater (cable) 2-pin connector

2-pin connector Wire saddle

Wire saddle

Dehumidifier relay cable 4-pin connector 4-pin connector Wire saddle

2-pin connector 2-pin connector

Main harness

Wire saddle

1-pin connectors

Wire saddle Main harness

Figure 3-1-45

3-1-36

2A3/4 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Remove the two screws holding the lower left cover and then the cover. Remove the cap in the lower left cover. Refit the lower left cover using the two screws. Insert the heater switch instead. Plug the two 1-pin connectors of the dehumidifier relay cable onto the terminals of the heater switch.

Lower left cover

Heater switch Heater switch 1-pin connector

Cap

Dehumidifier relay cable

1-pin connector

Figure 3-1-46 19. Refit all removed parts.

3-1-37

2A3/4

3-1-6 Installing the drawer heater (service part)

Drawer heater installation requires the following parts: Drawer heater (P/N 33960020): for 220 - 240 V specifications Drawer heater (P/N 34860030): for 120 V specifications Heater switch (P/N 68427020) Dehumidifier relay cable (P/N 2AC60020) Two M4 8 S tight screws (P/N B3324080) Binding band SG-130 (P/N M2107120) <Procedure> 1. Remove the four screws holding the upper drawer and then the drawer. 2. Remove the two screws holding the lower left cover and then the cover. 3. Remove the lower drawer. 4. Pass the 2-pin connector of the drawer heater cable to the machine rear through the cable hole in the left back corner of the machine. 5. Fit the drawer heater using the two screws. 6. Attach the binding band to the drawer heater cable and insert the band into the hole in the bottom of the machine.
2-pin connector Binding band Cable hole Screws

Drawer heater

Figure 3-1-47

3-1-38

2A3/4 7. 8. 9. 10. Detach the SRDF connector. Remove the seven screws holding the rear cover and then the cover. Route the dehumidifier relay cable using the five wire saddles. Insert 2-pin connector of the drawer heater into the 2-pin connector of the dehumidifier relay cable. 11. Insert the 2-pin connector of the main harness into the 2-pin connector of the dehumidifier relay cable. 12. Insert the 4-pin connector of the main harness into the 4-pin connector of the dehumidifier relay cable.

Wire saddle

Wire saddle

Dehumidifier relay cable 4-pin connector 4-pin connector 2-pin connector 2-pin connector Wire saddle

Main harness Wire saddle Drawer heater cable 2-pin connector

Connector 1-pin connectors

Main harness

Wire saddle

Figure 3-1-48

3-1-39

2A3/4 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. Remove the two screws holding the lower left cover and then the cover. Remove the cap in the lower left cover. Refit the lower left cover using the two screws. Insert the heater switch instead. Plug the two 1-pin connectors of the dehumidifier relay cable onto the terminals of the heater switch.

Heater switch Heater switch 1-pin connector

Cap

Dehumidifier relay cable

1-pin connector

Figure 3-1-49 18. Refit all removed parts.

3-1-40

2A3/4

3-1-7 Installing the key counter (option)

Key counter installation requires the following parts: Key counter set (P/N 66069781) Contents of the set: Key counter cover (P/N 66060010) Key counter retainer (P/N 66060030) Key counter cover retainer (P/N 66060021) Key counter mount (P/N 66060040) Key counter assembly (P/N 29236240) Four (4) M4 6 bronze TP-A screws (P/N B4304060) Two (2) M4 10 bronze TP-A screws (P/N B4304100) One (1) M4 6 chrome TP-A screw (P/N B4104060) Two (2) M3 6 bronze flat-head screws (P/N B2303060) One (1) M3 bronze nut (P/N C2303000) <Procedure> 1. Fit the key counter assembly to the key counter retainer using the two screws and nut. 2. Fit the key counter mount to the key counter cover using the two screws, and attach the key counter retainer to the mount using the two screws.
M4 6 screws (B4304060) M3 nut (C2303000) Key counter cover (66060010) Key counter retainer (66060030) Key counter mount (66060040)

M4 6 screws (B4304060)

Key counter assembly (29236240) M3 6 flat-head screws (B2303060)

Figure 3-1-50

3-1-41

2A3/4 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the screw holding right front lower cover B and then the cover. Remove the screw holding the right rear lower cover and then the cover. Remove the two screws and detach the middle right cover from the machine. Cut out the aperture plate on the middle right cover using nippers.

Screw

Aperture plate

Middle right cover

Screw

Figure 3-1-51

3-1-42

2A3/4 7. Pass the 4-pin connector of the key counter through the apertures in the key counter cover retainer and middle right cover, and insert into the 4-pin connector inside the machine. 8. Seat the projection of the key counter cover retainer in the aperture in the middle right cover, and fasten them both to the machine using the two screws. 9. Refit the screw to the machine front side of the middle right cover. 10. Fit the key counter cover with the key counter assembly inserted to the key counter cover retainer on the machine.
Aperture Middle right cover Key counter cover retainer (66060021) M4 10 screw (B4304100) Key counter cover

4-pin connector 4-pin connector

M4 10 screw (B4304100)

M4 6 screw (B4104060) Screw

Figure 3-1-52 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. Insert the key counter into the key counter assembly. Turn the main switch on and enter the maintenance mode. Run maintenance item U204 and select KEY COUNTER. Exit the maintenance mode. Check that the message requesting the key counter to be inserted is displayed when the key counter is pulled out. 16. Check that the counter counts up as copies are made.

3-1-43

2A3/4

3-1-8 Installing the dehumidifier heaters (service part)

Dehumidifier heater installation requires the following parts: Two dehumidifier heaters (P/N 33960020): for 220 - 240 V specifications Two dehumidifier heaters (P/N 34860030): for 120 V specifications Two heater bases (P/N 54107410) Eight BVM4 x 06 bronze binding screws (P/N B1304060) Eight EDS-2 edgings (P/N M2104210) Relay wire (P/N 53310390) Six SG-110 V0 bands (P/N M2107200) <Procedure> 1. Fit the dehumidifier heaters to the heater bases using two screws for each.
Heater base Heater base

Screws

Dehumidifier heater Left

Screws

Dehumidifier heater Right

Figure 3-1-53 2. Remove the two screws from each of the deck right cover, deck left cover and deck rear cover and then the covers. 3. Open the large paper deck. 4. Detach the deck paper conveying motor connector. 5. Remove the spring from the deck paper conveying motor bracket. 6. Remove the four screws holding the deck paper conveying motor bracket and then the bracket. 7. Remove the two screws holding the deck paper conveying unit assembly and then the assembly.
Spring Connector Screws

Deck paper conveying motor bracket

Deck paper conveying unit assembly

Screws

Figure 3-1-54

3-1-44

2A3/4 8. Fit the dehumidifier heater assemblies to the right and left of the large paper deck using two screws for each.
Screws Screws

Dehumidifier heater assembly Left

Dehumidifier heater assembly Right

Figure 3-1-55 9. Fit the edgings to the two U-shaped cutouts in the rear frame. 10. Pull the dehumidifier heater wires out to the machine rear through the edgings.

Edging Edging

Dehumidifier heater wires

Left rear of the deck

Right rear of the deck

Figure 3-1-56

3-1-45

2A3/4 11. Detach the open connector from the connector of the main wire on the machine rear.

Main wire

Open connector

Figure 3-1-57 12. Insert the dehumidifier heater connectors into the relay wire connectors (see A in Figure 3-1-58). 13. Insert the main wire connector into the relay wire connector (see B in Figure 3-158). 14. Tidy up the large paper deck wires and relay wire using the six bands and route the wires while clipping the bands into holes in the rear frame.

A
Main wire

Bands Band

Relay wire

Band

Bands

Figure 3-1-58 15. Refit all removed parts.

3-1-46

2A3/4

3-1-9 Installing the MMD host monitoring system device (optional for 120 V specifications only)
<Procedure> 1. Remove the two screws holding the signal cable cover and then the cover.

Signal cable cover

Screws

Figure 3-1-59 2. Pull the 10-pin connector out of the machine, remove the jumper and insert the connector into the 10-pin connector of the signal cable. Secure the signal cable using the two screws removed in step 1.

10-pin connector 10-pin connector

Signal cable

Jumper

Screws

Figure 3-1-60

3-1-47

2A3/4 3. Fit the MMD host monitoring system device to the rear cover using the two bronze binding tap-tight screws M3 16. 4. Insert the connector of the signal cable into the connector of the MMD host monitoring system device, and tighten the two screws on the signal cable.
MMD host monitoring system device Screw

Screws (bronze binding tap-tight M3 16)

Rear cover

Screw

Figure 3-1-61 5. Insert one connector of the modular connector cable into the "LINE" jack on the MMD host monitoring system device and the other into a telephone jack.

Modular connector cable

LIN E

TE L

Figure 3-1-62

3-1-48

2A3/4

CONTENTS 3-2 Maintenance Mode

3-2-1 Maintenance mode ............................................................................. 3-2-1 (1) Executing a maintenance item .................................................... 3-2-1 (2) Maintenance mode items list ....................................................... 3-2-4 (3) Contents of maintenance mode items ......................................... 3-2-8 3-2-2 Copier management ......................................................................... 3-2-99 (1) Executing a copier management item ....................................... 3-2-99 (2) Department management ........................................................ 3-2-100 (3) Week timer .............................................................................. 3-2-101 (4) Copy default ............................................................................ 3-2-102 (5) Machine default ....................................................................... 3-2-105 (6) Language ................................................................................ 3-2-107

1-1-19

2A3/4

3-2-1 Maintenance mode

The copier is equipped with a maintenance function which can be used to maintain and service the machine. ( 1 ) Executing a maintenance item
Start

Enter 10871087.

Entering the maintenance mode

Enter the number of the maintenance item to be executed using the numeric or Up/Down keys.

Selecting a maintenance item

Press the print key.

The maintenance item is run.

Press the stop/clear key.

Yes

Run the item again?

No

Yes

Run another maintenance mode?

No Enter 001 using numeric or Up/Down Exiting the maintenance mode keys, and press the print key.

End

3-2-1

2A3/4 Data setting Data is changed by pressing the Up/Down keys, and the new data is set by pressing the print key. In a maintenance item where multiple items can be changed, the item to be changed is selected by pressing on it on the touch panel.

Correcting position of FOLIO LENGTH DATA WIDTH DATA : 330 : 210

U035 330

Metric

/ C

1 6 2
Inch
Stop/ Clear

Start

4
Figure 3-2-1

1 Adjustment window Displays the data to be set. 2 Up/Down keys Changes the setting. 3 Items Displays the selected item in reverse. 4 Current setting Displays the previously set data by pressing the print key. 5 Print key Sets the changed setting. 6 Stop/clear key Cancels the change.

3-2-2

2A3/4 Operation execution The specified operations and auto adjustments are performed by pressing the print key. In a maintenance item where multiple operations can be performed, the item to be executed is selected by pressing on it on the touch panel. Metric
/ C

Drive motors and fans ON

U030

MAIN MOTOR

CONV MOTOR FEED MOTOR Inch

3
Stop/ Clear

Start

3
Figure 3-2-2 1 Items Displays the selected item in reverse. 2 Print key Starts operation. 3 Stop/clear key Stops operation.

Interrupt copy mode Outputting a test copy or VTC pattern is required in some maintenance items. Such an output is enabled by pressing the interrupt key to enter interrupt copy mode. However, since this function is restricted depending on maintenance items, only outputting may be enabled, or a test copy even from an original may not be as good as that made in normal copy mode. To return the screen from interrupt copy mode to maintenance mode, press the interrupt key again.

3-2-3

2A3/4 ( 2 ) Maintenance mode item list Section General Item No. U000 U001 U002 U003 U004 U005 U019 Initialization U020 U021 U022 Drive, paper feed, paper conveying and cooling system U030 U031 U032 U033 U034 Maintenance item contents Outputting an own-status report Exiting the maintenance mode Setting the factory default data Setting the service telephone number Setting the machine number Copying without paper Displaying the ROM version Initializing all data Initializing memories Initializing backup data Checking motor operation Checking switches for paper conveying Checking clutch operation Checking solenoid operation Adjusting the print start timing Adjusting leading edge registration Adjusting leading edge registration (second face) Adjusting the print center line Setting folio size Length Width Setting envelope size Length Width Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper before registration Drawer feed Bypass feed Duplex feed Adjusting the side margins for duplex copying Performing fine adjustment of the motor speed Drive motor/paper conveying motor Adjusting the scanner input properties Text/text and photo/photo mode Turning the exposure lamp on Adjusting the shading position Initial setting* 4 0 0 330 210 242 162

U035

U036

U051

20 5 25 0 8 12 0

U052 U053 Optical U060 U061 U063

* Initial setting for executing maintenance item U020

3-2-4

2A3/4 Item No. U065 U066 U067 U070 U071 U072 U073 U080 U088 U089 U091 U092 U093 U099 High voltage U100 U101 Initial setting* 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 OFF 0 150 220/57 140 100 1 153 ON

Section Optical

Maintenance item contents Adjusting the scanner magnification Main scanning direction/auxiliary scanning direction Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration Adjusting the scanner center line Adjusting the DF magnification Adjusting the DF scanning timing Adjusting the DF center line Checking scanner operation Adjusting exposure in toner economy mode Setting the input filter (moir reduction mode) Outputting a PG pattern Checking shading Adjusting the scanner automatically Setting the exposure density gradient Text/text and photo/photo mode Checking and setting the original size detection sensor Setting the surface potential Setting high voltages Developing bias Transfer voltage Separation voltage Setting the cleaning interval for the transfer charger Checking/clearing the drum count Checking/clearing the drum drive time Initial setting for the developer Setting the toner sensor control voltage Replenishing toner forcibly Collecting the recycled toner Checking toner motor operation Turning the toner level detection function on/off Checking the toner level detection sensor Displaying the toner sensor output

U102 U110 U111 Developing U130 U131 U132 U133 U135 U136 U137 U155

* Initial setting for executing maintenance item U020

3-2-5

2A3/4 Item No. Initial setting* 114 20 42ppm 52ppm 180 175 180 60 190 175 190 120 ON OFF 0 75000 0 150 SINGLE COUNT

Section

Maintenance item contents Changing the toner control level Toner feed start level Toner empty level Checking/clearing the developing drive time Checking/clearing the developing count Applying toner to the cleaning blade Setting the fixing control temperature Normal stabilization control temperature Primary stabilization temperature Secondary stabilization temperature Aging time after secondary stabilization

Developing U156

U157 U158 Fixing and U160 cleaning U161

U162 U196 U198 Operation U200 panel and U201 support equipment U202 U203 U204 U206 U209 U243 U244 U245 U247 U248

Stabilizing fixing forcibly Turning the fixing heater on Setting the fixing phase control Turning all LEDs on Initializing the touch panel Setting the MMD host monitoring system Operating DF separately Setting the presence or absence of a key card or key counter Setting the presence or absence of the coin vender Setting date and time Checking the operation of the DF motors, clutches and solenoids Checking the DF switches Checking messages Checking the operation of the large paper deck and paper feed desk Setting the paper eject device Adjustment of the amount of slack in the paper in punch mode Punch limit Punch-hole scrap count Booklet stitcher stapling position adjustment Setting the maintenance cycle Checking/clearing the maintenance count Setting the destination Switching between double and single counts

Mode setting

U250 U251 U252 U253

* Initial setting for executing maintenance item U020

3-2-6

2A3/4 Item No. U254 U255 U256 U258 U260 U263 U264 U265 U330 U333 U334 U343 U344 U345 U347 U348 U350 Image U402 processing U403 U404 Others U901 U904 U905 U906 U907 U908 U990 U992 Initial setting* ON 120 ON SINGLE MODE, 0 EJECT FACE-DOWN 100 4 digits 2 BIN OFF Energy Star applied 0 ON NORMAL ON

Section Mode setting

Maintenance item contents Turning auto start function on/off Setting auto clear time Turning auto preheat/energy saver function on/off Switching copy operation at toner empty detection Changing the copy count timing Setting DF copy ejection orientation Setting date display order Setting OEM purchaser code Sets the number of copies for switching the copy eject tray in the finisher Setting the number of digits of ID-code Setting the ejection method in the saddle finisher Switching between duplex/simplex copy mode Setting preheat/energy saver mode Setting the value for maintenance due indication Setting auto drawer size detection Setting the copy density adjustment range Setting the ID-code error output Adjusting margins in image printing Adjusting margins for reading an original on the contact glass Adjusting margins for DF original reading Checking/clearing copy counts by paper feed locations Checking/clearing the service call counts Checking/clearing counts by optional devices Resetting partial operation control Checking and resetting the count value on each ejection location Checking the count value of the electronic counter Checking/clearing the time for the exposure lamp to light Checking/clearing the printer count

* Initial setting for executing maintenance item U020

3-2-7

2A3/4 ( 3 ) Contents of maintenance mode items Maintenance item No. U000 Description Outputting an own-status report Description Outputs lists of the current settings of the maintenance modes, and paper jam and service call occurrences. Purpose To check the current setting of the maintenance modes, or paper jam or service call occurrences. Before initializing or replacing the backup RAM, output a list of the current settings of the maintenance modes to reenter the settings after initialization or replacement. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the item to be output. The selected item is displayed in reverse. Display MAINTENANCE JAM SERVICE CALL Output list List of the current settings of the maintenance modes List of the paper jam occurrences List of the service call occurrences

3 Press the print key. The interrupt copy mode is entered and a list is output. When A4/11" 81/2" paper is available, a report of this size is output. If not, specify the paper feed location. When output is complete, the screen for selecting an item is displayed. Completion Press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-8

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U001

Description Exiting the maintenance mode Description Exits the maintenance mode and return to the normal copy mode. Purpose To exit the maintenance mode. Method Press the print key. The normal copy mode is entered.

U002

Setting the factory default data Description Restores the machine conditions to the factory default settings. Also an OEM purchaser code can be input. Purpose To reset the values such as an electronic counter. Also to move the mirror frame of the scanner to the position for transport (position in which the frame can be fixed). Start Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Method 1 Select a mode. Display MODE1(ALL) MODE2(SELECT) Description Normal factory default settings. Factory default settings except for language*.

2 Use the numeric keys or Up/Down keys to input the OEM code. 3 Press the print key. * The maintenance No. selection screen will appear again. Completion To exit the maintenance mode without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-9

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U003

Description Setting the service telephone number Description Sets the telephone number to be displayed when a service call code is detected. Purpose To set the telephone number to call service when installing the machine. Method Press the print key. The currently set telephone number is displayed. Setting 1 Enter a telephone number (up to 15 digit) using the numeric keys. To enter symbols such as hyphens and parentheses, select as required from the symbols displayed on the touch panel as shown below. To move the cursor, press either of the arrows in the bottom row. * ( # ) (Space)

2 Press the print key. The phone number is set, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit the maintenance mode without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-10

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U004 Setting the machine number Description Displays and changes the machine number. Purpose To check or set the machine number. Method Press the print key. The currently set machine number is displayed. Setting 1 Enter the last six digits of the machine number using the numeric key. Do not enter the first two digits, 3 and 7. 2 Press the print key. The machine number is set. Completion To exit the maintenance mode without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

Description

3-2-11

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U005 Copying without paper Description Simulates the copy operation without paper feed. Purpose To check the overall operation of the machine. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the item to be operated. The selected item is displayed in reverse. Operation Only the copier operates. Both the copier and SRDF operate (continuous operation). 3 Press the interrupt key. The copy mode screen is displayed. 4 Set the operation conditions required on the copy mode screen. Changes in the following settings can be made. Paper feed locations Magnifications Simplex or duplex copy modes Number of copies: in simplex copy mode, continuous copying is performed when set to 999; in duplex copy mode, continuous copying is performed regardless of the setting. Copy density Keys on the operation panel other than the energy saver key 5 To control the paper feed pulley, remove all the paper in the drawers, or the drawers. With the paper present, the paper feed pulley does not operate. 6 Press the print key. The operation starts. Copy operation is simulated without paper under the set conditions. When operation is complete, the screen for selecting an item is displayed. 7 To stop continuous operation, press the stop/clear key. Completion Press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Display PPC PPC + DF

Description

3-2-12

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U019 Displaying the ROM version Description Displays the part number of the ROM fitted to each PCB. Purpose To check the part number or to decide if the ROM version is new from the last digit of the number. Method 1 Press the print key. The last six digits of the part number indicating the ROM version are displayed. 2 Change the screen using The Up/Down keys. Display MAIN ENGINE MMI FONT SCANNER MEM1 MEM2* Description Main ROM IC Engine ROM IC Operation ROM IC Font ROM IC Scanner ROM IC Memory copy ROM IC Memory copy ROM IC

Description

* 42 ppm: optional 52 ppm: standard

Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. U020 Initializing all data Description Initializes all the backup RAM on the main PCB to return to the original settings. Purpose Used when replacing the backup RAM on the main PCB. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed. 2 Press EXECUTE on the touch panel. It is displayed in reverse. 3 Press the print key. All data in the backup RAM is initialized, and the original settings for Japan specifications are set. When initialization is complete, the machine automatically returns to the same status as when the main switch is turned on. Completion To exit the maintenance mode without executing initialization, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-13

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U021 Initializing memories Description Initializes the setting data other than that for adjustments due to variations between respective machines, i.e., settings for counters, service call code detection and modes. As a result, initializes the backup RAM according to the specifications depending on the destination selected in U252. Purpose Used to return the machine settings to the factory settings. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed. 2 Press EXECUTE on the touch panel. It is displayed in reverse. 3 Press the print key. All data other than that for adjustments due to variations between machines is initialized. When initialization is complete, the machine automatically returns to the same status as when the main switch is turned on. Completion To exit the maintenance mode without executing initialization, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

Description

3-2-14

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U022 Initializing backup data Description Initializes only the data set for the optical section. Purpose To be executed after replacing the scanner unit. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed. 2 Press SCANNER on the touch panel. EXECUTE is displayed. 3 Press EXECUTE on the touch panel. It is displayed in reverse. 4 Press the print key. The data for the optical section (U060 to 099, U403, U404 and U990) is initialized. Completion To exit the maintenance mode, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

Description

3-2-15

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U030 Checking motor operation Description Drives each motor. Purpose To check the operation of each motor. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the motor to be operated. The selected item is displayed in reverse and the operation starts. Display MAIN MOTOR CONV MOTOR FEED MOTOR Operation The drive motor operates and developing bias is applied. The paper conveying motor operates. The paper feed motor operates.

Description

3 To stop operation, press the stop/clear key. Completion Press the stop key after operation stops. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-16

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U031

Description Checking switches for paper conveying Description Displays the on-off status of each paper detection switch on the paper path. Purpose To check if the switches for paper conveying operate correctly. Method 1 Press the print key. A list of the switches, the on-off status of which can be checked, are displayed. 2 Turn each switch on and off manually to check the status. When the on-status of a switch is detected, that switch is displayed in reverse. Display FEED1 SW FEED2 SW FEED3 SW FEED4 SW FEED SW R SW EJE SW BRA SW REV SW DUP PESW DUP1 SW DUP2 SW DUP3 SW Switches Paper feed switch 1 (PFSW1) Paper feed switch 2 (PFSW2) Paper feed switch 3 (PFSW3) Paper feed switch 4 (PFSW4) Feed switch (FSW) Registration switch (RSW) Eject switch (ESW) Feedshift switch (FSSW) Switchback eject switch (SBESW) Stock switch (STKSW) Duplex registration switch (DUPRSW) Duplex paper conveying switch (DUPPCSW) Duplex eject switch (DUPESW)

Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-17

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U032 Checking clutch operation Description Turns each clutch on. Purpose To check the operation of each clutch. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the clutch to be operated. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and the clutch turns on for 1 s. Display SB FEED F FEED S FEED FEED L FEED H FEED 1 FEED 2 FEED 3 REGIST EJECT SP Clutches Bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) Upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) Lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L) Feed clutch 5 (FCL5) Feed clutch 4 (FCL4) Feed clutch 1 (FCL1) Feed clutch 2 (FCL2) Feed clutch 3 (FCL3) Registration clutch (RCL) Eject speed switching clutch (ESCL)

Description

3 To turn each clutch on while a motor is driving, press the interrupt key before selecting the clutch. The drive motor, paper feed motor and paper conveying motor turn on, and the selected clutch remains on until the stop/clear key is pressed. If the upper or lower paper feed clutch is turned on while a motor is driving, paper is conveyed by the rotation of the paper feed pulley, resulting in a paper jam. Be sure to remove the paper drawers before turning either of these clutches on. 4 To stop the motor drive, press the interrupt copy key. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-18

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U033 Checking solenoid operation Description Turns each solenoid on. Purpose To check the operation of each solenoid. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the solenoid to be operated. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and the solenoid turns on for 1 s. Display SB LIFT BRANCH END PRE TRAY FEE TRAY CHG MSW OFF Solenoids Bypass solenoid (BYPSOL) Feedshift solenoid (FSSOL) Duplex paper tapping solenoid (DUPPTSOL) Duplex forwarding solenoid (DUPFWDSOL) Switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) The main switch turns off.

Description

MSW OFF is selected when the operation of the main switch is checked in auto shutoff mode. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. U034 Adjusting the print start timing Adjustment See pages 3-3-18 and 19.

3-2-19

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U035 Setting folio size Description Changes the image area for copying onto folio size paper. Purpose To prevent the image at the trailing edge, or right or left side of the paper from not being copied by setting the actual size of the folio paper used. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select the item to be set. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window. 2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Display Setting Setting range Initial setting LENGTH DATA Length 330 to 356 mm 330 WIDTH DATA Width 220 to 220 mm 210 3 Press the print key. The value is set. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. U036 Setting envelope size Description Changes the image area for printing onto an envelope when the optional printer unit is installed. Purpose To prevent the image at the trailing edge, or right or left side of the paper from not being printed by setting the actual size of the envelop used. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select the item to be set. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window. 2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Display Setting Setting range Initial setting LENGTH DATA Length 162 to 242 mm 242 WIDTH DATA Width 98 to 162 mm 162 3 Press the print key. The value is set. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

Description

3-2-20

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U051 Adjustment See page 3-3-22. U052 Adjusting the side margins for duplex copying Adjustment See page 3-3-88. U053 Performing fine adjustment of the motor speed Description Performs fine adjustment of the speeds of the drive motor and paper conveying motor. Purpose Used to adjust the speed of the respective motors when the magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction is not correct after the motor is replaced. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select the item to be set. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window. 2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Display Description Setting range Initial setting MAIN MOTOR Drive motor speed adjustment 0 to 14 8 CONV MOTOR Paper conveying motor speed adjustment 0 to 14 8 Increasing the setting makes the motor speed faster and the image longer, and decreasing it makes the speed slower and the image shorter. 3 Press the print key. The value is set. Interrupt copy mode While this maintenance item is being performed, a VTC pattern shown below is output in interrupt copy mode. Correct values for an A3/11" x 17" output are: A = 150 mm B = 300 mm

Description Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper before registration

A B

Figure 3-2-3

3-2-21

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U053

Description Adjustment 1 Output an A3/11" 17" VTC pattern in interrupt mode. 2 Measure A and B on the VTC pattern (Figure 3-2-3), and perform the following adjustments if they are different from the correct sizes: A: Drive motor adjustment B: Paper conveying motor adjustment Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

U060

Adjusting the scanner input properties Description Adjusts the image scanning density in text, text and photo, or photo mode. Purpose Used when the entire image appears too dark or light in the specified mode. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select the item to be set. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window. 2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.

Display TEXT adj MIX adj PHOTO adj

Description Density in text mode Density in text and photo mode Density in photo mode

Setting range 0 to 23 0 to 23 0 to 23

Initial setting 12 12 12

Increasing the setting makes the density lower, and decreasing it makes the density higher. 3 Press the print key. The value is set. Interrupt copy mode While this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an original can be made in interrupt copy mode. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Supplement The following settings are also reset to the initial values by performing this maintenance item: Exposure density gradient set in maintenance mode (U093) Auto and manual exposure set in the copy default item of the copier management mode

3-2-22

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U061 Description Turns the exposure lamp on. Purpose To check the exposure lamp. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Press the print key. The exposure lamp lights. 3 To turn the exposure lamp off, press the stop/clear key. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. U063 Adjusting the shading position Description Changes the shading position. Purpose Used when white lines continue to appear longitudinally on the image after the shading plate is cleaned. This is due to flaws or stains inside the shading plate. To prevent this problem, the shading position should be changed so that shading is possible without being affected by the flaws or stains. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for adjustment is displayed. 2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Description Shading position Setting range Initial setting Change in value per step 2 to +2 0 0.17 mm

Description Turning the exposure lamp on

Increasing the setting moves the shading position toward the machine right, and decreasing it moves the position toward the machine left. 3 Press the print key. The value is set. Interrupt copy mode While this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an original can be made in interrupt copy mode. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-23

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U065 Adjustment See pages 3-3-36 and 37. U066 Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration Adjustment See page 3-3-39. U067 Adjusting the scanner center line Adjustment See page 3-3-38. U070 Adjusting the DF magnification Adjustment See page 3-3-96. U071 Adjusting the DF scanning timing Adjustment See page 3-3-98. U072 Adjusting the DF center line Adjustment See page 3-3-97.

Description Adjusting the scanner magnification

3-2-24

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U073 Checking scanner operation Description Simulates the scanner operation under arbitrary conditions. Purpose To check scanner operation. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the item to be changed. The selected item is displayed in reverse. 3 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Display ZOOM SIZE LAMP Operating conditions ZOOM Magnification Original size LAMP on and off of the exposure lamp Setting range 25 to 400% See below. 0 (off) or 1 (on)

Description

Original sizes for each setting in SIZE Setting 8 9 18 36 39 40 41 Original size A4 B5 11" 81/2" A3 B4 A4R B5R Setting 42 47 52 53 55 56 58 Original size A5R Folio 11" 17" 11" 15" 81/2" 14" 81/2" 11" 51/2" 81/2"

4 Press the print key. Scanning starts under the selected conditions. 5 To stop operation, press the stop/clear key. Completion Press the stop/clear key when scanning stops. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-25

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U080

Description Adjusting exposure in toner economy mode Description Adjusts the image density in the eco-print mode. Purpose To increase or decrease the image density in the eco-print mode. Method Press the print key. The screen for execution is displayed. Setting 1 Adjust the preset value using the Up/Down keys. * Since this value is related to the automatic exposure adjustment in the copy initial setting mode, ensure that the exposure step of the automatic exposure is at the center before adjusting. Display Exposure in toner economy mode Setting range 0 to 12 Initial value 6

2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion Press the stop/clear key when scanning stops. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-26

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U088

Description Setting the input filter (moir reduction mode) Description Turns moir reduction mode on and off by switching the input filter on and off. Purpose Used to prevent regular density unevenness (moir) on halftone image areas of the copy image in text mode and text and photo mode. Such moir is more likely to appear when an enlargement or reduction copy is made in text mode from an original containing large halftone image areas. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select ON or OFF. The selected item is displayed in reverse. Display Description ON Moir reduction mode OFF Normal copy mode Initial setting: OFF If moir on the copy image is significant, change the setting to ON. Note that when the moir reduction mode is turned on, the resolution may be slightly reduced. 2 Press the print key. The value is set. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit the maintenance mode without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-27

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U089 Outputting a PG pattern Description Selects and outputs the PG pattern created in the copier. Purpose When performing respective image printing adjustments, used to check the machine status apart from that of the scanner with a non-scanned output PG pattern. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the PG pattern to be output. Display GRAYSCALE PG pattern to be output Purpose To check the laser scanner unit engine output characteristics.

Description

MONO-LEVEL

To check the drum quality.

256-LEVEL

To check resolution reproducibility in printing.

1 DOT-LINE

To check fine line reproducibility. To adjust the position of the laser scanner unit (lateral squareness)

3-2-28

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U089

Description 3 To change the output conditions for MONO-LEVEL, change the setting using The Up/Down keys. Description Setting range Initial setting Output conditions 0 to 255 0 for MONO-LEVEL Increasing the setting makes the density higher, and decreasing it makes the density lower. Entirely white paper is output when the setting is 0, and entirely black paper is output when it is 255. 4 Press the interrupt key. The screen for copy mode is displayed. 5 Press the print key. A PG pattern is output. Completion Press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-29

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U091 Checking shading Description Performs scanning under the same conditions as before and after shading is performed, displaying the original scanning values at nine points of the contact glass on the touch panel. Purpose To check the change in original scanning values before and after shading. The results may be used to decide the causes for fixing unevenness (uneven density) of the gray area of an image: either due to optical (shading or CCD) or other problems. Also to check the causes for a white or black line appearing longitudinally.

Description

3-2-30

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U091

Description Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

2 Select the item to be operated. The selected item is displayed in reverse. Display Operation SHD BEFORE Performs scanning before shading and displays the result. SHD AFTER Performs scanning after shading and displays the result. 3 Press the print key. Operation starts. Scanning is performed under the selected conditions and the result is displayed. When scanning is performed before shading, the scan value at the machine center should be slightly different from those at the machine front and rear. When scanning is performed after shading, there should be no difference between respective values. Any differences between the values at machine front and rear indicates that scanner problem causes the fixing unevenness. If the displayed results indicate no shading problems, the fixing unevenness (uneven copy density) is caused by factors other than in the scanner section (shading or CCD). If a black line appears, the cause may assumed to be based on the results of the scanning operation before shading: if a white line appears, they may be assumed based on the results of the scanning operation after shading. Note that depending on the thickness and location of the black or white line, it may not be possible to use this method to determine the cause. This is because the displayed values obtained from scanning at the limit of nine points are insufficient to provide significant information. 20 mm from the machine left 200 mm from the machine left 400 mm from the machine left

: : :

011 001 004

024 000 004

015 000 000

100 mm from the machine Machine center center toward machine front 100 mm from machine center toward machine rear Figure 3-2-4 4 Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a maintenance item is displayed.

3-2-31

2AD-1 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U092

Description Adjusting the scanner automatically Description Makes auto scanner adjustments in the order below using the specified original. Adjusting the scanner center line (U067) Adjusting the scanner magnification in the main scanning direction (U065) Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration (U066) Adjusting scanner magnification in the auxiliary direction (U065) When this maintenance item is performed, the settings in U065, U066 and U067 are also changed. Purpose Used to make respective auto adjustments for the scanner. Method 1 Place the specified original (P/N: 2AC68240) on the contact glass. 2 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed. 3 Press the print key. Auto adjustment starts. When adjustment is complete, each adjusted value is displayed. Display SCAN CENTER ADJ MAIN SCAN ADJ SCAN TIMING ADJ SUB SCAN ADJ Description Scanner center line Scanner magnification in the main scanning direction Scanner leading registration Scanner magnification in the auxiliary direction

If a problem occurs during auto adjustment, an error code is displayed and operation stops. Should this happen, determine the details of the problem and either repeat the procedure from the beginning, or adjust the remaining items manually by running the corresponding maintenance items.
Completion Press the stop/clear key after auto adjustment is complete. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. If the stop/clear key is pressed during auto adjustment, adjustment stops and no settings are changed.

3-2-32

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U093

Description Setting the exposure density gradient Description Changes the exposure density gradient in manual density mode, depending on respective image modes (text, text and photo, photo). Purpose To set how the image density is altered by a change of one step in the manual density adjustment. Also used to make copy image darker or lighter. Start 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the image mode to be adjusted. The screen for the selected item is displayed. Display Description TEXT Density in text mode MIXED Density in text and photo mode PHOTO Density in photo mode Setting 1 Select the item to be adjusted. The selected item is displayed in reverse and the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window. 2 Adjust the setting using the Up/Down keys.

Display DARKER LIGHTER

Description Change in density when manual density is set dark Change in density when manual density is set light

Setting range Initial setting 0 to 3 0 0 to 3 0

Increasing the setting makes the change in density larger, and decreasing it makes the change smaller. Image density Dark Setting: 3 Setting: 0

Set to LIGHTER

Set to DARKER

Light Light Center Dark Density adjustment

Density adjustment range: Normal Density adjustment range: Special area Figure 3-2-5 Exposure density gradient

3-2-33

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U093

Description 3 Press the print key. The value is set. 4 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key. Interrupt copy mode While this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an original can be made in interrupt copy mode. Completion Press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

U099

Checking and setting the original size detection sensor Description Checks the operation of the original size detection sensor and sets the sensing threshold value. Purpose To adjust the sensitiveness of the sensor and size judgement time if the original size detection sensor malfunctions frequently due to incident light or the like. Start 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select an item. * The screen for executing each item is displayed. Display Description DATA Displaying detection sensor transmission data B/W LEVEL Setting detection sensor threshold value Setting original size judgment time Method to display the data for the sensor 1 Press the print key. The detection sensor transmission data is displayed. Rear of machine Center of machine Front of machine

: 123 123 123 : 123 123 123 : 255 255 255

Figure 3-2-6 2 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.

3-2-34

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U099 Setting 1 Select an item to be set. Display LEVEL WAIT TIME ORIGINAL AREA SIZE Description Detection sensor threshold value Original size judgment time* Original size detection position display (mm) Detected original size display

Description

* Time from activation of the original detection switch (ODSW) to original size judgment Method to set the detection threshold value 1 Adjust the preset value using the Up/Down keys. * A larger value increases the sensor sensitivity, and a smaller value decreases it. 2 Press the print key. The value is set. 3 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key. Method to set the original size judgment time 1 Adjust the preset value using the Up/Down keys. * A larger value increases the original size judgment time, and a smaller value decreases it. 2 Press the print key. The value is set. 3 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key. Completion Press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen for maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-35

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U100 Setting the surface potential Description Changes the surface potential by changing the grid control voltage. Also performs main charging. Purpose To set the surface potential or check main charging. Also used when reentering data after replacing the backup RAM or initializing the set data. Start Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Display Description MC DATA Changing the grid control voltage MC ON Turning the main charger on MC ON/OFF Turning the main charger on and off LASER ON/OFF Turning the main charger on and the laser scanner unit on and off Method for main charger output 1 Select the main charger output on the screen for selecting an item: select one from MC ON, MC ON/OFF or LASER ON/OFF on the touch panel. The selected operation starts. 2 To stop operation, press the stop/clear key. Setting the grid control voltage 1 Press the MC DATA on the touch panel of the screen for selecting an item. 2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Description Grid control voltage Setting range Initial setting 0 to 255 150

Description

Increasing the setting makes the surface potential higher, and decreasing it makes the potential lower. Change in value per step: approximately 3.6 V 3 Press the print key. The value is set. Interrupt copy mode While this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an original can be made in interrupt copy mode. Completion Press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item when main charger output stops. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-36

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U101 Setting high voltages Description Changes the developing bias voltage, transfer voltage and separation voltage by changing the developing bias control voltage, transfer control voltage and separation control voltage. Also checks the transfer output voltage. Purpose To check and change high voltages other than the main charger voltage. Start 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select an item to be set or checked. The screen for the selected item is displayed. Display DEV BIAS SET TC SET AC SET Description Setting the developing bias Setting and checking the transfer voltage Setting the separation voltage

Description

Setting the developing bias 1 Select the item to be adjusted. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window. 2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.

Display DB DATA

Operation Developing bias control voltage during image formation DB DATA2 Developing bias control voltage during no image formation

Setting range 0 to 255 0 to 255

Initial setting 220 57

Increasing the setting makes the developing bias higher, and decreasing it makes the bias lower. 3 Press the print key. The value is set. 4 To return to the screen for selecting in item, press the stop/clear key.

3-2-37

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U101

Description Setting the transfer voltage 1 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Operation Transfer control voltage Setting range 0 to 255 Initial setting 140

Display TC DATA

Increasing the setting makes the transfer voltage higher, and decreasing it makes the voltage lower. 2 Press the print key. The value is set. 3 To check the transfer voltage output, press the TC ON on the touch panel. The currently set transfer voltage is output. 4 To stop the transfer voltage output, press the stop/clear key. 5 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key after the transfer voltage output is stopped. Setting the separation voltage 1 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Display AC DATA Description Separation control voltage Setting range 0 to 255 Initial setting 100

Increasing the setting makes the separation voltage higher, and decreasing it makes the voltage lower. 2 Press the print key. The value is set. 3 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key. Interrupt copy mode While this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an original can be made in interrupt copy mode. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-38

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U102

Description Setting the cleaning interval for the transfer charger Description Executes a cleaning operation for the transfer charger and changes the intervals at which the transfer charger is cleaned. Purpose To check the cleaning operation for the transfer charger. Also to change the intervals for the operation. Making the intervals longer decreases the stand-by time when starting copying. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 To execute the cleaning operation, press TEST RUN. The cleaning operation for the transfer charger is executed once. Setting 1 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.

Description Setting range Initial setting Change in value per step Transfer charger 0 to 20 1 1000 copies cleaning operation intervals When set to 3, the transfer charger is cleaned every 3000 copies (3 by 1000) counted after the main switch is turned on. When set to 0, the transfer charger is not cleaned. 2 Press the print key. The value is set. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-39

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U110

Description Checking/clearing the drum count Description Displays the drum counts for checking or clearing the figure, which is used as a reference when correcting the main charger potential output. Purpose To check the drum status. Also used to clear the count after replacing the drum during regular maintenance. Since the count was cleared before shipping, do not clear it when installing. Method Press the print key. The drum counter count is displayed. Clearing 1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel. 2 Press the print key. The count is cleared, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Setting 1 Enter a six-digit count using the numeric keys. 2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting a maintenance No. is displayed. Completion To exit the maintenance mode without changing the count, press the stop/ clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-40

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U111

Description Checking/clearing the drum drive time Description Displays the drum drive time for checking or clearing a figure, which is used as a reference when correcting the high voltage based on time. Purpose To check the drum status. Also used to clear the drive time after replacing the drum. Method Press the print key. The drum drive time is displayed in minutes. Clearing 1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel. 2 Press the print key. The time is cleared, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Setting 1 Enter a five-digit drive time (in minutes) using the numeric keys. 2 Press the print key. The time is set, and the screen for selecting a maintenance No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the time, press the stop/ clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-41

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U130

Description Initial setting for the developer Description Automatically sets the toner sensor control voltage and toner feed start level for the installed developer. Purpose To set the initial settings for the developer when installing the machine or replacing the developer. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed. 2 Press the print key. The initial settings for the developer is set, and the result is displayed. Display Description CONTROL Toner sensor control voltage TARGET Toner feed start level HUMID Absolute humidity The toner sensor output value is displayed on the right side of the screen. Supplement The following data is also renewed or cleared by performing this maintenance item: Renewing the toner sensor control voltage (U131) Renewing the toner feed start level (U156) Clearing the developing drive time (U157) Clearing the developing count (U158) Resetting the toner feed start level and toner empty detection Completion After initial setting is complete, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-42

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U131

Description Setting the toner sensor control voltage Description Displays or changes the toner sensor control voltage automatically set in maintenance item U130. Purpose To check the automatically set toner sensor control voltage. Also to change the toner density if an image is too dark or light. Method Press the print key. The current setting for the toner sensor control voltage is displayed. Setting 1 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Description Toner sensor control voltage Setting range 0 to 255 Initial setting 153

Increasing the setting makes the density higher, and decreasing it makes the density lower. Increasing the setting too high may result in toner scattering. 2 Press the print key. The value is set. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.

3-2-43

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U132 Replenishing toner forcibly Description Replenishes toner forcibly until the toner sensor output value reaches the toner feed start level. Purpose Used when the toner empty is detected frequently. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed. 2 Press the print key. Operation starts, and the current data is displayed. Toner is replenished until the toner sensor output value reaches the toner feed start level. To stop operation, press the start/clear key. Display TARGET (NOW) CONTROL (NOW) HUMID Description Current toner feed start level Current toner sensor control voltage Absolute humidity

Description

The current toner sensor output value is displayed on the right side of the screen. Completion Press the stop/clear key when toner replenishment stops. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. U133 Collecting the recycled toner Description Transfers residual toner in the cleaning section, toner main hopper and toner sub hopper to the developing unit. Purpose To dispose of residual toner inside the machine when the developer is replaced. Be sure to run this maintenance item before replacing the developer. Failing to do so could lead to toner scattering. There is no need to run this maintenance item if the developer is to be loaded for the first time in such occasion as machine installation.

3-2-44

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U133

Description Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed. 2 Press ON on the touch panel. The selected item is displayed in reverse. 3 Press the print key. The toner recycle motor turn on and recycled toner collection is performed for approximately 5 minutes. The ON display on the touch panel flashes during the operation and returns to the normal state when it ends. To interrupt operation, press the stop/clear key. Completion Press the stop/clear key when operation stops. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

U135

Checking toner motor operation Description Drives the toner feed motor or toner recycle motor. Purpose To check the operation of the toner feed motor or toner recycle motor. Caution Note that driving either of the motors unnecessarily long may cause a toner jam, resulting in machine lockup. Be sure to drive each motor for just several seconds. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the motor to be driven. The selected motor is displayed in reverse, and operation starts. Description MOTOR 1 MOTOR 2 Operation Toner feed motor drive Toner recycle motor drive

3 To stop operation, press the stop clear key. Completion Press the stop/clear key when operation stops. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-45

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U136

Description Turning the toner level detection function on/off Description Turning the control based on the toner level sensor output on/off. Purpose To enable copying using the toner in the developing section after the toner level in the toner hopper decreases, by turning the control function off Method Press the print key. Setting 1 Press ON or OFF to change the operation. Display Description ON Controls based on the detection by the toner sensor detection sensor. OFF Ignores the detection by the toner level detection sensor. Initial setting: ON 2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering a maintenance item is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

U137

Checking the toner level detection sensor Description Displays the detection status of the toner level detection sensor and toner hopper lockup detection sensor. Purpose To check the toner level and recycle toner level in the toner hopper. Method 1 Press the print key. The detected status of the each sensor is displayed. Display Description TE1 SW Toner level detection sensor (toner level in the toner hopper) TE2 SW Toner hopper lockup detection sensor (recycle toner level) When there is toner or if the sensor connector is disconnected, on is detected , and the corresponding display is displayed in reverse. Completion Press the stop clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-46

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U155

Description Displaying the toner sensor output Description Displays the toner sensor output value , and related data. Purpose To check the toner sensor output value. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed. 2 Press the print key. The current data is displayed. Display TARGET (NOW) Description Current toner feed level (corrected value for humidity and drive time) CONTROL (NOW) Current toner sensor control voltage HUMID Absolute humidity The current toner sensor output value is displayed on the right side of the screen. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-47

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U156

Description Changing the toner control level Description Changes the toner feed start level set in maintenance item U130 or the toner empty level to be determined by the difference from the toner feed start level. Purpose To check the toner feed start level and toner empty level. Method Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.

Display Description TARGET Toner feed start level EMPTY Difference between the toner feed start level and toner empty level Setting for the toner feed start level 1 Press TARGET. 2 Change the setting using the Up/Down key. Description Toner feed start level Setting range 0 to 255 Initial setting 114

Increasing the setting makes the toner density lower. 3 Press the print key. The value is set. Setting for the toner empty level 1 Press EMPTY. 2 Change the setting using the Up/Down key. Description Difference between the toner feed start level and the toner empty level Setting range 0 to 255 Initial setting 20

Increasing the setting makes the toner empty level higher: the toner density is lower when the toner empty is detected. 3 Press the print key. The value is set. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-48

2AD-1 2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U157

Description Checking/clearing the developing drive time Description Checks or clears the developing drive time, which is used as a reference when correcting the toner control. It is automatically cleared when U130 is executed. Purpose To check the developing drive time after replacing the developer. Method Press the print key. The developing drive time is displayed in minutes. Clearing 1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel. 2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Setting 1 Enter a five-digit drive time (in minutes) using the numeric keys. 2 Press the print key. The time is set, and the screen for selecting a maintenance No. is displayed. Completion To exit the maintenance mode without changing the time, press the stop/ clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

U158

Checking/clearing the developing count Description Checks or clears the developing count, which is used as a reference when correcting the toner control. It is automatically cleared when U130 is executed. Purpose To check the developing count after replacing the developer. Method Press the print key. The developing count is displayed. Clearing 1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel. 2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Setting 1 Enter a six-digit count using the numeric keys. 2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting a maintenance No. is displayed. Completion To exit the maintenance mode without changing the count, press the stop/ clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-49

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U160

Description Applying toner to the cleaning blade Description Applies toner to the cleaning blade. Purpose To apply toner to the drum to coat the cleaning blade. To be executed when replacing or cleaning the cleaning blade or the drum. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed. 2 Press the print key. Operation starts. When the operation is complete, the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without performing operation, press the stop/ clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-50

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U161

Description Setting the fixing control temperature Description Changes the fixing control temperature. Purpose Normally no change is necessary. However, can be used to prevent curled or creased paper, or solve a fixing problem on thick paper. Also used to output a test pattern for measuring fixing pressure. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select the item to be set. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and the current setting is displayed in the adjustment window. 2 Change the setting using the Up/Down key.

Display

Description

Setting range 100 to 200 (C) 100 to 200 (C) 100 to 200 (C) 0 to 120 (s)

CONTROL TEMP Normal stabilization fixing temperature FIRST TEMP Primary stabilization fixing temperature SECOND TEMP Secondary stabilization fixing temperature RUNNING TIME Aging time after secondary stabilization

Initial setting 42 ppm 52 ppm 180 190 175 180 60 175 190 120

The respective temperatures are to be set such that CONTROL TEMP SECOND TEMPFIRST TEMP. 3 Press the print key. The value is set. Interrupt copy mode While this maintenance item is being performed, a test pattern for measuring fixing pressure is output in interrupt copy mode (see page 3-379). Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-51

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U162 Stabilizing fixing forcibly Description Stops the stabilization fixing drive forcibly, regardless of fixing temperature. Purpose To forcibly stabilize the machine before the fixing section reaches stabilization temperature. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed. 2 Press the print key. The forced stabilization mode is entered, and stabilization operation stops. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. To exit the forced stabilization mode, turn the power off and on. Completion To exit this maintenance item without executing forced fixing stabilization, press the stop clear key. U196 Turning the fixing heater on Description Turns the fixing heater on. Purpose To check fixing heaters M or S. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the heater to be turned on. The selected heater turns on for 3 s and then turns off. Display MAIN SUB Description Fixing heater M (H1) Fixing heater S (H2)

Description

Completion Press the stop/clear key when fixing motors M and S are off. The screen for selecting the maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-52

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U198

Description Setting the fixing phase control Description Sets the use of fixing phase control to reduce electrical noise generated by the copier. Purpose Normally no change is necessary. If electrical noise generated by the copier causes flickering of the lights around the copier, select fixing phase control to reduces the noise. Method Press the print key. Setting 1 Press ON or OFF to change operation. Display Description ON Fixing phase control present OFF Fixing phase control absent Initial setting: ON for metric and OFF for inch specifications 2 Press the print key. The setting is set. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

U200

Turning all LEDs on Description Turns all the LEDs on the operation panel on. Purpose To check if all the LEDs on the operation panel light Method Press the print key. All the LEDs on the operation panel light. Completion Press the stop/clear key or wait for 10 s. The LEDs turns off, and the screen for selecting a maintenance mode is displayed.

3-2-53

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U201 Initializing the touch panel Description Automatically correct the positions of the X- and Y-axes of the touch panel. Purpose To automatically correct the display positions on the touch panel after it is replaced. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed, and the + key displayed at the upper left of the touch panel flashes. 2 Press on the center of the + key. The + key on lower right flashes. 3 Press the center of the flashing +. Initialization of the touch panel is complete, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without initializing, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance mode No. is displayed.

Description

3-2-54

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U202

Description Setting the MMD host monitoring system Description Initializes or operates the MMD host monitoring system* * Optional for 120 V specifications only. Purpose Used when setting up the machine or during regular maintenance or repair. Method 1 Press the print key. The basic status screen is displayed. 2 Operates the device following the instructions on the touch panel. Completion Press the stop/clear key on the basic screen. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. [Basic status]
Maintenance item No. select screen Technician arrive Maintenance count clear

U202

Maintenance item No. select screen Stop/ clear key

Service report (leave) Phone number setting Device initialization

1 2 3 4 5

To initialize the MMD host monitoring system, run the following modes in order: Phone number setting 4 Device initialization 5 During regular maintenance or service Technician arrive 1 Maintenance count clear 2 Service report (leave) 3

3-2-55

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. 1 Stop/ clear key

Description 2
Maintenance parts check/clear Select parts & push clear DRUM DEVELOPER 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000

U202

Ready to send Push print key Print key Transmission start Basic status screen

FIXING ROLLER BLADE MAIN CHARGER

Clear

Maintenance parts check/clear Select parts & push clear SEP.CLAW MOUNT00000000 SEP.CLAW ASS'Y 00000000 HEAT ROLLER PRESS ROLLER FIX HEATER M 00000000 00000000 00000000

U202

Clear

Checkmark the replaced parts.

Clear Stop/ clear key Ready to send Push print key Print key Counts are cleared. Basic status screen

3-2-56

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. 3

Service report (leave) Select a mode Preventive maintenance Repair PM & Repair Courtesy call

Description

U202

Select an item. Ready to send Push print key Print key Transmission starts.

Stop/ clear key

Basic status screen 4

Phone number setting Set mode Prefix code Host tel No. Suffix code Dial type Tone

U202
0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 Pulse10 Pulse20

Select an item and enter the digits using numeric keys. Press the interrupt key to enter a space.

Set

Set Ready to send Push print key Stop/ clear key Print key The phone number is stored. Basic status screen

3-2-57

2A3/4 Maintenance item No.

Description 5
Device initialization Select a mode

U202

Standard

Stop/ clear key

Special by MODEL Retry initialization

Stop/ clear key Special by MODEL

Standard

Device initialization Select a mode PPC ID

U202
000000

Device initialization Select a mode Model

U202
000000

Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the print key.
Device initialization Select a mode PPC ID Initialization ID

Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the print key.
Device initialization Select a mode Model Personal ID

U202
000000 000000

U202
000000 000000

Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the print key.
Device initialization Select a mode PPC ID Initialization ID Total count

Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the print key.
Device initialization Select a mode Model Personal ID Total count

U202
000000 000000 00000000

U202
000000 000000 00000000

Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the print key.

Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the print key.

51

3-2-58

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. 51

Description

Ready to send Push print key Print key Initialization starts. Yes Initialization succeeded? Yes No

xxxx (Reason for failure) Check Check MMD system problem? No Screen depending on the reason for failure

Initialization successful Check Check Basic status screen

Device initialization Select a mode

U202

Standard Special by MODEL Retry initialization

Retry initialization 51

3-2-59

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U203 Operating DF separately Description Simulates the original conveying operation separately in the SRDF. Purpose To check the SRDF. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Set the magnification to between 25 and 200% using the Up/Down keys. 3 Place an original in the SRDF if running this simulation with paper. 4 Select the item to be operated. The selected item is displayed in reverse and operation starts. Display Operation ADF MODE With paper, single-sided original RADF MODE With paper, double-sided original ADF MODE (NON-PAPER) Without paper, single-sided original (continuous operation) RADF MODE (NON-PAPER) Without paper, double-sided original (continuous operation) 5 To stop continuous operation, press the stop/clear key. Completion Press the stop/clear key when the operation stops. The screen for selecting the maintenance item No. is displayed.

Description

3-2-60

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U204

Description Setting the presence or absence of a key card or key counter Description Sets the presence or absence of the optional key card or key counter. Purpose A key card is not available for metric specifications. The setting for the HECON key card, which is supported by inch-specification machines, is not necessary in this maintenance item. Method Press the start key. Setting 1 Select the optional counter to be installed. The selected counter is displayed in reverse. Pressing the reversed item again resets the selection. Display Description KEY CARD The key card is installed. KEY COUNTER The key counter is installed. 2 Press the print key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-61

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U206

Description Setting the presence or absence of the coin vender Description Sets the presence or absence of the optional coin vender. Also sets the details for coin vender operation, such as mode and unit price. This is an optional device which is currently supported only by Japanese specification machines, so no setting is necessary.

3-2-62

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U209 Setting date and time Description Sets the real time clock, which is used as a reference when correcting drum time. Purpose To set the date and time after initializing data. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for executing is displayed. The current setting for the year is displayed. 2 Set the year (last two digits of the year) using the numeric or Up/Down keys and press the print key. The current setting for the month is displayed. 3 Set the month using the numeric or Up/Down keys and press the print key. The current setting for the date is displayed. 4 Set the date using the numeric or Up/Down keys and press the print key. The current setting for the day of the week is displayed. 5 Set the day of the week using the numeric or Up/Down keys and press the print key. The current time setting for hours is displayed. Setting 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Description Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday

Description

6 Set the time (hours, 0 to 23) using the numeric or Up/Down keys and press the print key. The current time setting for minutes is displayed. 7 Set the minutes using the numeric or Up/Down keys and press the print key. Setting is complete, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Supplement To return to the last screen, press the stop/clear key while setting. Completion To stop this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key at the screen for the year setting. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-63

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U243

Description Checking the operation of the DF motors, clutches and solenoids Description Turns the SRDF motors, clutches or solenoids on. Purpose To check the operation of the SRDF motors, clutches and solenoids. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the item to be operated. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and operation starts.

Display F MOTOR C MOTOR FEED CL EJ JCT SL REV JCT SL FEED SL REVPRS SL

Motors, clutches and solenoids Original feed motor (OFM) Original paper conveying motor (OCM) Original feed clutch (OFCL) Eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL) Switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL) Original feed solenoid (OFSOL) Switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL)

Operation In operation In operation On for 0.5 s On for 0.5 s On for 0.5 s On and off On and off

3 To turn each motor off, press the stop/clear key. Completion Press the stop/clear key when operation stops. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-64

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U244 Checking the DF switches Description Displays the status of the respective switches on the SRDF. Purpose To check if respective switches on the SRDF operate correctly. Start 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the type of switches (SW or VR) to be checked. The screen for executing is displayed. Display Type of switches SW On/off switches VR Volume switch Method for the on/off switches 1 Turn the respective switches on and off manually to check the status. If the on-status of a switch is detected, the corresponding switch is displayed in reverse. Display Switches SET SW Original set switch (OSSW) FEED SW Original feed switch (OFSW) REV SW Original switchback switch (OSBSW) TMG SW DF timing switch (DFTSW) SZ A SW Original size length switch (OSLSW)

Description

2 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key. Method for the volume switch 1 Move the original insertion guides to check the detection status of the original size width switch. As shown on the next page, the detected original width is displayed as a numerical value with the decimals omitted.

3-2-65

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U244 Numerical value 000 49.664 A5R 50.176 61.440 61.952 B5R 103.936 104.448 Folio/A4R 139.264 139.776 146.432 B4/B5 146.994 197.120 197.632 197.720 223.232 A3/A4 256 For example, if any value between 105 and 139 is displayed when the original insertion guides are adjusted for A4R paper, it indicates that the original width is detected correctly. 2 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key. Completion Press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. CF (11" 15") 11" 17"/ 11" 15"/ 11" 81/2" 81/2" 14"/ 81/2" 11"

Description Original width to be detected 51/2" 81/2"

3-2-66

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U245 Checking messages Description Displays a list of messages on the touch panel of the operation panel. Purpose To check the messages to be displayed. Method 1 Press the print key. 2 Change the screen using the Up/Down keys to display each message one at a time. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. U247 Checking the operation of the large paper deck and paper feed desk Description Turns on motors and clutches of the large paper deck*1 or the upper and lower drawers of the optional paper feed desk*2. *1: 42 ppm:optional/52 ppm: standard. *2: Optonal for 42 ppm only. Purpose To check the operation of motors and clutches of the respective paper feed devices. Start 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the paper feed device to be checked. The screen for executing is displayed. Display 3000 DECK 500 2 DESK Paper feed device Large paper deck Upper and lower drawers of the paper feed desk

Description

Method 1 Press the item to be operated. The selected item is displayed in reverse and operation starts. Large paper deck Display Motors and clutches LCF MOT Deck paper conveying motor (CM) L CL Paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1) PCL1 Paper conveying clutch (CCL) PCL2 Paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2) Operation On for 5 s On for 1s On for 1s On for 1s

3-2-67

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U247 Display DESK MOT FEED CL UPP CL LOW CL

Description Upper and lower drawers of the paper feed desk Motors and clutches Desk drive motor (DDM) Desk feed clutch (DFCL) Upper desk paper feed clutch (DPFCL-U) Lower desk paper feed clutch (DPFCL-L) Operation On for 5 s On for 1 s On for 1s On for 1s

2 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key. Completion Press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. U248 Setting the paper eject device Description Adjusts the amount of slack in the paper for the optional finisher in punch mode when it is attached. Also sets the punch limit and displays and clears the punch-hole scrap count. Adjusts the booklet stapling position for each paper size when the optional booklet stitcher is attached. Purpose Adjustment of the amount of slack in the paper in punch mode Adjusts the amount of slack in the paper while in the punch section if, in punch mode, paper jams or is Z-folded frequently due to too much slack in the paper, or, the position of punch holes varies due to too little slack in the paper. Punch limit setting Sets the punch limit to notify the user of the time to collect punch-hole scrap. Punch-hole scrap count display (clearing) Used to manually clear the punch-hole scrap count if a message requiring collection of punch-hole scrap is shown on the touch panel after collection. If punch-hole scrap is collected with the copier power turned off, the punch-hole scrap count is not cleared and consequently this problem occurs. Booklet stapling position adjustment Adjusts the booklet stapling position in the stitching mode if the position is not proper.

3-2-68

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U248 Start Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Display PUNCH TIMING Description Adjustment of the amount of slack in the paper in punch mode Punch limit/punch-hole scrap count PUNCH LIMIT SADDLE ADJUST Booklet stapling position adjustment Setting the amount of slack in the paper 1 Select PUNCH TIMING on the screen for selecting an item. 2 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Description Setting range Amount of slack in the paper 15 to +15 Punch timing Initial setting 0

Description

I f the position of punch holes varies, increase the setting to make the amount of slack larger. If paper jams or is Z-folded frequently, decrease the setting to make the amount of slack smaller. Changing the value by 1 changes the amount of slack by 1.25 mm. 3 Press the print key. The value is set. 4 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key. Setting the punch limit or displaying the punch-hole scrap count 1 Select PUNCH LIMIT on the screen for selecting an item. 2 Select the item to be set. 3 Change the setting using the numeric keys or the Up/Down keys. To clear the punch-hole scrap count, press the all clear/reset key. Display Description PUNCH LIMIT Punch limit (maximum number of punching times) PUNCH CNT Punch-hole scrap count (current number of punching times) Setting range Initial setting 0 to 999000 75000 0 to 999999

PUNCH LIMIT can be changed in increments of 1000 times. When the punch-hole scrap count reaches the punch limit, Check punch waste tank. is displayed on the touch panel. 4 Press the print key. The value is set. 5 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.

3-2-69

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U248

Description Setting the booklet stapling position 1 Select SADDLE ADJUST on the screen for selecting an item. 2 Select the size to be set. 3 Adjust the preset value using the Up/Down keys.

Display Description A4R B4R A3R

Setting range Initial setting Adjustment of booklet stapling 125 to +125 0 position for A4R size Adjustment of booklet stapling 125 to +125 0 position for B4R size Adjustment of booklet stapling 125 to +125 0 position for A3R size

Chang in value per step 0.25 mm 0.25 mm 0.25 mm

Left stapling

Right stapling

Adjustment method

Proper

Increase the preset value. Upper side is longer. Lower side is longer.

Decrease the preset value. Lower side is longer. Upper side is longer.
4 Press the print key. The value is set. 5 To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key. Completion Press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-70

2AD-1 Maintenance item No. U250

2A3/4

Description Setting the maintenance cycle Description Displays and changes the maintenance cycle. Purpose To check and change the maintenance cycle. Method Press the print key. The current setting is displayed as follows: Maintenance cycle (number of copies) = setting 1000 Setting 1 Change the setting using the Up/Down keys.

Description Maintenance cycle

Setting range 0 to 600

Initial setting Change in value per step 150 1000 (copies)

For example, when set to 120, the maintenance cycle is set to 120000. Pressing the Up key when set to 600 rolls over the setting to 0. 2 Press the start key. The value is set , and the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. U251 Checking/clearing the maintenance count Description Displays, clears and changes the maintenance count. Purpose To check the maintenance count. Also to clear the count during maintenance service. Method Press the print key. The maintenance count is displayed. Clearing 1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel. 2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. Setting 1 Enter a six-digit count using the numeric key. 2 Press the print key. The count is set , and the screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the count, press the stop/ clear key. The screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-71

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U252 Setting the destination Description Switches the operations and screens of machines according to the respective destinations. Purpose To be executed after replacing the backup RAM on the main PCB or initializing the backup RAM by running maintenance item U020, in order to return the setting to the value before replacement or initialization. Method Press the print key. The screen for entering an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select the destination. The selected item is displayed in reverse. Display JAPAN METRIC INCH EUROPE METRIC ASIA PACIFIC Description Metric (Japan) specifications Inch specifications Metric (Europe) specifications Metric (Asia Pacific) specifications

Description

2 Press the print key. The value is set, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the count, press the stop/ clear key. The screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Supplement The specified initial settings are provided according to the destinations in the maintenance items below. To change the initial settings in those items, be sure to run maintenance item U021 after changing the destination. Initial setting according to the destinations Maintenance Title item No. 198 Setting the fixing phase control 253 Switching between double and single counts 255 Setting auto clear time 347 348 Setting auto drawer size detection Setting copy density adjustment range Japan ON SINGLE COUNT 120 s ON NORMAL Inch OFF DOUBLE COUNT 90 s ON SPECIAL AREA Europe Metric, Asia Pacific ON DOUBLE COUNT 90 s OFF SPECIAL AREA

3-2-72

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U253

Description Switching between double and single counts Description Switches the count system for the total count and other counts. Purpose According to user (copy service provider) request, select if A3/11" x 17" paper is to be counted as one sheet (single count) or two sheets (double count). Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select double or single count. Display Description DOUBLE COUNT Double count for A3/11" 17" paper only SINGLE COUNT Single count for all size paper Initial setting: DOUBLE COUNT 2 Press the print key. The value is set, and the screen for selecting an maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting an maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-73

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U254

Description Turning auto start function on/off Description Selects if the auto start function is turned on. Purpose Normally no change is necessary. If incorrect operation occurs, turn the function off: this may solve the problem. Method Press the start key. The screen for entering an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select either ON or OFF. The selected item is displayed in reverse. Display Description ON Auto start function on OFF Auto start function off Initial setting: ON 2 Press the print key. The setting is set. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-74

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U255 Setting auto clear time Description Sets the time to return to initial settings after copying is complete. Purpose To be set according to frequency of use. Set to a comparatively long time for continuous copying at the same settings, and a comparatively short time for frequent copying at various settings. Method Press the print key. The value is set. Current settings are displayed. Setting 1 Change the setting using the Up/Down key. Description Auto clear time Setting range 0 to 270 Initial setting 90

Description

The setting can be changed by 30 s per step. Pressing the Up key when set to 270 rolls over the setting to 0. When set to 0, the auto clear function is cancelled. 2 Press the print key. The value is set. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-75

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U256

Description Turning auto preheat/energy saver function on/off Description Selects if the auto preheat/energy saver function is turned on. When set to ON, the time to enter preheat/energy saver mode can be changed in copy management mode. Purpose According to user request, to set the preheat time to save energy, or enable copying promptly without the recovery time from preheat mode. Method Press the print key. The setting is set. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select ON or OFF. The selected item is displayed in reverse. Display Description ON Auto preheat/energy saver function on OFF Auto preheat/energy saver function off Initial setting: ON 2 Press the print key. The setting is set. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. When change from OFF to ON, the initial value of 15 min. is set. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.

3-2-76

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U258

Description Switching copy operation at toner empty detection Description Selects if continuous copying is enabled after toner empty is detected, and sets the number of copies that can be made after the detection. Method Press the print key. The current setting is displayed. Setting 1 Select single or continuous copying. The selected item is displayed in reverse. Display Description SINGLE MODE Enables only single copying. CONTINUE MODE Enables single and continuous copying. Initial setting: SINGLE MODE 2 Set the number of copies that can be made using the Up/Down keys.

Description Number of copies after toner empty detection

Setting range Initial setting 0 to 200 (copies) 0

The setting can be changed by 5 copies per step. When set to 0, the number of copies is not limited regardless of the setting for single or continuous copying. 3 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.

3-2-77

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U260

Description Changing the copy count timing Description Changes the copy count timing for the total counter and other counters. Purpose To be set according to user (copy service provider) request. If a paper jam occurs frequently in the finisher when the number of copies is counted at the time of paper ejection, copies are provided without copy counts. The copy service provider cannot charge for such copying. To prevent this, the copy timing should be made earlier. If a paper jam occurs frequently in the paper conveying or fixing sections when the number of copies is counted before the paper reaches those sections, copying is charged without a copy being made. To prevent this, the copy timing should be made later. Method Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select the copy count timing. Display Description COUNT:FEED When secondary paper feed starts. COUNT:EJEC When the paper is ejected. Initial setting: EJECT 2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.

3-2-78

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U263

Description Setting DF copy ejection orientation Description Sets the copy paper ejection orientation in DF copying. Purpose To set face up ejection to eject the same order as the originals when using special papers such as tracing paper and film as copy medium. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select an ejection orientation. Display Description FACE-DOWN (NORMAL) Face down ejection. FACE-UP (SPEED) Face up ejection with bitmap copy. FACE-UP (MEMORY) Face up ejection with memory copy. Initial setting: Face down 2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.

3-2-79

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U264 Setting date display order Description Sets the order of year, month, and day for output on a list and the like. Purpose Selects the order according to user request. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select the order of display. Display YEAR-MONTH-DATE MONTH-DATE-YEAR DATE-MONTH-YEAR Description Year - month - day Month - day - year Day - month - year

Description

Initial setting: inch: Month - day - year metric: Day - month - year 2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. U265 Setting OEM purchaser code Description Sets the OEM purchaser code. Purpose Sets the code when replacing the main PCB and the like. Method Press the print key. Setting 1 Use the numeric keys or Up/Down keys to adjust the preset value. 2 Press the print key. The count is set , and the screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.

3-2-80

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U330

Description Sets the number of copies for switching the copy eject tray in the finisher Description Sets the number of copies at which the copy eject tray will switch from the sub tray to the main tray. Purpose Selects the value according to user request. Method Press the print key. The screen for adjustment is displayed. Setting 1 Use the numeric keys or Up/Down keys to adjust the preset value. Description Setting range Initial value Number of copies to be ejected on 1 to 100 (sheets) 100 the sub tray The copy eject tray is switched from the sub tray to the main tray when the number of copies ejected to the sub tray exceeds the preset value. 2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.

3-2-81

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U333

Description Setting the number of digits of ID-code Description Sets the number of digits of ID-code. Purpose Sets the number of digits according to user request. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select the number of digits. Display 4 digits 7 digits Description The number of digits of ID-code is 4. The number of digits of ID-code is 7.

Initial setting: 4 digits 2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.

3-2-82

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U334

Description Setting the ejection method in the booklet stitcher Description Sets whether or not the eject bin in use is switched to the other bin when the bin in use in the booklet stitcher overflows. Purpose Sets the value to 1 BIN to use one bin only for copying and the other bin only for printing. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select an ejection method. Display 2 BIN 1 BIN Description The eject bin is switched when a bin overflows. The eject bin is not switched even when a bin overflows.

Initial setting: 2 BIN 2 Press the print key. The setting is set , and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.

3-2-83

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U343

Description Switching between duplex/simplex copy mode Description Switches the initial setting between duplex and simplex copy. Purpose To be set according to frequency of use: set to the more frequently used mode. Method Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select ON or OFF. Display Description ON Duplex copy OFF Simplex copy Initial setting: OFF 2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.

3-2-84

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U344

Description Setting preheat/energy saver mode Description Changes the control mode for preheat/energy saver, and sets the silent mode (low noise mode). Purpose According to user request, selects which has priority, recovery time from preheat or energy saving. Also sets polygon motor noise elimination in preheat. Method Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select control mode.

Display INSTANT READY ENERGY STAR

E 2000 SILENT MDOE

Control in preheat mode Without decreasing the fixing control temperature, the display on the operation panel is turned off. The fixing control temperature is decreased by 30C/54F (42 ppm) or 20C/36F (52 ppm) and the copier is forcibly stabilized 30 s after exiting preheat mode. The fixing control temperature is decreased by 40C/72F (42 ppm) or 20C/36F (52 ppm). ON: Polygon motor off/OFF: Normal

Initial setting: Energy Star applied 3 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.

3-2-85

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U345

Description Setting the value for maintenance due indication Description Sets when to display a message notifying that the time for maintenance is about to be reached, by setting the number of copies that can be made before the current maintenance cycle ends. When the difference between the number of copies of the maintenance cycle and that of the maintenance count reaches the set value, the message is displayed. Purpose To change the time to display the maintenance due indication. Method Press the print key. The current setting is displayed.

Setting 1 Change the setting using the numeric or Up/Down keys. Description Setting range Display period for the next maintenance 0 to 9999 (remaining count before the end of the maintenance cycle) Initial setting: 0 2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.

3-2-86

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U347

Description Setting auto drawer size detection Description Turning the auto drawer size detection function on/off. Purpose To be used when turning the auto paper size (in the drawers) detection off and making copies onto only the specified size paper. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select ON or OFF. Display Description ON Detects the paper sizes in the drawers automatically. OFF Does not detect the paper sizes in the drawers automatically. Initial setting: ON for inch and OFF for metric specifications 2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.

3-2-87

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U348

Description Setting the copy density adjustment range Description Selects the adjustment range for copy density from NORMAL and SPECIAL AREA (for wider range). Purpose To change the setting according to user request. When especially dark or light density is requested, set to SPECIAL AREA. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select the density range. Display Description SPECIAL AREA 25 steps (enlargement mode) NORMAL 13 steps Initial setting: SPECIAL AREA 2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.

3-2-88

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U350

Description Setting the ID-code error output Description Sets whether or not an error report is output when an ID-code error occurs. Purpose According to user request, changes the setting. Method Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. Setting 1 Select ON or OFF. * The selected item is highlighted. Display Description ON Error report is output. OFF Error report is not output. Initial setting: ON 2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.

U402

Adjusting margins for image printing Adjustment See page 3-3-20.

U403

Adjusting margins for reading an original on the contact glass Adjustment See page 3-3-40.

U404

Adjusting margins for DF original reading Adjustment See page 3-3-100.

3-2-89

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U901

Description Checking/clearing copy counts by paper feed locations Description Displays or clears copy counts by paper feed locations. Purpose To check the time to replace consumable parts. Also to clear the counts after replacing the consumable parts. Method 1 Press the print key. The counts by paper feed locations are displayed. 2 Change the screen using the Up/Down keys. Display BYPASS FIRST SECOND THIRD FORTH LCF DUPLEX Paper feed locations Bypass table Copier upper drawer Copier lower drawer Paper feed desk*1 upper drawer Paper feed desk*1 lower drawer Large paper deck*2 Duplex unit

*1: Optional for 42 ppm only. *2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard. When an optional paper feed device is not installed, the corresponding count is not displayed. Clearing 1 Select the count to be cleared. The selected item is displayed in reverse. To clear the counts for all paper feed locations, press ALL on the touch panel. 2 Press the print key. The setting is set, and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.

3-2-90

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U903

Description Checking/clearing the paper jam counts Description Displays or clears the jam counts by jam locations. Purpose To check the paper jam status. Also to clear the jam counts after replacing consumable parts. Method 1 Press the print key. The jam count is displayed by jam codes. 2 Change the screen using the Up/Down keys. Clearing 1 Press ALL on the touch panel. Jam counts cannot be cleared individually. 2 Press the print key. The count is cleared, and the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.

3-2-91

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U904

Description Checking/clearing the service call counts Description Displays or clears the service call code counts by types. Purpose To check the service call code status by types. Also to clear the service call code counts after replacing consumable parts. Method 1 Press the print key. The jam count is displayed by service call codes. 2 Change the screen using the Up/Down keys. Clearing 1 Select the count to be cleared. The selected count is displayed in reverse. To clear all counts, press ALL on the touch panel. 2 Press the print key. The count is cleared. When all counts are cleared, the screen for entering a maintenance item No. is displayed. Completion Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.

3-2-92

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U905

Description Checking/clearing counts by optional devices Description Displays or clears the counts by optional devices. Purpose To check the use of the SRDF, finisher and booklet siticher. Also to clear the counts after replacing consumable parts. Method 1 Press the print key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed. 2 Select the device, the count of which is to be checked. The count of the selected device is displayed. SRDF (DF) Display Description CHANGE Original replacement count ADF No. of single-sided originals that has passed through the DF in ADF mode RADF No. of double-side originals that has passed through the DF in RADF mode Finisher (SORTER)

Display COPY COUNT STAPLE PUNCH STACKER SADDLE

Description No. of copies that has passed Frequency the stapler has been activated Frequency the punch has been activated Frequency the stacker has been activated Frequency the booklet stitcher has been activated

Clearing 1 Select the item to be cleared. The selected item is displayed in reverse. 2 Press the print key. The count is cleared. 3 To return to the screen for entering an item, press the stop/clear key. Completion Press the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.

3-2-93

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U906

Description Resetting partial operation control Description Resets the service call code for partial operation control. Purpose To be reset after partial operation is performed due to problems in the drawers or other sections below, and the related parts are serviced. The following sections can be the subject of the partial operation: SRDF Large paper deck Copier upper drawer Copier lower drawer Paper feed desk upper drawer Paper feed desk lower drawer Duplex unit Finisher Method 1 Press the print key. 2 Press RESET on the touch panel. 3 Press the print key to reset partial operation control. The maintenance mode is exited, and the machine returns to the same status when the main switch is turned on.

3-2-94

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U907

Description Checking and resetting the count value on each ejection location Description Displays and resets the count value of ejected sheets on each ejection location. Purpose Checks the replacement period for maintenance parts. Also resets the count value after replacing the maintenance parts. Method Press the print key. * The count value on each ejection location is displayed Display STRAIGHT SWITCH BACK . AUTO DUPLEX Description Straight ejection count Reversed ejection count Duplex tray ejection count

Clearing 1 Select the item for which the count value is to be reset. * The selected item is highlighted. * To reset the count values for all ejection locations, press ALL on the touch panel. 2 Press the print key. The count is cleared. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.

3-2-95

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U908

Description Checking the count value of the electronic counter Description Displays the count value of the electronic counter. Purpose Checks the value for maintenance work. Method Press the print key. * The count value of the total counter is displayed. Display Description COUNT Count value of electronic counter .Clearing The count value cannot be changed or cleared. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.

3-2-96

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U990

Description Checking/clearing the time for the exposure lamp to light Description Displays, clears or changes the accumulated time for the exposure lamp to light. Purpose To check duration of use of the exposure lamp. Also to clear the accumulated time for the lamp after replacement. Method Press the print key. The accumulated time of illumination for the exposure lamp is displayed in minutes. Clearing 1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel. 2 Press the print key. The accumulated time is cleared, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed. Setting 1 Enter a six-digit accumulated time using the numeric keys. 2 Press the print key. The time is set, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the accumulated time, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.

3-2-97

2A3/4 Maintenance item No. U992

Description Checking/clearing the printer count Description Displays, clears or changes the print count of the printer when the optional printer unit is installed. Purpose To check the frequency of use of the printer. Method Press the print key. The printer count is displayed. Clearing 1 Press CLEAR on the touch panel. 2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. Setting 1 Enter a six-digit numerical value using the numeric keys. 2 Press the print key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed. Completion To exit this maintenance item without changing the count, press the stop/ clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item is displayed.

3-2-98

2A3/4

3-2-2 Copier management

In addition to a maintenance function for service, the copier is equipped with a management function which can be operated by users (mainly by the copier administrator). In this copier management mode, default settings and the settings for the timer function can be changed. ( 1 ) Executing a copier management item
Start

Default/Special: on

Management: on

Enter an ID code

Department management (see page 3-2-100)

End: on Week timer/Weekly timer: on

Enter an ID code

Week timer (see page 3-2-101)

End: on Copy default: on

Enter an ID code

Copy default (see page 3-2-102) End: on

Machine default: on

Enter an ID code

Machine default (see page 3-2-105) End: on

Language: on

Language (see page 3-2-107)

End

3-2-99

2A3/4 ( 2 ) Department management

Registering a new department code Sets a department code and the limit of the number of copies for that department. 1. SET CODE: on 2. REGISTER: on 3. Enter a department code using the numeric keys: 7 digits for inch specifications and 4 digits for metric specifications. 4. REGISTER: on 5. Enter the limit using the numeric keys. Setting range is 1000 to 250000 (in every 1000) copies. Set to 0 for unlimited copies. 6. REGISTER: on 7. END: on 8. END: on

Altering the copy limit 1. SET CODE: on 2. CORRECTION: on 3. Select the department code to be altered. 4. Enter the limit of the number of copies using the numeric keys. 5. REGISTER: on 6. END: on 7. END: on

Clearing copy counts 1. 2. 3. 4. SET CODE: on CLEAR: on YES: on END: on

Viewing copy counts Deleting a department code 1. SET CODE: on 2. DELETE: on 3. Select the department code to be deleted. 4. END: on 5. END: on 1. REFERENCE: on 2. END: on

Printing a copy management report 1. Set A4/81/2" x 11" copy paper. 2. PRINT MANAGEMENT LIST: on

Turning copy management function on/off 1. Select ON or OFF.

3-2-100

2A3/4 ( 3 ) Week timer

Setting the time 1. TIMER SET: on 2. Set the current day of the week, hour and minute by pressing +/symbols (24-hour clock format). 3. ENTER: on

Programming the week timer Set the on/off time for each day of the week. 1. WEEK TIMER: on 2. Select the day of the week to be set. 3. Select ON and set hours and minutes by pressing the +/symbols. 4. Select OFF and set hours and minutes by pressing the +/symbols. 5. ENTER: on 6. ENTER: on

Canceling the timer function 1. CANCEL: on 2. Select the day of week to be canceled. 3. ENTER: on

Turning the timer on/off 1. Select ON or OFF.

3-2-101

2A3/4 ( 4 ) Copy default

Exposure mode Selects auto or manual exposure to be given priority in initial mode. 1. Display EXPOSURE MODE using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select AUTO or MANUAL.

Manual exposure adjustment. Adjusts the exposure in manual density mode. 1. Display MANUAL EXPOSURE ADJUSTMENT using the Up/ Down keys. 2. CHANAGE: on 3. Adjust the exposure by pressing DARKER or LIGHTER. Setting is available for text, text and photo (mixed) and photo modes. 4. END: on

Exposure steps Sets the exposure steps in manual exposure mode. 1. Display EXPOSURE STEPS using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select 7 STEPS or 13 STEPS.

Copy quality Toner economy mode Sets the initial value of the toner economy mode at power on. 1. Display TONER ECONOMY using the Up/Down keys. 2. CHANGE: on 3. Select ON or OFF 4. END: on Sets the image quality to be selected in initial mode. 1. Display COPY QUALITY using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select MIXED, TEXT or PHOTO.

Output form Sets the initial value of the sort mode when setting originals. 1. Display OUTPUT FORM using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select ON or OFF

Auto exposure adjustment Adjusts the exposure in auto density mode. 1. Display AUTO EXPOSURE ADJUSTMENT using the Up/Down keys. 2. CHANGE: on 3. Adjust the exposure by pressing DARKER or LIGHTER. 4. END: on

Paper selection Set if the same sized paper as the original to be copied is automatically selected. 1. Display PAPER SELECTION using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select AUTO or MANUAL.

3-2-102

2A3/4

Job programming Selects whether all program numbers are selectable or program No. 1 is given priority. 1. Display JOB PROGRAMMING using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select REGULAR (for all program numbers) or OFF THE PLATEN (for program No. 1).

Custom size for border erase Sets the custom size for border erase copying. 1. Display CUSTOM SIZE FOR BORDER ERASE using the Up/Down keys. 2. CHANGE: on 3. Set the paper width by pressing the upper +/- symbols. Setting is available between 94 mm/311/16 " and 214mm/87/16 " in 8 mm/5/16 " steps. 4. Set the paper length by pressing the lower +/- symbols. Setting is available between 60 mm/23/8" and 296 mm/115/8" in 4 mm/2/16". 5. END: on

Default drawer Set the drawer to be selected after the all clear/reset key is pressed. 1. Display DEFAULT DRAWER using the Up/Down keys. 2. CHANGE: on. 3. Select the default drawer.

Front and back page margin Zoom mode Selects fixed or standard magnifications in reduction/enlargement mode. 1. Display ZOOM MODE using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select SIZE ZOOM or STANDARD ZOOM. Sets if individual margin settings for front and back page are available. 1. Display F & BP. MARGIN using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select ON or OFF.

Drawer for insert sheet 1. Display DRAWER FOR INSERT SHEET using the Up/Down keys. 2. CHANGE: on 3. Select the paper feed location.

Copy limit Sets the limit of the number of copies for multiple copying. 1. Display COPY LIMIT using the Up/Down keys. 2. CHANGE: on 3. Enter the number of copies up to 999 using the numeric keys. 4. CHANGE: on

Drawer cover sheet/stitch Selects the drawer to be used for setting cover sheets in the stitching mode. 1. Display DRAWER COVER SHEET using the Up/Down keys. 2. CHANGE: on 3. Select a drawer.

3-2-103

2A3/4

Rotate sort Sets if rotate sort is available in sort copy mode. Setting is not available when the finisher is installed. 1. Display ROTATE SORT using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select ON or OFF.

Create shortcut Registers frequently used function keys, and displays them on the basic screen. 1. Display CREATE SHORTCUT #1 or CREATE SHORTCUT #2 using the Up/Down keys. 2. CHANGE: on 3. Select a function.

Create user choice #1-#5 Moves frequently used function keys to the basic screen for selecting a function. 1. Display one of CREATE USER CHOICE/Customize GUI #1 to #5 using the Up/Down keys. 2. CHANGE: ON 3. Select the function to be moved.

3-2-104

2A3/4 ( 5 ) Machine default

Un-fixed size from bypass Sets if non-standard size paper is available when the paper is fed from the bypass table. 1. Display UN-FIXED SIZE FROM BYPASS using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select ON or OFF.

APS for special paper Sets if auto paper selection is available for the paper feed location with the special paper. 1. Display APS FOR SPECIAL PAPER using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select ON or OFF.

Auto drawer switching Sets if the auto drawer switching function is available. 1. Display AUTOMATIC DRAWER SWITCHING using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select ON or OFF.

Key sound Sets if a beep sounds when a key on the key touch panel is pressed. 1. Display KEY SOUND using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select ON or OFF.

Auto preheat time Drawer paper size Changes the paper size for the drawers displayed on the basic screen. 1. Display DRAWER PAPER SIZE for the drawer to be changed using the Up/Down keys. 2. CHANGE: ON 3. Select paper size. Sets the auto preheat time. 1. Display AUTO PREHEAT TIME using the Up/Down keys. 2. Set the time by pressing the +/symbols. Setting is available between 5 and 45 min. in 5 min. steps

Auto shutoff time Special paper Selects the drawer for special paper. 1. Display SPECIAL PAPER using the Up/Down keys. 2. CHANGE: ON 3. Select the drawer. To cancel, select the same drawer again. 4. End: ON Sets the auto shutoff time. 1. Display AUTO SHUT-OFF TIME using the Up/Down keys. 2. Set the time by pressing the +/symbols. Setting is available between 15 and 270 min. in 15 min. steps.

3-2-105

2A3/4

Management code change Changes the management code to be used. 1. Display MANAGEMENT CODE CHANGE using the Up/Down keys. 2. CHANGE: ON. 3. Enter the code using the numeric keys. 4. CHANGE: ON

Auto shutoff Sets if the auto shutoff function is available. 1. Display AUTO SHUT-OFF using the Up/Down keys. 2. Select ON or OFF.

3-2-106

2A3/4 ( 6 ) Language Switches the language to be displayed on the key touch panel. 1. Press on the language to be displayed. Available languages are English, German, French, Italian and Spanish for metric specifications, and English, French and Spanish for inch specifications.

3-2-107

2A3/4

CONTENTS 3-3 Assembly and Disassembly

3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly ........................................ 3-3-1 (1) Precautions ................................................................................. 3-3-1 (2) Running a maintenance item ....................................................... 3-3-2 3-3-2 Paper feed section .............................................................................. 3-3-3 (1) Detaching and refitting the forwarding, upper paper feed and lower paper feed pulleys ............................................................. 3-3-3 (2) Detaching and refitting the bypass forwarding, upper and lower paper feed pulleys ............................................................. 3-3-8 (3) Replacing the upper and lower paper width switches (inch models only) ..................................................................... 3-3-14 (4) Replacing the upper and lower registration cleaner assemblys ................................................................................. 3-3-16 (5) Adjusting the position of the rack adjuster ................................. 3-3-17 (6) Adjustment after roller and clutch replacement ......................... 3-3-18 (6-1) Adjusting the leading edge registration .......................... 3-3-18 (6-2) Adjusting the center line of image printing ...................... 3-3-19 (6-3) Adjusting the margins for printing ................................... 3-3-20 (6-4) Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper at the registration roller for drawer, bypass and duplex feeds ................................................................... 3-3-22 3-3-3 Optical section .................................................................................. 3-3-23 (1) Detaching and refitting the exposure lamp ................................ 3-3-23 (2) Detaching and refitting the scanner wires ................................. 3-3-24 (2-1) Detaching the scanner wires .......................................... 3-3-24 (2-2) Refitting the scanner wires ............................................. 3-3-25 (3) Replacing the laser scanner unit ............................................... 3-3-28 (4) Replacing the ISU (reference) ................................................... 3-3-30 (5) Adjusting the longitudinal squareness (reference) .................... 3-3-32 (6) Adjusting scanner image lateral squareness (reference) .......... 3-3-33 (5-1) Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit .............. 3-3-33 (5-2) Adjusting the position of the ISU .................................... 3-3-35 (7) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the main scanning direction ..................................................................... 3-3-36 (8) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the auxiliary scanning direction ..................................................................... 3-3-37 (9) Adjusting the scanner center line .............................................. 3-3-38 (10) Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration ....................... 3-3-39 (11) Adjusting the margins for scanning an original on the contact glass ............................................................................. 3-3-40 3-3-4 Main charging section ....................................................................... 3-3-42 (1) Replacing the charger wire and main charger grid .................... 3-3-42 3-3-5 Drum section ..................................................................................... 3-3-45 (1) Replacing the drum ................................................................... 3-3-45 (2) Cleaning the drum ..................................................................... 3-3-48

1-1-21

2A3/4 3-3-6 Developing section ............................................................................ 3-3-51 (1) Replacing the developing unit upper seal ................................. 3-3-51 (2) Adjusting the position of the magnetic brush (developing roller) (reference) ................................................................................. 3-3-52 (3) Adjusting the position of the doctor blade (reference) ............... 3-3-53 (4) Replacing the developing duct filter .......................................... 3-3-55 3-3-7 Transfer and separation section ....................................................... 3-3-56 (1) Replacing the charger wires and cleaning pads........................ 3-3-56 3-3-8 Cleaning section ............................................................................... 3-3-59 (1) Detaching and refitting the cleaning blade ................................ 3-3-59 (2) Detaching and refitting the cleaning brush ................................ 3-3-61 (3) Detaching and refitting the drum separation claw assembly and cleaning lower seal assembly ............................................. 3-3-63 3-3-9 Fixing section .................................................................................... 3-3-64 (1) Detaching and refitting fixing heaters M and S.......................... 3-3-64 (2) Detaching and refitting the fixing unit thermistor ....................... 3-3-68 (3) Detaching and refitting the fixing unit thermostats .................... 3-3-70 (4) Replacing the press roller .......................................................... 3-3-71 (5) Replacing the heat roller ........................................................... 3-3-73 (6) Replacing the heat roller separation claws ................................ 3-3-75 (7) Detaching and refitting the press roller separation claws .......... 3-3-76 (8) Replacing the cooling filter ........................................................ 3-3-77 (9) Replacing the ozone filter .......................................................... 3-3-78 (10) Adjusting the fixing pressure (reference)................................... 3-3-79 3-3-10 Feedshift and duplex section ............................................................ 3-3-80 (1) Detaching and refitting the duplex forwarding pulley................. 3-3-80 (2) Detaching and refitting the switchback roller, duplex upper registration roller .................................................. 3-3-81 (3) Adjusting the position of the side registration section ............... 3-3-87 (4) Adjusting the side registration amount ...................................... 3-3-88 3-3-11 SRDF section .................................................................................... 3-3-89 (1) Detaching and refitting the DF original feed pulley and the DF forwarding pulleys .......................................................... 3-3-89 (2) Detaching and refitting the DF separation pulley ...................... 3-3-91 (3) Adjusting the lateral squareness of the DF ............................... 3-3-94 (4) Adjusting the DF magnification .................................................. 3-3-96 (5) Adjusting the DF center line ...................................................... 3-3-97 (6) Adjusting the scanning start position when the DF is used ....... 3-3-98 (6-1) Adjusting the DF leading edge registration .................... 3-3-98 (6-2) Adjusting the DF traling edge registration ...................... 3-3-99 (7) Adjusting the margins for scanning the original from the DF ... 3-3-100 3-3-12 Large paper deck section (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ..... 3-3-102 (1) Detaching and refitting the upper and lower deck separation rollers....................................................................................... 3-3-103 (2) Detaching and refitting the deck paper conveying unit assembly ................................................................................. 3-3-103 (3) Detaching and refitting deck paper feed roller 1...................... 3-3-104 (4) Adjusting the position of the center adjuster (center line alignment) ............................................................. 3-3-105

1-1-22

2A3/4

3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly

( 1 ) Precautions Be sure to turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug before starting disassembly. When handling PCBs, do not touch connectors with bare hands or damage the board. Do not touch any PCB containing ICs with bare hands or any object prone to static charge. Use only the specified parts to replace the fixing unit . Never substitute wire for thermostats, as the copier may be seriously damaged. When installing a thermostat, ensure the correct clearance, if specified, using a thickness gauge. Use the following testers when measuring voltages: Hioki 3200 Sanwa MD-180C Sanwa YX-360TR Beckman TECH300 Beckman DM45 Beckman 330 (capable of measuring RMS values) Beckman 3030 (capable of measuring RMS values) Beckman DM850 (capable of measuring RMS values) Fluke 8060A (capable of measuring RMS values) Arlec DMM1050 Arlec YF1030C Prepare the following as test originals: 1. NTC (new test chart) 2. NPTC (newspaper test chart)

3-3-1

2A3/4 ( 2 ) Running a maintenance item

Start

Enter "10871087" using the numeric keys.

Maintenance mode is entered.

Enter the maintenance item number using the numeric keys or Up/Down keys.

The maintenance item is selected.

Press the print key.

The selected maintenance item is run.

Press the stop/clear key.

Yes

Repeat the same maintenance item?

No Yes

Run another maintenance item? No Enter "001" using the numeric keys or Up/Down key and press the print key. Maintenance mode is exited.

End

3-3-2

2A3/4

3-3-2 Paper feed section

( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the forwarding, upper paper feed and lower paper feed pulleys Replace the forwarding, upper and lower paper feed pulleys as follows. <Procedure> Removing the primary paper feed unit 1. Remove right front lower covers B and A and the right rear lower cover. 2. Open the front cover and the right cover. 3. Open the duplex unit and upper and lower drawer at the same time. 4. Remove the screw holding the primary paper feed unit and then the unit.

Screw

Primary paper feed unit

Screw

Figure 3-3-1 Detaching the primary paper feed unit

3-3-3

2A3/4 Removing the forwarding pulley 5. Raise the forwarding pulley retainer in the direction the arrows, and remove it from the primary paper feed unit.

Forwarding pulley retainer

Figure 3-3-2 Detaching the forwarding pulley retainer

3-3-4

2A3/4 6. Remove the stop ring, pull the forwarding pulley shaft in the direction of the arrow, and remove the forwarding pulley.

Stop ring Forwarding pulley shaft

Forwarding pulley

Figure 3-3-3 Detaching the forwarding pulley Removing the upper paper feed pulley 7. Remove the two stop rings. 8. Remove the paper feed clutch wires from the notches on the rear of the paper feed housing. 9. Pull the upper paper feed shaft toward the rear of the primary paper feed unit (see the arrow below) and remove the upper paper feed pulley.
Stop rings Upper paper feed shaft Notches

Upper paper feed pulley

Wires Paper feed clutch

Figure 3-3-4 Detaching the upper paper feed pulley

3-3-5

2A3/4 Removing the lower paper feed pulley 10. Remove the stop ring on the rear of the primary paper feed unit. 11. Pull the lower paper feed shaft to the rear (see the arrow shown below).

Lower paper feed shaft

Stop ring

Figure 3-3-5 12. Remove the lower paper feed pulley.

Lower paper feed pulley

Figure 3-3-6 Detaching the lower paper feed pulley

3-3-6

2A3/4 13. Replace the forwarding pulley and upper and lower paper feed pulleys. 14. Refit all removed parts. Caution: When fitting the forwarding pulley, orient it correctly as shown in Figure 3-3-7.
Machine front Machine rear

Forwarding pulley

Figure 3-3-7 When fitting the upper paper feed pulley, keep its blue end toward the machine front. After fitting the upper paper feed pulley, refit the wires which were removed in step 8 in the paper feed housing notches. When refitting the clutch, be sure to refit the stop.

3-3-7

2A3/4 ( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the bypass forwarding, upper and lower paper feed pulleys Replace the bypass forwarding, upper and lower paper feed pulleys as follows. <Procedure> Removing the bypass paper feed unit 1. Open the right cover and bypass table, and remove right front lower cover B, the right rear lower cover and middle right cover. 2. Detach the connector under the bypass table and then the bypass table.
Bypass table

Connector

Figure 3-3-8 Detaching the bypass table

3-3-8

2A3/4 3. Remove the connector and four screws holding the bypass paper feed unit, and then the unit.
Bypass paper feed unit Connector

Screws

Screws

Figure 3-3-9 Detaching the bypass paper feed unit Removing the bypass forwarding pulley 4. Remove the stop ring at the front of the bypass forwarding pulley retainer. 5. Pull out the bypass forwarding pulley shaft in the direction of the arrow, and remove the bypass forwarding pulley.
Bypass forwarding pulley retainer

Bypass forwarding pulley shaft Stop ring Bypass forwarding pulley

Figure 3-3-10 Detaching the bypass forwarding pulley

3-3-9

2A3/4 Remove the bypass uppedr paper feed pulley. 6. Remove the spring from the bypass forwarding pulley retainer. 7. Remove the stop ring. 8. Move the bushing in the direction of arrow A and remove it from the bypass forwarding pulley retainer. 9. Push the bypass solenoid lever in the direction of arrow B and remove the bypass forwarding pulley retainer in the direction of arrow C.

Spring Stop ring

Bypass solenoid lever

Bypass forwarding pulley retainer

A
Bushing

Figure 3-3-11 Detaching the bypass forwarding pulley retainer

3-3-10

2A3/4 10. Remove the stop ring, gear, spring pin and bushing. 11. Slightly move the bypass paper feed shaft in the direction of the arrow and remove the shaft from the bypass front frame.

Bypass front frame

Spring pin

Stop ring Bypass paper feed shaft

Bushing Gear

Figure 3-3-12 Detaching the bypass paper feed shaft

3-3-11

2A3/4 12. Remove the bushing and the bypass upper paper feed pulley from the bypass paper feed shaft.

Bypass upper paper feed pulley

Bushing Bypass paper feed shaft

Figure 3-3-13 Detaching the bypass upper paper feed pulley Removing the bypass lower paper feed pulley 13. Remove the two screws holding the bypass separation retainer and then the retainer.

Screws

Bypass separation retainer

Figure 3-3-14 Detaching the bypass separation retainer

3-3-12

2A3/4 14. Remove the stop ring and pull the joint shaft in the direction of the arrow.
Stop ring

Joint shaft

Bypass separation retainer

Figure 3-3-15 Detaching the bypass lower paper feed pulley (1) 15. Remove the stop ring and then the bypass lower paper feed pulley.
Bypass lower paper feed pulley

Stop ring

Figure 3-3-16 Detaching the bypass lower paper feed pulley (2) 16. Replace the bypass forwarding, upper and lower paper feed pulleys. 17. Refit all removed parts. Caution: When refitting the upper paper feed pulley, orient its blue end toward the machine rear.

3-3-13

2A3/4 ( 3 ) Replacing the upper and lower paper width switches (Inch models only) Replace the upper and lower paper width switches as follows. Caution: After replacing a paper width switch, be sure to perform (5) Adjusting the position of the rack adjuster. <Procedure> 1. Open the drawer. 2. Remove the four screws and take the drawer out of the machine.
Screws Screws

Drawer

Figure 3-3-17 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the two screws and 8-pin socket from the rear of the drawer. Detach the 8-pin paper width switch connector from the 8-pin socket. Remove the three screws holding the rack adjuster. While raising the drawer lift in the direction of the arrow, remove the rack adjuster.
Screws

Rack adjuster

Drawer lift

8-pin socket

8-pin connector Screws

Figure 3-3-18 Detaching the rack adjuster

3-3-14

2A3/4 7. Remove the two screws from the back of the rack adjuster and then the paper width switch.
Screws Paper width switch

Figure 3-3-19 Detaching the paper width switch 8. Apply the specified grease to the printed surface of the new paper width switch (shaded area in the diagram) and fit the switch to the rack adjuster.
Apply the specified grease.

Figure 3-3-20 Paper width switch 9. Refit all removed parts.

3-3-15

2A3/4 ( 4 ) Replacing the upper and lower registration cleaner assemblies Replace the upper and lower registration cleaner assemblies as follows. <Procedure> Detaching the upper registration cleaner assembly 1. Open the front cover and pull the image formation unit out. 2. Remove the screw holding the paper feed section knob and then the knob. 3. Remove the screw holding the inner right cover and then the cover. 4. Remove the screw holding the upper registration cleaner assembly. Replace the assembly. 5. Refit all removed parts. Detaching the lower registration cleaner assembly 1. Open the front cover. 2. Remove the screw holding the lower registration cleaner assembly. Replace the assembly. 3. Refit all removed parts.
Upper registration cleaner assembly

Screw

Inner right cover

Lower registration cleaner assembly

Paper feed section knob Screw

Figure 3-3-21 Replacing the upper and lower registration cleaner assemblies

3-3-16

2A3/4 ( 5 ) Adjusting the position of the rack adjuster Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the centers of the original and the copy image on paper fed from the drawer. <Procedure>
Start

Make a test copy at 100%.

Original

Copy example 1

Copy example 2

Figure 3-3-22

Is the center of the image aligned with that of the original?

No

Yes

Loosen the three screws holding the rack adjuster and change the position of the adjuster so that the centers of the original and the copy image are aligned. For example 1, move it toward the machine front ( ). For example 2, move it toward the machine rear ( ).

End Screws Rack adjuster

Figure 3-3-23 Adjusting the position of the rack adjuster

3-3-17

2A3/4 ( 6 ) Adjustment after roller and clutch replacement Perform the following adjustment after refitting rollers and clutches. (6-1) Adjusting the leading edge registration Make the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the leading edges of the copy image and original.
U034 U 402 (P.3-3-20) U066 (P.3-3-39) U403 (P.3-3-40) U071 (P.3-3-98) U404 (P.3-3-100)

Caution: Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the image is still incorrect, perform the above adjustments in maintenance mode. <Procedure>
Leading edge registration (20 1 mm) Start

Enter maintenance mode.

Enter "034" using the numeric keys.

Correct image

Output example 1

Output example 2

Press the print key.

Figure 3-3-24

Selected the item to be adjusted.

RCL ON DATA: Leading edge registration RCL ON DATA 2: Leading edge registration for duplex copying (second face) Press the print key The new setting is stored

Press the interrupt key.

Press the print key and make a test copy using A3/11" 17" paper. If "RCL ON DATA 2" is selected, make a test copy in duplex copy mode.

Is the leading edge registration within the range of 20 1 mm ? Yes Press the stop/clear key to exit maintenance mode.

No

For output example 1, decrease the value using the Down key. For output example 2, increase the value using the Up key. Setting range: 30.0 - +30.0 Changing the value by 1 moves the leading edge by 0.5 mm. Reference Leading edge registration: 4.0 Leading edge registration for duplex copying (second face): 0

End

3-3-18

2A3/4 (6-2) Adjusting the center line of image printing Make the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the center lines of the copy image and original when paper is fed from the drawer.
U 402 (P.3-3-20) U067 (P.3-3-38) U403 (P.3-3-40) U072 (P.3-3-97) U404 (P.3-3-100)

U034

Caution: Perform (5) Adjusting the position of rack adjuster before and after this adjustment. Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the image is still incorrect, perform the above adjustments in maintenance mode. <Procedure>
Start
Center line of printing

Enter maintenance mode.

Enter "034" using the numeric keys.

Correct image Output example 1 Output example 2

Press the print key.

Figure 3-3-25
Select "LSUOUT DATA."

Press the interrupt key.

Press the print key. The new setting is stored.

Press the print key to make a test copy.

Is the image correct? Yes Press the stop/clear key to exit maintenance mode.

No

For output example 1, decrease the value using the Down key. For output example 2, increase the value using the Up key. Setting range: 30.0 - +30.0 Changing the value by 1 moves the center line by 0.5 mm. Reference: 0

End

3-3-19

2A3/4 (6-3) Adjusting the margins for printing Make the following adjustment if the margins are not correct.
U 403 (P.3-3-40) U404 (P.3-3-100)

U402

Caution: Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the margins are still incorrect, perform the above adjustments in maintenance mode. <Procedure>

Start

Enter maintenance mode. Touch panel first display A EDGE: printer left margin LEAD EDGE: printer leading edge margin C EDGE: printer right margin (TRAIL EDGE: printer trailing edge margin) Press the stop/clear key. Touch panel second display TRAIL EDGE: printer trailing edge margin TRAIL EDGE 2: printer trailing edge margin for duplex copying (second face)

Enter "402" using the numeric keys.

Press the print key.

Select the items to be adjusted on the touch panel.

Press the interrupt key.

Press the print key. The new setting is stored.

Press the print key to make a test copy using A3/11" 17" paper.

Are the margins correct? Yes B A

No

Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Setting range (default) Printer leading edge margin: 0 - +10.0 (3.0) Printer trailing edge margin: 5.0 - +10.0 (5.0) Printer left/right margin: 5.0 - +10.0 (3.0) Printer trailing edge margin for duplex copying (secondface): 5.0 - +10.0 (4.0) Increasing the value makes the margin wider and decreasing it makes the margin narrower. Changing the value by 1 moves the margin by 0.1 mm for all.

3-3-20

2A3/4

Yes

Proceed to another mode? No

Press the stop/clear key.

Exit maintenance mode.

End

Printer leading edge margin (31.0mm) Ejection direction (reference) Printer left margin (20.5mm) Printer right margin (20.5mm)

Printer trailing edge margin (31.0mm) Normal copy mode (A3/11" 17")

Printer trailing edge margin for duplex copying (31.0mm)

Duplex copy mode (first face, A3/11" 17")

Figure 3-3-26

3-3-21

2A3/4 (6-4) Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper at the registration roller for drawer, bypass and duplex feeds Make the following adjustment if the leading edge of the copy image is missing or varies randomly, or if the copy paper is Z-folded.

<Procedure>

Start

Original

Copy example 1

Copy example 2

Enter maintenance mode. Enter "051" using the numeric keys. Press the print key. Select the item to be adjusted. Press the interrupt key. Set an A3 size original and make a test copy with the 100% magnification.

Figure 3-3-27

DECK DATA: Amount of slack at the registration roller for drawer feed BYPASS DATA: Amount of slack at the registration roller for bypass feed DUPLEX DATA: Amount of slack at the registration roller for duplex feed Press the print key. The new setting is stored.

Is the leading edge of the image missing or varying randomly (copy example 1)? No

Yes

Increase the value using the Up key.

Is the copy paper Z-folded (copy example 2)? No Press the stop/clear key. Exit maintenance mode.

Yes

Decrease the value using the Down key. Setting range: 30 - +20 Changing the value by 1 changes the amount of slack by 1 mm. Reference: DECK DATA: 20 BYPASS DATA: 5 DUPLEX DATA: 25 The greater the value, the larger the amount of slack; the smaller the value, the smaller the amount of slack.

End

3-3-22

2A3/4

3-3-3 Optical section

( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the exposure lamp Clean or replace the exposure lamp as follows. <Procedure> 1. Open the SRDF. 2. Remove the two screws holding the upper right cover and then the cover. 3. While taking care not to touch the shading plate or rear face of the contact glass, remove the contact glass. 4. Move the scanner to the cutouts at the center of the machine. Caution: When moving the scanner, do not touch the exposure lamp nor inverter PCB. 5. Detach the exposure lamp 2-pin connector from the inverter PCB. 6. Remove the two screws holding the exposure lamp and then the lamp. 7. Clean or replace the exposure lamp. 8. Refit all removed parts.
Screw

Exposure lamp Screw Cutout

2-pin connector

Scanner

Inverter PCB Cutout

Figure 3-3-28 Detaching the exposure lamp

3-3-23

2A3/4 ( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the scanner wires Take the following procedure when the scanner wires are broken or to be replaced. After replacing the scanner wires, proceed to (5) Adjusting scanner image lateral squareness (reference). (2-1) Detaching the scanner wires <Procedure> 1. Detach the SRDF connector and remove the SRDF from the machine. 2. Remove the rear cover, upper rear cover and upper right cover. 3. While taking care not to touch the shading plate or rear face of the contact glass, remove the contact glass. 4. Remove the upper left cover and slit glass. 5. Loosen the two screws securing the lamp wire and remove the wire from the inverter PCB. Caution: Remove the lamp wire completely from the machine. 6. Remove the screws holding the front cover and then the cover. 7. Remove the four screws holding the operation unit lower and inner covers and then the covers. 8. Detach the three connectors and clamp from under the operation unit main PCB. 9. Remove the six screws holding the operation unit and then the unit. 10. Remove the four screws holding the mirror 1 upper frame and then the frame.
Screws Mirror 1 upper frame Screws Lamp wire Mirror 1 lower frame

Wire retainers

Figure 3-3-29 Detaching the mirror 1 upper frame 11. Remove the two screws from each of the wire retainers and then the retainers from the mirror 1 lower frame. 12. Remove the mirror 1 lower frame from the scanner unit.

3-3-24

2A3/4 13. Detach the round terminal of the scanner wire from the scanner wire spring on the left side of the scanner unit. 14. Remove the scanner wire.
Scanner unit

Round terminal Scanner wire spring

Figure 3-3-30 Detaching the scanner wire (2-2) Refitting the scanner wires Caution: When fitting the wires, be sure to use those specified below. Machine front: 2AC12170 Machine rear: 2AC12420 (black) Refitting requires the following tool: Frame securing tool (P/N: 2AC68230) <Procedure> At the machine rear: 1. Insert the two frame securing tools into the positioning holes at the front and rear of the scanner unit to pin the mirror 2 frame in position. 2. Secure the two frame securing tools at the machine front and rear using the two screws for each. 3. Hook the round terminal on one end of the scanner wire onto the left catch on the inside of the scanner unit. ....................................................................................... 1 4. Loop the scanner wire around the rear groove in the scanner wire pulley on the mirror 2 frame, winding from below to above. ........................................................ 2 5. Loop the scanner wire around the groove in the scanner wire pulley at the machine right, winding from above to below. ........................................................................ 3
(Machine left) Front groove Wire guide 2 Rear groove (Machine right) Scanner wire pulley

6
Round terminal

Catch

1 4
Scanner wire spring

3
Scanner wire drum

Round terminal

Figure 3-3-31 Refitting the scanner wires

3-3-25

2A3/4 6. Wind the scanner wire around the scanner wire drum four turns from the rear toward the hole in the drum. 7. Insert the locating ball on the scanner wire into the hole in the scanner wire drum. 8. Wind the scanner wire a further five turns from the locating ball toward the machine front.

Locating ball

Rear

Scanner wire

4 turns 5 turns Front

Figure 3-3-32 Winding the scanner wire 9. Loop the scanner wire around the groove in the scanner wire pulley at the machine left, winding from below to above. .......................................................................... 4 10. Loop the scanner wire around the front groove in the scanner wire pulley on the mirror 2 frame, winding from below to above. ........................................................ 5 11. Run the scanner wire around the wire guide at the machine left. ........................... 6 12. Hook the round terminal onto the scanner wire spring. .......................................... 7 13. Hook the other end of the scanner wire spring onto the catch at the machine left. 14. Repeat steps 2 to 13 for the scanner wire at the machine front. 15. Remove the two screws from each of the frame securing tools and then the tools. 16. Move the scanner from side to side to correctly locate the wire in position.

3-3-26

2A3/4 17. Loosen the two screws securing the mirror 2 frame. 18. Insert the mirror 1 lower frame into the scanner unit and seat it on the positioning holes. 19. Insert the two frame securing tools into the positioning holes in the front and rear of the scanner unit and determine the positions of the mirror 1 lower frame and mirror 2 frame. 20. While holding the scanner wire on the mirror 1 lower frame, secure the wire retainers at the front and rear of the mirror 1 lower frame using the two screws for each.
Screws Frame securing tool

Wire retainer

Mirror 2 frame

Mirror 1 lower frame Screws

Frame securing tool

Mirror 2 frame Wire retainer

Mirror 1 lower frame

Figure 3-3-33 Securing the scanner wire

21. Retighten the two screws securing the mirror 2 frame. 22. Remove the two screws holding each of the two frame securing tools and then the tools. 23. Refit all removed parts.

3-3-27

2A3/4 ( 3 ) Replacing the laser scanner unit Take the following procedure when the laser scanner unit is to be checked or replaced. Caution: After replacing the laser scanner unit, proceed to (5) Adjusting scanner image lateral squareness (reference). <Procedure> 1. Remove the SRDF, rear cover, upper rear cover, upper right cover and upper left cover. 2. Remove the screws holding the front cover and then the cover. 3. Pull the image formation unit out. 4. Remove the four screws holding the operation unit lower and inner covers and then the covers. 5. Detach the three connectors and clamp from under the operation unit main PCB. 6. Remove the six screws holding the operation unit and then the unit. 7. Remove the five clamps and two connectors at the front of the scanner unit. 8. Remove the five clamps and twelve connectors at the rear of the scanner unit. 9. Remove the screw holding the two grounding wires at the rear of the scanner unit and then the wires. 10. Remove the wires detached in steps 7, 8 and 9 from the scanner unit. 11. While taking care not to touch the shading plate or rear face of the contact glass, remove the contact glass. 12. Remove the ISU and lower ISU covers, and detach the three connectors. 13. Remove the four screws with rubber mounts and then the scanner unit.

Screws ISU cover Screws

Screws Screws

Lower ISU cover Screws

Scanner unit

Connectors

Figure 3-3-34 Detaching the scanner unit

3-3-28

2A3/4 14. Detach the three connectors. 15. Remove the two screws holding the LSU adjuster mount and then the mount. 16. Remove the three pins and replace the laser scanner unit. 17. Refit all removed parts. Caution: When fitting the scanner unit, fit from directly above the machine to prevent deformation of the grounding point.
Pins

Connectors

Laser scanner unit Connector Laser scanner unit

Screws

LSU adjuster mount

Figure 3-3-35 Replacing the laser scanner unit

3-3-29

2A3/4 ( 4 ) Replacing the ISU (reference) Take the following procedure when the ISU is to be checked or replaced. Caution: After fitting the ISU, proceed to (5-2) Adjusting the position of the ISU. <Procedure> 1. Remove the upper right cover. 2. While taking care not to touch the shading plate or rear face of the contact glass, remove the contact glass. 3. Remove the ISU and lower ISU covers, and detach the two connectors.

Screws

ISU cover Screws

Screws Screws

Lower ISU cover Screws

ISU

Connectors

Figure 3-3-36 Detaching the ISU and lower ISU covers 4. Remove the four screws holding the ISU and then the ISU. 5. Check or replace the ISU. 6. Refit all removed parts.

3-3-30

2A3/4 Securing the ISU <ISU installation requires the following tools:> Two (2) positioning pins (P/N 18568120) <Procedure> 1. Secure the ISU using the two positioning pins. 2. Refit the four screws. 3. Remove the two positioning pins.

Positioning pin

Screws ISU

Screws

Positioning pin

Figure 3-3-37 Installing the ISU

3-3-31

2A3/4 ( 5 ) Adjusting the longitudinal squareness (reference) Perform the following adjustment if the copy image is longitudinally skewed (longitudinal squareness is not obtained). Caution: Before making the following adjustment, output a 1 DOT-LINE PG pattern in maintenance item U089 to use as the original for the adjustment. Adjust the amount of slack in the paper at the registration roller for drawer, bypass and duplex feeds (page 3-3-22) first. Check for the longitudinal squareness of the copy image, and if it is not obtained, perform the longitudinal squareness adjustment.

<Procedure>

Start Correct image Place the original on the contact glass. Copy example 1 Copy example 2

Figure 3-3-38
Retighten the two screws and refit the contact glass.

Press the print key and make a test copy at 100% magnification.

Is the image correct?

No

Yes

Remove the contact glass. Loosen the two screws and adjust the position of the mirror 2 frame. For copy example 1, move the frame in the direction of the white arrow (e). For copy example 2, move the frame in the direction of the black arrow (b).

End

Mirror 2 frame

Screws

Figure 3-3-39 Adjusting the position of the mirror 2 frame

3-3-32

2A3/4 ( 6 ) Adjusting scanner image lateral squareness (reference) Perform the following adjustment if the copy image is laterally skewed (lateral squareness not obtained). Caution: Before making the following adjustment, open the front cover and remove the operation unit lower cover. Perform (5-1) Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit first and check for lateral squareness of the copy image. If squareness is not obtained, perform (5-2) Adjusting the position of ISU. (5-1) Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit <Procedure>

Start

Enter maintenance mode. Correct image Enter "089" using the numeric keys. Output example 1 Output example 2

Figure 3-3-40
Press the print key.

Select "1 DOT-LINE."

Press the interrupt key.

Retighten the three screws and refit the contact glass.

Press the print key and make a copy at 100% magnification. Remove the contact glass. Loosen the three screws and adjust the position of the laser scanner unit by rotating the LSU adjustment shaft from the machine front using a straight screwdriver (see Figure 3-3-39). For output example 1, rotate the LSU adjustment shaft in the direction of the white arrow (e). For output example 2, rotate the LSU adjustment shaft in the direction of the black arrow (b).

Is the image correct?

No

Yes Press the stop/clear key.

Exit maintenance mode.

End

3-3-33

2A3/4

Pin holes

Laser scanner unit

LSU adjustment shaft Adjustment access hole in the machine front

Figure 3-3-41 Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit

3-3-34

2A3/4 (5-2) Adjusting the position of the ISU Caution: Before making the following adjustment, output a 1 DOT-LINE PG pattern in maintenance item U089 to use as the original for the adjustment. Adjust the pin at the machine front only and never touch the one at the machine rear. <Procedure>

Start

Place the original on the contact glass.

Correct image

Copy example 1

Copy example 2

Figure 3-3-42
Press the print key and make a test copy at 100% magnification. Refit the contact glass.

Is the image correct?

No

Yes

End

Remove the contact glass and adjust the lateral squareness of the ISU by rotating the pin. For copy example 1, rotate the pin in the direction of the black arrow (\). For copy example 2, rotate the pin in the direction of the white arrow (e).

Pin

Figure 3-3-43 Adjusting the position of the ISU

3-3-35

2A3/4 ( 7 ) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the main scanning direction Perform the following adjustment if the magnification in the main scanning direction is not correct.
U 066 (P.3-3-39) U403 (P.3-3-40)

U065

Caution: Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the image is still incorrect, perform the above adjustments in maintenance mode. <Procedure>

Start Enter maintenance mode. Enter "065" using the numeric keys. Press the print key. Select "MAIN SCAN ADJ" (main scanning direction). Press the interrupt key. Set an A3 size original and make a test copy with the 100% magnification. Press the print key. The new setting is stored.

Original

Copy example

Copy example 2

Figure 3-3-44

Is the image correct?

No

For copy example 1, increase the value using the Up key. For copy example 2, decrease the value using the Down key. Setting range: 25 - +25 Reference: 0 Changing the value by 1 changes the magnification by 0.1%. Increasing the value makes the image wider, and decreasing it makes the image narrower.

Yes Press the stop/clear key.

Exit maintenance mode.

End

3-3-36

2A3/4 ( 8 ) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the auxiliary scanning direction Perform the following adjustment if the magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction is not correct.
U053 (P.3-2-20) U034 (P.3-3-18) U403 (P.3-3-40) U402 (P.3-3-20) U070 (P.3-3-96) U066 (P.3-3-39) U404 (P.3-3-100)

U065

U071 (P.3-3-98)

Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustments have been made in maintenance mode. <Procedure>

Start Enter maintenance mode. Enter "065" using the numeric keys. Press the print key. Select "SUB SCAN ADJ" (auxiliary scanning direction). Press the interrupt key. Set an A3 size original and make a test copy with the 100% magnification. Press the print key. The new setting is stored.

Original

Copy example

Copy example 2

Figure 3-3-45

Is the image correct?

No

For copy example 1, increase the value using the Up key. For copy example 2, decrease the value using the Down key. Setting range: 25 - +25 Reference: 0 Changing the value by 1 changes the magnification by 0.1%. Increasing the value makes the image longer, and decreasing it make the image shorter.

Yes Press the stop/clear key.

Exit maintenance mode.

End

3-3-37

2A3/4 ( 9 ) Adjusting the scanner center line Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the center lines of the copy image and original.
U034 (P.3-3-19) U 402 (P.3-3-20) U403 (P.3-3-40) U072 (P.3-3-97) U404 (P.3-3-100)

U067

Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustments have been made in maintenance mode. <Procedure>
Scanner center line Start

Enter maintenance mode. Original Enter "067" using the numeric keys. Copy sample 1 Copy sample 2

Figure 3-3-46
Press the print key.

Press the interrupt key.

Press the print key. The new setting is stored.

Set an A3 size original and make a test copy with the 100% magnification.

Is the scanner center line correct? Yes Press the stop/clear key.

No

For copy sample 1, decrease the value using the Down key. For copy sample 2, increase the value using the Up key. Setting range: 39.0 - +39.0 Changing the value by 1 moves the center line by 0.17 mm Reference: 0

Exit the maintenance mode.

End

3-3-38

2A3/4 (10) Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration Perform the following adjustment if there is regular error between the leading edges of the copy image and original.
U034 (P.3-3-18) U 402 (P.3-3-20) U403 (P.3-3-40) U071 (P.3-3-98) U404 (P.3-3-100)

U066

Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustments have been made in maintenance mode. <Procedure>

Start

Enter maintenance mode. Original Enter "066" using the numeric keys. Copy sample 1 Copy sample 2

Figure 3-3-47
Press the print key.

Press the interrupt key.

Press the print key. The new setting is stored.

Set an A3 size original and make a test copy with the 100% magnification.

Is the scanner leading edge registration correct? Yes Press the stop/clear key.

No

For copy sample 1, decrease the value using the Down key. For copy sample 2, increase the value using the Up keys. Setting range: 32.0 - +32.0 Changing the value by 1 moves the leading edge by 0.17 mm. Reference: 0

Exit maintenance mode.

End

3-3-39

2A3/4 (11) Adjusting the margins for scanning an original on the contact glass Perform the following adjustment if the margins are not correct.
U402 (P.3-3-20) U404 (P.3-3-99)

U403

Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustments have been made in maintenance mode. <Procedure>

Start

Enter maintenance mode.

Enter "403" using the numeric keys.

Press the print key.

Select the item to be adjusted on the touch panel.

Touch panel display SCAN A MARGIN: scanner left margin SCAN B MARGIN: scanner leading edge margin SCAN C MARGIN: scanner right margin SCAN D MARGIN: scanner trailing edge margin

Press the interrupt key.

Press the print key. The new setting is stored. Change the setting. Increasing the value using the Up key makes the margin wider. Decreasing the value using the Down key makes the margin narrower. Setting range (default) Scanner left margin: 0 - +20 (2) Scanner leading edge margin: 4 - +20 (6) Scanner right margin: 0 - +20 (2) Scanner trailing edge margin: 0 - +20 (6) Changing the value by one moves the margin by 0.5 mm for all.

Set an A3 size original and make a test copy with the 100% magnification.

Are the margins correct? Yes B A

No

3-3-40

2A3/4
B A

Yes

Proceed to another mode? No

Press the stop/clear key.

Exit maintenance mode.

End

Scannerleading edge margin(31.0mm)

Scanner left margin (21.0mm)

Scanner right margin (21.0mm)

Original

Scanner trailing edge margin (31.0mm)

Figure 3-3-48

3-3-41

2A3/4

3-3-4 Main charging section

( 1 ) Replacing the charger wire and main charger grid Take the following procedure when the charger wire is broken or to be replaced. <Precautions> Use the specified tungsten wire for the charger wire. The part of the wire wrapped around the charger spring must not protrude from the charger housing. The cut end of the charger wire must not protrude more than 2 mm from under the charger wire retainer pin. Use clean, undamaged tungsten wire. Keep the charger wire taut by stretching it. Clean the main charger shield when replacing the charger wire. Do not use organic solvents such as alcohol or thinner to clean the main charger shield. <Procedure> 1. Draw the image formation unit out of the machine. 2. Remove the two screws and slide off the main charger assembly toward the machine rear.

Screws Main charger assembly

Figure 3-3-49 Detaching the main charger assembly

3-3-42

2A3/4 3. Remove the screw holding the grid tension plate and then the plate and main charger grid. 4. Remove the main charger front and rear lids. 5. Remove the charger spring from the charger wire retainer pin and charger terminal, and then the charger wire.

Main charger grid

Grid tension plate Main charger rear lid Charger wire retainer pin Charger spring Charger wire

Main charger front lid

Charger terminal

Figure 3-3-50 Detaching the charger wire

3-3-43

2A3/4

Charger spring Projection

Charger terminal

Charger wire retainer pin Not more than 2 mm Projection 13 2 mm Charger terminal

Not more than 2 mm Charger spring Charger wire retainer pin Main charger front housing Main charger rear housing

Figure 3-3-51 Installing the charger wire 6. Wind the new tungsten wire at least five turns around one end of the charger spring and trim the end. The width of the coiled charger wire and the cut end must be within 2 mm. 7. Hook the other end of the charger spring onto the charger terminal of the main charger rear housing. 8. Pass the wire through the notch in the charger wire retainer pin and stretch it taut. The charger wire must be adjusted so that the charger spring stretches to 13 2 mm and the spring end aligns with the rib on the main charger rear housing. 9. Hook the charger wire onto the projection on the main charger front housing. 10. Insert the charger wire retainer pin into the projection on the main charger rear housing to secure the charger wire. 11. Cut off the excess wire under the charger wire retainer pin. The cut end of the charger wire must protrude less than 2 mm. 12. Refit the main charger front and rear lids. 13. Refit all removed parts.

3-3-44

2A3/4

3-3-5 Drum section

( 1 ) Replacing the drum. Replace the drum as follows. <Precautions> Avoid direct sunlight and strong light when detaching and refitting the drum. Hold the drum at the ends and never touch the drum surface. After removing the drum, keep it in the drum case or storage bag to protect the surface from light. <Procedure> 1. Open the front cover. 2. Lower the paper conveying section by turning the paper transfer section release lever as shown in Figure 3-3-52. While pressing the image formation unit release button, pull the image formation unit out from the machine.
Image formation unit

Image formation unit release button

Paper transfer section release lever

*Illustration shows a 42 ppm. Figure 3-3-52 Drawing the image formation unit

3-3-45

2A3/4 3. Remove the two screws holding the main charger assembly and then the assembly.

Screws Main charger assembly

Figure 3-3-53 Detaching the main charger assembly 4. Loosen the cleaning blade pin. Move the cleaning blade lever in the direction of the arrow so that the cleaning blade is kept away from the drum and then tighten the cleaning blade pin. 5. Remove the two screws and open the upper cleaning cover on the left of the drum. 6. Remove the two screws and open the image formation rail in the direction of the arrow.

Screw Cleaning blade lever

Cleaning blade pin

Screw Upper cleaning cover Screw

Image formation rail

Screw

Figure 3-3-54

3-3-46

2A3/4 7. Detach the 1-pin and 4-pin connectors. 8. While raising the toner sub-hopper slightly, slide the hopper toward the front of the image formation unit and turn the image formation unit to the right.
Toner sub-hopper

1-pin connector

4-pin connector

Figure 3-3-55 9. Move the developing unit to the right of the image formation unit and remove it from the unit. 10. Remove one screw each from the drum front and rear retainers and then the drum from the image formation unit.
Drum rear retainer Drum front retainer Screw Drum Screw

Developing unit

Image formation unit

Figure 3-3-56 Detaching the developing unit and the drum

3-3-47

2A3/4 11. Remove the drum front and rear retainers from the drum. Replace the drum.
Drum rear retainer

Drum front retainer

Drum

Figure 3-3-57 Detaching the drum front and rear retainers

3-3-48

2A3/4 12. Refit all removed parts. Important: After replacing the drum, run maintenance items U110 "Checking/clearing the drum count" and U111 "Checking/clearing the drum drive time." After running maintenance item U160, loosen the blade pin and position the cleaning blade against the drum. When installing the drum, orient correctly with the thinner end of the drum flange shaft at the machine front and the thicker end at the machine rear.
Drum flange Drum Drum flange

Machine front

Machine rear

Figure 3-3-58 When refitting the toner sub-hopper, align the toner sub-hopper hole with the developing unit hole and connect the coupling to the joint. When installing the main charger assembly, fix the assembly pushed all the way toward the machine front.

Hole

Toner sub-hopper Coupling

Hole

Joint

Figure 3-3-59

3-3-49

2A3/4 ( 2 ) Cleaning the drum Clean the drum as follows when an image problems occur or if the drum is dirty. <Precautions> Avoid direct sunlight and strong light when cleaning the drum. Dust in the air and from the cleaning pad may damage the drum during operation. Avoid working in dusty places. Clean the drum entirely even if it is only dirty locally. Do not clean the drum with alcohol or other organic solvent. Required supplies: Polishing cloth: specified synthetic cotton Toner <Procedure> 1. Remove the drum from the imaging unit (see page 3-3-45). 2. Apply a polishing cloth to the drum and gently wipe the drum taking care not to damage the surface. 3. Apply toner to another cloth and wipe the drum surface with it in the same manner. 4. Refit the drum. 5. Refit all removed parts and let the machine stand for 30 minutes. 6. Make a test copy and check the image.

Polishing cloth Drum

Figure 3-3-60 Cleaning the drum

3-3-50

2A3/4

3-3-6 Developing section

( 1 ) Replacing the developing unit upper seal Take the following procedure when the developing unit upper seal is soiled. <Procedure> 1. Draw the image formation unit out and remove the developing unit. 2. Remove the two screws holding the developing unit upper seal and then the seal. 3. Clean or replace the developing unit upper seal. 4. Refit all removed parts.

Developing unit upper seal

Screws

Figure 3-3-61 Detaching the developing unit upper seal

3-3-51

2A3/4 ( 2 ) Adjusting the position of the magnetic brush (developing roller) (reference) Perform the following adjustment if the image is abnormally dark or light. Before starting this adjustment, ensure that the doctor blade is installed correctly and that the correct amount of developer is present. <Procedure> 1. Loosen the hexagonal socket head screw holding the developing sleeve front bushing using a hexagonal wrench. 2. Turn the developing roller shaft using a straight screwdriver until the distance between the top of the magnetic brush and the bottom of the developing unit housing is 15 mm (reference). 3. Tighten the hexagonal socket head screw to secure the developing roller shaft. If the distance is smaller than the specified value, carrier or background appears on the copy image. 4. After adjustment, make a test copy to check for performance.
Developing sleeve front bushing

Hexagonal socket head screw

Developing roller shaft

A=15mm

Figure 3-3-62 Adjusting the position of the magnetic brush

3-3-52

2A3/4 ( 3 ) Adjusting the position of the doctor blade (reference) Perform the following adjustment if carrier or background appears on the copy image. <Procedure> 1. Remove the two screws holding the developing unit upper seal, and then the seal. When refitting the seal, fit while holding it upward. 2. Remove the two screws, disengage the two hooks and detach the developing unit upper cover.

Developing unit upper cover

Screws

Hook

Developing unit upper seal Hook

Screws

Figure 3-3-63 Detaching the developing unit upper cover

3-3-53

2A3/4 3. Measure the distance between the developing roller and the doctor blade with a thickness gauge as shown in Figure 3-3-64, and adjust the doctor blade until the correct distances are obtained at the center and ends of the developing unit housing; the 0.50 mm gauge should go into the gap and the 0.55 mm one should not. The smaller the distance, the lighter the image; the larger the distance, the darker the image.
Adjustment screw Adjustment screw Adjustment screw

Developing roller

Doctor blade

Figure 3-3-64

3-3-54

2A3/4 ( 4 ) Replacing the developing duct filter Replace the developing duct filter as follows. <Procedure> 1. Open the front cover. 2. Slide off the developing duct cover downward. 3. Replace the developing duct filter. Caution: When fitting the developing duct filter, ensure that the harder side of the filter faces the fan. 4. Refit all removed parts.

Developing duct filter

Developing duct cover

Figure 3-3-65 Detaching the developing duct filter

3-3-55

2A3/4

3-3-7 Transfer and separation section

( 1 ) Replacing the charger wires and cleaning pads Take the following steps when the charger wire is broken or is to be replaced, or when replacing the cleaning pads. <Precautions> Use only the specified tungsten wire for the charger wire. The part of the wire wrapped around the charger spring must not protrude from the rear of the transfer charger housing. The cut end of the charger wire must not protrude from under the charger wire retainer pin. Keep the charger wire taut by stretching the charger spring. Clean the charger shield when replacing the charger wire. <Procedure> 1. Turn the paper transfer section release lever to the right to lower the paper conveying section. 2. Remove the connector, pin and then the transfer charger assembly.

Connector Transfer charger assembly

Paper transfer section release lever

Pin

*Illustration shows a 42 ppm. Figure 3-3-66 Detaching the transfer charger assembly

3-3-56

2A3/4 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the transfer charger front and rear lids. Remove the separation guide. Replace the transfer charger cleaning pad and separation charger cleaning pad. Remove the charger wire retainer pins, charger springs and then the charger wires.
Transfer charger rear lid

Separation guide

Transfer charger front lid

Charger springs

Charger wires Charger wire retainer pins

Transfer charger cleaning pad

Separation charger cleaning pad

Figure 3-3-67 Detaching the charger wires

3-3-57

2A3/4 7. Wind one end of the new wire at lease five turns around the end of the charger spring. 8. Hook the other end of the charger spring onto the catch on the transfer charger terminal on the rear of the transfer charger housing. 9. Pass the charger wire through the notches in the front and rear of the transfer charger housing, and stretch it. 10. Insert the charger wire under the charger wire retainer pin into the hole at the front of the transfer charger housing. The charger wire must be adjusted so that the charger spring stretches to 12.5 1.5 mm. Cut off the excess wire under the charger wire retainer pin. 11. Refit all removed parts. When installing the main charger assembly, fix the assembly pushed all the way toward the machine front.
Front of the transfer charger housing Charger spring

12.5 1.5 mm

Charger wire retainer pin

Not more than 2mm Not more than 1mm

Transfer charger terminal

Charger wire

Transfer charger terminal Rear of the transfer charger housing

Not more than 2mm

Figure 3-3-68 Installing the charger wire

3-3-58

2A3/4

3-3-8 Cleaning section

( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the cleaning blade Check or replace the cleaning blade as follows. <Procedure> 1. Draw the image formation unit out. 2. Remove the developing unit, main charger assembly and drum. 3. Remove the pin holding the cleaning blade and then the blade. 4. Check or replace the cleaning blade.

Cleaning blade

Pin

Figure 3-3-69 Detaching the cleaning blade

3-3-59

2A3/4 5. Refit all removed parts. When installing the cleaning blade, take care not to trap the sponges at both ends. After replacing the cleaning blade, move it away from the drum and run maintenance item U160 (see page 3-2-50).
Cleaning blade

Sponge

Sponge

Figure 3-3-70 Installing the cleaning blade

3-3-60

2A3/4 ( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the cleaning brush Clean or replace the cleaning brush as follows. <Procedure> 1. Remove the developing unit, main charger assembly and drum. 2. Remove the cleaning spring.
Cleaning spring

Figure 3-3-71 3. Shift the thrust spring toward the machine rear and detach the cleaning blade shaft.
Cleaning blade shaft

Thrust spring

Cleaning blade shaft

Figure 3-3-72

3-3-61

2A3/4 4. Detach the 2-pin connector and remove the cleaning unit from the image formation unit. 5. Remove the E-rings, bushings and gear from both ends of the cleaning brush. 6. Clean or replace the cleaning brush. 7. Refit all removed parts. When installing the cleaning brush, position the end with the D-section at the machine rear and take care not to pinch the cleaning lower seal assembly.
2-pin connector

Cleaning lower seal assembly

Cleaning unit

D-section

Bushing E-ring Cleaning brush

Bushing Gear E-ring

Figure 3-3-73

3-3-62

2A3/4 ( 3 ) Detaching and refitting the drum separation claw assembly and cleaning lower seal assembly. Clean or replace the drum separation claw assembly and cleaning lower seal assembly as follows. <Procedure> 1. Remove the developing unit, main charger assembly and drum. 2. Remove the four screws holding the drum separation claw assembly and then the assembly. 3. Remove the two screws holding the cleaning lower seal assembly and then the assembly. 4. Replace the drum separation claw assembly and cleaning lower seal assembly.

Cleaning lower seal assembly

Screw

Screw Drum separation claw assembly Screws

Figure 3-3-74 Detaching the drum claw assembly and cleaning lower seal assembly 5. Refit all removed parts.

3-3-63

2A3/4

3-3-9 Fixing section

( 1 ) Detaching and refitting fixing heaters M and S Replace fixing heaters M and S as follows. <Procedure> 1. While raising the fixing unit release lever, draw the fixing unit out of the machine. 2. Remove the screw holding the fixing unit and then the unit.

Fixing unit

Fixing unit release lever

Screw

*Illustration shows a 42 ppm. Figure 3-3-75 Detaching the fixing unit

3-3-64

2A3/4 3. Open the fixing unit cover in the direction of the arrow. 4. Remove the two screws holding the fixing unit front cover and then the cover. 5. Remove the screw and two pins holding the fixing unit upper cover, and then the cover.
Fixing unit upper cover Pins holding the fixing unit cover

Screw Fixing unit front cover Screws

Fixing unit cover

Figure 3-3-76 Detaching the fixing unit front cover and cover

3-3-65

2A3/4 6. Detach the fixing heater wire and the fixing unit wire from the fixing unit thermostat.

Fixing unit wire Fixing heater wire

Fixing unit thermostat

Figure 3-3-77 7. Detach the two connectors on the fixing heater wire on the rear of the fixing unit.

Connector (white) Connector (red)

Figure 3-3-78

3-3-66

2A3/4 8. Remove the screw holding the fixing heater front retainer and then the retainer. 9. Pull fixing heaters M and S out from the front of the fixing unit.

Fixing heater front retainer

S M Screw

Fixing heater M

Fixing heater S

Figure 3-3-79 Detaching fixing heaters M and S 10. Replace fixing heaters M and S. When fitting, place fixing heater M on the right and S on the left, as viewed form the fixing unit front. Fit the white connector on the rear of the fixing unit to heater M, and the red one to heater S. 11. Refit all removed parts.

3-3-67

2A3/4 ( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the fixing unit thermistor Replace the fixing unit thermistor as follows. <Procedure> 1. Detach the connector. 2. Remove the screw holding the fixing unit thermistor and then the thermistor.
Connector

Fixing unit thermistor Screw

Figure 3-3-80 Detaching the fixing unit thermistor

3-3-68

2A3/4 3. Replace the thermistor. When fitting the fixing unit thermistor, pass the projection on the thermistor through the hole in the fixing unit thermistor film and then insert into the cutout in the fixing unit stay.
Fixing unit thermistor Projection

Fixing unit stay

Cutout

Fixing unit thermistor film

Figure 3-3-81 Installing the fixing unit thermistor 4. Refit all removed parts.

3-3-69

2A3/4 ( 3 ) Detaching and refitting the fixing unit thermostats Replace the fixing unit thermostats as follows. Caution: Use the specified thermostat for replacement. Do not substitute a simple wire or similar; otherwise, the machine will be seriously damaged. <Procedure> 1. Remove the connectors of the fixing unit wire and the fixing heater wire from the fixing unit thermostat. Remove the connectors while pushing the projection on each connector. 2. Remove the two screws and then the fixing unit thermostat. 3. Replace the fixing unit thermostat.

Fixing unit wire Screws

Fixing unit thermostat Fixing heater wire

Figure 3-3-82 Detaching the fixing unit thermostats 4. Refit all removed parts.

3-3-70

2A3/4 ( 4 ) Replacing the press roller Replace the press roller as follows. <Procedure> 1. Remove the two screws and open the fixing unit stay in the direction of the arrow.

Fixing unit stay Screw

Screw

Figure 3-3-83 Detaching the fixing unit stay

3-3-71

2A3/4 2. Remove the press roller.

Press roller

Figure 3-3-84 Detaching the press roller 3. Remove the E-ring on either the front or rear end of the press roller and pull out the press roller shaft.
E-ring

E-ring

Press roller shaft

Figure 3-3-85 Detaching the press roller shaft 4. Replace the press roller. 5. Refit all removed parts.

3-3-72

2A3/4 ( 5 ) Replacing the heat roller Replace the heat roller as follows. <Procedure> 1. Remove fixing heaters M and S (see page 3-3-64). 2. Open the fixing unit stay (see page 3-3-71). 3. Loosen the screw holding each of the fixing unit front and rear frames and move the heat roller stopper in the direction of the arrow. 4. Remove the heat roller.
Heat roller

Heat roller stopper

Fixing unit front frame Screw Heat roller stopper

Screw

Fixing unit rear frame

Figure 3-3-86 Detaching the heat roller

3-3-73

2A3/4 5. Remove the circlip, bearing and bushing from the front end of the heat roller. 6. Remove the circlip, gear, bearing and bushing from the rear end of the heat roller. 7. Replace the heat roller.
Circlip Bearing

Gear Bearing

Bushing

Heat roller

Bushing

Circlip

Figure 3-3-87 Refitting the heat roller 8. Refit all removed parts.

3-3-74

2A3/4 ( 6 ) Replacing the heat roller separation claws Replace the heat roller separation claws as follows. <Procedure> 1. Open the fixing unit cover. 2. Remove the E-ring from the heat roller separation claw shaft and the springs from the seven heat roller separation claws. 3. Remove the heat roller separation claws from the fixing unit upper guide. 4. Replace the heat roller separation claws.
Heat roller separation claws

E-ring

Springs

Fixing unit upper guide Fixing unit cover

Figure 3-3-88 Detaching the heat roller separation claws 5. Refit all removed parts.

3-3-75

2A3/4 ( 7 ) Detaching and refitting the press roller separation claws Replace the press roller separation claws as follows. <Procedure> 1. Open the fixing unit cover. 2. Remove the two E-rings from each of the press roller separation claws and then the four claws. 3. Replace the press roller separation claws.

Press roller separation claws

Fixing unit cover

Figure 3-3-89 Detaching the press roller separation claws 4. Refit all removed parts.

3-3-76

2A3/4 ( 8 ) Replacing the cooling filter Replace the cooling filter as follows. <Procedure> 1. Remove the screw holding the ozone filter retainer and then the retainer. 2. Replace the cooling filter.

Cooling filter

Screw

Ozone filter retainer

Figure 3-3-90 Detaching the cooling filter 3. Refit all removed parts.

3-3-77

2A3/4 ( 9 ) Replacing the ozone filter Replace the ozone filter as follows. <Procedure> 1. Remove the two screws holding the lower left cover and then the cover. 2. Remove the four screws holding the middle right cover and then the cover. 3. Replace the ozone filter.

Ozone filter

Figure 3-3-91 Fitting the ozone filter 4. Refit all removed parts.

3-3-78

2A3/4 (10) Adjusting the fixing pressure (reference) Adjust fixing pressure when paper creases, fixing is defective, or after the fixing pressure spring is replaced. <Procedure>
Start Enter maintenance mode. Enter "161" using the numeric keys and press the print key. Press the interrupt key. Press the print key. 7.00.5 mm

Fixing pressure: 210 N (both machine front and rear) Figure 3-3-92

Press the interrupt key. Wait for 30 s and remove the jammed paper manually.

Is the width of the black band printed on the image (indicating the part which stopped in the fixing section) 7.0 0.5 mm? Yes Exit maintenance mode.

No

Turn the fixing pressure nuts to adjust the fixing pressure.

Clean the heat and press roller if they are dirty. End

Fixing pressure nuts

Figure 3-3-93

3-3-79

2A3/4

3-3-10 Feedshift and duplex section

( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the duplex forwarding pulley Replace the duplex forwarding pulley as follows. <Procedure> 1. Open the duplex unit. 2. Remove the stop ring and duplex forwarding pulley. 3. Refit all removed parts. When fitting the duplex forwarding pulley, align the projections of the duplex forwarding pulley with the slots in the forwarding pulley.

Forwarding pulley Slots

Duplex forwarding pulley

Projections

Stop ring

Figure 3-3-94

3-3-80

2A3/4 ( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the switchback roller, duplex upper registration roller Replace the switchback roller and duplex registration roller as follows. <Procedure> Detaching the switchback roller 1. Open the duplex unit. 2. Remove the two screws holding the duplex unit front cover and then the cover. (only for 42 ppm) 3. Loosen the three screws at the front of the duplex unit. Remove the two screws on the top and then the duplex unit cover.
Screws Screws Duplex unit cover

Duplex unit front cover Screws

*Illustration shows a 42 ppm. Figure 3-3-95 Detaching the duplex unit cover

3-3-81

2A3/4 4. Remove the four screws and the duplex unit from the rails. 5. Remove the two screws holding the duplex cover and then the cover. 6. Detach the 6-pin connector of the side registration section and the 3-pin connector of the side registration home position switch, and unlock the edging. 7. Remove the paper tapping guide by gently bending it and taking out of the hole in the machine rear first. 8. Remove the four screws holding the side registration section and slide off the section toward the machine right. 9. Remove the two screws holding the duplex paper conveying upper cover and then the cover.
Screws 3-pin connector Screws Screws 6-pin connector

Screw

Duplex cover

Duplex paper conveying upper cover Screw Side registration section

Paper tapping guide

Figure 3-3-96 Detaching the duplex cover and side registration section

3-3-82

2A3/4 10. Remove the screw holding the switchback feedshift solenoid and then the solenoid.

Switchback feedshift solenoid

Screw

Figure 3-3-97 Detaching the switchback feedshift solenoid 11. Remove the E-ring and then the bushing at the front of the duplex unit.

Bushing E-ring

Figure 3-3-98 Detaching the switchback roller (1)

3-3-83

2A3/4 12. Remove the E-ring and then the fixing drive gear at the rear of the duplex unit. 13. Remove the pin, E-ring and bushing. 14. Remove the stop ring holding the switchback roller and then the roller from the shaft. When refitting the switchback roller, fit so that it turns in the same direction as the shaft when the shaft is turned in the direction of the white arrow.

Stop ring

Switchback roller

Bushing E-ring Pin Fixing drive gear E-ring Shaft

Figure 3-3-99 Detaching the switchback roller (2)

3-3-84

2A3/4 Detaching the duplex upper registration roller 1. Remove the duplex unit front cover (42 ppm only) and then the duplex unit cover. 2. Remove the screw holding the switchback feedshift solenoid and then the solenoid. 3. Remove the E-ring and then the bushing at the tront of the duplex unit.

Bushing E-ring

Figure 3-3-100 Detaching the duplex upper registration roller (1)

3-3-85

2A3/4 4. Remove the two screws holding the stock switch mount and then the mount. 5. Remove the E-ring the at the rear of the duplex unit and then the duplex registration gear. 6. Remove the spring pin and bushing, and then the duplex upper registration roller.

Duplex upper registration roller

Stock switch mount

Bushing Spring pin Duplex registration Bushing Screws

Figure 3-3-101 Detaching the duplex upper registration roller (2)

3-3-86

2A3/4 ( 3 ) Adjusting the position of the side registration section Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the centers of the original and copy image during duplex copying (second face). <Procedure>

Start Original Copy example 1 Copy example 2

Figure 3-3-102
Make a test copy at 100% and using the largest size paper in duplex mode. Loosen the four screws holding the side registration section, move the section and retighten the screws. Is the center of the image aligned with that of original? Yes End No For copy example 1, move the section toward the machine front ( ). For copy example 2, move the section toward the machine rear ( ).

Screws Screws Side registration section

*Illustration shows a 42 ppm. Figure 3-3-103 Adjusting the position of the side registration section

3-3-87

2A3/4 ( 4 ) Adjusting the side registration amount Perform the following adjustment if paper is fed askew during refeed from the duplex unit. Side registration <Procedure>
Start rear guide Paper

Enter maintenance mode. Side registration front guide A : 1 mm Press the print key.

Enter "052" using the numeric keys.

Select "STEPPER DATA."

Figure 3-3-104
Press "TEST RUN." Press the print key. The new setting is stored. Press the interrupt key to make a test copy using A3/11" x 17" paper. After paper is stocked in the duplex unit, open the unit and move the paper all the way to the side registration rear guide. Change the setting using the Up/Down keys. Increasing the value makes the gap narrower, decreasing it makes the gap wider. Setting range: 20 - +20 Reference: 0 Changing the value by 1 changes the gap by 0.3 mm.

Is gap A between the paper and the side registration front guide within 1 mm? Yes Remove the paper and reinstall the duplex unit.

No

Remove the paper and reinstall the duplex unit.

Press the stop/clear key.

Exit maintenance mode.

End

3-3-88

2A3/4

3-3-11 SRDF section

( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the DF original feed pulley and the DF forwarding pulleys Clean or replace the DF original feed pulley and DF forwarding pulleys as follows. <Procedure> 1. Open the DF original reversing cover. 2. Remove the two screws holding the upper original feed section cover and then the cover. 3. Remove the two stop rings and then the original feed pulley assembly by sliding out the bushings.
Stop ring Stop ring Bushing Bushing Original feed pulley assembly

Figure 3-3-105 Detaching the original feed pulley assembly Detaching the DF original feed pulley 4. Remove the two stop rings and then the DF original feed pulley from the original feed front shaft.

DF forwarding belt DF forwarding pulleys

Original feed front shaft DF forwarding pulley 20

Stop rings One-way clutch DF original feed pulley

Figure 3-3-106 Detaching the DF original feed pulley

3-3-89

2A3/4 Detaching DF forwarding pulleys 5. Remove the stop ring and bushing. While lifting the forwarding shaft, remove the DF forwarding pulleys. 6. Clean or replace the DF original feed pulley and DF forwarding pulleys. 7. Refit all removed parts. When fitting the DF original feed pulley and DF forwarding pulleys, ensure that the side having the one-way clutch faces the machine rear.
One-way clutch DF forwarding pulleys DF original feed pulley 28

Forwarding shaft

Stop ring

DF forwarding belt

Bushing

Figure 3-3-107 Detaching the DF forwarding pulleys

3-3-90

2A3/4 ( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the DF separation pulley Clean or replace the DF separation pulley as follows. <Procedure> 1. Open the DF reversing cover. 2. Remove the two screws holding the upper original feed section cover and then the cover. 3. Remove the two screws holding the DF rear cover. 4. Remove the screw holding the fulcrum pin and then the pin. 5. Detach the 6-pin connector and remove the original table.

Fulcrum pin Screw

6-pin connectors Original table

Figure 3-3-108

3-3-91

2A3/4 6. Remove the two screws holding the DF original feed lower guide and the two screws holding the DF original feed upper guide. 7. Loosen the other two screws on the DF original feed lower guide. 8. While lifting the DF original feed upper guide and pressing the original set switch actuator, remove the DF original feed lower guide.

DF original feed upper guide Screw

Screws (To be loosened only) DF original feed lower guide

Screw Screws Original set switch actuator

Figure 3-3-109 9. Detach the original set switch 3-pin connector. 10. Remove the two screws holding the separation pulley retainer.

Separation pulley retainer

3-pin connectors

Figure 3-3-110

3-3-92

2A3/4 11. Remove the two stop rings and pin to remove the DF separation pulley from the separation shaft. 12. Clean or replace the DF separation pulley. 13. Refit all removed parts. When fitting the DF separation pulley, ensure that the side having the one-way clutch faces the machine rear.

DF separation pulley Stop rings

One-way clutch Pin Separation shaft

Figure 3-3-111 Detaching the DF separation pulley

3-3-93

2A3/4 ( 3 ) Adjusting the lateral squareness of the DF Perform the following adjustment if the copy image is skewed laterally (lateral squareness is not obtained). Caution: Before making the following adjustment, output a 1 DOT-LINE PG pattern in maintenance item U089 to use as the original for the adjustment. Adjust the amount of slack in the paper at the registration roller for drawer, bypass and duplex feeds (page 3-3-22) and the scanner image lateral squareness (reference, page 3-3-33) first. Check for lateral squareness of the copy image and if squareness is not obtained, adjust the lateral squareness of the DF. <Procedure>

Start

Place the original on the SRDF.

Press the print key to make a test copy.

Is the image correct?

No

Yes

Adjust the position of the SRDF. For copy example 1, rotate the adjustment screw in the direction of the white arrow (e). For copy example 2, rotate the adjustment screw in the direction of the black arrow (b).

End

Original

Copy example 1

Copy example 2

Figure 3-3-112

3-3-94

2A3/4 Adjusting 1. Open the SRDF. 2. Loosen the screw securing the right leg of the SRDF on the right. 3. Adjust the position of the SRDF by rotating the adjustment screw behind the right leg of the SRDF. 4. Retighten the screw loosened in step 2. 5. Refit all removed parts.

Screw

SRDF right leg

Adjustment screw

Figure 3-3-113

3-3-95

2A3/4 ( 4 ) Adjusting the DF magnification Adjust magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction if magnification is incorrect when the DF is used.
U053 (P.3-2-21) U034 (P.3-3-18) U403 (P.3-3-40) U402 (P.3-3-20) U070 U065 (P.3-3-37) U071 (P.3-3-98) U066 (P.3-3-39) U404 (P.3-3-100)

Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustments have been made in maintenance mode. <Procedure>
Main scanning direction

Start Auxiliary scanning direction

Enter maintenance mode.

Enter "070" using the numeric keys.

Original

Copy example 1

Copy example 2

Press the print key.

Figure 3-3-114

Press the interrupt key.

Press the print key. The new setting is stored.

Place an original on the DF and make a test copy. Change the setting. For copy example 1, increase the value using the Up key to make the copy image longer. For copy example 2, decrease the value using the Down keys to make the copy image shorter. Setting range: 25 - +25 Changing the value by 1 changes the magnification by 0.1%. Reference: 0

Is the image correct?

No

Yes Press the stop/clear key.

Exit maintenance mode.

End

3-3-96

2A3/4 ( 5 ) Adjusting the DF center line Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the centers of the original and the copy image.
U034 (P.3-3-19) U 402 (P.3-3-20) U067 (P.3-3-38) U403 (P.3-3-40) U404 (P.3-3-100)

U072

Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustments have been made in maintenance mode. <Procedure>

Start

Reference

Enter maintenance mode.

Enter "072" using the numeric keys.

Original

Copy example 1

Copy example 2

Press the print key.

Figure 3-3-115

Press the interrupt key.

Press the print key. The new setting is stored.

Place and original on the DF and make a test copy.

Is the image correct? Yes Press the stop/clear key.

No

Change the setting. For copy example 1, increase the value using the Up key. For copy example 2, decrease the value using the Down key. Setting range: 39.0 - +39.0 Changing the value by 1 moves the center line by 0.17 mm. Reference: 0

Exit maintenance mode.

End

3-3-97

2A3/4 ( 6 ) Adjusting the scanning start position when the DF is used Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the leading or trailing edges of the original and the copy image.
U034 (P.3-3-18) U 402 (P.3-3-20) U066 (P.3-3-39) U403 (P.3-3-40) U404 (P.3-3-100)

U071

Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustments have been made in maintenance mode. (6-1) Adjusting the DF leading edge registration <Procedure>

Start

Enter maintenance mode. Original Enter "071" using the numeric keys and press the print key. Copy example 1 Copy example 2

Figure 3-3-116
To adjust the DF leading edge registration, select "LEAD EDGE ADJ."

Press the interrupt key.

Press the print key. The new setting is stored.

Place an original on the DF and make a test copy. For copy example 1, increase the value using the Up key. For copy example 2, decrease the value using the Down key. Setting range: 32 - +32 Reference: 0 Changing the value by 1 moves the copy image by 0.19 mm. Increasing the value moves the copy image backward, and decreasing it moves the image forward.

Is the image correct?

No

Yes Press the stop/clear key.

Exit maintenance mode.

End

3-3-98

2A3/4 (6-2) Adjusting the DF trailing edge registration <Procedure>

Start Enter maintenance mode. Original Enter "071" using the numeric keys and press the print key. To adjust the DF trailing edge registration, select "TRAIL EDGE ADJ." Press the interrupt key. Place an original on the DF and make a test copy. Press the print key. The new setting is stored. Copy example

Figure 3-3-117

Is the image correct?

No

For copy example, decrease the value using the Down key.

Yes Press the stop/clear key. Exit maintenance mode. End Setting range: 32 - +32 Reference: 0 Changing the value by 1 moves the copy image by 0.19 mm.

3-3-99

2A3/4 ( 7 ) Adjusting the margins for scanning the original from the DF Perform the following adjustment if margins are not correct.
U402 (P.3-3-20) U403 (P.3-3-40)

U404

Caution: Before making the following adjustment, ensure that the above adjustments have been made in maintenance mode. <Procedure>

Start

Enter maintenance mode.

Enter "404" using the numeric keys.

Press the print key. Touch panel display DF A MARGIN: DF left margin DF B MARGIN: DF leading edge margin DF C MARGIN: DF right margin DF D MARGIN: DF trailing edge margin Press the print key. The new setting is stored. Place an original on the DF and make a test copy Change the setting. Increasing the value using the Up key makes the margin wider. Decreasing the value using the Down key makes the margin narrower. Setting range (default) DF left margin: 0 - +20 (2) DF leading edge margin: 6 - +20 (6) DF right margin: 0 - +20 (2) DF trailing edge margin: 0 - +20 (6) Changing the value by 1 moves the margin by 0.5 mm for all.

Select the item to be adjusted on the touch panel.

Press the interrupt key.

Are the margins correct? Yes B A

No

3-3-100

2A3/4

Yes

Proceed to another mode? No

Press the stop/clear key.

Exit maintenance mode.

End

DF leading edge margin (31.0mm)

DF left margin (20.5mm)

DF right margin (20.5mm)

Original

DF trailing edge margin (31.0mm)

Figure 3-3-118

3-3-101

2A3/4

3-3-12 Large paper deck section (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)
( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the upper and lower deck separation rollers Clean or replace the upper and lower deck separation rollers as follows. <Procedure> 1. Open the large paper feed deck. 2. Open the deck side cover. 3. Remove the stop rings. 4. Remove the one-way drum. 5. Clean or replace the upper and lower deck separation rollers. 6. Refit all removed parts.

Deck side cover

Upper deck separation roller

One-way drum

Lower deck separation roller Stop rings

Figure 3-3-119 Detaching and refitting the upper and lower deck separation rollers

One-way drum

Upper deck separation roller

Figure 3-3-120 Installing the one-way drum Be sure to orient the one-way drum as shown in the above diagram.

3-3-102

2A3/4 ( 2 ) Detaching and refitting the deck paper conveying unit assembly <Procedure> 1. Open the large paper deck. 2. Open the deck right cover and remove the deck rear cover. 3. Remove the spring and four screws holding the deck paper conveying motor bracket and then the bracket. 4. Remove the two screws holding the deck paper conveying unit assembly and then the assembly.

Spring

Screws

Deck paper conveying motor bracket

Deck paper feed roller 2 Deck paper conveying roller Deck paper feed roller 1

Screws

Deck paper conveying unit assembly

Figure 3-3-121 Detaching and refitting the deck paper conveying unit assembly

3-3-103

2A3/4 ( 3 ) Detaching and refitting deck paper feed roller 1 Clean or replace deck paper feed roller 1 as follows. <Procedure> 1. Remove the stop ring. 2. While pressing the roller down, pull out the shaft. 3. Take deck paper feed roller 1 out and clean or replace. 4. Refit all removed parts.

Shaft

Stop ring Deck paper feed roller 1

Figure 3-3-122 Detaching and refitting deck paper feed roller 1 Use the above procedure to detach and refit deck paper feed roller 2 and the paper conveying roller.

3-3-104

2A3/4 ( 4 ) Adjusting the position of the center adjuster (center line alignment) Perform the following adjustment if the center lines of the original and copy image are misaligned. <Procedure>
Start Retighten the two screws securing the center adjuster and close the large paper deck.

Make a test copy.

Are the center lines of the original and copy image misaligned? No Loosen the six screws securing the deck front cover. Adjust the position of the deck front cover such that the surface becomes flush with other covers on the machine front and retighten the screws. End

Yes

Loosen the two screws securing the center adjuster and adjust the position of the adjuster. For copy example 1, move it toward the machine rear (a). For copy example 2, move it toward the machine front (f).

Open the large paper deck.

Original

Copy example 1

Copy example 2

Figure 3-3-123

Center adjuster

Screws

Figure 3-3-124 Adjusting the center of the center adjuster

3-3-105

2A3/4

CONTENTS 3-4 PCB Initial Settings

3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB ..................................................................... (1) Replacing the main PCB only ...................................................... (2) Replacing the main PCB and backup RAM ................................. 3-4-2 Replacing the main PCB ROMs .......................................................... 3-4-3 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR) .............................................. 3-4-1 3-4-1 3-4-1 3-4-2 3-4-3

1-1-23

2A3/4

3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB

(1) Replacing the main PCB only After replacing the main PCB, remove the backup RAM (IC15) from the old main PCB and fit it to the new main PCB to maintain the original setting data. (2) Replacing the main PCB and backup RAM When replacing the backup RAM along with the main PCB, perform the following steps. Procedure Before removing the old backup RAM: 1. Enter the maintenance mode. 2. Execute maintenance item U000 to output a list of the current settings for maintenance items. 3. Exit the maintenance mode. 4. Turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug. 5. Replace the main PCB and backup RAM with the new ones. After installing the new backup RAM: 6. Insert the power plug and turn the main switch on. 7. Enter maintenance mode. 8. Execute maintenance item U020. 9. Execute maintenance item U252 and select the destination. 10. Execute maintenance item U000 and output a list of the current settings for maintenance items. 11. Compare the lists output in steps 2 and 10. If there are any differences, reenter the data in accordance with the values on the list output in step 2. 12. Exit the maintenance mode.

3-4-1

2A3/4

3-4-2 Replacing the main PCB ROMs

When replacing the ROMs on the main PCB, perform the following steps. Main ROM IC (P/N 2A368010) Engine ROM IC (P/N 2A368020) Scanner ROM IC (P/N 2A368060) Procedure 1. Turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug. 2. Remove the screw securing the main PCB ROM cover. 3. Replace the main ROM IC (IC45), engine ROM IC (IC57) and scanner ROM IC (IC54). 4. Refit the main PCB ROM cover. 5. Insert the power plug and turn the main switch on.

Main ROM IC

Scanner ROM IC

Engin ROM IC

Figure 3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB ROMs

3-4-2

2A3/4

3-4-3 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR)

The variable resistors listed below are set at the factory prior to shipping and should not be adjusted in the field. High-voltage transformer PCB: VR101, VR102, VR201, VR202, VR301, VR401, VR402 Power source PCB: VR301

3-4-3

2A3/4

CONTENTS 3-5 Self-Diagnosis

3-5-1 Self-diagnosis ..................................................................................... 3-5-1 (1) Self-diagnostic function ............................................................... 3-5-1

1-1-25

2A3/4

3-5-1 Self-diagnosis
(1) Self-diagnostic function This unit is equipped with a self-diagnostic function. When a problem is detected, copying is disabled and the problem displayed as a code consisting of "C" followed by a number between 001 and 924, indicating the nature of the problem. A message is also displayed requesting the user to call for service. After removing the problem, the self-diagnostic function can be reset by turning safety switches 1, 2 or 3 off and back on.

Call for service.

012345678901234 C241

Figure 3-5-1 Service call code display

3-5-1

2A3/4 Self diagnostic codes Remarks Code Contents Causes Defective memory copy PCB 1. Check procedures/ corrective measures Replace memory copy PCB 1 and check for correct operation. Replace memory copy PCB 2 and check for correct operation. Replace the main PCB and check for correct operation. Turn safety switch 1 off and back on and run maintenance item U020 to set the contents of the backup memory data again. If the C011 is displayed after re-setting the backup memory contents, replace the backup RAM. Check the connection of connectors CN6 on the main PCB and CN6 on the operation unit main PCB, and the continuity across the connector terminals. Repair or replace if necessary. Replace the main PCB or operation unit main PCB and check for correct operation.

C001 Memory copy PCB 1 communication problem Problems with data from memory copy PCB 1.

C003 Memory copy PCB 2 prob- Defective lem*1 memory copy Problems with data from PCB 2. memory copy PCB 2. C010 RAM/ROM problem Read and write data does not match. C011 Backup memory data problem Data in the specified area of the backup memory does not match the specified values. Defective main PCB. Problem with the backup memory data.

Defective backup RAM.

C021 Operation unit main PCB communication problem There is no reply after 20 retries at communication.

Poor contact of the connector terminals.

Defective main PCB or operation unit main PCB.

*1: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.

3-5-2

2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes Defective engine ROM IC. Defective main PCB. Check procedures/ corrective measures Replace the engine ROM IC on the main PCB and check for correct operation. Replace the main PCB and check for correct operation. Replace the main PCB and check for correct operation.

C022 Communication problem between the engine PCB and main PCB There is no reply after 20 retries at communication.

C023 Scanner communication Defective main problem PCB. There is no reply after 5 retries at communication. C024 Printer board communica- Poor contact of tion problem*2 the connector There is no reply after 20 terminals. retries at communication. Defective main PCB or printer board.

Check the connection of connector CN4 on the main PCB and the connector on the printer board. Repair or replace if necessary. Replace the main PCB or printer board and check for correct operation.

*2: Optional.

3-5-3

2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes Poor contact of the connector terminals. Check procedures/ corrective measures Check the connection of connector CN2 on the main PCB and the connector on memory copy PCB 1. Repair or replace if necessary. Replace the main PCB or memory copy PCB 1 and check for correct operation. Check the connection of connector CN17 on the engine PCB and the connector CN9 on the deck main PCB, and the continuity across the connector terminals. Repair or replace if necessary. Replace the engine PCB and check for correct operation. Replace the main PCB and check for correct operation. Replace the deck main PCB and check for correct operation. Check the connection of connectors CN17 on the engine PCB and CN2 on the desk main PCB, and the continuity across the connector terminals. Repair or replace if necessary. Replace the engine PCB and check for correct operation. Replace the main PCB and check for correct operation. Replace the desk main PCB and check for correct operation.

C026 Memory copy PCB 1 communication problem There is no reply after five retries at transmitting. There is no reply after five retries at receiving.

Defective main PCB or memory copy PCB 1. Poor contact of the connector terminals.

C032 Large paper deck communication problem*1 Communication errors from the communication microcomputer (IC56) on the main PCB: No communication: there is no replay after 3 retries. Abnormal communication: a communication error (parity or checksum error) is detected five times in succession.

Defective engine PCB. Defective main PCB. Defective deck main PCB. Poor contact of the connector terminals.

C032 Paper feed desk communication problem*3 An error code from the paper feed desk is detected eight times in succession. No communication: there is no reply after 3 retries. Abnormal communication: a communication error (parity or checksum error) is detected five times in succession.

Defective engine PCB. Defective main PCB. Defective desk main PCB.

*1: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.

*3: Optional for 42 ppm only.

3-5-4

2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes Check procedures/ corrective measures

C034 Finisher communication problem*2 Communication errors from the communication microcomputer (IC56) on the main PCB: No communication: there is no reply after 3 retries. Abnormal communication: a communication error (parity or checksum error) is detected five times in succession.

Poor contact of Check the connection of conthe connector nectors CN21 on the engine terminals. PCB and CN2 on the finisher main PCB, and the continuity across the connector terminals. Repair or replace if necessary. Defective engine PCB. Defective main PCB. Defective finisher main PCB. Replace the engine PCB and check for correct operation. Replace the main PCB and check for correct operation. Replace the finisher main PCB and check for correct operation.

C036 Memory copy PCB 2 communication problem*1 There is no reply after five retries at transmitting. There is no reply after five retries at receiving. C037 Communication microcomputer problem A problem is detected with the communication microcomputer (IC56) on the main PCB. C104 Optical system problem After AGC, correct input is not obtained at CCD.

Poor contact of Check the connection of conthe connector nector CN3 on the main PCB terminals. and the connector on memory copy PCB 2. Repair or replace if necessary. Defective main PCB or memory copy PCB 2. Defective main PCB. Insufficient exposure lamp luminosity. Defective mainPCB. Incorrect shading position. Replace the main PCB or memory copy PCB 2 and check for correct operation. Replace the main PCB and check for correct operation. Replace the exposure lamp or inverter PCB. Replace the mainPCB. Adjust the position of the contact glass (shading plate). If the problem still occurs, replace the scanner home position switch. Replace the ISU.

CCD PCB output problem.

*1: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.

*2: Optional.

3-5-5

2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes Poor contact of the drive motor connector terminals. Defective drive motor rotation control circuit. Defective drive transmission system. Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Replace the drive motor.

C200 Drive motor problem DM LOCK signal remains high for 1 s, 1 s after the drive motor has turned on.

Check if the rollers and gears rotate smoothly. If not, grease the bushings and gears. Check for broken gears and replace if any. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

C210 Paper conveying motor problem PCM LOCK signal remains high for 1 s, 1 s after the conveying motor has turned on.

Poor contact of the paper conveying motor connector terminals.

Defective paper Replace the paper conveying conveying mo- motor. tor rotation control circuit. Defective drive transmission system. Check if the rollers and gears rotate smoothly. If not, grease the bushings and gears. Check for broken gears and replace if any.

3-5-6

2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes Check procedures/ corrective measures

C220 Side registration motor problem A problem where the side registration home position switch does not turn off after the side registration motor has turned 30 steps or the switch does not turn on after the motor has turned 265 steps is detected twice in succession. (The first time, the copier indicates that the duplex unit is not inserted correctly, requesting the user to open and reinsert the duplex unit. After the second detection, the copier enters partial operation control.)

Defective side Check for continuity across registration mo- the coil. If none, replace the tor. side registration motor. Defective side registration home position switch. Check if CN9-12 on the engine PCB goes high when the side registration home position switch is on and goes low when the switch is off. If not, replace the switch.

Poor contact of Reinsert the connector. Also the connector check for continuity within the terminals. connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Malfunction of the side registration guides. Check if the side registration guides operate smoothly. If not, repair.

C230 Paper feed motor problem Poor contact of PFM LOCK signal remains the connector high for 1 s, 1 s after the terminals. paper feed motor has turned on. Defective paper feed motor rotation control circuit. Defective drive transmission system.

Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Replace the paper feed motor.

Check if the rollers and gears rotate smoothly. If not, grease the bushings and gears. Check for broken gears and replace if any. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Replace the desk drive motor.

C231 Desk drive motor problem*3 DDM LOCK signal remains high for 1 s, 2 s after the desk drive motor has turned on.

Poor contact of the desk drive motor connector terminals. Defective desk drive motor rotation control circuit.

*3: Optional for 42 ppm only.

3-5-7

2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes Check procedures/ corrective measures Check if rollers and gears rotate smoothly. If not grease the bushings and gears. Check for broken gears and replace if any. Replace the upper lift motor.

C231 Desk drive motor probDefective drive lem*3 transmission DDM LOCK signal remains system. high for 1 s, 2 s after the desk drive motor has turned on. C241 Upper lift motor problem When the drawer is inserted, the upper lift limit switch does not turn on within 4 to 5 s of the upper lift motor turning on. During copying, the upper lift limit switch does not turn on within 200 ms of the upper lift motor turning on. Broken gears or couplings of the upper lift motor.

Defective upper Check for continuity across lift motor. the coil. If none, replace the upper lift motor. Poor contact of the upper lift motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

Defective upper Check if CN15-3 on the enlift limit switch. gine PCB goes low when the upper lift limit switch is turned on. If not, replace the upper lift limit switch. Poor contact of the upper lift limit switch connector terminals. C242 Lower lift motor problem When the drawer is inserted, the lower lift limit switch does not turn on within 4 to 5 s of the lower lift motor turning on. During copying, the lower lift limit switch does not turn on within 200 ms of the lower lift motor turning on. Broken gears or couplings of the lower lift motor Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Replace the lower lift motor.

Defective lower Check for continuity across lift motor. the coil. If none, replace the lower lift motor. Poor contact of the lower lift motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

*3: Optional for 42 ppm only.

3-5-8

2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes Check procedures/ corrective measures

C242 Lower lift motor problem When the drawer is inserted, the lower lift limit switch does not turn on within 4 to 5 s of the lower lift motor turning on. During copying, the lower lift limit switch does not turn on within 200 ms of the lower lift motor turning on. C243 Upper desk lift motor problem*3 When the drawer is inserted, the upper desk lift limit switch does not turn on within 4 to 5 s of the upper desk lift motor turning on. During copying, the upper desk lift limit switch does not turn on within 200 ms of the upper desk lift motor turning on.

Defective lower Check if CN15-4 on the enlift limit switch. gine PCB goes low when the lower lift limit switch is turned on. If not, replace the upper lift limit switch. Poor contact of the lower lift limit switch connector terminals. Broken gears or couplings of the upper desk lift motor. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

Replace the upper desk lift motor.

Defective upper Check for continuity across desk lift motor. the coil. If none, replace the upper desk lift motor. Poor contact of the upper desk lift motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

Defective upper Check if CN3-11 on the desk desk lift limit main PCB goes low when the switch. upper desk lift limit switch is turned on. If not, replace the upper desk lift limit switch. Poor contact of the upper desk lift limit switch connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

*3: Optional for 42 ppm only.

3-5-9

2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes Broken gears or couplings of the lower desk lift motor. Defective lower desk lift motor. Poor contact of the lower desk lift motor connector terminals. Defective lower desk lift limit switch. Check procedures/ corrective measures Replace the lower desk lift motor.

C244 Lower desk lift motor problem* 3 When the drawer is inserted, the lower desk lift limit switch does not turn on within 4 to 5 s of the lower desk lift motor turning on. During copying, the lower desk lift limit switch does not turn on within 200 ms of the lower desk lift motor turning on.

Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the lower desk lift motor. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check if CN3-12 on the desk main PCB goes low when the lower desk lift limit switch is turned on. If not, replace the upper desk lift limit switch. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

Poor contact of the lower desk lift limit switch connector terminals. C310 Scanner carriage problem The home position is not correct when the power is turned on or at the start of copying using the bypass table. Poor contact of the connector terminals.

Check the connection of connector CN5 on the main PCB and the continuity across the connector terminals. Repair or replace if necessary.

Defective scan- Replace the scanner home ner home posi- position switch. tion switch. Defective main Replace the main PCB or PCB or scanscanner motor PCB and check ner motor PCB. for correct operation. Defective scan- Replace the scanner motor. ner motor.

*3: Optional for 42 ppm only.

3-5-10

2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes Defective main PCB. Check procedures/ corrective measures Replace the main PCB and check for correct operation.

C332 Scanner watchdog problem The main routine does not run within 8.192 ms of the main switch being turned on. C340 Original detection position problem The original size detection microcomputer in the main PCB cannot store initial data correctly.

Poor contact of Check the connection of conthe connectors. nector CN7 on the scanner motor PCB and the continuity across the connector terminals. Repair or replace if necessary. Defective origi- Replace the original size sennal size sensor. sor. Defective main Replace the main PCB or scanner motor PCB and check PCB or scanner motor PCB. for correct operation.

C400 Polygon motor synchronization problem The polygon motor does not reach the stable speed within 9 s of the polygon motor remote signal turning on.

Poor contact of the polygon motor connector terminals. Defective polygon motor. Defective power source PCB. Defective engine PCB.

Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Replace the LSU. Check if 24 V DC is supplied to CN6-5 on the engine PCB. If not, replace the power source PCB. Check if 24 V DC is output from CN7-1 on the engine PCB. If not, replace the engine PCB. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Replace the LSU.

C401 Polygon motor steadystate problem The polygon motor rotation is not stable for 600 ms after the polygon motor rotation has been stabilized.

Poor contact of the polygon motor connector terminals. Defective polygon motor.

3-5-11

2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes Defective power source PCB. Defective engine PCB. Check procedures/ corrective measures Check if 24 V DC is supplied to CN6-5 on the engine PCB. If not, replace the power source PCB. Check if 24 V DC is output from CN7-1 on the engine PCB. If not, replace the engine PCB. Replace the LSU. Replace the LSU. Replace the main PCB. Replace the high-voltage transformer PCB.

C401 Polygon motor steadystate problem The polygon motor rotation is not stable for 600 ms after the polygon motor rotation has been stabilized.

C420 BD steady-state problem The VTC detects a BD error for 600 ms after the polygon motor rotation has been stabilized.

Defective laser diode. Defective polygon motor. Defective main PCB.

C510 Main charger problem MC ALM signal is detected continuously for 400 ms when MC REM signal is turned on. C511 Transfer/separation highvoltage problem STALM signal is detected continuously for 400 ms when TC/SC REM signal is turned on. C610 Broken fixing unit thermistor wire The fixing temperature does not increase for 40 s after the fixing heaters have been turned on for warming up. The fixing temperature remains below 50C/122F for 10 s continuously after the fixing heaters have been turned on during stabilization.

Defective highvoltage transformer PCB.

Leakage during Check and clean the main main charging. charger assembly. Defective highvoltage transformer PCB. Replace the high-voltage transformer PCB.

Leakage during Check and clean the transfer transfer/sepacharger assembly. ration charging. Poor contact of the fixing unit thermistor connector terminals. Broken fixing unit thermistor wire. Check the connection of connector CN3-B8 on the engine PCB and the continuity across the connector terminals. Repair or replace if necessary. Measure the resistance. If it is infinite, replace the fixing unit thermistor.

Fixing unit ther- Check and reinstall if necesmistor installed sary. incorrectly. Fixing unit ther- Check for continuity. If none, mostat replace the fixing unit thermotriggered. stat.

3-5-12

2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes Fixing unit heater M or S installed incorrectly. Check procedures/ corrective measures Check and reinstall if necessary.

C610 Broken fixing unit thermistor wire The fixing temperature does not increase for 40 s after the fixing heaters have been turned on for warming up. The fixing temperature remains below 50C/122F for 10 s continuously after the fixing heaters have been turned on during stabilization. C620 Abnormally low fixing temperature The fixing temperature remains below 120C/248F for 10 s.

Broken fixing Check for continuity. If none, unit heater M or replace the fixing unit heater S wire. M or S.

Poor contact of the fixing unit thermistor connector terminals. Broken fixing unit thermistor wire.

Check the connection of connector CN3-B8 on the engine PCB and the continuity across the connector terminals. Repair or replace if necessary. Measure the resistance. If it is infinite, replace the fixing unit thermistor.

Fixing unit ther- Check and reinstall if necesmistor installed sary. incorrectly. Fixing unit ther- Check for continuity. If none, mostat trigreplace the fixing unit thermogered. stat. Fixing unit heater M or S installed incorrectly. Check and reinstall if necessary.

Broken fixing Check for continuity. If none, unit heater M or replace the fixing unit heater S wire. M or S.

3-5-13

2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes Shorted fixing unit thermistor. Check procedures/ corrective measures Measure the resistance. If it is infinite, replace the fixing unit thermistor.

C630 Abnormally high fixing temperature The fixing temperature exceeds 220C/428F for 10 s. The fixing unit high temperature detection circuit on the engine PCB detects an abnormally high temperature. C640 Zero-crossing signal problem The main PCB does not detect the zero-crossing signal (Z CROSS SIG) for the time specified below. At power-on: 3 s Others: 5 s

Broken fixing Replace the power source unit heater con- PCB. trol circuit on the power source PCB.

Poor contact of the connector terminals.

Check the connection of connectors CN10-5 on the main PCB and CN4-3 on the power source PCB, and the continuity across the connector terminals. Repair or replace if necessary. Check if the zero-crossing signal is output from CN4-3 on the power source PCB. If not, replace the power source PCB. Replace the main PCB if C640 is detected while CN4-3 on the power source PCB outputs the zero-crossing signal. Replace the toner sensor. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Replace the developer.

Defective power source PCB.

Defective main PCB.

C710 Toner sensor problem The sensor output voltage is outside the range of 0.5 to 4.5 V during copying or in maintenance item U130. The toner sensor control voltage cannot be set within the range in maintenance item U130.

Defective toner sensor. Poor contact of the toner sensor connector terminals. Developer problem.

3-5-14

2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes Poor contact of the humidity sensor PCB connector terminals. Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

C730 Broken external temperature thermistor wire The input voltage is above 4.5 V (230 bits).

Defective exter- Replace the humidity sensor nal temperature PCB. thermistor. C731 Short-circuited external temperature thermistor The input voltage is below 0.5 V (250 bits). Poor contact of the humidity sensor PCB connector terminals. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

Defective exter- Replace the humidity sensor nal temperature PCB. thermistor. C740 Toner hopper problem The toner hopper lockup sensor does not turn off after the toner recycle motor has rotated for at least 1 minute. Toner main hopper lockup. Remove the recycled toner in the toner main hopper if it locks up.

Defective toner Replace the toner hopper hopper lockup lockup sensor. sensor. Poor contact of the toner hopper lockup sensor connector terminals. Reinsert the connectors. Also check for continuity within the cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

Defective toner Check for continuity across recycle motor. the coils. If none, replace the recycle motor. Poor contact of the toner recycle motor connector terminals. Reinsert the connectors. Also check for continuity within the cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

3-5-15

2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes The paper conveying motor connector makes poor contact. The paper conveying motor malfunctions. Defective finisher main PCB. C803 Finisher paper conveying belt problem*2 An on-to-off or off-to-on state change of the paper conveying belt home position sensor is not detected within 2 s of the paper conveying belt clutch turning on. The paper conveying belt is out of phase. The paper conveying belt clutch malfunctions. The paper conveying belt home position sensor malfunctions. The paper conveying belt home position sensor connector makes poor contact. The internal tray is incorrectly inserted. Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Replace the paper conveying motor and check for correct operation. Replace the finisher main PCB and check for correct operation. Adjust the paper conveying belt so that it is in phase and check for correct operation. Replace the paper conveying belt clutch and check for correct operation. Replace the paper conveying belt home position sensor and check for correct operation.

C801 Finisher paper conveying motor problem*2 The paper conveying motor lockup signal is detected for 0.5 s or longer.

Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

Check whether the internal tray unit or front cover catches are damaged.

*2: optional.

3-5-16

2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes The tray elevation motor connector makes poor contact. The tray elevation motor malfunctions. Defective finisher main PCB. C817 Finisher front jogger motor problem*2 While the front jogger is not detected in the home position, the front jogger home position sensor does not detect the jogger within 1.5 s of the start of front jogger motor clockwise rotation. After the front jogger is detected in the home position, the front jogger home position sensor still detects the jogger within 0.5 s of the start of front jogger motor counterclockwise rotation. The front jogger motor connector makes poor contact. The front jogger motor malfunctions. The front jogger motor home position sensor connector makes poor contact. The front jogger motor home position sensor malfunctions. Defective finisher main PCB. Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Replace the tray elevation motor and check for correct operation. Replace the finisher main PCB and check for correct operation. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Replace the front jogger motor and check for correct operation. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

C814 Finisher tray elevation motor problem*2 The sort tray is not detected in the home position within 30 s of the start of the tray elevation motor rotation.

Replace the front jogger home position sensor and check for correct operation.

Replace the finisher main PCB and check for correct operation.

*2: optional.

3-5-17

2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes The rear jogger motor connector makes poor contact. The rear jogger motor malfunctions. The rear jogger motor home position sensor connector makes poor contact. The rear jogger motor home position sensor malfunctions. Defective finisher main PCB. Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Replace the rear jogger motor and check for correct operation. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

C818 Finisher rear jogger motor problem* 2 While the rear jogger is not detected in the home position, the rear jogger home position sensor does not detect the jogger within 1.5 s of the start of rear jogger motor clockwise rotation. After the rear jogger is detected in the home position, the rear jogger home position sensor still detects the jogger within 0.5 s of the start of rear jogger motor counterclockwise rotation.

Replace the rear jogger home position sensor and check for correct operation.

Replace the finisher main PCB and check for correct operation.

*2: optional.

3-5-18

2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes The front stapler connector makes poor contact. The front stapler malfunctions. a) The front stapler is blocked with a staple. b) The front stapler is broken. Defective finisher main PCB. The rear stapler connector makes poor contact. The rear stapler malfunctions. a) The rear stapler is blocked with a staple. b) The rear stapler is broken. Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

C821 Finisher front stapler problem*2 The front stapler home position sensor does not change state from non-detection to detection within 0.2 s of the start of front stapler motor counterclockwise (forward) rotation. During initialization, the front stapler home position sensor does not change state from non-detection to detection within 0.6 s of the start of front stapler motor clockwise (reverse) rotation. C822 Finisher rear stapler problem*2 The rear stapler home position sensor does not change state from non-detection to detection within 0.2 s of the start of rear stapler motor counterclockwise (forward) rotation. During initialization, the rear stapler home position sensor does not change state from non-detection to detection within 0.6 s of the start of rear stapler motor clockwise (reverse) rotation.

a) Remove the front stapler cartridge, and check the cartridge and the stapling section of the stapler. b) Replace the front stapler and check for correct operation. Replace the finisher main PCB and check for correct operation. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

a) Remove the rear stapler cartridge, and check the cartridge and the stapling section of the stapler. b) Replace the rear stapler and check for correct operation. Replace the finisher main PCB and check for correct operation.

Defective finisher main PCB.

*2: optional.

3-5-19

2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes The deck paper conveying motor connector makes poor contact. Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

C920 Deck paper conveying motor problem*1 No pulse is input within 500 ms of the start-up. No pulse is input within 100 ms of the previous pulse input.

Defective deck Replace the deck paper conpaper convey- veying motor PCB and check ing motor PCB. for correct operation. The deck paper Check the gears and remedy if conveying mo- necessary. tor does not rotate correctly (the motor is overloaded).

C921 Paper deck motor 1 problem*1 No pulse is input within 20 ms of the start-up. No pulse is input within 400 ms of the previous pulse input.

Paper deck motor 1 connector makes poor contact. Paper deck motor 1 does not rotate correctly (the motor is overloaded).

Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check the gears and remedy if necessary.

*1: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.

3-5-20

2A3/4 Remarks Code Contents Causes Paper deck motor 2 connector makes poor contact. Paper deck motor 2 does not rotate correctly (the motor is overloaded). Upper limit switch 1 connector makes poor contact. Deck level switch 1 connector makes poor contact. Upper limit switch 2 connector makes poor contact. Deck level switch 2 connector makes poor contact. Check procedures/ corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check the gears and remedy if necessary.

C922 Paper deck motor 2 problem*1 No pulse is input within 20 ms of the start-up. No pulse is input within 400 ms of the previous pulse input.

C923 Right lift position problem*1 While the paper deck motor is driving, lift upper limit switch 1 detects the right lift reaching the upper limit.

Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

C924 Left lift position problem*1 While the paper deck motor is driving, lift upper limit switch 2 detects the left lift reaching the upper limit.

*1: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.

3-5-21

2A3/4

CONTENTS 3-6 Troubleshooting

3-6-1 Image formation problems .................................................................. 3-6-1 (1) No image appears (entirely white). .............................................. 3-6-4 (2) No image appears (entirely black). .............................................. 3-6-5 (3) Image is too light. ........................................................................ 3-6-6 (4) Background is visible. .................................................................. 3-6-6 (5) A white line appears longitudinally. ............................................. 3-6-7 (6) A black line appears longitudinally. ............................................. 3-6-7 (7) A black line appears laterally. ...................................................... 3-6-8 (8) One side of the copy image is darker than the other. .................. 3-6-8 (9) Black dots appear on the image. ................................................. 3-6-9 (10) Image is blurred. .......................................................................... 3-6-9 (11) The leading edge of the image is consistently misaligned with the original. ................................................................................ 3-6-10 (12) The leading edge of the image is sporadically misaligned with the original. ................................................................................ 3-6-10 (13) Paper creases. .......................................................................... 3-6-11 (14) Offset occurs. ............................................................................ 3-6-11 (15) Image is partly missing. ............................................................. 3-6-12 (16) Fixing is poor. ............................................................................ 3-6-12 (17) Image is out of focus. ................................................................ 3-6-13 (18) Image center does not align with the original center. ................ 3-6-13 (19) Image is not square. .................................................................. 3-6-14 (20) Image contrast is low (carrier scattering) .................................. 3-6-14 (21) There is a regular error between the centers of the original and copy image when the SRDF is used. ............... 3-6-15 (22) There is a regular error between the leading edges of the original and copy image when the SRDF is used. ............... 3-6-15 (23) When the duplex unit is used, the center of the original image and that of the copy image do not align. ......................... 3-6-16 (24) When the large paper deck is used, the center of the original image and that of the copy image do not align. ......................... 3-6-16 (25) Toner scatters at the leading edge of the image. ...................... 3-6-17 3-6-2 Paper misfeeds ................................................................................. 3-6-18 Copier ............................................................................................. 3-6-18 (1) A paper jam in the paper feed, conveying or eject section is indicated as soon as the main switch is turned on. ................... 3-6-18 (2) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (no paper feed from copier upper drawer). .................. 3-6-19 (3) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (no paper feed from copier lower drawer). ................... 3-6-20 (4) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (no paper feed from bypass). ....................................... 3-6-20 (5) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (jam in copier vertical paper conveying section). ......... 3-6-21 (6) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (jam in converging section). ......................................... 3-6-22

1-1-27

2A3/4 (7) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (multiple sheets in paper feed section). ....................... (8) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (multiple sheets in copier vertical conveying section). .................................................................... (9) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (multiple sheets before registration section). ............... (10) A paper jam in the paper conveying section is indicated during copying (jam in registration/transfer section). ................. (11) A paper jam in the fixing section is indicated during copying (jam in fixing section). .................................................. (12) A paper jam in the eject section is indicated during copying (jam in eject section). ................................................... (13) A paper jam in the eject section is indicated during copying (jam in switchback eject section). ................................ SRDF .............................................................................................. (1) An original jams when the main switch is turned on. ................. (2) An original jams during continuous copying of multiple originals. ....................................................................... (3) An original jams in the SRDF during copying (a jam in the original feed/conveying section). .......................... (4) An original jams in the SRDF during copying (a jam in the original switchback section). ................................. (5) Original jams frequently. ............................................................ Feedshift and duplex sections ........................................................ (1) A paper jam in the feedshift section is indicated during copying (jam in feedshift section). ............................................. (2) A paper jam in the duplex section is indicated during copying (jam in duplex conveying section). ............................... (3) A paper jam in the duplex section is indicated during copying (jam in duplex stock section). ....................................... Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ................. (1) A paper jam in the large paper deck is indicated during copying (paper failing to reach PPS0 in large paper deck horizontal paper path). .............................................................. (2) A paper jam in the large paper deck is indicated during copying (paper failing to reach PPS1 in large paper deck horizontal paper path). .............................................................. (3) A paper jam in the large paper deck is indicated during copying (paper failing to reach PPS2 in large paper deck horizontal paper path). .............................................................. 3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages ...................................................................... (1) Power source PCB .................................................................... (2) Engine PCB ............................................................................... (3) Main PCB .................................................................................. (4) Memory copy PCB .................................................................... (5) Scanner motor PCB .................................................................. (6) CCD PCB .................................................................................. (7) DF driver PCB ........................................................................... (8) Operation unit main PCB ........................................................... (9) Deck main PCB (42 ppm: optional/53 ppm: standard) ..............

3-6-22

3-6-22 3-6-22 3-6-23 3-6-23 3-6-23 3-6-24 3-6-25 3-6-25 3-6-25 3-6-26 3-6-27 3-6-27 3-6-28 3-6-28 3-6-28 3-6-29 3-6-30

3-6-30

3-6-31

3-6-32 3-6-33 3-6-33 3-6-36 3-6-47 3-6-57 3-6-60 3-6-62 3-6-64 3-6-67 3-6-70

1-1-28

2A3/4 3-6-4 Electrical problems ............................................................................ Copier ............................................................................................. (1) The machine does not operate when the main switch is turned on. .................................................................................. (2) The drive motor does not operate (C200). ................................ (3) The scanner motor does not operate. ....................................... (4) The upper lift motor does not operate. ...................................... (5) The lower lift motor does not operate. ....................................... (6) The toner feed motor does not operate. .................................... (7) The paper conveying section fan motor does not operate. ....... (8) Cooling fan motor 1 does not operate at all or does not turn at full speed. .................................................... (9) Cooling fan motor 2 does not operate at all or does not turn at full speed. .................................................... (10) Paper feed motor does not operate (C230). .............................. (11) The paper conveying motor does not operate (C210). .............. (12) The toner recycle motor does not operate. ............................... (13) The charger cleaning motor does not operate. ......................... (14) The image formation unit fan motor does not operate. ............. (15) The upper paper feed clutch does not operate. ........................ (16) The lower paper feed clutch does not operate. ......................... (17) Feed clutch 1 does not operate. ................................................ (18) Feed clutch 2 does not operate. ................................................ (19) Feed clutch 3 does not operate. ................................................ (20) Feed clutch 4 does not operate. ................................................ (21) Feed clutch 5 does not operate. ................................................ (22) The registration clutch does not operate. .................................. (23) The bypass paper feed clutch does not operate. ...................... (24) The eject speed switching clutch does not operate. .................. (25) The bypass solenoid does not operate. .................................... (26) The cleaning lamp does not turn on. ......................................... (27) The exposure lamp does not turn on. ........................................ (28) The exposure lamp does not turn off. ........................................ (29) Fixing heater M or S does not turn on (C620). .......................... (30) Fixing heater M or S does not turn off (fixing unit thermostat triggered; C620). .................................... (31) Main charging is not performed (C510). .................................... (32) Transfer charging is not performed (C511). .............................. (33) Separation charging is not performed (C511). .......................... (34) No developing bias is output. .................................................... (35) The original size is not detected. ............................................... (36) The original size is not detected correctly. ................................ (37) The touch panel keys do not work. ............................................ (38) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown when paper is present in the upper drawer. ................... (39) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown when paper is present in the lower drawer. ............................... (40) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown when paper is present on the bypass table. .............................. (41) The size of paper in the upper drawer is not displayed correctly. .................................................................... 3-6-73 3-6-73 3-6-73 3-6-73 3-6-74 3-6-74 3-6-74 3-6-75 3-6-75 3-6-75 3-6-75 3-6-76 3-6-76 3-6-76 3-6-77 3-6-77 3-6-77 3-6-78 3-6-78 3-6-78 3-6-78 3-6-79 3-6-79 3-6-79 3-6-79 3-6-80 3-6-80 3-6-80 3-6-80 3-6-81 3-6-81 3-6-81 3-6-81 3-6-82 3-6-82 3-6-82 3-6-83 3-6-83 3-6-83 3-6-83 3-6-84 3-6-84 3-6-84

1-1-29

2A3/4 (42) The size of paper in the lower drawer is not displayed correctly. .................................................................... 3-6-85 (43) A paper jam in the paper feed, paper conveying or fixing section is indicated on the touch panel immediately after the main switch is turned on. ..................................................... 3-6-86 (44) The message requesting covers to be closed is displayed when the front, left and right covers are closed......................... 3-6-87 (45) Others........................................................................................ 3-6-87 SRDF .............................................................................................. 3-6-88 (1) The original feed motor does not operate. ................................ 3-6-88 (2) The original conveying motor does not operate. ....................... 3-6-88 (3) The original feed solenoid does not operate. ............................ 3-6-88 (4) The switchback feedshift solenoid does not operate. ................ 3-6-89 (5) The eject feedshift solenoid does not operate........................... 3-6-89 (6) The switchback pressure solenoid does not operate. ............... 3-6-89 (7) The original feed clutch does not operate. ................................ 3-6-90 (8) A message indicating cover open is displayed when the SRDF is closed correctly. .................................................... 3-6-90 (9) An original jams when the main switch is turned on.................. 3-6-90 Feedshift and duplex sections ........................................................ 3-6-92 (1) The side registration motor does not rotate (C220). .................. 3-6-92 (2) The feedshift solenoid does not operate. .................................. 3-6-93 (3) The duplex forward solenoid does not operate. ........................ 3-6-92 (4) The switchback feedshift solenoid does not operate. ................ 3-6-93 (5) The duplex paper tapping solenoid does not operate. .............. 3-6-93 (6) The message requesting covers to be closed is displayed when the left cover is closed. .................................................... 3-6-93 (7) Others........................................................................................ 3-6-93 Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ................. 3-6-94 (1) The large paper deck does not operate when the print key is pressed. ..................................................................................... 3-6-94 (2) The deck paper conveying motor does not operate (C920). ..... 3-6-94 (3) Paper deck motor 1 does not operate (C921). .......................... 3-6-94 (4) Paper deck motor 2 does not operate (C922). .......................... 3-6-95 (5) Paper feed clutch 1 does not operate. ...................................... 3-6-95 (6) Paper feed clutch 2 does not operate. ...................................... 3-6-95 (7) The paper conveying clutch dose not operate. ......................... 3-6-96 3-6-5 Mechanical problems ........................................................................ 3-6-97 Copier ............................................................................................. 3-6-97 (1) No primary paper feed............................................................... 3-6-97 (2) No secondary paper feed. ......................................................... 3-6-97 (3) Skewed paper feed. .................................................................. 3-6-97 (4) The scanner does not travel. ..................................................... 3-6-98 (5) Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time. ............................ 3-6-98 (6) Paper jams. ............................................................................... 3-6-98 (7) Toner drops on the paper conveying path. ................................ 3-6-98 (8) Abnormal noise is heard. ........................................................... 3-6-99 SRDF ............................................................................................ 3-6-100 (1) No primary original feed. ......................................................... 3-6-100 (2) No secondary original feed...................................................... 3-6-100 (3) Originals jam. .......................................................................... 3-6-100

1-1-30

2A3/4 Feedshift and duplex sections ...................................................... (1) No refeed. ................................................................................ (2) Paper is refed askew. .............................................................. (3) Paper jams. ............................................................................. (4) Abnormal noise is heard. ......................................................... Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) ............... (1) No primary paper feed. ............................................................ (2) Paper is fed askew. ................................................................. (3) Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time. .......................... (4) Paper jams. ............................................................................. (5) Abnormal noise is heard. ......................................................... 3-6-101 3-6-101 3-6-101 3-6-101 3-6-101 3-6-102 3-6-102 3-6-102 3-6-102 3-6-102 3-6-103

1-1-31

2A3/4

3-6-1 Image formation problems

(1) No image appears (entirely white). (2) No image appears (entirely black). (3) Image is too light.

See page 3-6-4 (4) Background is visible.

See page 3-6-5 (5) A white line appears longitudinally.

See page 3-6-6 (6) A black line appears longitudinally.

See page 3-6-6 (7) A black line appears laterally.

See page 3-6-7 (8) One side of the copy image is darker than the other.

See page 3-6-7 (9) Black dots appear on the image.

See page 3-6-8 (10) Image is blurred.

See page 3-6-8 (11) The leading edge of the image is consistently misaligned with the original.

See page 3-6-9 (12) The leading edge of the image is sporadically misaligned with the original.

See page 3-6-9

See page 3-6-10

See page 3-6-10

3-6-1

2A3/4 (13) Paper creases. (14) Offset occurs. (15) Image is partly missing.

See page 3-6-11 (16) Fixing is poor.

See page 3-6-11 (17) Image is out of focus.

See page 3-6-12 (18) Image center does not align with the original center.

See page 3-6-12 (19) Image is not square.

See page 3-6-13 (20) Image contrast is low (carrier scattering).

See page 3-6-13 (21) There is a regular error between the centers of the original and copy image when the SRDF is used.

See page 3-6-14 (22) There is a regular error between the leading edges of the original and copy image when the SRDF is used.

See page 3-6-14 (23) When the duplex unit is used, the center of the original image and that of the copy image do not align.

See page 3-6-15 (24) When the large paper deck is used, the center of the original image and that of the copy image do not align.

See page 3-6-15

See page 3-6-16

See page 3-6-16

3-6-2

2A3/4 (25) Toner scatters at the leading edge of the image.

See page 3-6-17

3-6-3

2A3/4 (1) No image appears (entirely white). Causes 1. No transfer charging.

Causes 1. No transfer charging. A. Broken transfer charger wire. B. The connector terminals of the high-voltage transformer PCB make poor contact. C. Defective main PCB.

Check procedures/corrective measures Replace the wire. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check if CN1-84 on the main PCB goes low when maintenance item U101 is run. If not, replace the main PCB. Check if CN5-B7 on the engine PCB goes low when CN1-84 on the main PCB is held low while maintenance item U101 is run. If not, replace the engine PCB. Check if transfer charging takes place when CN1-7 on the high-voltage transformer PCB goes low while maintenance item U101 is run. If not, replace the high-voltage transformer PCB.

D. Defective engine PCB.

E. Defective high-voltage transformer PCB.

3-6-4

2A3/4 (2) No image appears (entirely black). Causes 1. No main charging. 2. Exposure lamp fails to light.

Causes 1. No main charging. A. Broken main charger wire. B. Leaking main charger housing. C. The connector terminals of the high-voltage transformer PCB make poor contact. D. Defective main PCB.

Check procedures/corrective measures Replace the wire. Clean the main charger wire, grid and shield. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check if CN1-86 on the main PCB goes low when maintenance item U100 is run. If not, replace the main PCB. Check if CN5-B13 on the engine PCB goes low when CN1-86 on the main PCB is held low while maintenance item U100 is run. If not, replace the engine PCB. Check if main charging takes place when CN1-1 on the high-voltage transformer PCB goes low while maintenance item U100 is run. If not, replace the high-voltage transformer PCB. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check if the exposure lamp lights when CN15 and 1-6 on the inverter PCB go low while maintenance item U061 is run. If not, replace the inverter PCB. Check if CN 5-14 on the main PCB goes low when maintenance item U061 is run. If not, replace the main PCB.

E. Defective engine PCB.

F. Defective high-voltage transformer PCB.

2. Exposure lamp fails to light. A. The connector terminals of the exposure lamp make poor contact. B. Defective inverter PCB.

C. Defective scanner control PCB.

3-6-5

2A3/4 (3) Image is too light. Causes 1. Insufficient toner. 2. Deteriorated developer. 3. Dirty or deteriorated drum.

Causes 1. Insufficient toner. 2. Deteriorated developer.

Check procedures/corrective measures If the display shows the message requesting toner replenishment, replace the cartridge. Check the number of copies made with the current developer. If it has reached the specified limit, replace the developer. Clean the drum or, if the maintenance level has been reached, replace the drum (see page 3-3-45).

3. Dirty or deteriorated drum.

(4) Background is visible.

Causes 1. Deteriorated developer.

Causes 1. Deteriorated developer.

Check procedures/corrective measures Check the number of copies made with the current developer. If it has reached the specified limit, replace the developer.

3-6-6

2A3/4 (5) A white line appears longitudinally. Causes 1. Dirty or flawed transfer charger wire. 2. Foreign matter in the developing section. 3. Flawed drum. 4. Dirty shading plate.

Causes 1. Dirty or flawed transfer charger wire. 2. Foreign matter in the developing section. 3. Flawed drum. 4. Dirty shading plate.

Check procedures/corrective measures Clean the transfer charger wire or, if it is flawed, replace it. Check if the magnetic brush is formed uniformly. If not, replace the developer. Replace the drum (see page 3-3-45). Clean the shading plate.

(6) A black line appears longitudinally.

Causes 1. Dirty contact glass. 2. Dirty or flawed drum. 3. Deformed or worn cleaning blade. 4. Dirty scanner mirror.

Causes 1. Dirty contact glass. 2. Dirty or flawed drum. 3. Deformed or worn cleaning blade. 4. Dirty scanner mirror.

Check procedures/corrective measures Clean the contact glass. Clean the drum or, if it is flawed, replace it (see page 3-3-45). Replace the cleaning blade (see page 3-3-59). Clean the scanner mirror.

3-6-7

2A3/4 (7) A black line appears laterally. Causes 1. Flawed drum. 2. Dirty developing section. 3. Leaking main charger housing.

Causes 1. Flawed drum. 2. Dirty developing section. 3. Leaking main charger housing.

Check procedures/corrective measures Replace the drum (see page 3-3-45). Clean any part contaminated with toner or carrier in the developing section. Clean the main charger wire, grid and shield.

(8) One side of the copy image is darker than the other.

Causes 1. Dirty main charger wire. 2. Defective exposure lamp.

Causes 1. Dirty main charger wire. 2. Defective exposure lamp.

Check procedures/corrective measures Clean the wire or, if it is extremely dirty, replace it. Check if the exposure lamp light is distributed evenly. If not, replace the exposure lamp (see page 3-3-23).

3-6-8

2A3/4 (9) Black dots appear on the image. Causes 1. Dirty or flawed drum. 2. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.

Causes 1. Dirty or flawed drum. 2. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.

Check procedures/corrective measures Clean the drum or, if it is flawed, replace it (see page 3-3-45). Replace the cleaning blade (see page 3-3-59).

(10) Image is blurred.

Causes 1. Scanner moves erratically. 2. Deformed press roller. 3. Paper conveying section drive problem.

Causes 1. Scanner moves erratically. 2. Deformed press roller. 3. Paper conveying section drive problem.

Check procedures/corrective measures Check if there is any foreign matter on the front and rear scanner rails. If any, remove it. Replace the press roller (see page 3-3-71). Check the gears and belts and, if necessary, grease them.

3-6-9

2A3/4 (11) The leading edge of the image is consistently misaligned with the original. Causes 1. Misadjusted leading edge registration.

Causes 1. Misadjusted leading edge registration.

Check procedures/corrective measures Readjust the leading edge registration (see pages 3-3-18 and 39).

(12) The leading edge of the image is sporadically misaligned with the original.

Causes 1. Registration clutch, bypass paper feed clutch or upper or lower paper feed clutch installed or operating incorrectly.

Causes 1. Registration clutch, bypass paper feed clutch or upper or lower paper feed clutch installed or operating incorrectly.

Check procedures/corrective measures Check the installation position and operation of the registration clutch, bypass paper feed clutch and upper and lower paper feed clutches. If any of them operates incorrectly, replace it.

3-6-10

2A3/4 (13) Paper creases. Causes 1. Paper curled. 2. Paper damp. 3. Defective pressure springs.

Causes 1. Paper curled. 2. Paper damp. 3. Defective pressure springs.

Check procedures/corrective measures Check the paper storage conditions. Check the paper storage conditions. Replace the pressure springs.

(14) Offset occurs.

Causes 1. Defective cleaning blade.

Causes 1. Defective cleaning blade.

Check procedures/corrective measures Replace the cleaning blade (see page 3-3-59).

3-6-11

2A3/4 (15) Image is partly missing. Causes 1. Paper damp. 2. Paper creased. 3. Drum condensation. 4. Flawed drum.

Causes 1. Paper damp. 2. Paper creased. 3. Drum condensation. 4. Flawed drum.

Check procedures/corrective measures Check the paper storage conditions. Replace the paper. Clean the drum (see page 3-3-50). Replace the drum (see page 3-3-45).

(16) Fixing is poor.

Causes 1. Wrong paper. 2. Defective pressure springs. 3. Flawed press roller.

Causes 1. Wrong paper. 2. Defective pressure springs. 3. Flawed press roller.

Check procedures/corrective measures Check if the paper meets specifications. Replace the pressure springs. Replace the press roller (see page 3-3-71).

3-6-12

2A3/4 (17) Image is out of focus. Causes 1. Defective image scanning unit.

Causes 1. Defective image scanning unit.

Check procedures/corrective measures Replace the image scanning unit.

(18) Image center does not align with the original center.

Causes 1. Misadjusted image center line. 2. Misadjusted scanner center line. 3. Original placed incorrectly.

Causes 1. Misadjusted image center line. 2. Misadjusted scanner center line. 3. Original placed incorrectly.

Check procedures/corrective measures Readjust the image center line (see page 33-19). Readjust the scanner center line (see page 3-3-38). Place the original correctly.

3-6-13

2A3/4 (19) Image is not square. Causes 1. Laser scanner unit positioned incorrectly. 2. Image scanning unit positioned incorrectly.

Causes 1. Laser scanner unit positioned incorrectly. 2. Image scanning unit positioned incorrectly.

Check procedures/corrective measures Adjust the installation position of the laser scanner unit (see page 3-3-33). Adjust the installation position of the image scanning unit (see page 3-3-35).

(20) Image contrast is low (carrier scattering).

Causes 1. No developing bias output.

Causes 1. No developing bias output. A. Developing bias wire makes poor contact. B. Defective main PCB.

Check procedures/corrective measures Check the developing bias wire. If there are any problems, replace it. Check if CN1-85 on the main PCB goes low when maintenance item U030 is run. If not, replace the main PCB. Check if developing bias is output when there is no problem with the main PCB while maintenance item U030 is run. If not, replace the high-voltage transformer PCB.

C. Defective high-voltage transformer PCB.

3-6-14

2A3/4 (21) There is a regular error between the centers of the original and copy image when the SRDF is used. Causes 1. Misadjusted DF center line.

Causes 1. Misadjusted DF center line.

Check procedures/corrective measures Readjust the DF center line (see page 3-3-97).

(22) There is a regular error between the leading edges of the original and copy image when the SRDF is used.

Causes 1. Misadjusted DF original scanning start position.

Causes 1. Misadjusted DF original scanning start position.

Check procedures/corrective measures Readjust the DF original scanning start position (see page 3-3-98).

3-6-15

2A3/4 (23) When the duplex unit is used, the center of the original image and that of the copy image do not align. Causes 1. Side registration section installed incorrectly.

Causes 1. Side registration sec-tion installed incor-rectly.

Check procedures/corrective measures Adjust the installation position of the side registration section (see page 3-3-87).

(24) When the large paper deck is used, the center of the original image and that of the copy image do not align.

Causes 1. Center adjuster installed incorrectly.

Causes 1. Center adjuster installed incorrectly.

Check procedures/corrective measures Adjust the installation position of the center adjuster (see page 3-3-105).

3-6-16

2A3/4 (25) Toner scatters at the leading edge of the image. Causes 1. Upper registration cleaner assembly soiled with paper powder.

Causes 1. Upper registration cleaner assembly soiled with paper powder.

Check procedures/corrective measures Vacuum clean the paper powder from the upper registration cleaner assembly.

3-6-17

2A3/4

3-6-2 Paper misfeeds

Copier Problem (1) A paper jam in the paper feed, conveying or eject section is indicated as soon as the main switch is turned on. Causes/check procedures A piece of paper torn from copy paper is caught around paper feed switch 1/2/3, the feed switch,registration switch or eject switch. Defective paper feed switch 1. Corrective measures Check visually and remove it, if any.

With 5 V DC present at CN13-5 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-4 on the engine PCB remains low when paper feed switch 1 is turned on and off. If it does, replace paper feed switch 1. With 5 V DC present at CN13-8 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-7 on the engine PCB remains low when paper feed switch 2 is turned on and off. If it does, replace paper feed switch 2. With 5 V DC present at CN1311 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-10 on the engine PCB remains low when paper feed switch 3 is turned on and off. If it does, replace paper feed switch 3. With 5 V DC present at CN13-2 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-1 on the engine PCB remains low when the feed switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the feed switch. With 5 V DC present at CN8-B1 on the engine PCB, check if CN8-B2 on the engine PCB remains low when the registration switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the registration switch.

Defective paper feed switch 2.

Defective paper feed switch 3.

Defective feed switch.

Defective registration switch.

3-6-18

2A3/4 Problem (1) A paper jam in the paper feed, conveying or eject section is indicated as soon as the main switch is turned on. (2) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (no paper feed from copier upper drawer). Causes/check procedures Defective eject switch. Corrective measures With 5 V DC present at CN3B10 on the engine PCB, check if CN3-B9 on the engine PCB remains low when the eject switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the eject switch.

Paper in the upper drawer is extremely curled. Check if the upper paper feed pulley, lower paper feed pulley or upper forwarding pulley of the upper drawer are deformed. Broken paper feed switch 2 actuator. Defective paper feed switch 2.

Change the paper. Check visually and replace any deformed pulleys.

Check visually and replace paper feed switch 1 if its actuator is broken. With 5 V DC present at CN13-8 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-7 on the engine PCB goes low when paper feed switch 2 is turned on. If not, replace paper feed switch 2. Check and repair if necessary. Check (see page 3-6-79).

Check if the upper paper feed clutch malfunctions. Electrical problem with the upper paper feed clutch.

3-6-19

2A3/4 Problem (3) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (no paper feed from copier lower drawer). Causes/check procedures Paper in the lower drawer is extremely curled. Check if the upper paper feed pulley, lower paper feed pulley or upper forwarding pulley of the lower drawer are deformed. Broken paper feed switch 3 actuator. Defective paper feed switch 3. Corrective measures Change the paper. Check visually and replace any deformed pulleys.

Check visually and replace paper feed switch 3 if its actuator is broken. With 5 V DC present at CN1311 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-10 on the engine PCB goes low when paper feed switch 3 is turned on. If not, replace paper feed switch 3. Check and repair if necessary. Check (see page 3-6-80). Change the paper. Check visually and replace any deformed pulleys.

Check if the lower paper feed clutch malfunctions. Electrical problem with the lower paper feed clutch. (4) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (no paper feed from bypass). Paper on the bypass table is extremely curled. Check if the forwarding pulley, upper or lower paper feed pulleys of the bypass are deformed. Broken feed switch actuator.

Check visually and replace the feed switch if its actuator is broken. With 5 V DC present at CN13-2 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-1 on the engine PCB remains low when the feed switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the feed switch. Check and repair if necessary. Check (see page 3-6-81).

Defective feed switch.

Check if the bypass paper feed clutch malfunctions. Electrical problem with the bypass paper feed clutch.

3-6-20

2A3/4 Problem (5) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (jam in copier vertical paper conveying section). Causes/check procedures Broken feed switch actuator. Corrective measures Check visually and replace the feed switch if its actuator is broken. With 5 V DC present at CN13-2 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-1 on the engine PCB goes low when the feed switch is turned on. If not, replace the feed switch. Check visually and replace paper feed switch 1 if its actuator is broken. With 5 V DC present at CN13-5 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-4 on the engine PCB goes low when paper feed switch 1 is turned on. If not, replace paper feed switch 1. Check visually and replace paper feed switch 2 if its actuator is broken. With 5 V DC present at CN13-8 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-7 on the engine PCB goes low when paper feed switch 2 is turned on. If not, replace paper feed switch 2. Check visually and replace paper feed switch 3 if its actuator is broken. With 5 V DC present at CN1311 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-10 on the engine PCB goes low when paper feed switch 3 is turned on. If not, replace paper feed switch 3. Check visually and remedy if necessary. Repair or replace if necessary.

Defective feed switch.

Broken paper feed switch 1 actuator. Defective paper feed switch 1.

Broken paper feed switch 2 actuator. Defective paper feed switch 2.

Broken paper feed switch 3 actuator. Defective paper feed switch 3.

Check if the feed pulleys and feed rollers 1, 2 and 3 do not contact each other. Check if the feed pulleys and feed rollers 1, 2 and 3 are deformed.

3-6-21

2A3/4 Problem (6) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (jam in converging section). (7) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (multiple sheets in paper feed section). (8) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (multiple sheets in copier vertical conveying section). (9) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated during copying (multiple sheets before registration section). Causes/check procedures Broken registration switch actuator. Defective registration switch. Corrective measures Check visually and replace the registration switch if its actuator is broken. With 5 V DC present at CN8-B1 on the engine PCB, check if CN8-B2 on the engine PCB goes low when the registration switch is turned on. If not, replace the registration switch. Repair or replace if necessary.

Check if the feed pulleys and feed rollers 1, 2 and 3 are deformed. Check if the feed pulleys and feed rollers 1, 2 and 3 do not contact each other. Check if the feed guides are deformed. Check if the feed guides are deformed.

Check visually and remedy if necessary. Check visually and remedy if necessary. Check visually and remedy if necessary.

Check if the upper, middle and lower feed guide plates are deformed.

Check visually and remedy if necessary.

3-6-22

2A3/4 Problem (10) A paper jam in the paper conveying section is indicated during copying (jam in registration/ transfer section). (11) A paper jam in the fixing section is indicated during copying (jam in fixing section). Causes/check procedures Check if the registration clutch malfunctions. Electrical problem with the registration clutch. Check if the upper and lower registration rollers contact each other. Check if the upper and lower feed rollers contact each other. Check if the registration clutch malfunctions. Electrical problem with the registration clutch. Check if the upper and lower registration rollers contact each other. Check if the upper and lower feed rollers contact each other. Check if the fixing unit front guide is deformed. Check if the press roller is extremely dirty or deformed. Check if the heat roller separation claws are dirty or deformed. Check if the heat roller and its separation claws contact each other. (12) A paper jam in the eject section is indicated during copying (jam in eject section). Check if the eject roller and eject pulley contact each other. Corrective measures Check visually and remedy if necessary. Check (see page 3-6-81). Check visually and remedy if necessary. Check visually and remedy if necessary. Check and remedy if necessary. Check (see page 3-6-81). Check visually and remedy if necessary. Check visually and remedy if necessary. Repair or replace if necessary. Clean or replace if necessary. Clean or replace if necessary.

Remedy if the separation claw springs are out of place. Remedy.

3-6-23

2A3/4 Problem (13) A paper jam in the eject section is indicated during copying (jam in switchback eject section). Causes/check procedures Broken switchback eject switch actuator. Defective switchback eject switch. Corrective measures Check visually and replace the switchback eject switch if its actuator is broken. With 5 V DC present at CN3-A2 on the engine PCB, check if CN3-A1 on the engine PCB remains low when the switchback eject switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the switchback eject switch. Check visually and replace any deformed rollers. Check visually and remedy if necessary.

Check if the left or right switchback feed roller is deformed. Check if the right middle or left switchback eject guide is deformed.

3-6-24

2A3/4 SRDF Problem (1) An original jams when the main switch is turned on. Causes/check procedures A piece of paper torn from an original is caught around the original feed switch. Defective original feed switch. Corrective measures Remove any found.

With 5 V DC present at CN6-B4 on the DF driver PCB, check if CN6-B5 on the DF driver PCB remains low when the original feed switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the original feed switch. Remove any found.

A piece of paper torn from an original is caught around the original switchback switch. Defective original switchback switch.

With 5 V DC present at CN6-A6 on the DF driver PCB, check if CN6-A5 on the DF driver PCB remains low when the original switchback switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the original switchback switch. Remove any found.

A piece of paper torn from an original is caught around the DF timing switch. Defective DF timing switch.

With 5 V DC present at CN6-A15 on the DF driver PCB, check if CN6-A14 on the DF driver PCB remains low when the DF timing switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the DF timing switch. With 5 V DC present at CN6-B4 on the DF driver PCB, check if CN6-B5 on the DF driver PCB remains low when the original feed switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the original feed switch. Check and remedy.

(2) An original jams during continuous copying of multiple originals.

Defective original feed switch.

Check if the original feed motor or the original conveying motor malfunction.

3-6-25

2A3/4 Problem (3) An original jams in the SRDF during copying (a jam in the original feed/ conveying section). Causes/check procedures Defective DF timing switch. Corrective measures With 5 V DC present at CN6-A15 on the DF driver PCB, check if CN6-A14 on the DF driver PCB remains low when the DF timing switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the DF timing switch. With 5 V DC present at CN6-B4 on the DF driver PCB, check if CN6-B5 on the DF driver PCB remains low when the original feed switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the original feed switch. With 5 V DC present at CN6-A6 on the DF driver PCB, check if CN6-A5 on the DF driver PCB remains low when the original switchback switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the original switchback switch. Check and remedy. Check visually and replace the deformed pulley. Check visually and replace the deformed pulley. Check visually and replace the deformed pulley.

Defective original feed switch.

Defective original switchback switch.

Check if the original feed motor malfunctions. Check if the DF original feed pulley or the DF separation pulley is deformed. Check if the DF registration roller or the DF registration pulley is deformed. Check if the lower original conveying roller or the front scanning pulley is deformed.

3-6-26

2A3/4 Problem (3) An original jams in the SRDF during copying (a jam in the original feed/ conveying section). (4) An original jams in the SRDF during copying (a jam in the original switchback section). Causes/check procedures Check if the original conveying motor malfunctions. Check if the middle original conveying roller and middle original conveying pulley contact each other correctly. Corrective measures Check and remedy. Check and remedy.

Defective original switchback switch.

With 5 V DC present at CN6-A6 on the DF driver PCB, check if CN6-A5 on the DF driver PCB remains low when the original switchback switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the original switchback switch. With 5 V DC present at CN6-A15 on the DF driver PCB, check if CN6-A14 on the DF driver PCB remains low when the DF timing switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the DF timing switch. Check and remedy. Check and remedy. Use only originals conforming to the specifications. Clean with isopropyl alcohol.

Defective DF timing switch.

Check if the original feed motor malfunctions. Check if the original conveying motor malfunctions. (5) Original jams frequently. An original outside the specifications is used. The DF forwarding pulleys, DF original feed pulley or DF switchback pulley is dirty with paper powder. The DF original feed pulley and the DF separation pulley do not contact correctly.

Remedy.

3-6-27

2A3/4 Feedshift and duplex sections Problem (1) A paper jam in the feedshift section is indicated during copying (jam in feedshift section). Causes/check procedures Broken feedshift switch actuator. Defective feedshift switch. Corrective measures Check visually and replace the feedshift switch if its actuator is broken. With 5 V DC present at CN3-A5 on the engine PCB, check if CN3-A4 on the engine PCB goes low when the feedshift switch is turned on. If not, replace the feedshift switch. Check (see page 3-6-94). Check and remedy. Check and remedy. Check visually and replace the duplex paper conveying switch if its actuator is broken. With 5 V DC present at CN9-6 on the engine PCB, check if CN9-8 on the engine PCB goes low when the duplex paper conveying switch is turned on. If not, replace the duplex paper conveying switch. Check visually and replace the duplex registration switch if its actuator is broken. With 5 V DC present at CN9-5 on the engine PCB, check if CN9-7 on the engine PCB goes low when the duplex registration switch is turned on. If not, replace the duplex registration switch. Check visually and replace the duplex eject switch if its actuator is broken.

Electrical problem with the feedshift solenoid. Deformed lower feedshift guide. Incorrect contact between the feedshift lower roller and pulley. (2) A paper jam in the duplex section is indicated during copying (jam in duplex conveying section). Broken duplex paper conveying switch actuator. Defective duplex paper conveying switch.

Broken duplex registration switch actuator. Defective duplex registration switch.

Broken duplex eject switch actuator.

3-6-28

2A3/4 Problem (2) A paper jam in the duplex section is indicated during copying (jam in duplex conveying section). Causes/check procedures Defective duplex eject switch. Corrective measures With 5 V DC present at CN9-13 on the engine PCB, check if CN9-11 on the engine PCB goes low when the duplex eject switch is tuned on. If not, replace the duplex eject switch. Check and remedy.

Check if upper and lower duplex registration rollers, duplex paper conveying roller and pulley, and duplex eject roller and pulley contact each other correctly. Check if upper or lower duplex registration roller, duplex paper conveying roller or pulley, or duplex eject roller or pulley are deformed.

Check visually and remedy if necessary.

(3) A paper jam in the duplex section is indicated during copying (jam in duplex stock section).

Check if the duplex forward solenoid malfunctions. Electrical problem with the duplex forward solenoid. Broken switchback eject switch actuator. Defective switchback eject switch.

Check and remedy. Check (see page 3-6-94). Check visually and replace the switchback eject switch if its actuator is broken. With 5 V DC present at CN3-A2 on the engine PCB, check if CN3-A1 on the engine PCB goes low when the switchback eject switch is turned on. If not, replace the switchback eject switch. Check visually and replace the duplex registration switch if its actuator is broken. With 5 V DC present at CN9-5 on the engine PCB, check if CN9-7 on the engine PCB goes low when the duplex registration switch is turned on. If not, replace the duplex registration switch.

Broken duplex registration switch actuator. Defective duplex registration switch.

3-6-29

2A3/4 Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) Problem (1) A paper jam in the large paper deck is indicated during copying (paper failing to reach PPS0 in large paper deck horizontal paper path). Causes/check procedures Broken deck paper conveying motor gear. Paper is extremely curled. Defective paper path sensor 1. Corrective measures Check visually and replace the deck paper conveying motor or its gear if necessary. Change the paper. With a 5/0 V DC pulse signal output at CN1-1 on the deck main PCB, check if a 2/0 V DC pulse signal is output at CN4-9 on the deck main PCB when paper path sensor 1 is turned on by holding a sheet of paper level about 10 to 20 mm below the bottom of the paper conveying base. If not, paper path sensor 1 or the interface PCB is defective. Check the interface PCB and, if it is okay, replace paper path sensor 1. Check (see page 3-6-96). Remedy or replace. Check the installation condition. Check for continuity across CN1-9 & CN7-2 and CN1-4 & CN5-6 on the interface PCB. If none, replace the interface PCB. Check if the voltage at CN4-9 on the deck main PCB changes in the pattern 2 V DC/0 V DC (pulse) /0 V DC. If it does, replace the deck main PCB.

Electrical problem with paper feed clutch 1. The paper side guides are deformed. Mechanical problem with paper feed clutch 1. Defective interface PCB.

Defective deck main PCB.

3-6-30

2A3/4 Problem (2) A paper jam in the large paper deck is indicated during copying (paper failing to reach PPS1 in large paper deck horizontal paper path). Causes/check procedures Broken deck paper conveying motor gear. Paper is extremely curled. Defective paper path sensor 2. Corrective measures Check visually and replace the deck paper conveying motor or its gear if necessary. Change the paper. With a 5/0 V DC pulse signal output at CN1-1 on the deck main PCB, check if a 2/0 V DC pulse signal is output at CN1-6 on the deck main PCB with paper path sensor 2 is turned on by holding a sheet of paper level about 10 to 20 mm below the bottom of the paper conveying base. If not, paper path sensor 2 or the interface PCB is defective. Check the interface PCB and, if it is okay, replace paper path sensor 2. Check (see page 3-6-98). Remedy or replace. Check the installation condition. Check for continuity across CN1-6 & CN5-2 and CN2-6 & CN4-8 on the interface PCB. If none, replace the interface PCB. Check if the voltage at CN1-6 on the deck main PCB changes in the pattern 2 V DC/0 V DC (pulse) /0 V DC. If it does, replace the deck main PCB.

Electrical problem with the paper conveying clutch. The paper side guides are deformed. Mechanical problem with the paper conveying clutch. Defective interface PCB.

Defective deck main PCB.

3-6-31

2A3/4 Problem (3) A paper jam in the large paper deck is indicated during copying (paper failing to reach PPS2 in large paper deck horizontal paper path). Causes/check procedures Broken deck paper conveying motor gear. Paper is extremely curled. Defective paper path sensor 3. Corrective measures Check visually and replace the deck paper conveying motor or its gear if necessary. Change the paper. With a 5/0 V DC pulse signal output at CN1-1 on the deck main PCB, check if a 2/0 V DC pulse signal is output at CN1-11 on the deck main PCB when paper path sensor 3 is turned on by holding a sheet of paper level about 10 to 20 mm below the bottom of the paper conveying base. If not, paper path sensor 3 or the interface PCB is defective. Check the interface PCB and, if it is okay, replace paper path sensor 3. Check (see page 3-6-97). Check the installation condition. Remedy or replace. Check for continuity across CN1-5 & CN5-4 and CN2-11 & CN4-2 on the interface PCB. If none, replace interface the PCB. Check if the voltages at CN1-11 on the deck main PCB change in the pattern 2 V DC/0 V DC (pulse) /0 V DC. If it does, replace the deck main PCB.

Electrical problem with paper feed clutch 2. Mechanical problem with paper feed clutch 2. The paper side guides are deformed. Defective interface PCB.

Defective deck main PCB.

3-6-32

2A3/4

3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages

Precautions When handling the circuit boards, do not touch the components with bare hands. ICs can be damaged by static discharges. If a PCB contains ICs, do not touch the ICs, cable connectors or edge connectors. Store the circuit boards wrapped in aluminum foil, conductive sponge rubber, or similar material. (1) Power source PCB
C404 LUG5 F201 9 1 7

; ; ; ;; ; ; ;; ; ;
C403 1 8 CN6 CN3 J1031 CN7 Q201 1 F301 F302 R209 C203 J1018A J1017A J1016A J1015A J0522 3 1 R316 I IC4 J1030 0 Q302 C308 CN5 J1542 C204 J1503A 3 C402 J1009A J1203 J1008A J1541 C309 J1029 F202 R213 J0521 B4 C401 Q203 J1504A R210 R212 J1024 J1010A J1011A R202 J7503 J1028 J1027 R211 8 J1025 CN2 J1026 J1540 R327 R326 1 1 C207 R203 CN1 R325 L302 J1543 D202 L201 C202 J1502A D203 Q202 3 1 3 1 Q306 J1539 C307 J0519 1 J1014A J1013A J1012A J1023 J1022 R324 R323 J1536 J1020 J1537 J1538 IC2 J1535 C306 R315 R204 J0516 J1202 R314 D303 CN4 C303 R306 AB2 J0520 R322 J0518 J1201 L301 J0515 B3 R304 C301 IC3 R321 3 D301 Q305 R205 R201 D201 C205 J1021 R206 C302 C201 J0511 J0512 R319 R401 R320 J0517 R208 J0513 C305 C206 R207 C304 R312 J1018 R311 TRNS Q304 1 Q301 2 D304 ZD401 ZD301 ZD201 J1532 R305 R309 R310 J0514 J1529 R318 R317 J1019
AB 1

R307 J0510

PC1

PC2 C107

J1528

R101

R308 C310

J1530

B2

J1017 J1016

R102 R103

J0508

R502

J1534 J1533 R313 D302

J1531

R601 R602 R503

J1527 C111

D101

J0507

C501

R114

J0506

R117

R116

R115

Q501

C103

R104

Q303

R501 PC3

ZD102 IC1

R301 R302 R303

J1015

R106 R107 C106

J0504 Q3

C105

C10

R3

J0503

PT2

PT1

C102

J0509 C109

ZD101 D102

C110

C9

R129

LUG3 J1501A C1 J1005A

C101

J2008 J1526

D106

J0505

R105

J1524

J2006

C8

J2005

C108

R120

J1012 J1011

J2004

J1010

J1014 J1013

J2001

C11

J2007

R113

J2003

LUG4

J1518

J1522 J1521 J1520 J1519

J1523

J1525

J1009

J2002

R118

RF1

C104

J1007

D105

J1006A

J1517

B1

R109

Q2

J1007A J1516 J1008 R110 J1515

TR1

D001

Q1

D107

D104

LUG2

R119 R112 R111

D103 R108

R122

D109 ZD103 L2

C112 J1507 J1006 J1506 J1505

J1514

R125 C114

R127

R124

C113

R121

J1004A

D108

J1005 J1004 J7501A R123 J1003 J1002 J1503 J1002A J1502 J1501 L3

L1

J7502 1

Z1 J1512 J1513

J7501

R1 TAB1

J1001 TR2 1 J1001A J0502 J0501 C116 R128 C115

F1

F2 J1510 J1511 CN10 TAB4 J1509 J1508 TAB3 C3 C2 CN9 CN8 TAB2 LUG1 R2 1 3 C4 1 5

J1504 1 2

3 TR3

J1003A

R126

3-6-33

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) TB1 TB2 Voltage 120 V AC 220 - 240 V AC TB3 TB4 120 V AC 220 - 240 V AC 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7 4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 4-5 5-1 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5 5-6 5-8 7-1 7-3 7-4 7-9 8-1 1-5 1-5 1-6 1-8 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC Remarks 120 V AC supply, input (120 V specs) 220 - 240 V AC supply, input (220 - 240 V specs) 120 V AC supply, output (120 V specs) 220 - 240 V AC supply, output (220 - 240 V specs) 24 V DC supply for OMPCB, output 24 V DC supply for PRY, output 24 V DC supply for EPCB, output 24 V DC supply for SMPCB, output 5 V DC supply for OMPCB, output 5 V DC supply for MPCB, output 5 V DC supply for printer board*1, output 5 V DC supply for MPCB, output 5 V DC supply for MCPCB1, output 5 V DC supply for MCPCB2*2, output 5 V DC supply for EPCB, output 12 V DC supply for SMPCB, output PSPCB SLEEP SIG signal, input PSPCB zero-cross signal, input H1 on/off, input H2 on/off, input 24 V DC supply for finisher*, output 24 V DC supply for finisher*, output 24 V DC supply for finisher*, output 24 V DC supply for finisher*, output 24 V DC supply for SRDF, output 24 V DC supply for SRDF, output 24 V DC supply for SMPCB, output 5 V DC supply for finisher*, output 5 V DC supply for SRDF, output 5 V DC supply for SRDF, output 5 V DC supply for SMPCB, output 120 V AC supply for MSW, output (120 V specs) 220 - 240 V AC supply for MSW, output (220 - 240 V specs)

3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 3-2, -3, -4, -5 5 V DC 3-1 3-3 3-3 3-7 3-7 12 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC

6-1, -2, -3 24 V DC 6-1, -2, -3 24 V DC 6-1, -2, -3 24 V DC 6-1, -2, -3 24 V DC 6-6, -7 6-6, -7 6-5 7-5 7-6, -7 7-6, -7 3-8 8-5 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 120 V AC 220 - 240 V AC

*1: Optional. *2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.

3-6-34

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 10-1 10-2 9-1 9-1 Voltage 120/0 V AC 220 - 240/0 V AC 120/0 V AC 220 - 240/0 V AC Remarks H1 on/off, output (120 V specs) H1 on/off, output (220 - 240 V specs) H2 on/off, output (120 V specs) H2 on/off, output (220 - 240 V specs)

3-6-35

140 139 70 69 2 1 8 CN1 1 IC1

B10 A10

72 71 8 8

+ C1 B12

CN2

B1

B11

D2 DT1 + C2 1 11 TR1 TR2

8 5 1 IC5 1 IC7 ZD1 RA2 9 5 IC10 1 IC9 RA4

B9 A1 1

8 TR3 1

CN19

IC8 DT2 1

CN20

5 D3 1 IC12 1 IC13 11

5 1

B1

A1

DT4 IC14

DT3

F1 + DT5 C3
2 1

TR8

TR12

TR9 TR10 TR11

CN15

CN14

10

B14

1
B1 A9

TR13

IC15 DT6 C5
+

+
1

1 IC16

1 IC17 DT8 DT9 DT10 DT11 1 IC22 9 TR14 DT7 1 1 1 1 1 CN12

1 IC18

1 IC19

1 IC20
ZD2

1 IC21

16 15

ZD3

C4 +
CN6 IC23

C6
0

DT12 D4 B1 A11
G

B11 A1 CN8 D5
1

A1 9 CN11 RA6 RA7 RA8 TR16 TR17 TR18 TR19 TR20 1 B10

A10 B1 12 11 2 1 6 CN18 DT13

CN21

F2 C7 RA5

F3 TR15 CN17 2 CN7 1 15 CN13 1 26 25 CN9 2 1 18 17 CN10 2 1 18 17 2 1 12

(2) Engine PCB

CN16

A14

B1

CN5

A1

CN4

RA3

B C E

IC11

TR4 TR5

TR7

A11

B1

RA1

R1 R2

1 IC6

1 IC4

TR6

CN3

A1

1 IC2

1 IC3

A1

D1 A12

3-6-36

2A3/4

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 1-1 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 1-7 1-8 1-9 1-10 1-11 1-12 1-13 1-14 1-15 1-16 1-17 1-18 1-19 1-20 1-21 1-23 1-24 1-25 1-28 1-29 1-30 1-31 1-32 1-33 1-34 1-35 1-36 1-37 1-38 1-39 1-40 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC 24 V DC 0 - 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC Voltage 0 - 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0 - 5 V DC 24/0 V DC 24/0 V DC 24/0 V DC 5 V DC 0 - 5 V DC 0 - 5 V DC 0 - 5 V DC 0 - 5 V DC 0 - 5 V DC Remarks TNS detection voltage, output TLDS toner absent/present detection, output TLS on/off, output SBESW on/off, output ESW on/off, output FSSW on/off, output FTH detection voltage, output SSW2 on/off, output SSW3 on/off, output SSW1 on/off, output 5 V DC control voltage for MSW, input TNS control voltage, input HVTPCB SC control voltage, input HVTPCB TC control voltage, input HVTPCB DB control voltage, input HVTPCB GRID control voltage, input ETTH detection voltage, output EHUMSENS detection voltage, output Control voltage for MPCB, output H ALARM signal, output TC on/off, output MMD* 3 connected/not connected, output Finisher* 1 connected/not connected, output STKSW on/off, output DUPRSW on/off, output DUPESW on/off, output DUPPCSW on/off, output PFM LOCK signal, output RSW on/off, output FSW on/off, output PFSW4 on/off, output PFSW3 on/off, output PFSW2 on/off, output PFSW1 on/off, output HVTPCB MC ALM, output HVTPCB ST ALM, output

1-41 2-B10 0/5 V DC PCM LOCK signal, output *1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only.

3-6-37

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 1-42 1-43 1-44 1-45 1-46 1-47 1-48 1-49 1-50 1-51 1-52 1-53 1-54 1-55 1-56 1-57 1-58 1-59 1-60 1-61 1-62 1-63 1-64 1-65 1-66 1-67 1-68 1-69 1-70 1-71 1-72 1-73 1-75 1-76 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 Voltage 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5/0 V DC 5/0 V DC 0/5 V DC 5/0 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 5/0 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC Remarks DM LOCK signal, output PWSW-L (DIG2) on/off, output (inch specs) PWSW-L (DIG1) on/off, output (inch specs) PWSW-L (DIG0) on/off, output (inch specs) PLSW-L on/off, output PWSW-U (DIG2) on/off, output (inch specs) PWSW-U (DIG1) on/off, output (inch specs) PWSW-U (DIG0) on/off, output (inch specs) PLSW-U on/off, output BYPPWSW (DIG2) on/off, output BYPPWSW (DIG1) on/off, output BYPPWSW (DIG0) on/off, output BYPPLSW on/off, output PSW-L on/off, output PSW-U on/off, output BYPPSW on/off, output LICSW-L on/off, output LICSW-U on/off, output BYPEDSW on/off, output SRHPSW on/off, output Duplex unit installed/not installed, output Key card*3 ENABLE signal, output Key card*3, key counter*1 connected/not connected, output Key card*3 control signal, input Key card*3 control signal, input Key card*3 control signal, input Key card*3 control signal, input Control voltage for MPCB, output Control voltage for MPCB, output IFFM on/off, input CL on/off, input TFM/TRM drive clock pulse, input TFM drive control signal, input TRM drive control signal, input

*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only.

3-6-38

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 1-77 1-78 1-79 1-80 1-81 1-82 1-83 1-84 1-85 1-86 1-87 1-88 1-89 1-90 1-91 1-92 1-93 1-94 1-95 1-96 1-97 1-101 1-102 1-103 1-104 1-105 1-106 1-107 1-108 1-109 1-110 1-111 1-112 1-113 1-114 1-115 1-116 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 Voltage 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24/0 V DC 0/24 V DC 24/0 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/15 V DC 0/20 V DC 0/20 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/5 V DC SCL on/off, input FSSOL latch-on signal, input FSSOL release signal, input PRY on/off, input SSW1 control voltage, input MSW OFF signal, input HVTPCB (SC) on/off, input HVTPCB (TC) on/off, input HVTPCB (DB) on/off, input HVTPCB (MC) on/off, input PFM on/off, input PFM drive clock pulse, input MMD* 3 serial signal, input MMD* 3 serial signal, output Finisher* 1 serial signal, input Finisher* 1 serial signal, output Paper feed desk*4 OE signal, input Paper feed desk*4 SCLK signal, input Paper feed desk*4 SOUT signal, input Paper feed desk*4 SIN signal, output MMD* 3 count on/off, input TC on/off, input Finisher* 1 RESET signal, input Paper feed desk*4 RESET signal, input FCL3 on/off, input FCL2 on/off, input FCL1 on/off, input FCL5 on/off, input H2 on/off, input H1 on/off, input PCM drive clock pulse, input PCM on/off, input DM drive clock pulse, input DM on/off, input PCFM on/off, input RCL on/off, input CCM forward rotation signal, input Remarks

*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only. *4: Optional for 42 ppm only.

3-6-39

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 1-117 1-118 1-119 1-120 1-121 1-122 1-123 1-125 1-126 1-127 1-128 1-130 1-131 1-132 1-133 1-134 1-135 1-136 1-137 1-138 1-139 1-140 2-A1 2-A2 2-A3 2-A4 2-A5 2-A6 2-A7 2-A8 2-A9 2-A10 2-B3 2-B4 2-B9 2-B11 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-A11 2-A11 2-A11 2-A11 2-A11 2-A11 2-A11 2-A11 2-A11 2-A11 2-B2 2-B2 2-B10 2-B10 Voltage 0/5 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 0 - 15 V DC 0 - 5 V DC Remarks CCM reverse rotation signal, input CLM-L on/off, input CLM-U on/off, input SRM coil energization pulse, input (B_) SRM coil energization pulse, input (A_) SRM coil energization pulse, input (B) SRM coil energization pulse, input (A) SBFSSOL release signal, input SBFSSOL latch-on signal, input DUPPTSOL on/off, input DUPFWDSOL on/off, input FCL4 on/off, input PFCL-L on/off, input PFCL-U on/off, input BYPSOL on/off, input BYPPFCL on/off, input Key card*3 control signal, input Key card*3 control signal, input Key card*3 control signal, input Key card*3 control signal, input Key card*3, key counter*1 copy count signal, input Key card*3 on/off, output 24 V DC supply for CL, output CL on/off, output 24 V DC supply for IFFM, output IFFM on/off, output TFM drive control signal (), output TFM drive control signal (+), output TRM drive control signal (), output TRM drive control signal (+), output 5 V DC supply for TLS, output TLS on/off, input TLDS toner absent/present, input 5 V DC supply for TLDS, output TNS control voltage, output TNS detection voltage, input

*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only.

3-6-40

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 2-B12 3-A1 3-A2 3-A4 3-A5 3-A7 3-A8 3-A9 3-A10 3-A11 3-B1 3-B2 3-B3 3-B4 3-B5 3-B6 3-B7 3-B8 3-B9 3-B10 4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 4-5 4-6 4-7 4-8 4-9 4-10 5-A1 5-A3 5-A4 5-A6 5-A7 5-A8 5-A9 2-B10 3-A3 3-A3 3-A6 3-A6 3-A6 3-A6 3-A6 3-A6 3-A6 3-A6 3-A6 3-A6 3-A6 3-A6 3-A6 3-B11 3-B11 3-B11 3-B11 3-B11 3-B11 3-B11 3-B11 3-B11 3-B11 3-B11 3-B11 3-B11 3-B11 5-A2 5-A2 5-A2 5-A10 5-A10 5-A10 5-A10 0 - 5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC Voltage 24 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/5 V DC 24 V DC 0/5 V DC 24 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 0 - 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 24/0 V DC 24/0 V DC 24/0 V DC 24/0 V DC 24/0 V DC 0/24 V DC 24/0 V DC 24/0 V DC 24/0 V DC 24/0 V DC Remarks 24 V DC supply for TNS, output SBESW on/off, input 5 V DC supply for SBESW, output FSSW on/off, input 5 V DC supply for FSSW, output 24 V DC supply for FSSOL, output FSSOL latch-on signal, output FSSOL release signal, output 24 V DC supply for ESCL, output ESCL on/off, output 24 V DC supply for TC, output TC on/off, input 24 V DC supply for CFM1, output CFM1 on/off, output 24 V DC supply for CFM2, output CFM2 on/off, output 5 V DC supply for FTH, output FTH detection voltage, input ESW on/off, input 5 V DC supply for ESW, output SSW1 on/off, input SSW2 on/off SOURCE, output SSW3 on/off, input PRY on/off SOURCE, output 24 V DC supply for MSW, output Control voltage for SSW1, output SSW2 on/off, input SSW3 on/off SOURCE, output PRY on/off, output MSW off signal, output ETTH detection voltage, input EHUMSENS detection voltage, input 5 V DC supply for HUMPCB, output PCM drive clock pulse, output PCM LOCK signal, output PCM on/off, input 5 V DC control voltage for PCM, output

3-6-41

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 5-B1 5-B3 5-B4 5-B5 5-B6 5-B7 5-B8 5-B10 5-B11 5-B12 5-B13 6-1 6-3 6-5 6-7 6-8 7-1 8-A2 8-A3 8-A4 8-A5 8-A8 8-A10 8-B1 8-B2 8-B4 8-B5 8-B6 8-B7 8-B8 8-B9 8-B10 8-B11 9-1 9-5 9-6 5-B2 5-B9 5-B9 5-B9 5-B9 5-B9 5-B9 5-B9 5-B9 5-B9 5-B9 6-2, -6 6-4 6-2, -6 6-4 6-4 7-2 8-B3 8-B3 8-B3 8-B3 8-A7 8-A9 8-B3 8-B3 8-B3 8-B3 8-B3 8-B3 8-B3 8-B3 8-B3 8-B3 9-2 9-3 9-4 Voltage 24 V DC 0/5 V DC 0 - 5 V DC 0/24 V DC 0 - 5 V DC 0/15 V DC 0 - 5 V DC 0/20 V DC 0/5 V DC 0 - 5 V DC 0/20 V DC 24 V DC 5 V DC 24 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC Remarks 24 V DC supply for PCM, output 24 V DC supply for HVTPCB, output HVTPCB ST ALM, input HVTPCB SC control voltage, output HVTPCB (SC) on/off, output HVTPCB TC control voltage, output HVTPCB (TC) on/off, output HVTPCB DB control voltage, output HVTPCB (DB) on/off, output HVTPCB MC ALM, input HVTPCB GRID control voltage, output HVTPCB (MC) on/off, output 24 V DC supply for EPCB, input 5 V DC supply for EPCB, input 24 V DC supply for PRY, output H1 on/off, output H2 on/off, output 24 V DC supply for LSU, output 24 V DC supply for CLM-U, output CLM-U on/off, output 24 V DC supply for CLM-L, output CLM-L on/off, output PLSW-U on/off, input PLSW-L on/off, input 5 V DC supply for RSW, output RSW on/off, input CCM forward rotation signal, output CCM reverse rotation signal, output 24 V DC supply for PCFM, output PCFM on/off, output 24 V DC supply for FCL4, output FCL4 on/off, output 24 V DC supply for RCL, output RCL on/off, output Finisher*1 connected/not connected, input 5 V DC supply for DUPRSW, output 5 V DC supply for DUPPCSW, output

5-A13, -A14 5-A11, -A12 24 V DC

*1: Optional.

3-6-42

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 9-7 9-8 9-11 9-12 9-13 9-14 9-15 9-16 9-19 9-20 9-21 9-23 9-24 9-25 10-1 10-2 10-3 10-4 10-5, -6 10-7 10-8 10-9 10-10 10-12 10-13 10-14 11-1 11-2 11-3 11-4 11-8, -9 12-A1 12-A2 12-A3 12-A4 12-A7 12-A8 9-3 9-4 9-9 9-10 9-9 9-10 9-17 9-17 9-22 9-22 9-22 9-26 9-26 9-26 12-B6 12-B6 12-B6 12-B6 12-B7 12-B7 12-B7 12-B7 12-B7 12-B7 12-B7 12-B7 11-5 11-5 11-5 11-5 11-6, -7 12-B7 12-B7 12-B7 12-B7 12-B7 12-B7 Voltage 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5/0 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC Remarks DUPRSW on/off, input DUPPCSW on/off, input DUPESW on/off, input SRHPSW on/off, input 5 V DC supply for DUPESW, output 5 V DC supply for SRHPSW, output 5 V DC supply for STKSW, output STKSW on/off, input PWSW-U (DIG0) on/off, input (inch specs) PWSW-U (DIG1) on/off, input (inch specs) PWSW-U (DIG2) on/off, input (inch specs) PWSW-L (DIG0) on/off, input (inch specs) PWSW-L (DIG1) on/off, input (inch specs) PWSW-L (DIG2) on/off, input (inch specs) SRM coil energization pulse, output (B_) SRM coil energization pulse, output (A_) SRM coil energization pulse, output (B) SRM coil energization pulse, output (A) 24 V DC supply for SRM, output 24 V DC supply for DUPFWDSOL, output DUPFWDSOL on/off, output 24 V DC supply for SBFSSOL, output SBFSSOL latch-on signal, output SBFSSOL release signal, output 24 V DC supply for DUPPTSOL, output DUPPTSOL on/off, output PFM drive clock pulse, output PFM LOCK signal, input PFM on/off, output 5 V DC supply for PFM, output 24 V DC supply for PFM, output 24 V DC supply for FCL5, output FCL5 on/off, output 24 V DC supply for FCL1, output FCL1 on/off, output 24 V DC supply for FCL2, output FCL2 on/off, output

3-6-43

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 12-A9 12-A10 12-B2 12-B3 12-B4 12-B5 13-1 13-2 13-4 13-5 13-7 13-8 13-10 13-11 13-13 13-14 14-A2 14-A4 14-A5 14-A6 14-A7 14-A8 14-B2 14-B3 14-B4 14-B5 14-B8 14-B9 15-1 15-2 15-3 15-4 15-7 15-8 15-9 15-10 12-B7 12-B7 12-B6 12-B6 12-B6 12-B6 13-3 13-3 13-6 13-6 13-9 13-9 13-12 13-12 13-15 13-15 14-A3 14-A3 14-A9 14-A9 14-A9 14-A9 14-B1 14-B1 14-B1 14-B6 14-B7 14-B7 15-5 15-6 15-5 15-6 15-11 15-12 15-11 15-12 Voltage 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 5/0 V DC 5/0 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC Remarks 24 V DC supply for FCL3, output FCL3 on/off, output DM drive clock pulse, output DM LOCK signal, input DM on/off, output 5 V DC supply for DM, output 24 V DC supply for DM, output FSW on/off, input 5 V DC supply for FSW, output PFSW1 on/off, input 5 V DC supply for PFSW1, output PFSW2 on/off, input 5 V DC supply for PFSW2, output PFSW3 on/off, input 5 V DC supply for PFSW3, output PFSW4 on/off, input 5 V DC supply for PFSW4, output 5 V DC supply for BYPPSW, output BYPPSW on/off, input 24 V DC supply for BYPPFCL, output 24 V DC supply for BYPSOL, output BYPPFCL on/off, output BYPSOL on/off, output BYPPWSW (DIG2) on/off, input BYPPWSW (DIG1) on/off, input BYPPWSW (DIG0) on/off, input BYPEDSW on/off, input BYPPLSW on/off, input 5 V DC supply for BYPPLSW, output 5 V DC supply for LICSW-U, output 5 V DC supply for LICSW-L, output LICSW-U on/off, input LICSW-L on/off, input 5 V DC supply for PSW-U, output 5 V DC supply for PSW-L, output PSW-U on/off, input PSW-L on/off, input

12-B9, -B10 12-B7, -B8 24 V DC

3-6-44

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 15-13 15-14 15-15 15-16 16-1 16-2 16-5 16-8 16-10 16-12 17-2 17-4 17-6 17-7 17-8 17-9 17-10 17-11 17-12 17-17 19-A1 19-A2 19-A3 19-A4 19-A5 19-A6 19-A7 19-A8 19-A9 15-12 15-12 15-12 15-12 16-6 16-7 16-6 16-7 16-9 16-11 17-1 17-5 17-5 17-3 17-1 17-1 17-1 17-1 17-1 17-18 19-B9 19-B9 19-B9 19-B9 19-B9 19-B9 19-B9 19-B9 19-B9 Voltage 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 24 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 24 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC Remarks PFCL-U on/off, output PFCL-L on/off, output 24 V DC supply for PFCL-U, output 24 V DC supply for PFCL-L, output 24 V DC supply for MMD* 3, output MMD* 3 count on/off, output 24 V DC supply for MMD* 3, output MMD* 3 connected/not connected, input Serial signal MMD* 3, output MMD* 3 serial signal, input 5 V DC supply for large paper deck* 2 or Paper feed desk*4, output Large paper deck*2 serial signal, input Large paper deck*2 serial signal, output Large paper deck*2 PFSW4 on/off, output Paper feed desk*4 RESET signal, output Paper feed desk*4 OE signal, output Paper feed desk*4 SCLK signal, output Paper feed desk*4 SOUT signal, output Paper feed desk*4 SIN signal, input 24 V DC supply for large paper deck* 2 or Paper feed desk* 4, output 5 V DC control voltage for key card* 3, output 5 V DC control voltage for key card* 3, output 5 V DC control voltage for key card* 3, output 5 V DC control voltage for key card* 3, output 5 V DC control voltage for key card* 3, output 5 V DC control voltage for key card* 3, output 5 V DC control voltage for key card* 3, output 5 V DC control voltage for key card* 3, output Key card* 3 ENABLE signal, input

*2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only. *4: Optonal for 42 ppm.

3-6-45

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 19-A10 19-B1 19-B2 19-B3 19-B4 19-B5 19-B6 19-B7 19-B8 19-B10 20-1 20-2 20-3 21-2 21-4 21-5 21-6 19-B9 19-B9 19-B9 19-B9 19-B9 19-B9 19-B9 19-B9 19-B9 19-B10 20-4 20-4 20-4 21-1 21-3 21-1 21-1 Voltage 24 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 24 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC Remarks 24 V DC supply for key card*3, output Key card*3 control signal, output Key card*3 control signal, output Key card*3 control signal, output Key card*3 control signal, output Key card*3 control signal, output Key card*3 control signal, output Key card*3 control signal, output Key card*3 control signal, output Key card*3 on/off, output 24 V DC supply for key card*3, output Key card*3, key counter*1 copy count signal, output Key card*3, key counter*1 connected/not connected, input Finisher*1 serial signal, output Finisher*1 serial signal, input Finisher*1 RESET signal, output Finisher*1 connected/not connected, input

*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only.

3-6-46

2A3/4 (3) Main PCB

CN9 1 L10 41 L12 L16

CN8 5

CN7

29 13 30 14 15

17 16 2 1 CN4 L52 L53 L54 L55

15

RA5 RA4

IC13

L59 L60 L61 L62 L63

14

IC11

L72 L73 L74 L71

L18

LS07

IC4

L13 L17 01 IC1

L19 TR3

28

L64 IC12

IC7

11

IC9

IC10

L1

L2

L66 IC15

IC5

IC6

L20 CN6

IC31 13 24

TP1

11

L129 L9 L15 TR2 1 TP8 IC41 160 L152 L153 C45 C46 C47 RA60 C48 RA61 R3 C49 RA62 IC43

L130 IC32

C110 L132 L133 L134

L111 FM1 L112 L113 L114 L115 L116 L117 L118

CN11

C18 C19

L125 C21 C25 C26

C28 24 C44

IC28

L124 C20 L126

C27

C131 L23 L3 TR1 L14 L22 C132 L25 L4 C2 C133 L5 C134 L21 L6 36 R1 R210 L7 L24 IC20 RA10 C9 L8 C1 37 C10 IC18 D2 C11 R212 XT14 C4 1 13 C12 3 12 L105 L102 RA7 RA8 1 L106 L97 1 R191 L104 D4 RA11 89 IC29 132 88 C22 L120133 D5 L98 RA30 C13 RA31 L121 RA32 RA27 C14 RA33 C15 C16 L127 TP5 RA29 C171 76 4445RA28 TP6 RA25 R2 1 C24 L100 C5 L101 C6 R192 C190 48 R190 24 L99 C7 C8 L103 RA6 RA9 IC19 RA34 C23 RA23 RA24 L122 L123 RA26 TP4

L26 L27 L28 L29 L30 L31 L32 L33 L34 L35 L36 L37

RA1 RA2 L38 L39 L40 L41

L57 L59 L65 TR30 L108 100 81 80 IC21 1

L42 L43 L44 L45 L46 L47 L48 L49 L50 L51

RA18 RA17 RA16 RA15

CN12

IC14

D3

28

L67

RA12 C3 L107 IC22 30 C111 R164 C161 IC23 RA13 RA14 51

L70 B1 A1 IC25 IC24 RA20 TR5 IC34 32 RA19 RA21 XT3 RA101 17 16 TR29 C155 1 CN2 B1 A1 L137 L138 RA35 RA36 RA37 RA38 RA39 L139 RA65 13 IC35 L136 33 R256 24 IC36 12 L169 L170 L171 L172 B16 A16 RA22 L109 L110 IC26 RA64 IC47 C184 76 75 L160 L161 L164 L165 IC49 51 50 R309 2 TR8 TR7 C185 IC68 L208 RA102 L166 IC50 L250 L249 CN15 1 2 16 17 RA106 RA105 RA104 RA103 L167 L248 L251 IC51 L246 L245 C50 IC69 L180 L181 L182 L183 L184 L185 L186 L187 L188 L189 L190 L191 L192 L193 L194 L210 L211 L212 L213 L214 L215 L216 L217 L218 L219 L220 IC70 L209 IC48 L168

13

IC30

12

L128 TP7 IC2

IC27

12

IC3

TR4 IC33 48 49 L135

XT2

TR32 TR31 TR34

L131 64 1 32 16

L119 TP2 TP3 FM2 1 TR6

C190 L159

TR24

C33 RA42

C36 C37

C30

120 C43 C40 81 C39 C41 C42 RA58 RA53

L155 21

L148

L149

CN10

22

MAIN IC45

121

RA43 C38 L142 L141 C294 RA44 RA45 C29 RA46 IC38 80 RA47 L147 IC40 C35 RA48

RA63

100 1

R4 R5 L154

C181 25 26 L162 L163 3 C187 32 1 L158 XT7 18 16 R308

IC39

L144 C31 1

L151

L150

42

C293 L146

IC46

RA49 RA52 RA54 RA55 RA57 RA50 IC42 RA56

IC44

L143

RA59

RA81 RA80 RA79RA78

SCANNER

RA76 RA75 RA74 RA73

IC58 24

LA1 RA41 L140 LA2 TR12 C32 LA3 TR27 TR28 LA4 TR26 TR25 L145 LA5 TR13 RA69 R6 L173 LA6 RA70 RA70 TR17 C51 TR9 RA72 TR10 IC53 26 25 50 51 TR11 B11 A1 CN13

17

16

17

RA51

C201 15

L156 14

RA77 RA83

R357

12

IC57

28

IC57

L253

ENGINE

B1 A11

IC52

R381 32 1 L174

32 33 IC63

49 48

TR22 TR21

80

RA91

IC64

65

CN5

LA8

LA10

40 L198 IC62

L200

81 L202

50

RA87

64

IC60

IC61

LA7

RA86

RA90

L197 41

24 25

L201

80

51 RA99 IC66 L205 L206 L207

RA84

R7 RA85

RA89 CN14 1

LA11 RA88 R8 RA92 60 1

40 41

TR23 100

LA9

LA12

25 L199 24 IC73 L254

L203

65 IC65 64

1 IC67

CN1 69 70 139 140

31 XT8 30 C255 R432 R433 C256 RA100

1 2 L204 71 72

L242 L241

16

11

L177

L247

RA94 RA96 RA98 RA93 RA95 RA97

L239 L237 L235 L233 IC72 L231 L229 L227 L225 IC71

RA66 TR15 TR14 L195 L196

1 1 1 TP19 XT5 TP20

C240 R392 R391 C239 IC54

XT6

TR16 76 TP18

RA82 L176 32

L179

IC59

1 100

L175 IC56 16 17

1 64

L178

L244 L243 L240 L238 L236 L234 L232 L230 L228 L226

L157

R303 1 4 XT4 R302

15 14 30

L252 29

RA107

3-6-47

RA40

TP9

40 41

CN3

L56

RA3

L68 L69

L75 L76 L77 L78 L79 L80 L81 L82 L83 C55 L84 L85 L86 L87 L88 L89 L90 L91 L92 L93 L94 L95 L96

IC16

IC8

B16 A16

15

14

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 1-1 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 1-7 1-8 1-9 1-10 1-11 1-12 1-13 1-14 1-15 1-16 1-17 1-18 1-19 1-20 1-21 1-23 1-24 1-25 1-28 1-29 1-30 1-31 1-32 1-33 1-34 1-35 1-36 1-37 1-38 1-39 1-40 1-41 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-B10 0 - 5 V DC 24 V DC 0 - 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC Voltage 0 - 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0 - 5 V DC 24/0 V DC 24/0 V DC 24/0 V DC 5 V DC 0 - 5 V DC 0 - 5 V DC 0 - 5 V DC 0 - 5 V DC 0 - 5 V DC Remarks TNS detection voltage, input TLDS toner absent/present, input TLS on/off, input SBESW on/off, input ESW on/off, input FSSW on/off, input FTH detection voltage, input SSW2 on/off, input SSW3 on/off, input SSW1 on/off, input 5 V DC control voltage for MSW, output TNS control voltage, output HVTPCB SC control voltage, output HVTPCB TC control voltage, output HVTPCB DB control voltage, output HVTPCB GRID control voltage, output ETTH detection voltage, input EHUMSENS detection voltage, input Control voltage for MPCB, input H ALARM control voltage, input TC on/off, input MMD*3 connected/not connected, input Finisher*1 connected/not connected, input STKSW on/off, input DUPRSW on/off, input DUPESW on/off, input DUPPCSW on/off, input PFM LOCK signal, input RSW on/off, input FSW on/off, input PFSW4 on/off, input PFSW3 on/off, input PFSW2 on/off, input PFSW1 on/off, input HVTPCB MC ALM, input HVTPCB ST ALM, input PCM LOCK signal, input

*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only.

3-6-48

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 1-42 1-43 1-44 1-45 1-46 1-47 1-48 1-49 1-50 1-51 1-52 1-53 1-54 1-55 1-56 1-57 1-58 1-59 1-60 1-61 1-62 1-63 1-64 1-65 1-66 1-67 1-68 1-69 1-70 1-71 1-72 1-73 1-75 1-76 1-77 1-78 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 2-B10 Voltage 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5/0 V DC 5/0 V DC 0/5 V DC 5/0 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 5/0 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC Remarks DM LOCK signal, input PWSW-L (DIG2) on/off, input (inch specs) PWSW-L (DIG1) on/off, input (inch specs) PWSW-L (DIG0) on/off, input (inch specs) PLSW-L on/off, input PWSW-U (DIG2) on/off, input (inch specs) PWSW-U (DIG1) on/off, input (inch specs) PWSW-U (DIG0) on/off, input (inch specs) PLSW-U on/off, input BYPPWSW (DIG2) on/off, input BYPPWSW (DIG1) on/off, input BYPPWSW (DIG0) on/off, input BYPPLSW on/off, input PSW-L on/off, input PSW-U on/off, input BYPPSW on/off, input LICSW-L on/off, input LICSW-U on/off, input BYPEDSW on/off, input SRHPSW on/off, input Duplex unit installed/not installed, input Key card* 3 ENABLE signal, input Key card* 3, key counter*1 connected/not connected, input Key card* 3 control signal, output Key card* 3 control signal, output Key card* 3 control signal, output Key card* 3 control signal, output Control voltage for MPCB, input Control voltage for MPCB, input IFFM on/off, output CL on/off, output TFM/TRM drive clock pulse, output TFM drive control signal, output TRM drive control signal, output SCL on/off, output FSSOL latch-on signal, output

1-79 2-B10 0/24 V DC FSSOL release signal, output *1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only.

3-6-49

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 1-80 1-81 1-82 1-83 1-84 1-85 1-86 1-87 1-88 1-89 1-90 1-91 1-92 1-93 1-94 1-95 1-96 1-97 1-101 1-102 1-103 1-104 1-105 1-106 1-107 1-108 1-109 1-110 1-111 1-112 1-113 1-114 1-115 1-116 1-117 1-118 1-119 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 Voltage 24/0 V DC 0/24 V DC 24/0 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/15 V DC 0/20 V DC 0/20 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC Remarks PRY on/off, output SSW1 control voltage, output MSW OFF signal, output HVTPCB (SC) on/off, output HVTPCB (TC) on/off, output HVTPCB (DB) on/off, output HVTPCB (MC) on/off, output PFM on/off, output PFM drive clock pulse, output MMD*3 serial signal, output MMD*3 serial signal, input Finisher*1 serial signal, output Finisher*1 serial signal, input Paper feed desk*4 OE signal, output Paper feed desk*4 SCLK signal, output Paper feed desk*4 SOUT signal, output Paper feed desk*4 SIN signal, input MMD*3 count on/off, output TC on/off, output Finisher*1 RESET signal, output Paper feed desk*4 RESET signal, output FCL3 on/off, output FCL2 on/off, output FCL1 on/off, output FCL5 on/off, output H2 on/off, output H1 on/off, output PCM drive clock pulse, output PCM on/off, output DM drive clock pulse, output DM on/off, output PCFM on/off, output RCL on/off, output CCM forward rotation signal, output CCM reverse rotation signal, output CLM-L on/off, output CLM-U on/off, output

*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only. *4: Optional for 42 ppm only.

3-6-50

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 1-120 1-121 1-122 1-123 1-125 1-126 1-127 1-128 1-130 1-131 1-132 1-133 1-134 1-135 1-136 1-137 1-138 1-139 1-140 2-A1 2-A2 2-A3 2-A5 2-A6 2-A7 2-A8 2-A9 2-A10 2-A11 2-A12 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A4 2-A13 Voltage 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC Remarks SRM coil energization pulse, output (B_) SRM coil energization pulse, output (A_) SRM coil energization pulse, output (B) SRM coil energization pulse, output (A) SBFSSOL release signal, output SBFSSOL latch-on signal, output DUPPTSOL on/off, output DUPFWDSOL on/off, output FCL4 on/off, output PFCL-L on/off, output PFCL-U on/off, output BYPSOL on/off, output BYPPFCL on/off, output Key card* 3 control signal, output Key card* 3 control signal, output Key card* 3 control signal, output Key card* 3 control signal, output Key card* 3, key counter*1 copy count signal, output Key card* 3 on/off, input MCPCB1 image control signal MCPSEL, output MCPCB1 serial communication signal, output MCPCB1 communication control signal MCP1 ACK, input MCPCB1 serial communication signal, input MCPCB1 control signal ENGACK MCP1, output MCPCB1 communication control signal R RDY MCP1, input MCPCB1 communication control signal W RDY MCP1, input MCPCB1 control signal PVSYNC, output MCPCB1 image control signal PHSYNC, output MCPCB1 image control clock pulse, input MCPCB1 control signal MCP MREW, input

*1: Optional. *3: Optional for 120 V specifications only.

3-6-51

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 2-A14 2-A16 2-B1 2-B2 2-B3 2-B4 2-B5 2-B8 2-B9 2-B10 2-B11 2-B12 2-B13 2-B14 2-B15 3-A1 3-A2 3-A3 3-A5 3-A6 3-A7 3-A8 3-A9 3-A10 2-A13 2-A15 2-B6 2-B6 2-B6 2-B6 2-B6 2-B7 2-B7 2-B7 2-B7 2-B7 2-B7 2-B7 2-B7 3-A4 3-A4 3-A4 3-A4 3-A4 3-A4 3-A4 3-A4 3-A4 Voltage 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) Remarks MCPCB1 control signal MCP IDA, input MCPCB1 control signal MCP IDB, input MCPCB1 control signal SEMCP MCP1, input MCPCB1 RESET signal, output MCPCB1 image control signal WCK, output MCPCB1 control signal OVSYNC, output MCPCB1 image control signal MRE, output MCPCB1 image control signal DATA0, output MCPCB1 image control signal DATA1, output MCPCB1 image control signal DATA2, output MCPCB1 image control signal DATA3, output MCPCB1 image control signal DATA4, output MCPCB1 image control signal DATA5, output MCPCB1 image control signal DATA6, output MCPCB1 image control signal DATA7, output MCPCB2*2 image control signal MCPSEL, output MCPCB2*2 serial communication signal, output MCPCB2*2 communication control signal MCP2 ACK, input MCPCB2*2 serial communication signal, input MCPCB2*2 control signal ENGACK MCP2, output MCPCB2*2 communication control signal R RDY MCP2, input MCPCB2*2 communication control signal W RDY MCP2, input MCPCB2*2 control signal PVSYNC, output MCPCB2*2 image control signal PHSYNC, output

*2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.

3-6-52

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 3-A11 3-A12 3-A14 3-A16 3-B1 3-B2 3-B3 3-B4 3-B5 3-B8 3-B9 3-B10 3-B11 3-B12 3-B13 3-B14 3-B15 4-2 4-3 4-5 4-6 4-8 4-9 4-10 4-11 4-12 4-14 3-A4 3-A13 3-A13 3-A15 3-B6 3-B6 3-B6 3-B6 3-B6 3-B7 3-B7 3-B7 3-B7 3-B7 3-B7 3-B7 3-B7 4-1 4-1 4-4 4-4 4-7 4-7 4-7 4-7 4-7 4-13 Voltage 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/3.3 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC
2

Remarks MCPCB2* image control clock pulse, input MCPCB2*2 control signal MCP MREW, input MCPCB2*2 control signal MCP IDA, input MCPCB2*2 control signal MCP IDB, input MCPCB2*2 control signal SEMCP MCP2, input MCPCB2*2 RESET signal, output MCPCB2*2 image control signal WCK, output MCPCB2*2 control signal OVSYNC, output MCPCB2*2 image control signal MRE, output MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA0, output MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA1, output MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA2, output MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA3, output MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA4, output MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA5, output MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA6, output MCPCB2*2 image control signal DATA7, output Printer board*1 serial signal, input Printer board*1 ENGACK PRT signal, output Printer board*1 serial signal, output Printer board*1 PRT ACK signal, input Printer board*1 PRINT signal, input Printer board*1 SETPRT signal, input Printer board*1 MRDY signal, output Printer board*1 P1 signal, input Printer board*1 P2 signal, output Printer board*1 PRTRST signal, output

*1: Optional. *2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.

3-6-53

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 4-16 4-18 4-20 4-22 4-23 4-24 4-25 4-27 4-28 4-29 4-30 5-1 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5 5-6 5-7 5-8 5-9 5-10 5-11 5-12 5-13 5-14 5-15 6-2 6-3 6-5 6-6 6-7 6-8 6-9 7-2 7-3 4-17 4-17 4-19 4-21 4-21 4-21 4-26 4-26 4-26 4-26 4-26 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 6-1 6-4 6-4 6-4 6-4 6-10 6-10 7-1 7-1 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5/0 V DC 5/0 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC Voltage 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) 0/3.3 V DC 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) 0/3.3 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC
1

Remarks Printer board* clock pulse, input Printer board*1 POVSYNC signal, input Printer board*1 PMRE signal, input Printer board*1 PID0 signal, input Printer board*1 PID1 signal, input Printer board*1 PID2 signal, input Printer board*1 PID3 signal, input Printer board*1 PID4 signal, input Printer board*1 PID5 signal, input Printer board*1 PID6 signal, input Printer board*1 PID7 signal, input OSD2*5 on/off, input OSD1 on/off, input ODSW on/off, input SM current control voltage SM Vref, output SM drive control signal SM M1, output SM drive control signal SM M2, output SM drive control signal SM M3, output SM drive control signal SM M4, output SM drive control signal SM M5, output SM drive clock pulse, output SM rotation direction switching signal SMOT CWB, output SM control signal SMOT RET, output SM enable signal, output EL on/off, output SHPSW on/off, input OMPCB serial communication signal, output OMPCB MMI ACK signal, input OMPCB serial communication signal, input OMPCB ENGACK MMI signal, output OMPCB MMI ERROR signal, input OMPCB ENG ERROR MMI signal, output OMPCB RESET MMI signal, output LSU VD2 signal, output LSU VD2 + signal, output

*1: Optional. *5: For inch specifications only.

3-6-54

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 7-4 7-5 7-7 7-9 7-11 7-13 8-2 8-3 8-5 9-1 9-3 9-4 10-1 10-2 10-4 10-5 10-6 11-4 11-5 11-6 11-7 11-8 11-9 11-10 11-11 12-3 12-4 12-5 12-6 12-7 13A-1 13A-2 13A-3 13A-4 13A-5 13A-6 7-1 7-1 7-6 7-8 7-10 7-12 8-1 8-1 8-4 9-2 9-2 9-2 10-3 10-3 10-3 10-3 10-7 11-1, -2 11-1, -2 11-1, -2 11-1, -2 11-1, -2 11-1, -2 11-1, -2 11-1, -2 12-1, -2 12-1, -2 12-1, -2 12-1, -2 12-1, -2 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC Voltage 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 12 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 12 V DC Remarks LSU VD1 signal, output LSU VD1 + signal, output LSU ENABLE signal, output LSU ADJUST2 signal, output LSU ADJUST1 signal, output 24 V DC supply for LSU, output LSU BD signal, input LSU BD + signal, input 24 V DC supply for LSU, output LSU clock pulse, output LSU START signal, output LSU READY signal, output 5 V DC supply for MPCB, input PSPCB SLEEP SIG, output 5 V DC supply for MPCB, input Zero-cross signal, output 12 V DC supply for MPCB, input 5 V DC supply for CCDPCB, output CCD drive clock signal SHIFT , output CCD drive clock signal SHIFT +, output CCD drive clock signal CLP , output CCD drive clock signal CLP +, output CCD drive clock signal RS , output CCD drive clock signal RS +, output CCD drive clock signal CLK , output CCD drive clock signal f CLK +, output +12 V DC supply for CCDPCB, output CCD control signal VO_E , input CCD control signal VO_E +, input CCD control signal VO_O , input CCD control signal VO_O +, input OSLED (red) on/off, output OSLED (green) on/off, output SBPSOL release signal, output SBPSOL latch-on signal, output OFCL on/off, output EFSSOL on/off, output

11-1, -2, -3 11-1, -2

3-6-55

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 13A-7 13A-9 13A-10 13A-11 13B-1 13B-2 13B-3 13B-4 13B-5 13B-6 13B-7 13B-8 13B-9 13B-10 13B-11 14-1 14-2 14-3 14-6 14-7 14-8 14-9 14-10 14-11 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 5-16 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5/0 V DC 5/0 V DC 5/0 V DC 5/0 V DC Voltage 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC Remarks SBFSSOL on/off, output OFSOL release signal, output OFSOL latch-on signal, output OFM enable signal, output OFM control signal OFM RET, output OFM drive clock pulse, output OFM rotation direction switching signal OFM CWB, output OCM enable signal, output OCM control signal OCM RET, output OCM drive clock pulse, output OCM rotation direction switching signal OCM CWB, output OCM current control voltage OCM Vref, output OCM drive control signal OCM M3, output OCM drive control signal OCM M2, output OCM drive control signal OCM M1, output OSBSW on/off, input OFSW on/off, input OSSW on/off, input SRDF installed/not installed signal, input OSWSW on/off, input DFSSW2 off/on, input DFSSW1 off/on, input OSLSW off/on, input DFTSW off/on, input

3-6-56

2A3/4 (4) Memory copy PCB

CE1 CN1 A1 B1 GND RA1 RA2 RA3 RA4 RA5 RA6 U10 CT3 A16 B16 + CE2 CT2 0 + 1 5 91 RA8 RA7 1 U6 4 U5 15 1 TP1 U2 G TP3 1 TP4 1 U4 TP2 U3 + CT1 + +

2 CN2 1 U1 1

L2

L1

GND

U7 RA13 RA14 RA15 RA16 1 U14 1 U13 22 RA39 RA40 1 U18 22 RA106 RA107 GND RA108 73 37 36 37 36 73 72 72 1 11 RA37 1 U19 1 F1 RA38

CE4 1 U20

RA66 RA68

RA61 RA62

RA65

RA76 RA77 RA78 RA79 RA72 RA73 RA74 RA75 U25 + CE5

RA69 RA67 RA63 RA64 RA70 RA71 RA80 RA81 RA82 RA83 RA84 RA85 U21 U22 U23 U24

CE6

RA90 RA91

RA92 RA93

RA94

CE8

RA95

RA96 RA97 71 72

CN4

1 2

CN5

1 2 RA98 RA99 RA100 RA101 + + L5 CE9 CE11 GND RA104 RA105 RA102 RA103 +

RA110 RA112 RA113

RA109 RA111

304

229

228

U16

76

153

77

152

109

144

144

108 109

108

U26

U8 1 11 CE3 L3 1 U15 22 22

U9 1 RA9 RA10 11 RA11 22 RA36 RA48 RA57 RA60 22 RA12 RA20 RA21 RA25

8 1 U11

11 X2 RA19 X1 RA17 TP7 TP8 TP9 RA28 RA30 RA33 RA42 RA44 RA51 RA55 F2 L4 11 11 RA88 F3 X4 RA32 TP10 RA46 TP11 RA52 RA56 RA47 RA50 RA54 1 1 RA87

TP5

TP6 U12 RA18 1

15 RA22

RA23 RA29 RA35 RA43 144 1 RA58 RA86 RA89 1 11 109 RA24 RA59

21

RA26 RA27 4

LD1 108 73 72

RA31 RA34 RA41 RA45 RA49

37 36 U17 CN3 X3 1 RA53 4

1 CE7 11 71 72 CE10

3-6-57

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 1-A1 1-A2 1-A3 1-A5 1-A6 1-A7 1-A8 1-A9 1-A10 1-A11 1-A12 1-A14 1-A16 1-B1 1-B2 1-B3 1-B4 1-B5 1-B8 1-B9 1-B10 1-B11 1-A4 1-A4 1-A4 1-A4 1-A4 1-A4 1-A4 1-A4 1-A4 1-A4 1-A13 1-A13 1-A15 1-B6 1-B6 1-B6 1-B6 1-B6 1-B7 1-B7 1-B7 1-B7 Voltage 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse)
2

Remarks MCPCB1, 2* image control signal MCPSEL, input MCPCB1, 2*2 serial communication signal, input MCPCB1, 2*2 communication control signal MCP1 ACK, output MCPCB1, 2*2 serial communication signal, output MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal ENGACK MCP1, input MCPCB1, 2*2 communication control signal R RDY MCP1, output MCPCB1, 2*2 communication control signal W RDY MCP1, output MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal PVSYNC, input MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal PHSYNC, input MCPCB1, 2*2 image control clock pulse, output MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal MCP MREW, output MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal MCP IDA, output MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal MCP IDB, output MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal SEMCP MCP1, output MCPCB1, 2*2 RESET signal, input MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal WCK, input MCPCB1, 2*2 control signal OVSYNC, input MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal MRE, input MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA0, input MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA1, input MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA2, input MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA3, input

*2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.

3-6-58

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 1-B12 1-B13 1-B14 1-B15 2-1 1-B7 1-B7 1-B7 1-B7 2-2 Voltage 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 5 V DC
2

Remarks MCPCB1, 2* image control signal DATA4, input MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA5, input MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA6, input MCPCB1, 2*2 image control signal DATA7, input 5 V DC supply for MCPCB1, 2*2, input

*2: 42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard.

3-6-59

2A3/4 (5) Scanner motor PCB

CN4 3 J10 J4 + JP10 JP13 E C B DT2 L5 JP9 1 2 CN3 5 6 C23 J16 J17 J9 C21 JP11 JP14 JP12 1 CN5 3 R15 R16 JP7 JP8 C19 IC1 R17 C20 C7 R8 C8 R9 C9 JP2 JP4 J5 14 + + 1 C11 JP1 JP3 C10 C5 C4 R11 R10 C16 +

J15 J14 J13 22 J8 D1 C22 J1 E C B DT1 C12

TP1

J12

J7

J11 L2 C17 C18 C15 C14 JP5 JP15 JP6 JP16 L3 J6 J3 1 CN2 6 R14 1 L4 R13 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 C6 C13

C2 L1 R12 1 J2 R1 4 CN6 1 C1 CN1 R7 C3

3-6-60

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 1-7 1-8 1-9 1-10 1-11 1-12 1-13 1-14 1-15 1-16 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 4-1 4-2 5-1 5-2 6-2 6-4 6-6 7-2 7-3 7-5 7-6 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-1 3-5, -6 3-5, -6 3-5, -6 3-5, -6 3-5, -6 3-5, -6 3-5, -6 3-5, -6 3-5, -6 3-5, -6 4-3 4-3 5-3 5-3 6-1 6-3 6-5 7-1 7-1 7-4 7-4 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 24 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 24 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 24 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC Voltage 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC EL on/off, input SM enable signal, input SM control signal SMOT RET, input SM rotation direction switching signal SMOT CWB, input SM drive clock pulse, input SM drive control signal SM M5, input SM drive control signal SM M4, input SM drive control signal SM M3, input SM drive control signal SM M2, input SM drive control signal SM M1, input SM current control voltage SM Vref, input ODSW on/off, output OSD1 on/off, output OSD2*5 on/off, output SM coil energization pulse, output (B_) 24 V DC supply for SM, output SM coil energization pulse, output (B) SM coil energization pulse, output (A) 24 V DC supply for SM, output SM coil energization pulse, output (A_) EL on/off, output EL on/off, output 24 V DC supply for INPCB, output 24 V DC supply for INPCB, output 5 V DC supply for SHPSW, output SHPSW on/off, input 5 V DC supply for ODSW, output ODSW on/off, input 24 V DC supply for SMPCB, input 5 V DC supply for SMPCB, input 5 V DC supply for SMPCB, input 5 V DC supply for OSD1, output OSD1 detection data, input 5 V DC supply for OSD2*5, output OSD2*5 detection data, input Remarks SHPSW on/off, output

*5: For inch specifications only.

3-6-61

2A3/4 (6) CCD PCB

C10 R9 E C C12 TR2 B

C1

R2

E C B TR1

R4 C11

F6 C13

R5 R6 R7

1 IC2 1 R18 R22 R23 R24 1 11 CN1 1 IC4

R29 R28 R27

9 C2
R12 R13 R15 R16 R17 F8

F1

F2 F3 F4

9 IC3

C17
R25

C3 C4 5
C6 C5

F5

RA1
C8 R8

C7

1 IC5
R32 R31

R33 R34 R35 R36 F19

C9 C23

CN2 7

3-6-62

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 1-7 1-8 1-9 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 Voltage Remarks CCD drive clock signal CLK +, input CCD drive clock signal CLK , input CCD drive clock signal RS +, input CCD drive clock signal RS , input CCD drive clock signal CLP +, input CCD drive clock signal CLP , input CCD drive clock signal SHIFT +, input CCD drive clock signal SHIFT , input 5 V DC supply for CCDPCB, input CCD control signal VO_O +, output CCD control signal VO_O , output CCD control signal VO_E +, output CCD control signal VO_E , output 12 V DC +12 V DC supply for CCDPCB, input

1-10, -11 0/5 V DC 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC 1-10, -11 0/5 V DC 1-10, -11 5 V DC 2-6, -7 2-6, -7 2-6, -7 2-6, -7 2-6, -7

3-6-63

2A3/4 (7) DF driver PCB

A-13

A-13

B-1

B-1

CN5

CN6

CN4
B-15 A-1

B-13

A-1

CN1
10 9

CN2
22 21 2 1 14 13

CN3
2 1

Terminals (CN) 1-1 1-2 1-7 1-8 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-6 2-7 2-8 2-9 2-10 2-11 2-12 2-13 1-3, -4 1-3, -4 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10

Voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC

Remarks 24 V DC supply, input 24 V DC supply, input 5 V DC supply, input 5 V DC supply, input OCM control signal OCM M1, input OCM control signal OCM M2, input OCM control signal OCM M3, input OCM current control voltage OCM Vref, input

0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC

OCM rotation direction switching signal OCM CWB, input OCM drive clock pulse, input OCM control signal OCM RET, input OCM enable signal, input OFM rotation direction switching signal OFM CWB, input OFM drive clock pulse, input OFM control signal OFM RET, input

3-6-64

2 1

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 2-14 2-15 2-16 2-17 2-19 2-20 2-21 2-22 3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 3-6 3-7 3-8 3-9 3-10 3-11 4-3 4-4 5-A1 5-A2 5-A3 5-A4 5-A5 5-A6 5-A7 5-A8 5-A9 5-A10 5-A11 5-A12 5-A13 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 1-9, -10 4-2 4-2 1-3, -4 1-3, -4 1-3, -4 1-3, -4 1-3, -4 1-3, -4 1-3, -4 1-3, -4 1-3, -4 1-3, -4 1-3, -4 1-3, -4 1-3, -4 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) Voltage 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC Remarks OFM enable signal, input OFSOL latch-on signal, input OFSOL release signal, input SBFSSOL on/off, input EFSSOL on/off, input OFCL on/off, input SBPSOL latch-on signal, input SBPSOL release signal, input OSSW on/off, output OFSW on/off, output OSBSW on/off, output DFTSW on/off, output OSLSW on/off, output DFSSW1 on/off, output DFSSW2 on/off, output Size detection voltage, output OSLED (green) off/on, input OSLED (red) off/on, input SRDF installed/not installed signal DFSSW1 on/off, output DFSSW2 on/off, output 24 V DC supply for SBPSOL, output SBPSOL latch-on signal, output SBPSOL release signal, output 24 V DC supply for OFCL, output OFCL on/off, output 24 V DC supply for EFSSOL, output EFSSOL on/off, output 24 V DC supply for OCM, output (A) 24 V DC supply for OCM, output (B) OCM motor coil energization pulse, output (A) OCM motor coil energization pulse, output (B) OCM motor coil energization pulse, output (A_) OCM motor coil energization pulse, output (B_)

3-6-65

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 5-B1 5-B2 5-B3 5-B4 5-B5 5-B6 5-B7 5-B8 5-B11 5-B12 5-B13 6-A5 6-A6 6-A8 6-A9 6-A11 6-A12 6-A14 6-A15 6-B1 6-B2 6-B4 6-B5 6-B7 6-B9 1-3, -4 1-3, -4 1-3, -4 1-3, -4 1-3, -4 1-3, -4 1-3, -4 1-3, -4 1-3, -4 1-3, -4 1-3, -4 6-A4 6-A4 6-A7 6-A7 6-A10 6-A10 6-A13 6-A13 6-B3 6-B3 6-B6 6-B6 6-B8 6-B8 Voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 0/24 V DC (pulse) 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/24 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC Remarks 24 V DC supply for OFM, output (A) 24 V DC supply for OFM, output (B) OFM motor coil energization pulse, output (A) OFM motor coil energization pulse, output (B) OFM motor coil energization pulse, output (A_) OFM motor coil energization pulse, output (B_) 24 V DC supply for SBFSSOL, output SBFSSOL on/off, output 24 V DC supply for OFSOL, output OFSOL latch-on signal, output OFSOL release signal, output OSBSW on/off, input 5 V DC supply for OSBSW, output OSWSW on/off, input 5 V DC supply for OSWSW, output OSLSW on/off, input 5 V DC supply for OSLSW, output DFTSW on/off, input 5 V DC supply for DFTSW, output 5 V DC supply for OSSW, output OSSW on/off, input 5 V DC supply for OFSW, output OFSW on/off, input OSLEDPCB (red) on/off, output OSLEDPCB (green) on/off, output

3-6-66

1 CN8 11 IC1 D4 C TR1 E 1 1 B 17 K 1 3 IC2 8

L17

13 14

L22

K A K D1 D2

A K D3

L18 L19 L20

IC3

C11

C14

4 CN5 +

17

CN3

IC4

9 IC5 1 1 IC6 15 1 FUSE1 8 IC7 1

C26

2 1

1 2

C25

IC8

10 IC9 1 30

+ C TR2

C29 1 100 31 1

B E

IC10

IC12

IC16

8 8 CB E E TR3

RA2 RA1

IC17 RA8 RA9 RA10 RA11RA12 RA13 80 81 51 50 1 IC13 IC15 80 51

L47

D6 L48 D5 TR4 C C

(8) Operation unit main PCB

1 C 1 TR7 C B

CN1

8 B E C TR5 D8 D7 C C 10 X1 100 B E TR8 1 C TR6 L50 1 IC19 31 30 1 IC20 15

L49 1 2

IC21

4 CN4

IC18

1 2

RA3 RA4 RA5 RA6 RA7 81 50

13 14

IC11

18 17

CN2

3-6-67

2A3/4

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 1-7 1-9 1-10 1-11 1-12 1-14 2-1 2-2 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7 2-8 2-9 2-10 2-11 2-12 2-13 2-14 2-15 2-16 2-17 3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 1-8 2-3 1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 2-3 1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 2-3 2-3 2-3 1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) Voltage 0/5 V DC 23 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 23 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 24 V DC 23 V DC Remarks LCD control voltage, output 23 V supply for LCD, output LCD (XD3) data, output LCD (XD2) data, output LCD (XD1) data, output LCD (XD0) data, output 23 V supply for LCD, output 5 V DC supply for LCD, output LCD control signal XSCL, output LCD control signal LP, output LCD control signal DIN, output LCD control signal LCD REM, output 24 V DC supply for OLPCB, output 23 V DC supply for OLPCB, output OLPCB contrast adjustment VR supply, output OLPCB key return signal DIGKEY L1, input OLPCB key return signal DIGKEY L2, input OLPCB key return signal DIGKEY L3, input OLPCB scan signal SCAN L1, output OLPCB scan signal SCAN L2, output OLPCB scan signal SCAN L3, output OLPCB LED on DIG LED L1, output OLPCB LED on DIG LED L2, output OLPCB LED on DIG LED L3, output OLPCB LED on DIG LED L4, output OLPCB CFL on/off, output 5 V DC supply for OLPCB, output 5 V DC supply for OLPCB, output ORPCB key return signal DIGKEY R1, input ORPCB key return signal DIGKEY R2, input ORPCB key return signal DIGKEY R3, input ORPCB key return signal DIGKEY R4, input ORPCB scan signal SCAN R1, output

3-6-68

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 3-6 3-7 3-8 3-9 3-10 3-11 3-12 3-14 4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 5-3 5-4 6-3 6-4 6-5 6-6 6-7 6-9 6-10 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 5-2 5-1 6-2 6-2 6-8 6-8 6-8 6-8 6-11 Voltage 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC (pulse) 5 V DC 24 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC 0/5 V DC (pulse) Remarks ORPCB scan signal SCAN R2, output ORPCB scan signal SCAN R3, output ORPCB scan signal SCAN R4, output ORPCB LED on DIG LED R1, output ORPCB LED on DIG LED R2, output ORPCB LED on DIG LED R3, output ORPCB BZ1 on/off, output 5 V DC supply for ORPCB, output Touch panel detection voltage Y2, output Touch panel detection voltage X1, input Touch panel detection voltage Y1, input Touch panel detection voltage X2, output 5 V DC supply for OMPCB, input 24 V DC supply for OMPCB, input OMPCB RESET MMI signal, input OMPCB ENG ERROR MMI signal, input OMPCB MMI ERROR signal, output OMPCB ENGACK MMI signal, input OMPCB serial communication signal, output OMPCB MMI ACK signal, output OMPCB serial communication signal, input

3-6-69

TP31 WR OSC1 1

CN13 2 5

CN9 1

CN3 4

TP15 PG TP14 +24 V C15 TP17 SG +

(9) Deck main PCB (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard)

27C256

1 TP12 TP24 TP22 TP11 BCL P1 Rxd R SEN TP13 TP4 EMP RCL TP23 TP16 + P2 TP25 TP2 Txd TP1 PP51 +5 V TP18 PP50 SG + RS2 RS1 TP9 IC7 PD78233GC-389 LMS2 TP3 PP52 TP5 SIZ K C19 DA1 K TP7 LMS1 TP8 LS2 C17 D4 TP21 E1 TP20 E2 D2 TP27 E1CLK TP26 E2CLK + 1 CN2 6 1 CN7 10 3 CN6 1 TP30 MOT PWM TP6 LS1 DA2 ZD1

IC2

C14

CN1

CN4 FUSE1 3A 125 V IC4 A A M5248P

PF4065K500A
MADE IN JAPAN

11

B C E + Q1 B C E Q3 Q2 B C E Q4

B C E

WARNING
TP19 MOT CLK TP10 CLK +

FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST RISK OF FIRE. REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME TYPE AND RATING OF FUSE

SEC-A C18 5 CN12 1 C16

12

3-6-70

2A3/4

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 1-1 1-4 1-5 1-6 1-7 1-8 1-9 1-10 1-11 2-3 2-6 3-1 3-3 4-1 4-2 4-4 4-5 4-6 4-7 4-9 4-11 7-1 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-5 7-7 7-8 7-10 9-1 9-3 9-5 1-1 4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 2-2 2-5 3-2 3-4 4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 4-8 7-6, -9 7-6, -9 7-6, -9 7-6, -9 7-6, -9 7-6, -9 7-6, -9 7-6, -9 9-2 9-4 9-2, -4 Voltage 5/0 V DC (pulse) 24/0 V DC 2/0 (pulse)/0 V DC 2/0 (pulse)/0 V DC 5/0 V DC 5/0 V DC 5/0 V DC 5/0 V DC 2/0 (pulse)/0 V DC 5/0 V DC 5/0 V DC 5 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24/0 V DC 24/0 V DC 24/0 V DC 5 V DC 2/0 (pulse)/0 V DC 5/0 V DC 24/0 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 24/0 V DC 1.1 V DC 5/0 V DC 1.1 V DC 5/0 V DC 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5/0 V DC (pulse) 0/5 V DC Remarks Clock signal for PPSENS1 - 3 and PESENS, output DOSSW signal on/off, input PESENS signal input, paper present/ absent, input PPSENS2 signal input, paper present/ absent, input DLSW1 on/off, input UPSW1 on/off, input DLSW2 on/off, input UPSW2 on/off, input PPSENS3 paper present/absent, input PLDSENS1 on/off, input PLDSENS2 on/off, input 5 V DC supply, input 24 V DC supply, input Power supply for RCL, PFCL1, PFCL2 and CCL, output Power supply for RCL, PFCL1, PFCL2 and CCL, output PFCL1 off/on, output PFCL2 off/on, output CCL off/on, output Power supply for PPSENS1 - 3, PESENS, SCSW, UPSW1 - 2 and DLSW1 - 2, output PPSENS1 paper present/absent, input SCSW on/off, input PDM1 off/on, output Power supply for PDM1, output Power supply for PDM2, output PDM2 off/on, output Power supply for PDMSENS1, output PDMSENS1 on/off, input Power supply for PDMSENS2, output PDMSENS2 on/off, input Serial data signal to EPCB (TXD) Serial data signal from EPCB (RXD) PFSW4 on/off, input

3-6-71

2A3/4 Terminals (CN) 12-1 12-3 12-4 12-5 12-2 12-2 12-2 12-2 Voltage 24 V DC 5/0 V DC (pulse) 5 V DC 5/0 V DC (pulse) Remarks Power supply for CM, output CM drive PWM signal, output Power supply for CM, output CM FG signal, input

3-6-72

2A3/4

3-6-4 Electrical problems

Copier Problem (1) The machine does not operate when the main switch is turned on. Causes No electricity at the power outlet. The power cord is not plugged in properly. The front cover, left cover and/or right cover are/is not closed completely. Broken power cord. Defective main switch. Blown fuse in the power source PCB. Defective safety switch 1, 2 or 3. Defective power source PCB. Check procedures/corrective measures Measure the input voltage. Check the contact between the power plug and the outlet. Check the front, left and right covers.

Check for continuity. If none, replace the cord. Check for continuity across the contacts. If none, replace the main switch. Check for continuity. If none, remove the cause of blowing and replace the fuse. Check for continuity across the contacts of each switch. If none, replace the switch. With AC present, check for 5 V DC at CN2-1 on the power source PCB, 12 V DC at CN4-1 and 24 V DC at CN1-1. If none, replace the power source PCB. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check visually and replace the drive motor if necessary.

(2) The drive motor does not operate (C200).

Poor contact in the drive motor connector terminals. Broken drive motor gear.

3-6-73

2A3/4 Problem (2) The drive motor does not operate (C200). Causes Defective drive motor. Check procedures/corrective measures Run maintenance item U030 and check if the drive motor operates when CN12-B4 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the drive motor. Run maintenance item U030 and check if CN1-113 on the main PCB goes low. If not, replace the main PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the scanner motor. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check if the motor drive coil energization pulse signals are output at CN5-5, CN5-6, CN5-7, CN5-8 and CN5-9 on the main PCB when maintenance item U073 is run. If not, replace the main PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the upper lift motor. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check if 24 V DC is output across CN8-A2 and CN8-A3 on the engine PCB right after the upper drawer is installed. If not, replace the engine PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the lower lift motor. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check if 24 V DC is output across CN8-A4 and CN8-A5 on the engine PCB right after the lower drawer is installed. If not, replace the engine PCB.

Defective main PCB. Broken scanner motor coil. Poor contact in the scanner motor connector terminals. Defective scanner control PCB.

(3) The scanner motor does not operate.

(4) The upper lift motor does not operate.

Broken upper lift motor coil. Poor contact in the upper lift motor connector terminals. Defective engine PCB.

(5) The lower lift motor does not operate.

Broken lower lift motor coil. Poor contact in the lower lift motor connector terminals. Defective engine PCB.

3-6-74

2A3/4 Problem (6) The toner feed motor does not operate. Causes Broken toner feed motor coil. Poor contact in the toner feed motor connector terminals. Defective engine PCB. Check procedures/corrective measures Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the toner feed motor. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Run maintenance item U135 and check if drive pulse signal is output across CN2-A5 and CN2-A6 on the engine PCB. If not, replace the engine PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the paper conveying section fan motor. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

(7) The paper conveying section fan motor does not operate.

Broken paper conveying section fan motor coil. Poor contact in the paper conveying section fan motor connector terminals. Defective engine PCB.

Run maintenance item U030. If 24 V DC is always present at CN8-B7 on the engine PCB, replace the engine PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace cooling fan motor 1. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Run maintenance item U030 and check if CN3-B4 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace cooling fan motor 2. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Run maintenance item U030 and check if CN3-B6 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB.

(8) Cooling fan motor 1 does not operate at all or does not turn at full speed.

Broken cooling fan motor 1 coil. Poor contact in the cooling fan motor 1 connector terminals. Defective engine PCB.

(9) Cooling fan motor 2 does not operate at all or does not turn at full speed.

Broken cooling fan motor 2 coil. Poor contact in the cooling fan motor 2 connector terminals. Defective engine PCB.

3-6-75

2A3/4 Problem (10) Paper feed motor does not operate (C230). Causes Broken paper feed motor coil. Poor contact in the paper feed motor connector terminals. Defective paper feed motor. Check procedures/corrective measures Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the paper feed motor. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check if the paper feed motor rotates when CN11-3 on the engine PCB goes low while maintenance item U030 is run. If not replace the paper feed motor. Run maintenance item U030 and check if CN1-87 on the main PCB goes low. If not, replace the main PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the paper conveying motor. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check if the paper feed motor rotates when CN5-A8 on the engine PCB goes low while maintenance item U030 is run. If not, replace the paper conveying motor. Run maintenance item U030 and check if CN1-111 on the main PCB goes low. If not, replace the main PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the toner recycle motor. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Run maintenance item U135 and check if drive pulse signal is output across CN2-A7 and CN2-A8 on the engine PCB. If not, replace the engine PCB.

Defective main PCB. Broken paper conveying motor coil. Poor contact in the paper conveying motor connector terminals. Defective paper feed motor.

(11) The paper conveying motor does not operate (C210).

Defective main PCB. (12) The toner recycle motor does not operate. Broken toner recycle motor coil. Poor contact in the toner recycle motor connector terminals. Defective engine PCB.

3-6-76

2A3/4 Problem (13) The charger cleaning motor does not operate. Causes Broken charger cleaning motor coil. Poor contact in the charger cleaning motor connector terminals. Defective engine PCB. (14) The image formation unit fan motor does not operate. Broken image formation unit fan motor coil. Poor contact in the image formation unit fan motor connector terminals. Defective engine PCB. (15) The upper paper feed clutch does not operate. Broken upper paper feed clutch coil. Poor contact in the upper paper feed clutch connector terminals. Defective engine PCB. Check procedures/corrective measures Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the charger cleaning motor. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Run maintenance item U102 and check if CN8-B4 and CN8-B5 on the engine PCB go low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the image formation unit fan motor. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U135 and check if CN2-A4 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the upper paper feed clutch. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Run maintenance item U032 and check if CN15-13 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB.

3-6-77

2A3/4 Problem (16) The lower paper feed clutch does not operate. Causes Broken lower paper feed clutch coil. Poor contact in the lower paper feed clutch connector terminals. Defective engine PCB. (17) Feed clutch 1 does not operate. Broken feed clutch 1 coil. Poor contact in feed clutch 1 connector terminals. Defective engine PCB. (18) Feed clutch 2 does not operate. Broken feed clutch 2 coil. Poor contact in feed clutch 2 connector terminals. Defective engine PCB. (19) Feed clutch 3 does not operate. Broken feed clutch 3 coil. Poor contact in feed clutch 3 connector terminals. Defective engine PCB. Check procedures/corrective measures Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the lower paper feed clutch. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Run maintenance item U032 and check if CN15-14 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace feed clutch 1. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Run maintenance item U032 and check if CN12-A4 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace feed clutch 2. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Run maintenance item U032 and check if CN12-A8 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace feed clutch 3. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Run maintenance item U032 and check if CN12-A10 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB.

3-6-78

2A3/4 Problem (20) Feed clutch 4 does not operate. Causes Broken feed clutch 4 coil. Poor contact in feed clutch 4 connector terminals. Defective engine PCB. (21) Feed clutch 5 does not operate. Broken feed clutch 5 coil. Poor contact in feed clutch 5 connector terminals. Defective engine PCB. (22) The registration clutch does not operate. Broken registration clutch coil. Poor contact in the registration clutch connector terminals. Defective engine PCB. (23) The bypass paper feed clutch does not operate. Broken bypass paper feed clutch coil. Poor contact in the bypass paper feed clutch connector terminals. Defective engine PCB. Check procedures/corrective measures Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace feed clutch 4. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Run maintenance item U032 and check if CN8-B9 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace feed clutch 5. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Run maintenance item U032 and check if CN12-A2 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the registration clutch. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Run maintenance item U032 and check if CN8-B11 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the bypass paper feed clutch. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Run maintenance item U032 and check if CN14-A7 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB.

3-6-79

2A3/4 Problem (24) The eject speed switching clutch does not operate. Causes Broken eject speed switching clutch coil. Poor contact in the eject speed switching clutch connector terminals. Defective engine PCB. (25) The bypass solenoid does not operate. Broken bypass solenoid coil. Poor contact in the bypass solenoid connector terminals. Defective engine PCB. (26) The cleaning lamp does not turn on. Poor contact in the cleaning lamp connector terminals. Defective cleaning lamp. Defective engine PCB. (27) The exposure lamp does not turn on. Poor contact in the exposure lamp connector terminals. Defective inverter PCB. Defective scanner motor PCB. Check procedures/corrective measures Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the eject speed switching clutch. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U032 and check if CN3-A11 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the bypass solenoid. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Run maintenance item U033 and check if CN14-A8 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check for one-way continuity across each LED comprising the cleaning lamp. If none, replace the cleaning lamp. If the cleaning lamp turns on when CN2-A2 on the engine PCB is held low, replace the engine PCB. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. If the exposure lamp does not turn on when CN1-5 and CN1-6 on the inverter PCB are held low, replace the inverter PCB. If the exposure lamp turns on when CN3-1 and 3-2 on the scanner motor PCB are held low, replace the scanner motor PCB.

3-6-80

2A3/4 Problem (28) The exposure lamp does not turn off. Causes Defective inverter PCB. Defective scanner motor PCB. Broken wire in fixing heater M or S. Fixing unit thermostat triggered. Broken fixing unit thermistor wire. (30) Fixing heater M or S does not turn off (fixing unit thermostat triggered; C620). (31) Main charging is not performed (C510). Dirty sensor part of the fixing unit thermistor. Defective engine PCB. Check procedures/corrective measures If the exposure lamp does not turn off with CN1-5 and CN1-6 on the inverter PCB high, replace the inverter PCB. If CN3-1 and CN3-2 on the scanner motor PCB are always low, replace the scanner motor PCB. Check for continuity across each heater. If none, replace the heater (see page 3-3-63). Check for continuity across thermostat. If none, remove the cause and replace the thermostat. Measure the resistance. If it is , replace the fixing unit thermistor. Check visually and clean the thermistor sensor parts. If fixing heater M/S stays on while CN6-7 and CN6-8 on the engine PCB go high, replace the engine PCB.

(29) Fixing heater M or S does not turn on (C620).

Broken main charger wire. Leaking main charger housing. Poor contact in the high-voltage transformer PCB connector terminals. Defective main PCB. Defective engine PCB. Defective highvoltage transformer PCB.

See page 3-6-5.

3-6-81

2A3/4 Problem (32) Transfer charging is not performed (C511). Causes Broken transfer charger wire. Poor contact in the high-voltage transformer PCB connector terminals. Defective main PCB. Defective engine PCB. Defective highvoltage transformer PCB. (33) Separation charging is not performed (C511). Broken separation charger wire. Poor contact in the high-voltage transformer PCB connector terminals. Defective highvoltage transformer PCB. Replace the separation charger wire (see page 3-3-56). Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check procedures/corrective measures See page 3-6-4.

Run maintenance item U101. If separation charging does not take place while CN1-9 on the high-voltage transformer PCB goes low, replace the high-voltage transformer PCB. Run maintenance item U101 and check if CN5-B5 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Check the developing bias wire. If there is any problem, replace it. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check if the developing bias is output when CN1-4 on the high-voltage transformer PCB goes low while maintenance item U030 is run. If not, replace the high-voltage transformer PCB.

Defective engine PCB. (34) No developing bias is output. Poor contact in the developing bias wire. Poor contact in the high-voltage transformer PCB connector terminals. Defective highvoltage transformer PCB.

3-6-82

2A3/4 Problem (34) No developing bias is output. (35) The original size is not detected. (36) The original size is not detected correctly. Causes Defective engine PCB. Check procedures/corrective measures Check if CN5-B10 on the engine PCB goes low during copying. If not, replace the engine PCB. If the level of CN5-2 on the scanner motor PCB does not change when the original detection switch is turned on and off, replace the original detection switch. Check the original and correct if necessary. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check if sensor operates correctly. If not, replace it or, if necessary, the scanner motor PCB. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. If any keys do not work after the touch panel has been initialized, replace the touch panel or operation unit main PCB. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check if CN15-9 on the engine PCB goes low when the upper paper switch is turned on with 5 V DC present at CN15-7 on the engine PCB. If not, replace the upper paper switch.

Defective original detection switch.

Original is not placed correctly. Poor contact in the original size sensors connector terminals. Defective original size sensor or the scanner motor PCB.

(37) The touch panel keys do not work.

Poor contact in the touch panel connector terminals. Defective touch panel or operation unit main PCB. Poor contact in the upper paper switch connector terminals. Defective upper paper switch.

(38) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown when paper is present in the upper drawer.

3-6-83

2A3/4 Problem (39) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown when paper is present in the lower drawer. (40) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown when paper is present on the bypass table. (41) The size of paper in the upper drawer is not displayed correctly. Causes Poor contact in the lower paper switch connector terminals. Defective lower paper switch. Check procedures/corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check if CN15-10 on the engine PCB goes low when the lower paper switch is turned on with 5 V DC present at CN15-8 on the engine PCB. If none, replace the lower paper switch. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check if CN14-A4 on the engine PCB goes low when the bypass paper switch is turned on with 5 V DC present at CN14-A2 on the engine PCB. If not, replace the bypass paper switch. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

Poor contact in the bypass paper switch connector terminals. Defective bypass paper switch.

Poor contact in the upper paper length switch* connector terminals (inch specs). Poor contact in the upper paper width switch* connector terminals (inch specs). Defective upper paper length switch* (inch specs). Defective upper paper width switch* (inch specs). Incorrectly set drawer paper size in copier management mode (metric specs).

Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

Check if CN8-A8 on the engine PCB goes low when the upper paper length switch is turned on. If not, replace the upper paper length switch. Check if the levels of CN9-19, CN9-20 and CN9-21 on the engine PCB change alternately when the width guide in the upper drawer is moved. If not, replace the upper paper width switch. Check the drawer paper size and reset.

* For inch specifications only.

3-6-84

2A3/4 Problem (42) The size of paper in the lower drawer is not displayed correctly. Causes Poor contact in the lower paper length switch* connector terminals (inch specs). Poor contact in the lower paper width switch* connector terminals (inch specs). Defective lower paper length switch* (inch specs). Defective lower paper width switch* (inch specs). Incorrectly set drawer paper size in copier management mode (metric specs). Check procedures/corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

Check if CN8-A10 on the main PCB goes low when the lower paper length switch is turned on. If not, replace the lower paper length switch. Check if the levels of CN9-23, CN9-24 and CN9-25 on the engine PCB change alternately when the width guide in the lower drawer is moved. If not, replace the lower paper width switch. Check the drawer paper size and reset.

* For inch specifications only.

3-6-85

2A3/4 Problem (43) A paper jam in the paper feed, paper conveying or fixing section is indicated on the touch panel immediately after the main switch is turned on. Causes A piece of paper torn from copy paper is caught around paper feed switch 1/2/3, the feed switch or the eject switch. Defective paper feed switch 1. Check procedures/corrective measures Check and remove if any.

With 5 V DC present at CN13-5 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-4 on the engine PCB remains low when paper feed switch 1 is turned on and off. If it does, replace paper feed switch 1. With 5 V DC present at CN13-8 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-7 on the engine PCB remains low when paper feed switch 2 is turned on and off. If it does, replace paper feed switch 2. With 5 V DC present at CN13-11 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-10 on the engine PCB remains low when paper feed switch 3 is turned on and off. If it does, replace paper feed switch 3. With 5 V DC present at CN13-2 on the engine PCB, check if CN13-1 on the engine PCB remains low when the feed switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the feed switch. With 5 V DC present at CN8-B1 on the engine PCB, check if CN8-B2 on the engine PCB remains low when the registration switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the registration switch. With 5 V DC present at CN3-B10 on the engine PCB, check if CN3-B9 on the engine PCB remains low when the eject switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the eject switch.

Defective paper feed switch 2.

Defective paper feed switch 3.

Defective feed switch.

Defective registration switch.

Defective eject switch.

3-6-86

2A3/4 Problem (44) The message requesting covers to be closed is displayed when the front, left and right covers are closed. (45) Others. Causes Poor contact in the connector terminals of safety switch 1, 2 or 3. Defective safety switch 1, 2 or 3. Check procedures/corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check for continuity across each switch. If there is no continuity when the switch is on, replace it.

Wiring is broken, shorted or makes poor contact. Noise.

Check for continuity. If none, repair.

Locate the source of noise and remove.

3-6-87

2A3/4 SRDF Problem (1) The original feed motor does not operate. Causes Defective original feed motor coil. The connector terminals of the original feed motor make poor contact. Defective DF driver PCB. (2) The original conveying motor does not operate. Defective original conveying motor coil. The connector terminals of the original conveying motor make poor contact. Defective DF driver PCB (3) The original feed solenoid does not operate. Defective original feed solenoid coil. The connector terminals of the original feed solenoid make poor contact. Defective DF driver PCB. Check procedures/corrective measures Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the original feed motor. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check for continuity across the original feed motor coil and connector terminals. If good, replace the DF driver PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the original conveying motor. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

Check for continuity across the original conveying motor coil and connector terminals. If good, replace the DF driver PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the original feed solenoid. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

Check if the original feed solenoid operates when CN5-B13 or CN5-B12 on the DF driver PCB is low. If it does, replace the DF driver PCB.

3-6-88

2A3/4 Problem (4) The switchback feedshift solenoid does not operate. Causes Defective switchback feedshift solenoid coil. The connector terminals of the switchback feedshift solenoid make poor contact. Defective DF driver PCB. Check procedures/corrective measures Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the switchback feedshift solenoid. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

Check if the switchback feedshift solenoid operates when CN5-B8 on the DF driver PCB is low. If it does, replace the DF driver PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the eject feedshift solenoid. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

(5) The eject feedshift solenoid does not operate.

Defective eject feedshift solenoid coil. The connector terminals of the eject feedshift solenoid make poor contact. Defective DF driver PCB.

Check if the eject feedshift solenoid operates when CN5-A7 on the DF driver PCB is low. If it does, replace the DF driver PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the switchback pressure solenoid. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

(6) The switchback pressure solenoid does not operate.

Defective switchback pressure solenoid coil. The connector terminals of the switchback pressure solenoid make poor contact. Defective DF driver PCB.

Check if the switchback pressure solenoid operates when CN5-A2 or CN5-A3 on the DF driver PCB is low. If it does, replace the DF driver PCB.

3-6-89

2A3/4 Problem (7) The original feed clutch does not operate. Causes Defective original feed clutch coil. The connector terminals of the original feed clutch make poor contact. Defective DF driver PCB. (8) A message indicating cover open is displayed when the SRDF is closed correctly. (9) An original jams when the main switch is turned on. The connector terminals of DF safety switch 1 make poor contact. Defective DF safety switch 1. Check procedures/corrective measures Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the original feed clutch. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check if the original feed clutch operates when CN5-A5 on the DF driver PCB is low. If it does, replace the DF driver PCB. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check for continuity across the contacts of the switch. If none when the switch is on, replace DF safety switch 1.

A piece of paper torn from an original is caught around the original feed switch. Defective original feed switch.

Remove any found.

With 5 V DC present at CN6-B4 on the DF driver PCB, check if CN6-B5 of the DF driver PCB remains low when the original feed switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the original feed switch. Remove any found.

A piece of paper torn from an original is caught around the original switchback switch. Defective original switchback switch.

With 5 V DC present at CN6-A6 on the DF driver PCB, check if CN6-A5 on the DF driver PCB remains low when the original switchback switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the original switchback switch.

3-6-90

2A3/4 Problem (9) An original jams when the main switch is turned on. Causes A piece of paper torn from an original is caught around the DF timing switch. Defective DF timing switch. Check procedures/corrective measures Remove any found.

With 5 V DC present at CN6-A15 on the DF driver PCB, check if CN6-A14 on the DF driver PCB remains low when the DF timing switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace the DF timing switch.

3-6-91

2A3/4 Feedshift and duplex sections Problem (1) The side registration motor does not rotate (C220). Causes Poor contact in the side registration motor connector terminals. Broken side registration motor gear. Defective side registration motor. (2) The feedshift solenoid does not operate. Broken feedshift solenoid coil. Poor contact in the feedshift solenoid connector terminals. Defective engine PCB. (3) The duplex forward solenoid does not operate. Broken duplex forward solenoid coil. Poor contact in the duplex forward solenoid connector terminals. Defective engine PCB. Check procedures/corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check visually and replace the side registration motor if necessary. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the side registration motor. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the feedshift solenoid. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Run maintenance item U033 and check if CN3-A8 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the duplex forward solenoid. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Run maintenance item U033 and check if CN10-8 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB.

3-6-92

2A3/4 Problem (4) The switchback feedshift solenoid does not operate. Causes Broken switchback feedshift solenoid coil. Poor contact in the switchback feedshift solenoid connector terminals. Defective engine PCB. (5) The duplex paper tapping solenoid does not operate. Broken duplex paper tapping solenoid coil. Poor contact in the duplex paper tapping solenoid connector terminals. Defective engine PCB. (6) The message requesting covers to be closed is displayed when the left cover is closed. (7) Others. Poor contact in safety switch 2 connector terminals. Defective safety switch 2. Check procedures/corrective measures Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the switchback feedshift solenoid. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

Run maintenance item U033 and check if CN10-10 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the duplex paper tapping solenoid. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Run maintenance item U033 and check if CN10-14 on the engine PCB goes low. If not, replace the engine PCB. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check for continuity across the contacts. If there is no continuity when safety switch 2 is on, replace it.

Wiring is broken, shorted or makes poor contact. Noise.

Check for continuity. If none, repair.

Locate the source of noise and remove.

3-6-93

2A3/4 Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) Problem (1) The large paper deck does not operate when the print key is pressed. (2) The deck paper conveying motor does not operate (C920). Causes Incorrect connection with the engine PCB. Check procedures/corrective measures Check the connector.

Poor contact in the deck paper conveying motor connector terminals. The deck paper conveying motor drive system overloaded. Defective deck main PCB.

Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable.

Check the drive system.

Check if the motor drive clock signal is present at CN12-3 on the deck main PCB when maintenance item U247 is run. If not, replace the deck main PCB. Check if the deck paper conveying motor rotates while the motor drive clock signal is present at CN12-3 on the deck main PCB when maintenance item U247 is run. If not, replace the deck paper conveying motor. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace paper deck motor 1. Check if CN7-1 on the deck main PCB goes low when paper deck motor 1 is turned on (placing paper on the right cassette lift and closing the large paper deck will turn paper deck motor 1 on until deck level switch 1 turns on) while the deck open/closed safety switch is on and 24 V DC is present at CN14 on the deck main PCB. If not, replace the deck main PCB.

Defective deck paper conveying motor.

(3) Paper deck motor 1 does not operate (C921).

Poor contact in the paper deck motor 1 connector terminals. Broken paper deck motor 1 coil. Defective deck main PCB.

3-6-94

2A3/4 Problem (4) Paper deck motor 2 does not operate (C922). Causes Poor contact in the paper deck motor 2 connector terminals. Broken paper deck motor 2 coil. Defective deck main PCB. Check procedures/corrective measures Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace paper deck motor 2. Check if CN7-4 on the deck main PCB goes low when paper deck motor 2 is turned on (placing paper on the left cassette lift and closing the large paper deck will turn paper deck motor 2 on until deck level switch 2 turns on) while the deck open/closed safety switch is on and 24 V DC is present at CN14 on the deck main PCB. If not, replace the deck main PCB. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace paper feed clutch 1. Check if CN4-4 on the deck main PCB goes low when maintenance item U247 is run. If not, replace the deck main PCB. Check for continuity across CN4-4 on the deck main PCB and CN1-4 on the interface PCB. If none, check the wiring. Run maintenance item U247. If paper feed clutch 1 does not operate while CN4-4 on the deck main PCB is low, check for continuity across CN5-5 & CN1-1 and CN5-6 & CN1-4 on the interface PCB. If none, replace the interface PCB. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace paper feed clutch 2.

(5) Paper feed clutch 1 does not operate.

Poor contact in the paper feed clutch 1 connector terminals. Broken paper feed clutch 1 coil. Defective deck main PCB. Wiring problem.

Defective interface PCB.

(6) Paper feed clutch 2 does not operate.

Poor contact in the paper feed clutch 2 connector terminals. Broken paper feed clutch 2 coil.

3-6-95

2A3/4 Problem (6) Paper feed clutch 2 does not operate. Causes Defective deck main PCB. Wiring problem. Check procedures/corrective measures Check if CN4-5 on the deck main PCB goes low when maintenance item U247 is run. If not, replace the deck main PCB. Check for continuity across CN4-5 on the deck main PCB and CN1-5 on the interface PCB. If none, check the wiring. Run maintenance item U247. If paper feed clutch 2 does not operate while CN4-5 on the deck main PCB is low, check for continuity across CN5-3 & CN1-1 and CN54 & CN1-5 on the interface PCB. If none, replace the interface PCB. Reinsert the connector. Also check for continuity within the connector cable. If none, remedy or replace the cable. Check for continuity across the coil. If none, replace the paper conveying clutch. Check if CN4-6 on the deck main PCB goes low when maintenance item U247 is run. If not, replace the deck main PCB. Check for continuity across CN4-6 on the deck main PCB and CN1-6 on the interface PCB. If none, check the wiring. Run maintenance item U247. If the paper conveying clutch does not operate while CN4-6 on the deck main PCB is low, check for continuity across CN5-1 & CN1-1 and across CN5-2 & CN1-6 on the interface PCB. If none, replace the interface PCB.

Defective interface PCB.

(7) The paper conveying clutch does not operate.

Poor contact in the paper conveying clutch connector terminals. Broken paper conveying clutch coil. Defective deck main PCB. Wiring problem.

Defective interface PCB.

3-6-96

2A3/4

3-6-5 Mechanical problems

Copier Problem (1) No primary paper feed. Causes/check procedures Check if the surfaces of the following rollers or pulleys are dirty with paper powder: forwarding pulleys, upper/lower paper feed pulleys, upper/lower feed rollers, feed rollers 1/2/3/4, feed pulleys, bypass forwarding pulley and bypass upper/lower paper feed pulleys. Check if the upper or lower paper feed pulley is deformed. Check if the forwarding pulley is deformed. Electrical problem with the following electromagnetic clutches: upper/lower paper feed clutches, feed clutches 1/ 2/3/4/5 and bypass paper feed clutch. (2) No secondary paper feed. Check if the surfaces of the upper and lower registration rollers are dirty with paper powder. Electrical problem with the registration clutch. (3) Skewed paper feed. Width guide in a drawer installed incorrectly. Deformed width guide in a drawer. Check if a pressure spring along the paper conveying path is deformed or out of place. Corrective measures Clean with isopropyl alcohol.

Replace if necessary (see page 3-3-3). Replace if necessary (see page 3-3-3). See pages 3-6-77 79.

Clean with isopropyl alcohol.

See page 3-6-79. Check the width guide visually and correct or replace if necessary. Check the width guide visually and correct or replace if it is deformed. Repair or replace.

3-6-97

2A3/4 Problem (4) The scanner does not travel. (5) Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time. (6) Paper jams. Causes/check procedures Check if the scanner wire is loose. The scanner motor malfunctions. Check if the lower paper feed pulley is worn. Check if the paper is curled. Check if the paper is excessively curled. Deformed guides along the paper conveying path. Check if the contact between the upper and lower registration rollers is correct. Check if the separation charger wire in the transfer charger assembly is broken. Check if the paper conveying belt is off the paper conveying pulleys. Check if the fixing unit upper or lower left guide is deformed. Check if the press roller is extremely dirty or deformed. Check if the contact between the heat roller and its separation claws is correct. Check if the contact between the eject roller and pulley is correct. (7) Toner drops on the paper conveying path. Check if the developing unit is extremely dirty. Corrective measures Reinstall the scanner wire (see page 3-3-24). See page 3-6-74. Replace the lower paper feed pulley if it is worn (see page 3-3-3). Change the paper. Change the paper. Check visually and repair or replace any deformed guides. Remedy if necessary. Replace the pressure spring if it is deformed. Replace the separation charger wire if it is broken (see page 3-3-56). Remedy.

Repair or replace. Clean or replace the press roller. Repair if any springs are off the separation claws. Repair if a pressure spring is off the eject pulley. Clean the developing unit.

3-6-98

2A3/4 Problem (8) Abnormal noise is heard. Causes/check procedures Check if the pulleys, rollers and gears operate smoothly. Check if the following electromagnetic clutches are installed correctly: upper/lower paper feed clutches, feed clutches 1/ 2/3/4/5 and bypass paper feed clutch. Corrective measures Grease the bearings and gears. Correct.

3-6-99

2A3/4 SRDF Problem (1) No primary original feed. Causes/check procedures The surfaces of the DF forwarding pulleys, DF original feed pulley or DF separation pulley are dirty with paper powder. Check if the DF original feed pulley or the DF separation pulley is deformed. Check if the DF forwarding pulleys are deformed. Electrical problem with the following clutch or solenoid: Original feed solenoid Original feed clutch (2) No secondary original feed. (3) Originals jam. The DF registration pulley and the DF registration roller do not contact each other correctly. Originals outside the specifications are used. The surfaces of the DF forwarding pulleys, DF original feed pulley or DF separation pulley are dirty with paper powder. The DF original feed pulley and the DF separation pulley do not contact each other correctly. Corrective measures Check and clean them with isopropyl alcohol if they are dirty.

If so, replace (see pages 3-3-89 and 91). If so, replace (see page 3-389). See pages 3-6-88 and 90.

Remedy.

Use only originals conforming to the specifications. Check and clean them with isopropyl alcohol if they are dirty.

Remedy.

3-6-100

2A3/4 Feedshift and duplex sections Problem (1) No refeed. Causes/check procedures Check if the surfaces of the following rollers and pulleys are dirty with paper powder: duplex forwarding pulley, refeed pulley, switchback roller and duplex upper/lower registration rollers. Check if the duplex forwarding pulley is deformed. Electrical problem with the paper tapping solenoid. (2) Paper is refed askew. (3) Paper jams. Side registration amount adjusted incorrectly. Check if the paper is excessively curled. Deformed guides along the paper conveying path. The feedshift solenoid malfunctions. Check if the contact between the feedshift lower roller and feedshift pulley is correct. (4) Abnormal noise is heard. Check if pulleys, rollers and gears operate smoothly. Corrective measures Clean with isopropyl alcohol.

Replace (see page 3-3-80). See page 3-6-93. Run maintenance item U052 and adjust the side registration amount (see page 3-3-88). Change the paper. Check visually and repair or replace any deformed guides. See page 3-6-92. Repair if the mount has come off the feedshift pulley. Grease the bushings and gears.

3-6-101

2A3/4 Large paper deck (42 ppm: optional/52 ppm: standard) Problem (1) No primary paper feed. Causes/check procedures Check if the upper or lower deck separation roller is dirty with paper powder. Check if deck paper feed roller 1, 2 or the deck paper conveying roller is dirty with paper powder. Check if the upper or lower deck separation roller is worn or deformed. Check if deck paper feed roller 1, 2 or the deck paper conveying roller is worn or deformed. Check if paper feed clutch 1, 2 or the paper conveying clutch malfunctions. (2) Paper is fed askew. Check if the upper or lower deck separation roller is worn or deformed. Check if deck paper feed roller 1, 2 or the deck paper conveying roller is worn or deformed. Check if the paper side guides are deformed. (3) Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time. Check if the paper is excessively curled. Paper is not loaded correctly. Check if the upper or lower deck separation roller is worn or deformed. Check if the paper is excessively curled. Check if the upper and lower deck separation rollers contact each other when the deck is installed correctly. Corrective measures Clean with isopropyl alcohol.

Clean with isopropyl alcohol.

Replace (see page 3-3-102).

Replace (see page 3-3-104).

Remedy or replace.

Replace (see page 3-3-102).

Replace (see page 3-3-104).

Remedy or replace. Change the paper. Correct. Replace (see page 3-3-102).

(4) Paper jams.

Change the paper. Remedy if necessary.

3-6-102

2A3/4 Problem (4) Paper jams. (5) Abnormal noise is heard. Causes/check procedures Check if the paper side guides are deformed. Check if rollers and gears operate smoothly. Check for any abnormality with motors and clutches. Check for any drive belt out of place. Corrective measures Remedy or replace. Grease the bushings and gears. Replace. Remedy if necessary.

3-6-103

2A3/4

CONTENTS 3-7 Appendixes

Timing chart No. 1 ......................................................................................... 3-7-1 Timing chart No. 2 ......................................................................................... 3-7-2 Timing chart No. 3 ......................................................................................... 3-7-3 Timing chart No. 4 ......................................................................................... 3-7-4 Timing chart No. 5 ......................................................................................... 3-7-5 Timing chart No. 6 ......................................................................................... 3-7-6 Timing chart No. 7 ......................................................................................... 3-7-7 Timing chart No. 8 ......................................................................................... 3-7-8 Timing chart No. 9 ......................................................................................... 3-7-9 Timing chart No. 10 ..................................................................................... 3-7-10 Timing chart No. 11 ..................................................................................... 3-7-11 Timing chart No. 12 ..................................................................................... 3-7-12 Power source PCB 1/2 ................................................................................ 3-7-13 Power source PCB 2/2 ................................................................................ 3-7-14 Engine PCB 1/2 ........................................................................................... 3-7-15 Engine PCB 2/2 ........................................................................................... 3-7-16 Main PCB 1/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-17 Main PCB 2/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-18 Main PCB 3/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-19 Main PCB 4/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-20 Main PCB 5/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-21 Main PCB 6/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-22 Main PCB 7/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-23 Main PCB 8/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-24 Main PCB 9/9 .............................................................................................. 3-7-25 Memory copy PCB 1/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-26 Memory copy PCB 2/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-27 Memory copy PCB 3/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-28 Memory copy PCB 4/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-29 Memory copy PCB 5/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-30 Memory copy PCB 6/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-31 Memory copy PCB 7/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-32 Memory copy PCB 8/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-33 Memory copy PCB 9/12 .............................................................................. 3-7-34 Memory copy PCB 10/12 ............................................................................ 3-7-35 Memory copy PCB 11/12 ............................................................................ 3-7-36 Memory copy PCB 12/12 ............................................................................ 3-7-37 Scanner motor PCB .................................................................................... 3-7-38 CCD PCB .................................................................................................... 3-7-39 DF driver PCB ............................................................................................. 3-7-40 Operation unit main PCB 1/2 ...................................................................... 3-7-41 Operation unit main PCB 2/2 ...................................................................... 3-7-42 Operation unit right PCB ............................................................................. 3-7-43 Operation unit left PCB ............................................................................... 3-7-44

1-1-33

2A3/4 Deck main PCB ........................................................................................... Interface PCB .............................................................................................. SRDF connection diagram .......................................................................... General connection diagram (42 ppm copier) ............................................. General connection diagram (52 ppm copier) ............................................. SRDF wiring diagram .................................................................................. Large paper deck wiring diagram ................................................................ 3-7-45 3-7-46 3-7-47 3-7-48 3-7-49 3-7-50 3-7-51

1-1-34

E 2A3/4

Timing chart No. 1 From the main switch turned on to machine stabilization
A B C D
Primary stabilization fixing temperature 175C/347F

1
Secondary stabilization fixing temperature*1 Copying possible*2

Aging end

MSW: On

MSW

CN4-10

3
PRY H1 H2 CN4-9 CN6-7 CN6-8
2s
189C/372.2F 180C/374F

4
CCM CN8-B5 (Fwd. rotation) CCM CN8-B4 (Rev. rotation) DM
20 s 25 s 3s 1s 1s 200 ms

CN12-B4 CN5-A8 CN2-A2 CN5-B10 CN3-B4 CN3-B4 CN8-B7 CN2-A4 CN9-1,2,3,4

1s

200 ms 270 ms

PCM CL DB REM

600 ms 50 ms

CFM1 (Half speed) CFM1 (Full speed) PCFM 7 IFFM PM

8 *1: 180C/356F (42 ppm) or 190C/374F (52 ppm) *2: Copying is possible at the earlier timing of 60 s (42 ppm) or 120 s (52 ppm) after secondary stabilization or 116 s (42 ppm) or 176 s (52 ppm) after PRY turning on. A B C D E F G H I J

3-7-1
E

2A3/4

3-7-2
A
Scanner initialization (SHPSW: ON) Fwd. rotation

Timing chart No. 2 Scanner operation

B
Rev. rotation SHPSW CN4-2

SM CN2-1,2, 3,4,5,6 Off

C
43 P 154 P

D
Scanner initialization (SHPSW: OFF) Fwd. rotation CN2-1,2, 3,4,5,6 Off Rev. rotation

E
SM SHPSW CN4-2

F G H
Fwd. rotation SM CN2-1,2, 3,4,5,6 Off Rev. rotation

76 P

43 P

154 P

Original scanning operation (A3/11" x 17" original, magnification ratio 100%, manual copy density control)

SHPSW

CN4-2

FVSYNC signal 410 P 414 P 9921 P 110 P

J 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

E 2A3/4

Timing chart No. 3 Original feed operation 1: single-side original mode, multiple originals
A B C D E F G H I J

Primary original feed

Repeats

Original ejection

2OSSW

CN6-B2

200 ms

OFSOL A

CN5-B12
200 ms

3
OFSOL R OFCL CN5-B13 CN5-A5

4
20 ms 30 ms + 288 P*2 20 ms 30 ms + 288 P*2

4
CN5-B3, B4, B5, B6 CN6-B5

OFM OFSW

556 P*2

556 P*2

5
OSBSW CN6-A5

6OCM

30 ms + 2337 P*3

CN5-A10, A11, A12, A13 CN6-A14 *1 During enlargement copying: (magnification 10 530) ms *2 Burst of OFM pulses *3 Burst of OCM pulses

DFTSW

3-7-3
E

E 2A3/4

Timing chart No. 4 Original feed operation 2: double-sided original mode, multiple originals (1/2 )
A B C D E F G H I J

1
Repeats Primary original feed OSSW CN6-B2 Scanning the first face Switchback operation

2
200 ms

2
CN5-B12

OFSOL A

OFSOL R 3 OFCL

CN5-B13 CN5-A5 Scanning speed

20 ms 115 P*1 100 ms 327 P*1 100 ms 30 ms 30 ms

OFM 4 OFSW

CN5-B3, B4, B5, B6 CN6-B5

288 P*2 556 P*1

SBFSSOL

CN5-B8

5
564 P*2

5
CN5-A2 CN5-A3 CN6-A5
30 ms

SBPSOL A SBPSOL R OSBSW

OCM EFSSOL

CN5-A10, A11, A12, A13 CN5-A7

7
DFTSW CN6-A14

*1 Burst of OFM pulses *2 Burst of OCM pulses

3-7-4
E

E 2A3/4

Timing chart No. 5 Original feed operation 2: double-sided original mode, multiple originals (2/2)
A B C D E F G H I J

1
Repeats Switchback operation Primary feed of next original Scanning the image Original ejection

OSSW

CN6-B2

2
OFSOL A CN5-B12
200 ms

3OFSOL R
OFCL

CN5-B13 CN5-A5
Scanning speed 115 P*1 100 ms 327 P*1 100 ms 288 P*2 30 ms 100 ms 20 ms 30 ms

OFM OFSW

CN5-B3, B4, B5, B6 CN6-B5

4
556 P*1

SBFSSOL

CN5-B8

SBPSOL A SBPSOL R

CN5-A2 CN5-A3 CN6-A5

2337 P*2 30 ms + 2337 P*2

6OSBSW

6
30 ms

OCM EFSSOL

CN5-A10, A11, A12, A13 CN5-A7

7
DFTSW CN6-A14

*1 Burst of OFM pulses *2 Burst of OCM pulses

3-7-5
E

E 2A3/4

Timing chart No. 6 Copying an A3/11" 17" original onto an A5R/5 1/2" 81/2" copy paper from the bypass table, magnification ratio 25%, manual copy density control
A B C D E F G H I J

Image ready

Print key CL CFM1 CN2-A2 CN3-B4 CN3-B6 CN13-1 CN8-B2 CN12-A2 CN8-B11 CN3-B9 CN5-B10 CN5-B13 CN5-B5 CN5-B7 CN11-3 CN12-B4 CN5-A8 CN14-A8
250 ms 520 ms 100 ms 300 ms 90 ms 50 ms 520 ms 700 ms 210 ms 270 ms 300 ms 115 ms 65 ms 74 ms 74 ms 100 ms 50 ms 360 ms 520 ms 520 ms

29030000 ms Toner replenishment 600 ms

CFM2 FSW RSW FCL5

600 ms

4
RCL ESW DB REM
80 ms

600 ms

MC REM SC REM TC REM

PFM DM PCM BYPSOL

7
BYPPFCL CN14-A7

7
200 ms

3-7-6
E

E 2A3/4

Timing chart No. 7 Copying an A4/11" 81 /2 " original onto an A4/11" 81/2" copy paper from the copier upper drawer, magnification ratio 100%, auto copy density control
A B C D E F G H I J

1
Image ready

1
Print key CL CN2-A2 CN3-B4 CN3-B6 CN8-B9 CN13-1 CN8-B2 CN12-A2 CN8-B11 CN3-B9 CN5-B10 CN5-B13 CN5-B5 CN5-B7 CN11-3 CN12-B4 CN5-A8 CN15-13 CN12-A8 CN13-7 CN12-A4 CN13-4
28 ms 35 ms 250 ms 520 ms 100 ms 50 ms 163 ms 58 ms 50 ms 520 ms 700 ms 210 ms 270 ms 300 ms 600 ms 74 ms 74 ms 80 ms 100 ms 174 ms 50 ms 360 ms 520 ms 520 ms 35 ms 600 ms 29030000 ms Toner replenishment 600 ms

CFM1 CFM2 FCL4

FSW RSW FCL5 RCL

4
ESW DB REM MC REM

SC REM TC REM PFM

DM PCM PFCL-U FCL2

7
PFSW2 FCL1 PFSW1

3-7-7
E

E 2A3/4

Timing chart No. 8 Continuous copying of an A5R/51/2" 81/2" original onto two sheets of A3/11" 17" copy paper from the copier lower drawer, magnification ratio 400%, manual copy density control
A B C D E F G H I J

1
Print key CL CFM1 CN2-A2 CN3-B4 CN3-B6 CN8-B9 CN13-1 CN8-B2 CN12-A2 CN8-B11 CN3-B9
50 ms 520 ms 520 ms 174 ms

Image ready 1.2 s

Image ready

29030000 ms Toner replenishment 600 ms 360 ms 600 ms

CFM2 FCL4 FSW

35 ms

174 ms

35 ms

RSW FCL5 RCL ESW

3
74 ms 74 ms 100 ms 80 ms 74 ms 74 ms 100 ms 80 ms

4
DB REM CN5-B10 MC REM CN5-B13 SC REM CN5-B5
50 ms 520 ms 700 ms 210 ms 270 ms 210 ms 270 ms 300 ms 600 ms

TC REM CN5-B7 PFM DM CN11-3 CN12-B4 CN5-A8 CN15-14 CN12-A10 CN13-10

250 ms 520 ms

PCM PFCL-L FCL3 PFSW3

365 ms

100 ms 50 ms

365 ms 35 ms 50 ms

128 ms

128 ms

35 ms

7
FCL2 PFSW2 FCL1 CN12-A8 CN13-7 CN12-A4 CN13-4
128 ms 35 ms 209 ms 35 ms

128 ms

7
35 ms

209 ms

35 ms

PFSW1

3-7-8
E

E 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Timing chart No. 9 Duplex copying of an A3/11" 17" book original onto one duplex A4/11" 81 /2 " copy from the copier upper drawer, magnification ratio 100%, auto copy density control

A
Print key FSSOL1 1160 ms 200 ms 1160 ms 200 ms FSSOL2 SBFSSOL1 SBFSSOL2 CN10-12 CN10-10 CN3-A9 CN3-A8

B
FSSW DUPFWDSOL 30 ms DUPPTSOL SRM 60 ms 12 P SRHPSW DUPRSW CN9-7 CN9-8 CN9-11 CN11-3 DUPPCSW DUPESW PFM CN10-1,2,3, 4,5 CN9-12 CN10-14 500 ms CN10-8 CN3-A4

C D
DM CN12-B4 250 ms 520 ms 100 ms 162 ms 58 ms 50 ms CN5-A8 CN15-13 CN12-A8 CN13-7 PCM PFCL-U FCL2 PFSW2

C D

E
FCL1 CN12-A4 CN13-4 CN8-B9 CN13-1 CN8-B2 PFSW1 FCL4 FSW RSW

128 ms

232 ms

174 ms

35 ms 30 ms

35 ms

F
FCL5 RCL ESW CN12-A2 CN8-B11 CN3-B9 74 ms Image ready 100 ms 80 ms 74 ms 100 ms 80 ms

G
CL CN2-A2 50 ms CFM1 CN3-B4 520 ms 360 ms 600 ms

H I J

CFM2

CN3-B6

290-30000 ms

DB REM

CN5-B10 50 ms MC REM CN5-B13

300 ms

SC REM

CN5-B5 700 ms

TC REM

CN5-B7 210 ms 270 ms 210 ms 270 ms

3-7-9

2A3/4

E 2A3/4

Timing chart No. 10 Continuous, duplex copying of two single-sided A4/11" 81/2" originals onto two duplex A4/11" 81/2" copies from the copier upper drawer, magnification ratio 100%, auto copy density control
A
Print key FSSOL1 FSSOL2 SBFSSOL1 SBFSSOL2 FSSW

CN3-A8 CN3-A9 CN10-10 CN10-12 CN3-A4 CN10-8 CN10-14 CN10-1,2,3, 4,5 CN9-12 CN9-7 CN9-8 CN9-11 CN11-3 CN12-B4 CN5-A8 CN15-13 CN12-A8 CN13-7 CN12-A4 CN13-4 CN8-B9 CN13-1 CN8-B2 CN12-A2 CN8-B11 CN3-B9 CN2-A2 CN3-B4 CN3-B6 CN5-B10 CN5-B13 CN5-B5 CN5-B7 50 ms 74 ms Image ready 50 ms 520 ms 174 ms 128 ms 100 ms 50 ms 250 ms 520 ms 162 ms 58 ms

1160 ms

200 ms 1160 ms

200 ms

DUPFWDSOL DUPPTSOL SRM SRHPSW DUPRSW

30 ms 60 ms 12 P

30 ms 60 ms 12 P

2
12 P

DUPPCSW DUPESW PFM DM PCM

34 ms 128 ms 58 ms

PFCL-U FCL2 PFSW2 FCL1 PFSW1

232 ms

232 ms 35 ms 35 ms

FCL4 FSW RSW FCL5 RCL

35 ms 174 ms

35 ms

30 ms

30 ms

100 ms 1200 ms 80 ms

100 ms 80 ms 74 ms

100 ms 1200 ms 80 ms

100 ms 80 ms

ESW CL CFM1 CFM2

6
600 ms 360 ms 290-30000 ms

DB REM MC REM SC REM

7
300 ms

700 ms 210 ms 270 ms 210 ms 270 ms 210 ms 270 ms 210 ms 270 ms

TC REM

3-7-10
E

E 2A3/4

Timing chart No. 11 Primary paper feed from large paper deck right cassette
A B C D E F G H I J

PFCL1: On for the second sheet

PFCL1: On for the first sheet

Paper feed shignal from the copier

100 ms 64 P

100 ms 64 P

4
PFSW4 (from the copier) PPSENS1 CN4-9

5
PPSENS2 CN1-6

PPSENS3 CN1-11

6
PFCL1 CN4-4 CCL CN4-6

7
PFCL2 CN4-5

3-7-11
E

E 2A3/4

Timing chart No. 12 Primary paper feed from large paper deck left cassette
A B C D E F G H I J

PFCL1: On for the second sheet

PFCL1: On for the first sheet

3
Paper feed signal from the copier

100 ms 64 P

100 ms 64 P

PFSW4 (from the copier)

PPSENS1 CN4-9

PPSENS2 CN1-6

PPSENS3 CN1-11

6
PFCL1 CN4-4

CCL CN4-6

43 P

43 P

PFCL2 CN4-5

3-7-12
E

Power source PCB 1 /2

A B C D E F G H I J

2A3/4

CN8-1 2 F1 TAB1 Z1 F2 TAB2 R1 C1 L1 C2 TAB3 CN8-5 L2

L3 D001 2 C8 4 1

TR1 2

R119 3 1

D107

R118 6

+
R117 4.5

C3

C4

C9 3

RF1 C11

C112 C102 R116 R114

R115

R2 3 R122 D109 R121 D108

CN9-1 TAB4

C10

D106 C103 2 1.2 D105

+
R3 C101 R120 Q1 1 R108 3 2 Q2 1

4 D103 R109

3 R113 R112 C104

R111 R110

R125 CN9-3 C113 5 1 R123 TR2 2 R124 CN10-1 1 6 C115 R128 2 C116 PC3 D102 ZD102 3 3 4 PT1 ZD103 C114

D104 R129 5 R101 B1 R104 R103 PC2 4 8 1 7 6 IC1 2 3 5 R106 4 C106 C111 D101 8

+
C105

+
1 R126 7 CN10-2 TR3 2 R127 3 3 4 PT2 R105 C110 ZD101

Q3

3 C108 C109 PC1 3 4

C102 R107

7 C107 9

3-7-13

Power source PCB 2 /2

A B C D E F G H I J

2A3/4

C201 1 1

R201 D201 CN1-1 2 Q201 3 2 2 D202 C202 1 B3 3 C203 R202 L201

+

14 13 12 AB1 B2

CN1-2 CN1-3 CN1-4 R209 CN5-8 F201 CN5-1 CN5-2 4 5 6 8 9 TRNS 1 2

R206 1 PC1 2 C204 IC2 R207 C205 C206 R205

R208 1 R203 1 R204 PC2 2 ZD201

18 19 CN1-5 13 12 CN1-6 CN1-7 CN1-8 CN3-1 CN3-2 CN3-3 CN3-4 CN3-5 CN3-6

16 17 18

AB2

CN5-3 CN5-4 F202 CN5-5 CN5-6

Q202 R212 R210 Q203 CN4-2 C207 R213 3 2 R211 1 3 D203

2 1

R321 4 R322 Q305 2 3 1

R323 R325 Q306 2 3 R324 1 R326 R327 ZD401 R401

CN3-7 CN3-8 CN6-1 CN6-2 CN6-3 CN2-1 R320 L302 Q302 2 3 1 CN2-2 CN2-3 Q301 2 3 Q303 R311 3 D302 R312 2 1 R313 1 3 R316 R314
+

5 L301

1Q304 2 3 R318 R301 R302 R303

ZD301 R319 D304

CN6-4 CN2-4 CN2-5 CN2-6 CN2-7 CN7-9 F301 CN7-1 F302 CN7-2 CN7-3 PC3 4 3 R501 R503 CN4-3 Q501 2 C501 1 1 PT2 PT1 2 2 3 R502 1 R601 R602 6 CN6-5 CN6-6 CN6-7 CN7-5 CN7-6 CN7-7 5

C310

R317

2 D301

C301 6 C302

IC3
+

R304 C303

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 R305 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C308 C307

+

C309

C306 D303 7 R306 R308 R307 C304 C305 R309 R310 R315

B4 8

C401

C402 IC4 C403 1 2 3 + +

CN4-1 C404

CN4-4 CN4-5

H1 H2 8

FG

3-7-14

Engine PCB 1/2

A
D16 SSW1 SOURCE CN4-6

2A3/4 B
R76 D13 R78 C E S G R60 S R63 R61 TR6 R62 C27 S G P G R93 S R96 R94 TR8 R95 C41 S G P G R102 R100 TR12 R101 C42 P G S G CN1-10 SSW3 CN1-9 SSW2 B CN1-81 SSW1 PWSW-U DIG2 PWSW-U DIG1 PWSW-U DIG0 PLSW-U CN1-11 SSW1 PWSW-L DIG2 PWSW-L DIG1 PWSW-L DIG0 PLSW-L BYPPWSW DIG2 BYPPWSW DIG1 BYPPWSW DIG0 BYPPLSW PSW-L PSW-U BYPPSW LICSW-L CN9-21 CN9-20 CN9-19 CN8-A8 CN9-25 CN9-24 CN9-23 CN8-A10 CN14-B2 CN14-B3 CN14-B4 CN14-B8 CN15-10 CN15-9 CN14-A4 CN15-4 R173 R174 R175 R164
S

D
S

E
2 RA7 3 4 1 7 6 5 8 CN1-47 CN1-48 CN1-49 CN1-50 PWSW-U DIG2 PWSW-U DIG1 PWSW-U DIG0 PLSW-U

F
S

G
CN9-8 CN9-11 CN9-7 CN9-16 CN12-B3 CN5-A7 CN5-B3 CN5-B11 R179 R178 R180 R176
S

H
CN1-31 CN1-30 CN1-29 CN1-28 DUPPCSW DUPESW DUPRSW STKSW NF3
S

DUPPCSW DUPESW DUPRSW STKSW

3 2 4 1

RA8

6 7 5 8

1
SSW1 CN4-1

1
NF1 14 IC1 C10 S G NF22 14 IC18 7 C44 S G R119 NF16 7 C48 R7
S S

R170 R172 R171 R163

S

2 4 3 1

RA6

7 5 6 8

CN1-43 CN1-44 CN1-45 CN1-46

PWSW-L DIG2 PWSW-L DIG1 PWSW-L DIG0 PLSW-L

DM LOCK PCM LOCK ST ALM MC ALM

R146 R157 R152 R136

S

1 2 3 4

RA2

NF2 14 IC2 C13 C9 S G NF11 14 IC6 C19 C17 S G R28 R6

8 7 6 5

NF23 14 IC19 7 C45 S G C47

CN1-42 CN1-41 CN1-40 CN1-39

DM LOCK PCM LOCK ST ALM MC ALM

14 IC3 7

C14

C12 C8

SSW2 SOURCE

CN4-2

S G NF10

R5
S

R120 NF24
S

R127 R125 R117 R106

S

SSW2

CN4-7

4 3 2 1

RA4

5 6 7 8

CN1-51 CN1-52 CN1-53 CN1-54

BYPPWSW DIG2 BYPPWSW DIG1 BYPPWSW DIG0 BYPPLSW

TLDS TLS SBESW

CN2-B3 CN2-A10 CN3-A1 CN3-B9 CN3-A4 CN18-3

R14 R13 R20 R22 R44 R161 R198 R154 R148 R196 R32 R66 R151 R200 R150

R15 CN1-3 R12 CN1-4 R16 CN1-5 R21 CN1-6 R46 CN1-7 R162 CN1-22 R199 CN1-24 R155 CN1-32 R147 CN1-33 R195 CN1-34 R23 CN1-63 R57 CN1-64 R149 CN1-25 C58 S G CN1-74 R201 K . COUNTER SET SIG FINISHER SET SIG IC21 4 +

TLDS TLS SBESW ESW FSSW

14 IC5

C18 C16 S G R26 NF12

14 IC20 7

C50 C46

SSW3 SOURCE

CN4-8

R105 R103 R110 R124

SSW3

CN4-3

4 3 2 1

RA3

5 6 7 8

CN1-55 CN1-56 CN1-57 CN1-58

PSW-L PSW-U BYPPSW LICSW-L

ESW FSSW

S G

R122 NF14

PRY SOURCE

CN4-4

SET SIG R116 S G

S

CN16-8 CN11-2 CN8-B2 CN13-1 CN19-A9

SET SIG PFM LOCK RSW FSW

IC13 +

8 4

C35 C30 R71 NF25 C51 C47 R123

IC7 +

8 4

C22 C20 R33 NF17 NF15

8 IC11 4 S G

C28 C25 R59

PFM LOCK 2 3 4 1 RA1 7 6 5 8 CN1-60 CN1-61 CN1-62 CN1-59 BYPEDSW SRHPSW SET SIG LICSW-U RSW FSW

PRY REM

CN4-9 P G

R99 CN1-80 PRY REM

BYPEDSW SRHPSW SET SIG LICSW-U

CN14-B5 CN9-12 CN9-2 CN15-3

R112 R117 R181 R109

S G

S G

3
S 1,8

R111 S G
S S

NF59 CN18-11 DECK RxD CN17-4 NF71

R159

R160

R156 C59

PFSW1 1 2 IC1 CN1-27 RxD PFSW2 PFSW3 PFSW4

CN13-4 CN13-7 CN13-10 CN13-13

R194 R193 R192 R191 DT13

4 3 2 1

RA5

5 6 7 8

CN1-38 CN1-37 CN1-36 CN1-35

PFSW1 PFSW2 PFSW3 PFSW4

K . COUNTER SET SIG FINISHER SET SIG

CN20-3 CN21-6

9,16 IC14 +

8 4

C36 C31 R72

IC12

+ 8

C34 C29

COM 4,5

CN2-A12

11 S G

12,13 P G

IC4 IC9 IC16 IC17

S G

S G

R158 S G NF60 2 1 IC19

S

IC1 B 8 9
S

CN18-9 DECK TxD CN17-6

NF70 NF48 12 13 IC19 4 6 5 IC19

CN1-26 R129 CN1-98 R130 CN1-99 R131 CN1-100

TxD

PFSW4

CN17-7

C E S G

NF4 CN2-A9 NF7 CN2-B4 CN3-A2 CN3-A5 CN3-B10

NF5 CN2-A11 CN2-B2 NF8 CN2-B5 CN3-A3 CN3-A6 NF33 CN3-B11 CN5-A2 CN5-A10 NF43 CN5-B9 CN8-A7 CN8-A9 NF65 CN8-B3 CN9-1 CN9-3 CN9-4 CN9-9 CN9-10 CN9-17 CN9-18 CN9-22 NF53 NF39 CN9-26 CN11-5 CN12-A5 CN12-B6

NF73 CN13-3 CN13-6 CN13-9 CN13-12 NF29 CN13-15 CN14-A3 CN14-A9 CN14-B7 CN14-B6 NF20 CN14-B1 CN15-5 CN15-6 CN15-11 NF77 CN15-12 CN16-7 CN16-9 NF72 CN16-11 CN17-1 CN17-3 NF46 CN17-5 CN18-4 CN18-10 NF9 NF18 NF52 CN18-12 CN19-B9 CN20-4 CN21-1 CN21-3 C50 C51 R165 CN2-B1 CN5-A5 CN8-A1 N.C N.C N.C N.C N.C CN16-4 N.C P G CN17-13 N.C CN17-14 N.C CN17-15 N.C CN17-16 N.C CN18-5 N.C 12 V D5 R10 IC23 D G I C63 C52 R166 C7 CN7-2 CN6-6 G (24 V) + S G CN6-5 CN7-1 R24 V C15 C57 C56 R153 S G
R

+ IC7
(A)

R47 R49 3 C24 R48

4
+

CN18-6 NF61 CN18-7 NF47 CN18-8

6 S G 11 S G 7

3 IC19

7 IC1 10 S G

1 CN1-20 IC7 24 V OFF

(A)

R34 FTH CN3-B8 R24 C21 S G

IC14 3 + 1 2

R87 CN1-8
S

NF26 FTH NF45 NF64 H.ALARM

CN3-B7 CN5-A4 CN5-A9 CN8-A11 CN8-B1 CN9-5 CN9-6 CN9-13 CN9-14 CN9-15 CN11-4 CN12-A6 CN12-B5 CN13-2 CN13-5

2 ZD1

NF75

R197

R168

R167 C64

RxD

CN16-12

4 IC1

R84 + 1 CN1-21

CN1-90

RxD
S R85

NF31 CN6-1 C53 C52 R140 P G

S

2 IC13 R86

24 V

R169 NF76 TxD REM (METER PULSE) CN16-10 NF78 CN16-2 8

S G C40 10 11 IC19
S

C4

NF54 NF40

CN6-2 NF37 CN6-3 C5 +

G (24 V)

CN1-89 R128 CN1-97

TxD S G REM (METER PULSE) R4 TNS SIG CN2-B11 C1 + S G

S

E 5.1 V

9 IC19

NF74
S

D2

R3 CN1-1 TNS SIG

CN13-8 CN13-11 CN13-14 R104 CN14-B9 NF21 CN14-A1

CN6-4 R11 CN1-70

G (5 V)

6
FRxD CN21-4

NF50 D4 S G NF51 FTxD CN21-2 R141

R144 R145

R139 5 C54 4

IC1 6 CN1-92 FRxD

6
LSU5 V ON/OFF

S G

ZD3 S G NF49 RESET CN21-5 R143 ZD2 C E S G

3 IC13

D1 CN1-91 FTxD CN2-B7 C11 S G R8 S G

R9 CN1-2

CN14-A2 NF28 CN15-1 CN15-2 CN15-7 CN15-8 F1

S G

B DT12

CN1-102 RESET
S

7
NF69 CN17-8 NF67 CN17-9 NF68 CN17-10 NF79 CN17-11 6 10

S G

CN5-B14 N.C CN17-2 CN19-A1 CN19-A2 CN19-A3 CN19-A4 CN19-A5 CN19-A6 CN8-A6 CN16-3

R90 ETTH CN5-A1 C37 S G CN1-103 R118 CN1-93 S G

R89

IC12 + 1

NF80 R79 CN1-18 ETTH NF19

12 IC18 11 IC18 8 5 IC18

13

CN12-B1 N.C

R81 9 IC18 CN1-94 CN1-95 S G R75 EHUMSENS CN5-A3 C38

IC12 + 7

R67 CN1-19 D3 S G EHUMSENS

6 R54

CN19-A7 CN19-A8

8
NF66 CN17-12
S R189

R190 CN1-96 R188 S G

3-7-15

Engine PCB 2/2

A
IC16 3 2 IC16 6 7 IC16 14 15 IC16 11 10 IC17 3 2 IC17 6 7 IC17 14 15 IC17 11 10 IC9 IC9 3 2 6 7 IC9 11 10 IC9 14 15
S

2A3/4 B C D
IC6 9 8 R43 CN19-B8 R45 CN19-B7 R50 CN19-B6 R51 CN19-B5 D14 CN1-67 IC5 9 8 R52 CN19-B4 FSSOL1 CN1-68 IC5 5 6 R53 CN19-B3 R56 CN19-B2 R65 CN19-B1 NF13 CN19-B10 NF62 CN6-7 NF63 CN6-8 H2 REM ESCL CN1-77 14 H1 REM DM REM IC4 11 IC4 15 CN3-A11 D25 DT10 IC18 7 NF6 CN2-B9 TNS CONT DM REM CN1-113 DM CLK CN1-112
S R27
R R

F
IC4 TC CN1-101
S R38

G
3 2 R41 R40

FCL5 FCL1

CN1-107 CN1-106 CN1-105 CN1-104

CN12-A2 CN12-A4 CN12-A8 CN12-A10

FCL5 FCL1

CN1-65

CN3-B2

TC

1
FCL2 FCL3

CN1-66 FCL2 FCL3 CN1-135

IC5 13

12

TC

CN1-23 TR3

1
R42 R69 MAIN 5 V CN1-12 R70 S G FSSOL1 R82 C39 S G TR10 FSSOL2 MSW OFF CN1-82 DT4 B E S G
S
R

IC6 11

10

S G

R39

SRM A SRM B SRM A_

CN1-123 CN1-122 CN1-121 CN1-120

CN10-4 CN10-3 CN10-2 CN10-1

SRM A SRM B SRM A_ SRM B_

CN1-136

IC5 11

10

P G

5 IC13 + 7 C32 6 R83 S R92 R97 _RES CN4-10 TR11 R98 P G MSW OFF

DT2 CN1-78 CN1-79 1 1B S 2 E 3 2B 1C 6 R54 2C 4 R55

TR4 CN3-A8 P G D15

R

SRM B_

FSSOL2

CN3-A9 TR5 P G IC4 5 S G 7 R1 R2

CN1-137 CN15-13 CN15-14 CN14-A7 CN20-2 PFCL-U PFCL-L BYPPFCL CN1-140 KC COUNT H1 REM CN1-109 CN1-138

IC6 13

12

R91

PFCL-U PFCL-L BYPPFCL KC COUNT

CN1-132 CN1-131 CN1-134 CN1-139

IC5
S R25

3 IC5 1

_INH
S

C43 S G R114 5 15 10 20 6 16
INH1 2 INH2 19 N.C. 1 N.C. 11 Vcc2 12 Vcc1 9

C3 + P G 3

D22 D17 D19 D20

IC6

10

CN3-B4 CN3-B6

CFM1 REM CFM2 REM

E DT15 BYPSOL CN1-133 B C

R126 TR13 P G

CN14-A8

BYPSOL

H2 REM

CN1-108

IC6

ESCL

2 SEN1 19 SEN2 1 GND 11 GND 12 SEN3 9 SEN4

D21

CLM-U CLM-L FCL4 RCL

CN1-119 CN1-118 CN1-130 CN1-115

R113 R107 R108 R115

S G 4 17 14 7 IC15

I1 I2 I3 I4

O1 18 O2 13 O3 8 O4

CN8-A3 CN8-A5 CN8-B9 CN8-B11 D18

CLM-U CLM-L FCL4 RCL

D23

DUPFWDSOL 2 NF42 CN12-B2 DM CLK NF41 CN12-B4 DM REM DM REM DUPPTSOL

CN1-128 CN1-127

TNS CONT

CN1-13 R88 R77

IC14 + 5 6 R90

1 IC6 1

S 2

1 1B E 3 2B

1C 6 R184 2C 4 R185

TR17

P G CN10-8 D26
R

DUPFWDSOL C55 DUPPTSOL

S

P G TR18

+ S G 7 1 8 C5 P G
VCC VCC 1 2 9 INH MONI

CN10-14

_INH R137 R138

P G D28 DT11 TR20 1C 6 R187 2C 4 R186 P G TR19

R

4
SC CONT CN1-14

S G 3 IC21 + 1 IC20 NF44 CN5-B4 SC CONT SC REM CN1-83 1 (A) 2

CCM FWD CCM REV SBFSSOL1

CN1-116 CN1-117

2 6 IN1 OUT1 3 IN2 OUT2 4

GND

CN8-B5 CN8-B4

CCM FWD CCM REV

NF38 CN5-B5 NF35 CN5-B7 NF32 CN5-B10 DB REM DT9 NF27 CN5-B13 MC REM NF57 CN5-A6 NF58 CN5-A8 PCM REM PCM CLK CN1-124 CN1-129
S 2

SC REM

R133 S G TC CONT CN1-15 R134 S G

SBFSSOL1 SBFSSOL2

CN1-126 CN1-125

S 2

TC REM 5 IC21 + 7 6 NF36 CN5-B6 TC CONT DB REM

CN1-84

IC20 3 (A) 4 IC20

1 1B E 3 2B

CN10-10 D27
R

5 P G
S

IC22

TC REM

CN10-12

SBFSSOL2 PCFM REM CN1-114 B

E C DT6 DT1

R142

TR14 CN8-B7 P G TR2 PCFM REM

CN1-85

5 (A)

P G

DB CONT

CN1-16 R135 S G

10

IC21 + 8

NF34 CN5-B8 DB CONT

MC REM

CN1-86

IC20 9 (A) 8 IC20 11 (A) 10

S

1 1B E 3 2B

1C 6

R182

TR15

CN10-18 D24
R

N.C. IFFM REM CN1-71 CN1-72

S 2

2C 4 R183

P G TR16 P G

CL REM CN10-16 N.C.

1 1B E 3 2B

1C 6 R19 2C 4 R17

CN2-A4

IFFM REM

P G TR1

PCM CLK GRID CONT CN1-17 R132 S G 12 IC21 + 14 13 NF30 CN5-B12 GRID CONT PCM REM

CN1-110

CN1-111

R121 13

IC20 (A)
S

CN2-A2

CL REM

12

R30 TRM REM CN1-76 R36

S

R18 P G S G C23
S
R

PFM CLK CN12-A9 CN12-B10 CN12-B9 CN14-A5 CN14-A6 CN15-15 CN15-16 PFM REM F2

CN1-88

5 2B 2 1B

4 DT8 2E 2C 3 1C 6 1E 1 NF56 CN11-1 PFM CLK 10 12 D 11

S

TFM REM IC2

CN1-75

6
C2 + P G
O1 18 O2 13 O3 8 O4
R

CN2-A1 CN2-A3 CN2-B12 CN2-B8 CN3-A7 CN3-A10 CN3-B5 CN3-B3 CN3-B1

CN5-A14 CN5-B1 CN8-A2 CN8-A4 CN8-B10 CN8-B8 CN8-B6 CN10-5 CN10-6 CN10-7 CN4-5

CN10-9 CN10-11 CN10-13 CN10-15 CN10-17 CN11-8 CN11-9 CN12-A1 CN12-A3 CN12-A7

_PRE

Q 9

10 9 IC3 8 R35 R29 R31 R37

S

S G 4 17 14 7 5 15 10 20 6 16
INH1 INH2 N.C. N.C. Vcc2 Vcc1 I1 I2 I3 I4

S G
S

_CLR

CLK IC2 _Q
S

D6

D9

D7

D10 CN2-A5 CN2-A6 CN2-A7 CN2-A8 TFM TFM+ TRM TRM+

13 12 5 IC3

_PRE

_CLR

2 1B 1E 1 S G

1C 6

NF55 CN11-3 PFM REM IC1

12

CLK _Q
S

4 2 1

IC3

2 19 1 11 12 9

CN1-87

5 2B

2C 3

SEN1 SEN2 GND GND SEN3 SEN4

4 2E

DT7 2

11

13

IC18

D8

D11 D12 D13 P G

CN5-A13 CN2-B10 CN2-B6 CN5-A11 CN5-A12 CN5-B2 CN11-6 CN11-7 CN12-B8

P G IC8 IC3 3 IC10 1 Vdd 2 GND 3 OUT

S S

1 13

CN16-1 CN20-1

TFM/TRM CLK

CN1-73

C26 S G R73

R58 R74 1 C33 S G

IC11 7 6

IC11 2

_INH CN1-69 ENG5 V

F3

IC11 3 5 _RES

CN16-5 CN17-17 CN18-1 CN19-A10

CN12-B7 CN16-6 CN17-18 CN18-2 P G

3-7-16

Main PCB 1/9

A B C D E F G H I J

2A3/4

R507 SCANNER START R508 R503 TD SCANNER 4 TR25 3 2C

2E

IC52 1 2

1
ENGHEADSCAN

R504 R505 R506 3 IC52 4

1
TR28 5 2B 2 1B 4
2E 2C 3

2B 5 1C 6 1E 1 4
2E 2C 3

SC TIM

SCANNER ACK

6 1C 1E 1

1B 2 TR27 4 TR26
2E 3 2C

S G

S G

5 2B 2 1B

2B 5 1B 2

1C 6 1E 1 S G OCM ENABLE

SCAN HEAD CN51 TR22 CN13B4 CN55 1 1B 2 E 1C 5 SBPSOL2 CN56 CN13A3 S G R7 TR21 CN511 R393 1 1B 2 E CN147 CN513 S G CN13B1 Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7 RA41 MIPCS_ SHDCS_ CN13B3 1 1B 2 E CN13B4 S G CN13B10 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 E B C TR17 EL ON REM CN514 CN13A5 TR12 1 1B 2 E CN13A6 S G CN53 ODSW D(7:0) R387 _WR R388 CN13A11 _RD S G CN13A8 1 1B 2 E 3 2B 2C 4 TR13 1C 5 3 2B 2C 4 1C 5 1 1B 2 E CN13B11 S G CN13A1 1 1B 2 E CN13A2 3 2B S G 2C 4 3 2B 2C 4 TR10 1C 5 3 2B 2C 4 TR15 1C 5 B E S G 3 2B 2C 4 TR14 C 1C 5 3 2B 2C 4 1C 5 CN52

RA85 4 3 RA84 4 3 1 2 CN53 CN54 5 6 7 8 LA8 5 6 7 8 LA7 5 6 7 8 4 3 2 1 L195 4 3 2 1 1 2

RD SCANNER

6 1C 1E 1

2
LA9 4 3 2 1 CN51 CN52 CN53 CN54 CN55 CN56 CN57 CN58 CN59 CN510 CN511 CN512 CN513 CN514 CN515 CN516 OSD OSD ODSW SM Vref SM M1 SM M2 SM M3 SM M4 SM M5 SM CLK SM CWB SM RET SM ENABLE EL ON REM SHPSW G(5 V)

S G CN13A6 EFSSOL OVSYNC R501 RSV1 RSV2 CN52 OSD ENGACKSCAN R481 CN142 CN141 CN515 CN1411 OFSW OSBSW SHPSW DFTSW RA86 2 1 3 4 7 8 6 5 C282 C281 C283 C284 6 5 7 8 RA90 3 4 2 1 5 IC52 6 9 11 10 13 12 R502 RESET SCANNER S G RA66 1 2 OFSOL2 4 3 4 2C OFSOL1 5 1C TR16 2B 3 E 2 1B 1 S G CN13B1 CN13B3 CN13B10 CN13B11 OFM RET OFM CWB OCM M2 OCM M1 CN13A11 OFM ENABLE 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 S G 1 2 RA69 4 3 L173 8 R454 TR11 1 1B 2 E 3 2B S G 2C 4 SBPSOL1

CN13A4

CN510

OSWSW

CN514 CN515

C241 S G IC39

S G

75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51

S G

C51

P52 P51 P50 P43 P42 P41 P40 P37 P36 P35 P34 P33 P32 P31 P30 AVSS AVDD P23 P22 P21 P20 /WORD /BUSGT /BUSRQ

/RST

CN13A9

C243

C242

A9 A10

1 A 2 B 3 C 6 G1 4 _G2A 5 _G2B S G

CN13A10

CN513

SM ENABLE SBFSSOL SM CWB SM M2 SM M1 R391 TP10

CN13A8 CN511 CN56 CN55

P53 P60 P61 P62 P63 P64 P65 P66 P67 P70 P71 P72 P73 P74 P75 P76 P77 SYSCLK VDD /XI XO VDD /OSCI OSCO VSS

CN13B2

VDD 50

IC53

VSS P14 /CS2 P12 /CS0 P10 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 P07 P06 P05 P04 P03 P02 P01 P00 /WEH
/WEL

4 3 2C SM CLK
2E

R392 2B 5 1B 2 XT5 C240

C238

S G

4 3 2C
2E

TR19 2B 5 1B 2

S G

S G

5 4 A18 6 3 A17 7 2 A16 8 1 A15 5 4 A14 6 3 2 RA75 A13 7 A12 8 1 A11 5 4 A10 6 3 2 RA74 A9 7 A8 8 1 A7 5 4 A6 6 3 2 RA73 A5 7 A4 8 1 A3 5 4 A2 6 3 A1 7 2 A0 8 1

1E 1

RA72

CN510

C239

6 1C

RA76

4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

/RE

TR18

A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A09 A08 A07 A06 A05 A04 A03 A02 A01 A00

49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26

S G
OSLED(GN)

R394
OSLED(RED)

CN13A2

R395 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5

CN13A1 ROMCS_ CN51 OSD

TR9 1C 5 R6

CN13B6 S G CN13B8

RA70

8 5 6 7 5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5

1 4 3 2 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4

LA6

LA4

LA1

CN13B1 CN13B2 CN13B3 CN13B4 CN13B5 CN13B6 CN13B7 CN13B8 CN13B9 CN13B10 CN13B11

OFM RET OFM CLK OFM CWB OCM ENABLE OCM RET OCM CLK OCM CWB OCM Vref OCM M3 OCM M2 OCM M1

RA71 CN13A5 OFCL CN143 CN146 CN148 CN149 CN1410 R390 OSSW DF SHORT DFSSW2 DFSSW1 OSLSW

CN13A3 CN13A4

R389

CN13A9 CN13A10

5 7 8 6 8 7 6 5 7 6 5 8

4 2 1 3 1 2 3 4 2 3 4 1

LA2

LA3

LA5

CN13A1 CN13A2 CN13A3 CN13A4 CN13A5 CN13A6 CN13A7 CN13A8 CN13A9 CN13A10 CN13A11

OSLED(RED) OSLED(GN) SBPSOL2 SBPSOL1 DFCL EFSSOL SBFSSOL OFSOL2 OFSOL1 OFM ENABLE

A(8:0) A9 A10 RA83

CN13B6

OCM CLK

6 1C 1E 1 4 3 2C
2E

5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8

TR20 2B 5 1B 2

S G

CN13B2

OFM CLK

6 1C 1E 1

S G

A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 R383 A18 R384

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 27 26 23 25 4 28 29 3 2 30 31

A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18

D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 _CE _OE

13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 RA77

8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5

D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 ROMCS_

RA82

RA81

RA80

RA79

RA78

4 3

RA92

6 7 8 5 8 7 6 5 RA88 LA12 OSBSW OFSW OSSW RSV RSV DF SHORT OSWSW DFSSW2 DFSSW1 OSLSW DFTSW CN141 CN142 CN143 CN144 CN145 CN146 CN147 CN148 CN149 CN1410 CN1411 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 5 6 7 8 5 1 6 7 LA11 2 8 5 6 LA10 7 8 CN141 CN142 CN143 CN146 CN147 CN148 CN149 CN1410 CN1411 1 2 3 2 1 4 1 2 3 4 RA87

R8 4 3 RSV1 RSV2 1 4 3 2

S G C235

L174 C236

RA91 8 5 6 7

1 Vpp 32 Vcc 16 GND S G

R386 R385 S G

3-7-17

Main PCB 2/9

A B C D E F G H I J

2A3/4

R211 D3 1 2 D2 R230 R232 R220 3 4 R231 R219 A G C146 A G D4 VO_E+ VO_E R235 CN125 R239 CN124 R237 R238 A G R223 A G C139 D5 R236 R222 3 4 1 2 R213

R210

C131 C132

VO_O+ VO_O

R233 CN127 R234 CN126 A G

+
IC18

R212 C145 C144

C133 C134

A G

+
IC17

8
L100 L121 L101 L120 R185

R186

L102 L103 L99

2
IC27 R215 SM Vref CN54 1

R225 R226 S G R214

2
A G A G C10 RA10 C9

C138

C149 A G DA7

C141

C140

R194

R193

R200 C130

R201

C136

+ 3
2

I1 AVCC CLP1 SHPE SHDE1 SHDE2 MPX SHPO SHDO CLP2 CLP3

PGND

C8

R191 C137 C135 4 3 XT1 3.3 VOUT NC GND 1 2 C7

L24

36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25

R187

R195

R190

R217

DA7 DA6 DA5 DA4

DA3

R185

C121

R227

C127

R208

R207

R206

R196

R209

R199

R198

R197

C125

RA7

RA8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

R245 R246 IC27 R241 OCM Vref CN13B 7 S G R240 DA3 R242 DA2 R243 RA6 R244 DA1 R247 R248 DA0 C13 R249 S G
SHIFT+ SHIFT CLK+ CLK RS+ RS CLP+ CLP

S G L106 8 7 6 5

AIN1

A GS G

C5

C6

A G L105

132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89

RA34

1 2 3 4

4
CN115 CN114 CN1111 CN1110 CN119 CN118 CN117 CN116 L117 L118 L111 L112 L113 L114 L115 L116

4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 RA9

CXAL0 CXAL1 CXAL2

1 2 3

8 7 6

IC28 3 3 5 2 10 6 10 11
DO1+ DO1 DO2+ DO2 DO3+ DO3 DO4+ DO4 EN EN DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 VCC GND

TP1

4 12 S G 1 7 9 15 16 8 C176 C175

RA23 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5

+5 V +5 V +5 V

CN113 CN112 CN111

FM2 1 2 S G 3

S G

TP9 R205 CLKIN R202 FM1 R203

CN123 CN122 CN121

S G

2 G(ANALOG) G(ANALOG)

C16

C24

C116

A G

R180 C117

+12 V

TP2 A G SVSYNCIN TP3 SHSYNCIN RA25 MIPIN0 MIPIN1 MIPIN2 MIPIN3 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 1 2 RA24 4 3 C17

133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176

REFHE0 REFHE1 REFHE2 REFHE3 REFHE4 VSS VDD3 V REFHE5 REFHE6 REFHE7 SHIFT VDD5 V CCDCLK1 CCDCLK2 CCDCLK1 CCDCLK2 VSS _BCLAMP RS1 RS2 OVSS CLAMP1 CLAMP2 OVDD5 SPHOLD1 SPHOLD2 _PCLK VSS PCLK OVSS SVSYNC _SHSYNC VDD5 V SHDOUT0 SHDOUT1 SHDOUT2 SHDOUT3 VDD3 V VSS SHDOUT4 SHDOUT5 SHDOUT6 SHDOUT7 MRE

IC29

SHPE SHD0 CXADT7 CXADT6 CXADT5 VSS VDD3 V CXADT4 CXADT3 CXADT2 CXADT1 VDD5 V CXADT0 CXAL2 CXAL1 CXAL0 VSS CXARD _CXAWR EVEN7 EVEN6 EVEN5 EVEN4 EVEN3 EVEN2 EVEN1 EVEN0 VSS ADCCLK2 ADCCLK1 ODDM7 ODDM6 VDD5 V ODDM5 ODDM4 ODDM3 ODDM2 VDD3 V VSS ODDM1 ODDM0 _PHSYNC PVSYNC TEST7

88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45

CXAL0 CXAL1 CXAL2

RA30

5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4

REFHO7 REFHO6 REFHO5 REFHO4 REFHO3 VSS REFHO2 REFHO1 REFHO0 REFLE7 REFLE6 VDD3 V REFLE5 REFLE4 REFLE3 REFLE2 VSS REFLE1 REFLE0 REFLO7 REFLO6 VDD5 V REFLO5 REFLO4 REFLO3 REFLO2 INCLK VSS STOP2 STOP1 AVDD2 AVSS2 AVDD1 AVSS1 REFLO1 REFLO0 MPX CLP3 VSS CLP2 CLP1 SHDE2 SHDE1 SHPO

RA11

+ 5

8 7 6 5

C124

L2 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 WR RD

R189

R229 S G

C1

C129

DA4

R192

R228

+
8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5

C128

S G

C126

C12

C11

DA5

IC20

C120

R218

DA2 DA1 DA0

R188

L21

C2

DA6

C83

R216

S G

S G

S G

S G

37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

ODDIN2

ODDOUT

ODDIN1 T2 T3 EVENIN2 EVENIN1 DVCC CLPOC2 CLPEC2 DGND L0 L1

AGND MPXOUT VRT VRB CLPOC1 CLPEC1 TDA AIN5 AIN4 AIN3
AIN2

24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13

1 2

4 3

A G

4
C22

L119

C14

C23

R291

RA27

RA31

RA32

1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 RA28

4 3 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 4 3

IC30 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 20 21 24 2 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 AVSS AVSS DVSS DVSS CLK VRT VRB VIN VRTS VRBS AVDD AVDD AVDD DVDD DVDD _OE TP7 R181 12 17 23 19 16 22 14 15 18 11 13 1

C15

L104 R183 C122

L128

S G

A G

C123

S G RA33 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 RA29 TP5 A G S G 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 20 21 24 2 IC31 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 AVSS AVSS DVSS DVSS CLK VRT VRB VIN VRTS VRBS AVDD AVDD AVDD DVDD DVDD _OE TR8 R274 12 17 23 19 16 22 14 15 18 11 13 1

A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 VSS A5 A6 A7 A8 _SHDCS VDD3 V _IOWR _IORD D0 D1 VSS D2 D3 TPD D4 D5 VDD5 V D6 D7 XTST _RESET VSS XTCK0 XTCK1 XSM MST VDD3 V MMS0 MMS1 SMCK TEST0 TEST1 VSS TEST2 TEST3 TEST4 TEST5 TEST6

L127 R277 C168

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44

L129 C119 C118 C169

RA26 MIPIN4 MIPIN5 MIPIN6 MIPIN7 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 S G L122 L123

C20

C18

C19

R182

R280 L125 C171 L124 TP6 R278

A G

S G

S G

R279 OVSYNC C172 R282 S G R283

S G

MIPIN(7:0) MREIN RESET SCANNER

TP4 R2 R204 C142 R286 C173 R284 R285 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

S G A(8:0) SHDCS_

S G S G

D0 D1

D2 D3

D4 D5

_RD D(7:0)

D6 D7

_WR

3-7-18

Main PCB 3/9

A B C D E F G
RA59
1 SD27 SD26 2 SD25 3 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 IO27 IO26 IO25 IO24 IO23 IO22 IO21 IO20

2A3/4 H I J

1
RA57 2 1 3 4

SD24 4 SD23 1 SD22 2 SD21 3 SD20 4

RA58 IC42 RA56

SA213 1 SA212 2 4 3 IS213 IS212

RA55
SA211 1 SA210 2 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 IS211 IS210 IS29 IS28 IS27 IS26 IS25 IS24 IS23 IS22 IS21 IS20

2
L149 RA54

SA29 SA28 SA27 SA26 SA25 SA24 SA23

3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

SD27 SD26 SD25 SD24 SD23 SD22

SD21 SD20

R338 C200

SA212 SA211 SA210 SA29 SA28

SA213

SA20

SA27 SA26 SA25 SA24 SA23

SA22 SA21 SA20

RA53 S G SD17 SD16 SD15 SD14 SD13 SD12 SD11

S G

C42

C40

3
L154 C43
VDD5 V3 120

IO20 IO21 IO22 IO23 IO24 IO25 IO26 IO27

SA21

4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1

SA22

IS20 IS21 IS22 IS23 IS24 IS25 IS26 IS27 IS28 IS29 IS210 IS211 IS212 IS213

22 20 27 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 25 24 21 23 2 26 1

_OE _CE _WE A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14

Vcc

28 C203

L151 C204 R339 L150

S G

GND I/O0 I/O1 I/O2 I/O3 I/O4 I/O5 I/O6 I/O7

14 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 IO20 IO21 IO22 IO23 IO24 IO25 IO26 IO27

2
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 RA50 RA51

RAMEN_ RA52 L148

1 SD17 SD16 2 SD15 3 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 IO17 IO16 IO15 IO14 IO13 IO12 IO11 IO10

C41 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81

C39 C205

RA62 1 2 IC43 1 SOVSYNC 4 2 SMRE SVSYNCIN R5 R4 RAMEN_ 4 3

C199 R337 S G 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160

SD14 4 SD13 1 SD12 2 SD11 3

R340 S G RA46 1 2 RA45 1 2 4 3 4 3

SD27 SD26 SD25 SD24 SD23 SD22 VSS18 SD21 SD20 WR2_ OE2_ SA213 VDD3 V11 SA212 SA211 SA210 SA29 SA28 VSS17 VDD5 V2 SA27 SA26 SA25 SA24 SA23 VSS16 SA22 SA21 SA20 SD17 SD16 VDD3 V10 VSS15 SD15 SD14 VS13 VS12 VS11 VDD3 V9

SD10 4

C49 R3 SCNCLK SID 0 SID 1 SID 2 SID 3 1 2 3 4 RA61 1 2 3 4 RA60 8 7 6 5 C47 8 7 6 5 C48

SID 4 SID 5 SID 6 SID 7

C46

6
L153

C45

VSS26

R276 S G

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 VSS1 VDD3 V1 MIPCS_ IORD_ IOWR_ VSS2 RESET_ SCM TFSEL0 VDD3 V2 VSS3 TFSEL1 TFSEL2 D0 D1 D2 VDD3 V3 VSS4 D3 D4 D5 VDD3 V4 VSS5 D6 D7 TEST0 TEST1 TEST2 SVSYNC VDD3 V5

VDD5 V1

C167

VSS19 VSS20 PORT0 PORT1 PORT2 MRETHIN MREOUT MREMIP VDD3 V12 MIPCLK VSS21 MIPOUT0 MIPOUT1 MIPOUT2 VDD3 V13 MIPOUT3 MIPOUT4 MIPOUT5 VSS22 VDD3 V14 MIPOUT6 MIPOUT7 FVSYNC FHTHIN_ FHSYNC VSS23 VDD3 V15 TESTD0 TESTD1 TESTD2 TESTD3 VSS24 VDD3 V16 TESTD4 TESTD5 TESTD6 TESTD7 MRED VSS25

IC41

VSS14 VSS13 SD10 MR1_ OE1_ SA113 SA112 VSS12 SA111 SA110 SA19 SA18 SA17 SA16 VDD3 V8 VSS11 SA15 SA14 SA13 SA12 SA11 SA10 VDD3 V7 VSS10 INCLK VSS9 MIPIN7 MIPIN6 MIPIN5 MIPIN4 MIPIN3 VSS8 VDD3 V6 MIPIN2 MIPIN1 MIPIN0 MREIN SHSYNC_ VSS7 VSS6

80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41

RA49 IC40 IS113 IS112 RA44 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 RA43 8 IS111 7 IS110 6 IS19 5 IS18 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 IS17 IS16 IS15 IS14 IS13 IS12 IS11 IS10 IS10 IS11 IS12 IS13 IS14 IS15 IS16 IS17 IS18 IS19 IS110 IS111 IS112 IS113
S G

L146 Vcc 28 C206

C38

IO10 IO11 IO12 IO13 IO14 IO15 IO16 IO17

RA42

22 20 27 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 25 24 21 23 2 26 1

_OE _CE _WE A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14

4
L147 5 6 7 8 8 7 6 5 RA48 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 RA47

C207
S G

GND I/O0 I/O1 I/O2 I/O3 I/O4 I/O5 I/O6 I/O7

14 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19

R341

IO10 IO11 IO12 IO13 IO14 IO15 IO16 IO17

C37 CLKIN MIPIN(7:0) MIPIN7 MIPIN6 MIPIN5 MIPIN4 MIPIN3 C36 MIPIN2 MIPIN1 MIPIN0 MREIN SHSYNCIN

C21 L152 C27 C26 SVSYNCIN S G

C28

C25

C166

C44 R275

S G

S G

S G

S G

S G

A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

L126

A(8:0)

D0 D1 D2

D3 D4 D5

D(7:0)

D6 D7

MIPCS_ _RD _WR RESET SCANNER

R281 S G

C170

3-7-19

E 2A3/4

Main PCB 4/9

A B C D E F G H I J

1
S A

1
L143 5.1 V CN10-4 C293 C210 C182 C211 5.1 V C50 CN10-1 C218 C219 C32
A

L140

R490

C217

C31

+
L144

2
G(5 V) CN10-3

2
S G

L141

+12 V

CN10-6 C294 C209 C208 C214 C143 C29

3
C4

L142 G(ANALOG) CN10-7 A G

B

4
TR24 D S

4
R483 R407

R499 R498

C295

R342 R124 R19

5
S

IC38 3 C35 VIN VOUT ADJ 1 2.4 C216 C215 C30 S G S G

5
F G

6
TR6 D R290 S R489

C33 R497 R288

R289

C174

R287

3-7-20 3-7-13
E

Main PCB 5/9

A B C
IC10
S

2A3/4 D
IC12 6 1 2 4

E
IC12 TPRT 3 10 IC10 11 R123

R120 R122 R121 S G

4 TR32 2E 3 2C 2B 5 ENGHEADSCAN
S

RPRT

L6 CN65

RD MMI

C108

C107

4 TR31 2E 2B 5 3 2C 6 1C 1E 1
S

6 1C 1E 1
S

S G

1
L8 CN62 TD MMI

1B 2
S

L108 R151 R152 IC10 8 9 1

IC6 2

ENGACKSCAN SCANNER START TR29

1B 2

4 2E 3 2C S G 6 1C 1E 1

TR30 2B 5

S G

_WRDY M1 _RRDY M1 _WRDY M2 _RRDY M2 R159

R150

S G WD MACK MCP1 CN169 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81

PRTACK ENG5 V
S

IC21 _Y7 _Y6 _Y5 _Y4 _Y3 _Y2 _Y1 _Y0 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

S

4 2E 3 2C 6 1C 1E 1

1B 2

2B 5 1B 2

P71 P72 P73 P74 P75 P76 P77 Vss AVss Vref AVcc Vcc P80 P81 RD0 TD0 INT4 P85 RD1 TD1

TSCAN

5 4 S G 6

_G2B _G2A G1

R173 _SCC1 _WR M _RD M R174 _RAM M _MAIL M R175 9

S

L156 _MAIL M _WR S _RD S C201 _MAIL S

TD SCAN

S G 1

R170

R169

R168

MCP2ACK S G

R178

CN61 CN64 CN610 PFM CLK PCM CLK DM CLK CN188 CN1110 CN1112

L1 S G MCP1ACK 3

MACK MCP2 EACK MAIN IC10 _SET M1 2 A22 A21 A20 _SET M2 IC10 SCNAREA 4 SCNHEAD INT SCC1 SCNACK MMIACK

3
L3 ENGERRMMI CN88

4 2E 3 2C 6 1C 1E 1 S G L5 ENGACKMMI CN66 4

TR1 2B 5 1B 2

MACK ENG _P2 _MRDY MACK PRT

R165 R166 R167

3 IC6

_P1 _SETPRT _PRINT

_RDY

MMI ERROR

CN67

R162

R112 R1 R115 R116

C93 IC2 R111 C94 S G 3 4 MMIACK

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

L4

R163

R113 R114 R110 1

IC2 2

_HOLD

_WAIT M

BYTE CNVss _RESET Xin Xout _RD Vss Vcc _HLDA ALE _BHE _WR P117 P116 P115 P114 P113 P112

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

P70 INT3 P94 A22 A21 A20 P90 P67 P66 P65 INT2 INT1 INT0 TA4in P60 P57 P56 P55 TA2out P53 TA1out P51 TA0out P47 P46 P45 P44 P43 1

IC23

A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 DCS D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 P110

80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51

RA15

RA12

RA16

RA13

RA17

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5

A0M A1M A2M A3M A4M A5M A6M A7M A8M A9M A10M A11M A12M A13M A14M A15M A16M A17M A18M A19M AD0M AD1M AD2M AD3M AD4M AD5M AD6M AD7M

A22M A21M A20M

C 3 B 2 A 1

R336 C202 S G

10

IC22

8 R177

_ROM M
S

S G 4 6 IC22 5

R331 R330 R329 A0M A1M A2M A3M A4M A5M A6M A7M AD0M AD1M AD2M AD3M AD4M AD5M AD6M AD7M

R171 _B RAM

8 IC12 9

_WAIT M

IC32 A15M A16M A17M

S

1 A 2 B 3 C 6 G1 _G2A _G2B

1 2 RA14 3 4 1 2 RA18 3 4

A18M 4 A19M 5
S

R271

_Y0 _Y1 _Y2 _Y3 _Y4 _Y5 _Y6 _Y7

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7

R272

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 S G

_CSA _WEA _NRA _OEA A0A A1A A2A A3A A4A A5A A6A A7A D0A D1A D2A D3A D4A D5A D6A D7A GND

Vcc _CSB _WEB _NRB _OEB A0B A1B A2B A3B A4B A5B A6B A7B D7B D6B D5B D4B D3B D2B D1B D0B

42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22

R335 R334 R333 A0S A1S A2S A3S A4S A5S A6S A7S AD7S AD6S AD5S AD4S AD3S AD2S AD1S AD0S

_WAIT S

[A0SA7S]

P111

[AD0SAD7S]

C109 S G R160 L132 L133 L134 _WR M _RD M _PRTRST _RES M1 _RES M2 _RES SCC1 _RES ENG _RES SCAN _RES MMI S G _RAM M R164 R161

_M2OE M2SEL _M1OE M1SEL

S S

_RESET

L7 MMI ACK CN63

XT2 C111

R269

SLEEP
S

L66

IC6 L2 RESET MMI CN69 6 5 6

IC12 C110 R149 R148

S

R56

SLP C62

R261 S G

5 R63 S G

1 IC24 R255

_RES MMI S G

IC13 CN112 22 20 27 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 25 24 21 23 2 26 1 _OE _CE _WE A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 Vcc 28 C61 R57 A7M A6M A5M A4M A3M A2M A1M A0M AD7M AD6M AD5M AD4M AD3M AD2M AD1M AD0M C162 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 Vcc D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 PA0 PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 PA5 PA6 PA7 PB0 PB1 PB2 PB3 PB4 PB5 PB6 BP7

SLEEP_

TR4 E _WR M _RD M B C

5
S

CN182 MSW OFF REM

R156 R157 SC TIM

S

IC12 11 10 SCNAREA

R153 R154 SCAN HEAD

S

IC24 13 IC10 R155 13 12 SCNACK 12 SCNHEAD

R158 SCANNER ACK

R267 RD SCANNER R265 RSCAN R45

S S

D0 _W _R _S BM INTR RD3 TD3 RD2 TD2 RD1 TD1 P16 P15 P14 P13

A0M A1M A2M A3M A4M A5M A6M A7M A8M A9M A10M A11M A12M A13M A14M

GND 14 S G I/O0 I/O1 I/O2 I/O3 I/O4 I/O5 I/O6 I/O7 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 AD0M AD1M AD2M AD3M AD4M AD5M AD6M AD7M L35
S

IC33

S G

P00 P01 P02 P03 P04 P05 P06 P07 Vss Xout Xin P10 P11 _RESET CNVss P12

32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17

B E S G
S

5
CN102 SLEEP SIG

C161

R256 3 XT3 2 _RES SCC1

C163

1 S G R257 R258 R262

R270

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
S

R264

R259

_RD M _B RAM _WR M _RD M _SCC1 28 C58

RESET SCANNER

5 1C

1B 1 E 2

R147

R263

L67

TR34

R268

S G

S G

4 2C

2B 3

S G C60
S S

14 AD0M AD1M AD2M AD3M AD4M AD5M AD6M AD7M 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19

GND I/O0 I/O1 I/O2 I/O3 I/O4 I/O5 I/O6 I/O7

7
S

S G

WD R53 R52

C63 R58

8 ADJ2 WD 7 _RST2 TC 6 VCC _RST 5 ADJ1 GND IC14

1 2 3 4

IC2 R54 C59 IC2

R55

+
C3 S G

S G
S

S G

A0M A1M A2M A3M A4M A5M A6M A7M A8M A9M A10M A11M A12M A13M A14M

R30 R31 R32 R33 R34 R35 R36 R37 R49 R48 R46 R47 R38 R50 R39 R323 R324 R326 R327

R172

_RESET 1 1 SLP R266 S G 2 IC22 3 2 IC3 4 _RESET

24 V OFF

CN1420

R326

A0M A1M A2M A3M A4M A5M A6M A7M A8M A9M A10M A11M A12M A13M A14M A15M A16M A17M A18M

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 27 26 23 25 4 28 29 3 2 30 31

A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18

D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 _CE _OE

13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24

AD0M AD1M AD2M AD3M AD4M AD5M AD6M AD7M

R29 R28 R27 R40 R41 R42 R43 R44 R325

R51

INT SCC1 RSCAN TSCAN

_RES SCAN

C57

Vcc

_OE _CE _WE A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14

22 20 27 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 25 24 21 23 2 26 1

TMCP2 10 11 4 3 RMCP2 TMCP1

_WR M
S

7
8 9 IC24 6 5 RMCP1

_ROM M _RD M

1 Vpp 32 Vcc 16 GND

L157 C196 C195

S G

3-7-21

Main PCB 6/9

A B C D E F G
CN1108 CN1109 CN171 CN172 CN179 CN178 CN1114 CN1115 H2 REM H1 REM IFFM REM CL REM FSSOL 2 REM FSSOL 1 REM PCFM REM RCL REM

2A3/4 H I J

1
L200 TLS TLDS PFM LOCK EHUMSENS ETTH TNS CN14 CN13 CN132 CN119 C267 CN118 CN11 CN12 C262 C261 C263 C260 L202 IC67 CN116 CN117 R461 DACLK LD DI CONT DB CONT G S G PPST _LDON _LDEN R458 R457 R450 R449 R448 A22S A21S A20S R440 R439 R438 3 C 2 B 1 A 5 4 6 _G2B _G2A G1 _Y7 _Y6 _Y5 _Y4 _Y3 _Y2 _Y1 _Y0 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 R496 R441 R442 R443 R444 R445 R446 _IPC _682 _VTC _SCC2 _ASIC2 _ASIC1 _MAIL S _RES I/O AD0S AD1S AD2S AD3S AD4S AD5S AD6S AD7S 4 R472 IC73 A0S A1S A2S C271 C272 R465 S G

C266

CN183 CN184 CN185 CN186 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 PD2 65 PF6 PF5 PF4 PF3 PF2 PF1 PF0 Vdd GND PD7 PD6 PD5 PD4 PD3
PF7

SC REM TC REM DB REM MC REM TR23 1 1B 2 E 2C 4 CN181 SSW1SOURCE 1C 5 CN180 PRY REM

S G

2
FTH CN18

100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81

S G

S G IC62 1 80 2 79 3 78 4 77 1 76 2 75 3 74 4 73 1 72 2 71 3 70 4 69 1 68 2 67 3 66 4 65 1 64 2 63 3 62 4 61 60 1 59 2 58 RA98 3 57 4 56 1 55 2 54 RA99 3 53 4 52 51 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 A0S A1S A2S A3S A4S A5S A6S A7S A8S A9S A10S A11S A12S A13S A14S A15S A16S A17S A18S A19S R471 _ROM S 1 3 2

ZERO CROSS SIG

CN105

R474 C273 S G

R475

3
R456 TONER CLK TRM REM TFM REM IMAGE UNIT SIG DUP _B SIDE _A REGIST B MOTOR A FINISHER RESET CN173 CN176 CN175 CN174 CN1120 CN1121 CN1122 CN1123 CN1102

_RDY

BYTE CNVss _RESET Xin Xout _RD Vss Vcc _HL DA ALE _BHE _WR P117 P116 P115 P114 P113 P112

_HOL D

1 R459 2 R460 3 S G 4 A22S 5 A21S 6 A20S IC61 R451 7 13 12 R452 8 R453 9 10 IPC SET 11 12 INT SCC2 13 MACK ENG R455 14 15 16 17 18 _BD 19 RA100 1 8 20 2 7 21 3 6 22 4 5 23 EXBV8V101J 24 25 _RES I/O 26 _RES SCC2 R437 27 _RES VTC 28 EACK MAIN 29 30 _WAIT S R436

C264

AN0

P95 P94 A22 A21 A20 P90 P67/TB2in P66/TB1in P65/TB0in INT2 INT1 INT0 P61/TA4in P60/TA4out P57/TA3in P56/TA3out P55/TA2in P54/TA2out RTPC3 RTPC2 RTPC1 RTPC0 P47 P46 P45 P44 P43 1

IC66

A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 DCS D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 P110

RA93

RA94

IC62 R469 _RAM S 4 6 5

12 R470
S

RA95

RA96

IC59 A15S A16S A17S 6 4 5 1 A 2 B 3 C G1 _G2A _G2B _Y0 _Y1 _Y2 _Y3 _Y4 _Y5 _Y6 _Y7 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7

S G

_CS PB7 PB6 PB5 PB4 PB3 PB2 PB1 GND Vdd PB0 PA0 PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4

R464

_RD S _WR S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

MODE

PD1

_RESET SELECT AD0 AD1 AD2 AD3 AD4 AD5 AD6 AD7 GND A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 ALE _RD _WR CS

IC63

PD0 _Y3 PE7 PE6 PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 PE0 GND PC7 PC6 PC5 PC4 PC3 PC2 PC1 PC0 INITD PA7 PA6 PA5

64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41

H.ALM

1 2 IC65 4

3 2B

L LIM

13 12 10 9 IC62 8 CN1119 CLMU IC62 11 CN1118 CLML

AN2 AN3 AN4 P75 P76 P77 Vss AVss Vref AVcc Vcc DA0 CLK0 P82 TD0 DA1 P85 P86 P87

AN1

R473

U LIM R463 S G

CN187 CN1111 CN1113 CN177

PFM REM PCM REM DM REM ESCL REM

CN1116 CN1117

CCM FWD CCM REV

F.C SW CN19 CN110 CN133 CN134 CN135 CN136 CN137 CN138 SSW1 STKSW DUPRSW DUPRSW DUPESW DUPPCSW SBESW FSSW SSW2 SSW3 RSW FSW PFSW4 PFSW3 PFSW2 PFSW1

AD0S AD1S AD2S AD3S AD4S AD5S AD6S AD7S

A18S A19S R351

_ASIC1

C270

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

RA97

[A0SA5S]

S G CN111 CN128 CN129 CN130 CN131 CN15 CN16 CN17

P111

R435

C257 _RES ENG R434 CN1138 CN1137 CN168 CN167 CN1136 CN1135 CN166 CN165 S G L201 IC64 1 A01 LD 2 A02 CLK 3 A03 DI 4 Vcc GND SC CONT CN114 S G TC CONT TNS CONT CN115 CN113
S

S G R433 L207 L206 R432 L205

[AD0SAD7S] CN155 CN156 CN157 CN158 CN159 CN160 CN161 CN162 L LIM U LIM C280 S G CN1124 CN1125 CN1126 CN1127 CN1128 _RES I/O 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 SRM REM SBFSSOL2 REM SBFSSOL1 REM DUPPTSOL REM DUPFWSOL REM _WR S _RD S _RAM S

R431

S G

_RD S _RD S

_WR S _WR S

R376 IC55 22 20 27 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 25 24 21 23 2 26 1 _OE _CE _WE A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 Vcc 28

L175

C265

S G

R430

8 7 6 5

PSWL PSWU BYPPSW LICSWL LICSWU BYPEDSW BYPPWSW BYPPLSW

[A0SA7S]

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

LD DACLK DI

XT8 C256

C255

b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0

C232 C233 R377 R479 S G

PF6 PF5 PF4 PF3 PF2 PF1 PF0 Vdd GND PD7 PD6 PD5 PD4 PD3

PF7

C225 C224 B _RESET L178 R355 S G _RES I/O 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 Vcc _RD A0 A1 SCK Sout Sin _OE INT Xin Xout Vcc _RST _WR _CS D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 S G IC58 _WR S R350 _682 AD0S AD1S AD2S AD3S AD4S AD5S AD6S AD7S

DESK RESET

CN1103

C TR2

DESK SCLK DESK SOUT DESK _OE DESK SIN

CN194 CN195 CN193 CN196 9 8 11 10 R352 IC61 IC61 R357 XT7 3 1 2 S G _RD S A0S A1S

R354 R353

A0S A1S A2S A3S A4S A5S A6S A7S A8S A9S A10S A11S A12S A13S A14S

GND I/O0 I/O1 I/O2 I/O3 I/O4 I/O5 I/O6 I/O7

14 S G 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 AD0S AD1S AD2S AD3S AD4S AD5S AD6S AD7S AD0S AD1S AD2S AD3S AD4S AD5S AD6S AD7S A0S A1S A2S

IC57 A0S A1S A2S A3S A4S A5S A6S A7S A8S A9S A10S A11S A12S A13S A14S A15S A16S A17S A18S 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 27 26 23 25 4 28 29 3 2 30 31 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 _CE _OE 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 AD0S AD1S AD2S AD3S AD4S AD5S AD6S AD7S R361 _ROM S _RD S _RD S _WR S S G

LENGTH DIG0 DIG1 DIG2 LENGTH DIG0 DIG1 DIG2

C228 R370

S G

DIG2 DIG1 DIG0 LENGTH

R488 R487 R486 R485 R484 R365 R364 R362 R363 R358 R366 R367 R359 R360 R368 R369

_ASIC2 L197 C279

C278

CN146 CN145 CN144 CN143 CN150 CN149 CN148 CN147

Vpp Vcc GND

1 32 16 C229

L177

R478

CN151 CN152 CN153 CN154

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

_CS PB7 PB6 PB5 PB4 PB3 PB2 PB1 GND Vdd PB0 PA0 PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

PD2

MODE

PD1

_RESET SELECT AD0 AD1 AD2 AD3 AD4 AD5 AD6 AD7 GND A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 ALE _RD _WR CS

IC60

PD0 _Y3 PE7 PE6 PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 PE0 GND PC7 PC6 PC5 PC4 PC3 PC2 PC1 PC0 INITD PA7 PA6
PA5

64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41

CN1129 CN1133

N.C BYPSOL REM

6
R480 S G CN1134 CN1104 CN1105 CN1106 CN1107 CN1130 CN1131 CN1132 CN139 CN140 CN141 CN142 BYPPFCL REM FCL 3 REM FCL 2 REM FCL 1 REM FCL 5 REM FCL 4 REM PFCLL REM PFCLU REM MC ALARM TC/AC ALARM PCM LOCK DM LOCK

A0S A1S

S G

S G

3-7-22

Main PCB 7/9

A B C
1 19 S G A0S A1S A2S A3S A4S A5S A6S A7S 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17

2A3/4 D
IC70 _DE1 _DE2 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3 2Y4 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 RA103 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 L225 L226 L227 L228 L229 L230 L231 L232 CN15-3 CN15-18 CN15-4 CN15-19 CN15-5 CN15-20 CN15-6 CN15-21 A0_IPC A1_IPC A2_IPC C288 A3_IPC A4_IPC A5_IPC A6_IPC A7_IPC
S S S S S S S S S

L246 20 20 C287

L245 20

L247 14

L65 C291 16 C71 C72

L107 C112 C113 16

L131 C164 C165 20

L158 C193 C194 14

L130 C114 C115

C290

C298

C292

IC12 7

IC21 8

IC32 8

IC46 10

IC22 7

10 S G R491

10 S G R492

10 S G R493

S G

R67

S G

R176

S G

R273

S G

R322

S G

R179

RA104

L70 C106 C105 IC71 19 1 AD0S AD1S AD2S AD3S AD4S AD5S AD6S AD7S 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 _DE T_R A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 RA105 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 L233 L234 L235 L236 L237 L238 L239 L240 CN15-7 CN15-22 CN15-8 CN15-23 CN15-9 CN15-24 CN15-10 CN15-25 D0_IPC D1_IPC D2_IPC D3_IPC D4_IPC D5_IPC D6_IPC C286 C285 D7_IPC 14 IC52 L196 16 IC39 8 R482 S G R396 L145 L155 L9 C197 14 C95 C96 IC2 7 R332 S G R117 14
S S

L209 C251 C252 20 IC69 10 R146 S G R428 20

L64 14 C69 C70

L23

20 IC17 10 S G

C81

C82

IC11 10 S G

IC6 7

R66

S G

R97

L136 C159 C160 14

L58 5 C73 C74

L15

L254

C244

C245

C198

RA106

5 IC43 3 S G

C89

C88

C296

IC24 7 S G

IC10 7

IC3 3

IC73 3

3
IC72 1 19 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 S G _DE1 _DE2 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3 2Y4 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3 5 6 7 8 RA107 4 3 2 1 L241 L242 L243 L244 CN15-12 CN15-13 CN15-27 CN15-28 _WR_IPC _CS_IPC _RD_IPC _RESET_IPC

C297

7 S G

R260

S G

R82

S G

R104

3
R500

S G

_IPC _RES SCC2

L97 25 V 25 V

L98 25 V C151 C147 C150 25 V 6 IC19 7 R221 S G R224 L204 C152 8 IC27 4 S G C258 C259 16 IC67 8 S G R447 16 IC59 8 S G R356 L179 C227 C226 14 IC61 7 S G R476 L198 C274 C275 14 IC62 7 S G R477 L199 C277 C276 8

L14 5 C91 C92

L203

C148

6 IC18 7 S G

C269

IC1 4 S G

IC65 3

4
(A0S _ A7S)

C268

R109

S G

R462

(AD0S _ AD7S) AD0S AD1S AD2S AD3S AD4S AD5S AD6S AD7S C230 C231

L176

A0S A1S A2S A3S A4S A5S A6S A7S

L69 R371 C56 L208 S G L56 C253 C254 20 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 20 C77 C78 IC8 10 R429 S G R95 20 C75 C76 IC9 10 S G R86 L57 20 C79 C80 IC7 10 S G R96 L25 20 C55 IC16 10 S G R26 C54 L68 20

R372

L165 C179 S G L164 C177 C178

_WR S

S G 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 Vcc A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7

_RD S _SCC2 INT SCC2 S G FINISHER R D CN1-92 R468 S G FINISHER TD CN1-91 IC61 1 2 R374 R373 R375 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

P12 CNVss _RESET P11 P10 Xin Xout Vss P07 P06 P05 P04 P03 P02 P01 P00

MMD RD

CN1-90 R467 S G

3 IC61

D0 _W _R _S BM INTR RD3 TD3 RD2 TD2 RD1 TD1 P16 P15 P14 P13

PA0 PA1 PA2 PA3 PA4 PA5 PA6 PA7 PB0 PB1 PB2 PB3 PB4 PB5 PB6 PB7

CN1-140 CN1-139 CN1-101 CN1-100 CN1-99 CN1-98 CN1-97 H.ALM CN1-21 _MSYNC CN1-22 CN1-63 CN1-64 CN1-23 CN1-24 CN1-25

KCARD REM KCARD REM TC REM COIN COPYING COIN EJECT COIN FEED MMD COUNT H.ALARM

IC68 10 S G

IC48 10 S G

R292

L138 COIN ENABLE KCARD ENABLE KC SET TC SET MMB SET FINISHER SET C153 C154 20 IC35 10 S G R252

L110 C101 C102 16 IC26 8 S G R130 16

L137 C157 C158 16

L167 C220 C221 16

L166 C180 C181 16

L168 C222 C223 16

L109 C103 C104

IC34 8 S G

IC50 8

IC49 8

IC51 8

IC25 8

R254

S G

R344

S G

R293

S G

R345

S G

R140

MMD TD

CN1-89 R380

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 R382 R378 R379 IC61 S G 1 _RES SCC2 _RES SCC2 2 C234 S G 3 XT6 S G R381 S G 5 R466 S G 6

COIN VENDER R D LCF RD COIN VENDER T D LCF TD

CN1-27

CN1-26

R494 IPC SET R495 CN15-26 GND

L248 CN15-2 CN15-14 CN15-17 CN15-29 5V L249 L250 L251 L252 S G CN15-15 CN15-16 CN15-30 CN15-1 CN15-11 GND

3-7-23

Main PCB 8/9

A
SELMCP2_ SELMCP1_ PVSYNC_ PHSYNC_

2A3/4 B
IC16 1 19 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 S G _1G _2G 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3 2Y4 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3 R16 R14 R128 L221 L222 L223 L224 4 3 2 1 RA4 L82 L80 L96 5 6 7 8 CN3A9 CN3A10 CN3A1 PVSYNC M2 PHSYNC M2 _MCPSEL M2 RA37 1 2 L139 18 4 3 C156 R253 S G 24 23 22 21 16 15 14 13 S G 4 CN2A9 CN2A10 CN2A1 8 7 6 5 RA40 IC1 4 3 RA64 1 2 1 2 3 4 R294 C183 C184 R311 L160 _MSYNC _MSYNC 5 3 S G R108 7 1 2 6 R107 R106 R105 _RES VTC RA63 8 7 6 5 R304 _RES VTC PVSYNC M1 PHSYNC M1 _MCPSEL M1 RA36 1 2 S G L169 L170 L171 L172 1 2 3 4 R250 RA35 1 2 4 3 S G S G 3 R251 C155

IC36 _RE _WE _RRES _WRES RCK GND WCK Q0 D0 Q1 D1 Q2 D2 Q3 D3 Q4 D4 Q5 D5 D6 Q6 D7 Q7 VCC 5 20 6 19 8 17 1 2 3 4 9 10 11 12 S G

1
1 2 RA39 4 3

5 6 7 8 RA5 MCPCLK M2 MCPMREW M2 MCPIDA M2 MCPIDB M2 CN3A11 CN3A12 CN3A14 CN3A16 4 3 2 1 L78 L76 L73 L71

RA38 1 2 4 3 S G

L20 IC4 R100 _BD _BD C87 C86 R101 1 RI Vcc 2 _RI RC 3 DO DI 4 GND _DO 8 7 6 5

R99

L18 CN83 L17 CN82 L16 CN81 CN84 BD_ BD_+

IC48 1 19 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 S G _1G _2G 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3 2Y4 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3 R40 R398 R406 L192 L189 L220

2
5 6 7 8 RA65 4 3 2 1 MCPCLK M1 MCPMREW M1 MCPIDA M1 MCPIDB M1 CN2A11 CN2A12 CN2A14 CN2A16 L187 L185 L182 L180

R103 R102

S G

L13 CN94 READY L11 CN92

D1 C90 S G S G

C189

C190

100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76

L159 A0S A1S A2S A3S R312 A4S A5S _VTC _RD S _WR S D0S D1S D2S

TEST3 TEST2 TEST1 VSS TEST0 P7 VDD P6 P5 P4 P3 VSS _RESET VSS _NSCLE _SCLE _NSCDE _SCDE VDD N.C LSUOUT VSS PVCLK VSS

VSS

D 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 S G CN170 G S L19 PHSYNC_ R296 PVSYNC_ F.C SW 11 IC2 10 13 IC2 12 L26 CN71 SELMCP2_ SELMCP1_ SLEEP 13 12 IC22 L31 CN76 L33 CN78 L35 CN710 L37 R297 R298 R299 L161 11 IC6 9 8 L12 CN93 START S G CN712 CN713 CN85 TR3

5
D3S D4S

VSS

VDD

_LDOUTB

L162 C192

D5 D6 D7 VSS VDD PPST _LDON _LDEN N.C XI XO VSS CLK VSS MSYNC PMCLK VDD _BD _FLDEN _ADJUST VSS _LDOUTA

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 C191

VDD

A0 A1 A2 A3 VSS A4 A5 _VTCCS _IORD _IOWR VDD D0 D1 D2 VSS SMC SIN SOT VSS D3 D4 VSS SCK

IC47

VDD VSS _PVDBO _PVPAO VSS _PHSYNC VDD AMC _PVSYNC PVSYNC VSS _SEL0 _SEL1 VDD _SEL2 _SEL3 _SEL4 _SEL5 _SEL6 VSS P2 P1 P0
FLDON VDD VSS

R295

4
LSU5 V

R313

C185

26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

R300

C186

IC5 L22 4 12 1 7 9 15 16 8 S G L34 11 10 CN79 L36 CN711 _ADJUST1 _ADJUST2 EN EN DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 VCC GND DO1+ DO1 DO2+ DO2 DO3+ DO3 DO4+ DO4 2 3 6 5 10 11 14 13 L30 CN75 L29 CN74 L28 CN73 L27 CN72 _VD2 _VD2+ _VD1 _VD1+

D5S D6S D7S

R308

R309

R301

[A0SA5S]

R307

S G R306 R305 _MSYNC _BD IC46 _VTC _RD S AD7S AD6S AD5S AD4S AD3S AD2S AD1S AD0S 19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 _DE T_R A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 D7S D6S D5S D4S D3S D2S D1S D0S R321 R320 R319 R318 R317 R316 R315 R314
S

PPST _LDON _LDEN L163

C85 R98

C84

C188

C187

4 XT4 ST

13

12

L32 CN77 _EN

VDD OUT GND 2 S G R303 IC6 TR8 5 2B 2 1B 4 2E 2C 3 1C 6 1E 1 TR7 S G 5 2B 4 2E 2C 3 1C 6 1E 1 S G L10 CN91 CLOCK

R310 S G

1 R302

[AD0SAD7S]

SLEEP_

_RES VTC

S G

8
2 1B

3-7-24

Main PCB 9/9

A
SLEEP
S

2A3/4 B C D E F G H I J

R129 15 1 2 3 5 6 11 10 14 13 _G S 1A 1B 2A 2B 3A 3B 4A 4B

IC25

1
1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 RA19 1 2 3 4 SID 0 SID 1 SID 2 SID 3 SID 4 SID 5 SID 6 SID 7 8 7 6 5 RA21 1 2 3 4 IC35 1 19 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 _1G _2G 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 _1Y1 _1Y2 _1Y3 _1Y4 _2Y1 _2Y2 _2Y3 _2Y4 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3

RA20

8 7 6 5

SID0M SID1M SID2M SID3M

_M2OE M2SEL SID0M SID1M SID2M SID3M

1
1Y 4 2Y 7 3Y 9 4Y 12 R18 R17 R15 R13 L84 CN3-B8 L83 CN3-B9 L81 CN3-B10 L79 CN3-B11 M2 DATA3 R131 RD MCP2 L87 CN3-A5 R134 L92 IC26 MCP2 ACK CN3-A3 R135 L95 SEMCP MCP2 1Y 4 2Y 7 3Y 9 4Y 12 R12 R11 R10 R9 L77 CN3-B12 L75 CN3-B13 L74 CN3-B14 L72 CN3-B15 M2 DATA7 M2 DATA6 R RDY MCP2 CN3-A7 M2 DATA5 M2 DATA4 W RDY MCP2 CN3-A8 R22 L86 R23 C53 S G S G R25 L85 CN3-B1 R21 R20 C52 R24 R136 C100 CN3-A4 CN3-A13 CN3-A15 CN3-B6 CN3-B7 CN3-B16 R139 R133 C99 R138
S

M2 DATA0 SLEEP M2 DATA1 M2 DATA2 TMCP2 MACK MCP2 _RES M2 R132 C98 R137 S G 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3 2Y4 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3 1 19 IC17 _1G _2G L94 L87 L93 CN3-A2 CN3-A6 CN3-B2
S

TD MCP2 ENCACK MCP2 RESET MCP2

PID0 PID1 PID2 PID3 15 1 1 2 3 4 RA22 8 7 6 5 SID4M SID5M SID6M SID7M SID4M SID5M SID6M SID7M 2 3 5 6 11 10 14 13

R145 R141 R142 R143 R144

_G S 1A 1B 2A 2B 3A 3B 4A 4B

RMCP2 MCP2ACK _SET M2 _WRDY M2 _RRDY M2

3
8 7 6 RA101 1 2 3 SMRE SOVSYNC SCNCLK IC68 1 19 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 S G _1G _2G 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 _1Y1 _1Y2 _1Y3 _1Y4 _2Y1 _2Y2 _2Y3 _2Y4 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3 RA102

PID4 PID5 PID6 PID7

3
SLEEP TMCP1 MACK MCP1 IC34 15 1 _G S 1A 1B 2A 2B 3A 3B 4A 4B 1Y 4 2Y 7 3Y 9 4Y 12 R125 R126 R127 L88 CN3-B5 L90 CN3-B4 L91 CN3-B3 WCK M2 L219 SEMCP MCP1 CN2-B1 R408 L194 W RDY MCP1 CN2-A8 R411 L210 R RDY MCP1
S

IC69 1 19 S G 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3 2Y4 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3 _1G _2G

L218 L211 L217 CN2-A2 CN2-A6 CN2-B2

S

TD MCP1 ENCACK MCP1 RESET MCP1

_RES M1 R412 MRE M2 OVSYNC M2 RD MCP1 L213 CN2-A5 R415 L216 MCP1 ACK CN2-A3 R416 R417 C250 R409 C246 R410 C247 S G R422 R421 R425 R414 C249 R424
S

R413 C248

R423

1 2 3

8 7 6

SMRE M SOVSYNC M SCNCLK M

SMRE M 2 PMRE 3 SOVSYNC_M 5 POVSYNC_ 6 SCNCLK M 11 10 PRTCLK 14 13 S G

R427 R418 R419 R420 R426

RMCP1 MCP1ACK _SET M1 _WRDY M1 _RRDY M1

4
CN2-A4 CN2-A13 CN2-A15 CN2-B6 CN2-B7 CN2-B16 S G

CN2-A7

L53 CN4-1 CN4-4 CN4-7 CN4-13 CN4-15 L55 CN4-17 CN4-19 CN4-21 CN4-26 IC8 1 19 S G 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3 2Y4 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 _1G _2G RA1 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 PID0 PID1 PID2 PID3 PID4 PID5 PID6 PID7 S G _M1OE M1SEL SID0M SID1M SID2M SID3M

R343 15 1 2 3 5 6 11 10 14 13 _G S 1A 1B 2A 2B 3A 3B 4A 4B

IC50 IC11 1Y 4 2Y 7 3Y 9 R402 R400 R399 L193 CN2-B8 L191 CN2-B9 L190 CN2-B10 L188 CN2-B11 M1 DATA 3 L61 _PRINT CN4-8 R80 L62 _SETPRT IC49 15 1 _G S 1A 1B 2A 2B 3A 3B 4A 4B 1Y 4 2Y 7 3Y 9 R349 R348 R347 L186 CN2-B12 L184 CN2-B13 L183 CN2-B14 L181 CN2-B15 M1 DATA7 M1 DATA6 TPRT MACK PRT _MRDY _P2 _PRTRST M1 DATA5 M1 DATA4 L63 _P1 CN4-11 CN4-9 R81 R72 C68 S G IC7 1 19 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 S G IC51 15 1 _G S 1A 1B 2A 2B 3A 3B 4A 4B 1Y 4 2Y 7 3Y 9 4Y 12 R403 R404 R405 L212 CN2-B5 L214 CN2-B4 L215 CN2-B3 WCK M1 OVSYNC M1 MRE M1 _1G _2G 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3 2Y4 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3 L49 L51 L44 L42 L40 CN4-5 CN4-3 CN4-10 CN4-12 CN4-14 TD PRT ENCACK PRT _MRDY _P2 _PRTRST R64 R71 C67 R63 M1 DATA2 PRTACK CN4-6 R79 R70 C66 S G R62 L60 M1 DATA1 M1 DATA0 RD PRT L59 CN4-2 R78 R69 C65 R61 R77
S

1 19 R68 C64 R60 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17

_1G _2G
S

5
RPRT PATACK _PRINT _SETPRT _P1

R397 4Y 12

L48 PID 0 CN4-22 L47 PID 1 PID 2 PID 3 PID 4 PID 5 PID 6 PID 7 CN4-23 L46 CN4-24 L45 CN4-25 L43 CN4-27 L41 CN4-28 L39 CN4-29 L38 CN4-30

PID0 PID1 PID2 PID3

1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4

1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3 2Y4

R90 R89 R88 R87 R91 R92 R93 R94

18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3

R76 R75 R74 R73 R59

SID4M SID5M SID6M SID7M

RA2

2 3 5 6 11 10 14 13

R346 4Y 12

PID4 PID5 PID6 PID7

IC9 R85 R84 R83 1 19 2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 S G _1G _2G 1A1 1A2 1A3 1A4 2A1 2A2 2A3 2A4 1Y1 1Y2 1Y3 1Y4 2Y1 2Y2 2Y3 2Y4 18 16 14 12 9 7 5 3 1 2 3 RA3 8 7 6 PMRE POVSYNC_ PRTCLK SMRE M 2 PMRE 3 SOVSYNC_M 5 POVSYNC_ 6 SCNCLK M 11 10 PRTCLK 14 13 S G

L50 PMRE _POVSYNC CN4-20 L52 CN4-18 L54 PRTCLK CN4-16

3-7-25

Memory copy PCB 1/12

A B C D E F G H I J

2A3/4

VCC3

1
_MCPSEL _RVST _PHSYNC

PCN12A-32P-2.54DS CN1 a1 L25 CN1 a9 CN1 a10 L32 L33

R7 R8 R9 2 1 RA6 3 4 C11 1 2 4 6 8 GPL5 U8 RA4 1 2 3 4

_G

1
U10
_G A1 A2 A3 A4 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4

MCP2AC(304:1) iMCPSEL_ 18 16 14 12 R41 R42 iPVST_ iPHSYNC_ 47 51 59

(003-15A)

2
TXDMCP ACKMCP _R_READY _W_READY

GPL5 CN1 a5 CN1 a3 CN1 a7 CN1 a8 L28 L27 L30 L31 8 7 6 5

iTXDMCP 19 11 13 15 17 GPL5 19 11 13 15 17 R49 3 4 2 1 RA19 iMREVDOUT iVD1 iVD2 49 43 44 iACKMCP iRREADY_ iWREADY_ 71 69 68

2
(002-15I)

9 7 5 3

Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4

A1 A2 A3 A4

RCK

CN1 a11 CN1 a12 CN1 a14 CN1 a16 CN1 b1

L34 L35 L36 L37 L9 VPL5

R10 R11 R12 R13 9 7 5 3

U10
_G Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 A1 A2 A3 A4

iRCK2

(011-13F)

MREVD _VD1 _VD2 _SETMCP

iSETMCP_ ACKENG CN1 a6 L29 R22 2 1 RA5 CN1 a2 L26 R18 2 1 RA1 CN1 b2 L10 R5 VCC3 2 1 RA2 3 4 C9 GPL5 GPL5 3 4 C13 3 4 C14 1 2 4 6 8 U8
_G A1 A2 A3 A4 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4

72

4
R27 18 16 14 12 R31 iACKENG 70 iTXDENG iRESET_ (002-15I) (011-14D)

TXDENG

_RESET

5
WCK

CN1 b3

L11

R19

_WVST

CN1 b4

L12

R20

2 1 RA3

3 4 C10 GPL5 GPL5

1 2 4 6 8

U7
_G A1 A2 A3 A4 Y1 18 Y2 16 Y3 14 Y4 12

R26 R36 R38

iWCK iWVST_ iMREID

64 67 66 VCC3

MREID

CN1 b5 CN1 a4 CN1 a13 CN1 a15 CN1 b6 CN1 b7 CN1 b16 CN1 b8 CN1 b9 CN1 b10 CN1 b11 CN1 b12 CN1 b13 CN1 b14 CN1 b15

L13 L6 L7 L8 L14 L15 L24 L16 L17 L18 L19 L20 L21 L22 L23

R21

GND1 GND2 GND3 GND4 GND5 GND6

VCC3

8 7 6 5

8 7 6 5

GPL5 RA9

0 7 1 6 2 5 3 4 18 16 14 12 0 1 2 3

RA12 1 2 3 4 RA11 1 2 3 4

6
19 11 13 15 17 GPL5 U7
_G A1 A2 A3 A4 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4

8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5

iID0_ iID7_ iID1_ iID6_

53 62 54 61 55 60 56 59

R24

RA10

U9

iID2_ iID5_ iID3_ iID4_

9 7 5 3

1 2 3 4

0 7 1 6

2 5 3 4

1 2 3 4

_ID0 _ID1 _ID2 _ID3 _ID4 _ID5 _ID6 _ID7

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ID0(7:0) 0 1 2 3

1 2 4 6 8 19 4 5 6 7

_G A1 A2 A3 A4 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4

U9
_G Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4

IDP(7:0) 9 7 5 3 4 5 6 7

11 A1 13 A2 15 A3 17 A4

GPL5

3-7-26

Memory copy PCB 2/12

A B C D E F G H I J

2A3/4

VPL5

VPL5

1
(003-15A)

MCP 2AC (304:1) TP8 TP7 TP9 3 4 5 6 302 RW SIZE1 SIZE0 AS

1
VPL5 1 4 2 VPL5 K U12 LD1 A R52 VPL5

8 7 6 5

RA23 1 2 3 4

DSACY

R50 8 7 6 5

RA24 1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

VPL5

8 7 6 5

RA22 1 2 3 4

RA26

2
(011-13I) (011-13C) CPUCLK RST_

C46

C47

C48

2
R53 R54 VPL5 VPL5

1 2 3 4

GPL5

L61

L62

L64

108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73

L65

3
109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144

RMC_ W_R SIZ1 SIZ0 DS_ AS_ BGACK_ BG_ BR_ BERR_ HALT_ RESET_ GND11 CLKOUT VCC11 XFC VCC10 EXTAL VCCSYN XTAL GND10 MODCK VCC9 IPIPE_ IFEICH BKPT_ FREEZE TIN1 TOUT1 TGATEL TCK TMS TDI TDO VCC8 GND9

C52

0 31 30 29 28 15 14 13 12 RA35 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 15 14 13 12 27 26 25 24 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

11 10 9 8

RA43 1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

11 10 9 8

7 6 5 4

RA47 1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

7 6 5 4

5
3 2 1 0 RA50 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 3 2 1 0

$002

CPUD (15:0) MD (15:0)

CS0_ IRO1_ IRO2_ IRO3_ IRO4_ GND1 VCC1 IRO5_ IRO6_ IRO7_ DONE2_ DACK2_ DREO2_ DONE1_ DACK1_ DREO1_ X1 GND2 VCC2 X2 SCLK CTSB_ RTSB_ TXDB RXDB TXRAYA_ RARDYA_ CTSA_ RTSA_ GND3 VCC3 TXDA RXDA TIN2 TOUT2 TGATE2

GND12 VCC12 DSACK1_ DSACK0_ A0 A31 A30 A29 A28 GND13 VCC13 A27 A26 A25 A24 D15 D14 D13 GND14 D12 GND15 VCC14 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 GND16 VCC15 D3 D2 D1 D0

U17

FC3 FC2 FC1 FC0 VCC7 GND8 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 VCC6 GND7 A16 A15 A14 GND6 A13 A12 A11 VCC5 GND5 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 VCC4 GND4 A3 A2 A1

72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37

23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 28 29 30 31 RA29 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 28 29 30 31 15 14 13 12 RA41 1 2 3 4

GPL5

R59

C44

C45

C59

C60

4
A (31:0) $001

8 7 6 5

15 14 13 12

24 25 26 27

RA32 1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

24 25 26 27

11 10 9 8

RA45 1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

11 10 9 8

23 22 21 20

RA31 1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

23 22 21 20

7 6 5 4

RA49 1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

7 6 5 4

19 18 17 16

RA34 1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

19 18 17 16

3 2 1 0

RA53 1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

3 2 1 0

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

A0 (31:0) iTXDENG VPL5 TP10 261 CS0 R65 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 R63 R61 VPL5 VPL5 VPL5 B4B-PH-KL NONE CN3 1 VCCMON CN3 2 CN3 3 CN3 4 TXDMON RXDMON GNDMON R69 iTXDMCP (001-13C) (001-13F)

260 259 258 257

IRO1 IRO2 IRO3 IRO4

RA54 1 2 3 4

RA59

RA58

8 7 6 5

RA27

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

R62

GPL5 256 IRO5 R64

$001 $002

A CPUD

(004-03B) (008-01G) (009-01G) (004-03A) (008-01D) (009-01D) (010-12B)

C64

X3

C65

8
GPL5 GPL5

3-7-27

Memory copy PCB 3/12

A B C D E F G H I J

2A3/4

MCP2AC (304:1) 226 224 223 222 221 219 218 217 216 214 213 212 211 208 206 204 201 199 197 195 193 188 186 184 181 180 179 178 177 176 175 174 173 170 169 168 166 165 164 163 162 161 160 159 158 157 156 155

$004

VCC3 L59 228 227 226 225 224 223 222 221 220 219 218 217 216 215 214 213 212 211 210 209 208 207 206 205 204 203 202 201 200 199 198 197 196 195 194 193 192 191 190 189 188 187 186 185 184 183 182 181 180 179 178 177 176 175 174 173 172 171 170 169 168 167 166 165 164 163 162 161 160 159 158 157 156 155 154 153

C62

233 234 235

249 251 252 253 256 257 258 259 260 261

263 264

269 270 272 273 276 277 280 281 283 284 287 288 290 291

293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302

13

15 16 17 18

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

41

43 44

46 47 48

50 51

53 54 55 56

59 60 61 62

64

66 67 68 69 70 71 72

$001 MCP2AC

(001-13B) (002-02A) (004-03B) (005-03B) (006-03B) (007-01B) (008-01B) (009-01B) (010-02H) (011-04F) (011-13I) (011-13F)

74

3 4 5 6

8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76

GND1 GND2 RDBWR SIZE1 SIZE0 ASB VDD1 A1 A2 SMC AMC SIN A3 SOUT A4 A5 A6 A7 VDD2 GND3 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 VDD3 VDD4 GND4 GND5 RCK GND6 VD1 VD2 VDD5 RCKENB MCPSELB MREVDIN MREVDOUT PWSYNCB RVSIB GND7 ID0 ID1 ID2 ID3 VDD6 GND8 ID4 ID5 ID6 ID7 GND9 WCK GND10 MRE10 WVS1B WREADYB RREADYB ACKENG ACKMCP SETMCPB VDD7 RESETB GND11 GND12

229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304

GND46 GND45 SWEB GND44 SRAS21B SRAS11B SRAS20B SRAS10B VDD25 SCAS21B SCAS11B SCAS20B SCAS10B GND43 SRAS22B SRAS12B SRAS23B SRAS13B GND42 VDD24 SA9 GND41 SA8 GND40 SA7 GND39 VDD23 SA10 GND38 SA6 GND37 SA5 GND36 SA4 GND35 SA3 GND34 GND33 VDD22 VDD21 SA2 GND32 SA1 GND31 SA0 GND30 VDD20 Q2CDWRB Q2CDRDB Q2CDACKB Q2CDRD Q2PDWRB Q2PDRDB Q2DACKB Q2PDRQ Q2HINTR GND29 VDD19 Q2HWRB Q2HRDB Q2HCSB VDD18 Q1CDWRB Q1CDRDB Q1CDACKB Q1CDRQ Q1PDWRB Q1PDRDB Q1PDACKB Q1PORQ Q1HINTR Q1HWRB Q1WRDB Q1MCSB GND28 GND27

VDD26 VDD27 SMLLD SMLDEB SMGHDEB SMGLDEB SMGDIP VDD28 SRAS30B SRAS31B SRAS32B SRAS33B SCAS30B SCAS31B GND47 RAMCSHB RAMCSLB RAMDEB GND48 GND49 CLK GND50 RAMWEB RDMCSB RDEMCEB VDD29 IRDALLB IRD5B IRD4B IRD3B IRD2B IRD1B CS0B GND51 CPUD0 CPUD1 VDD30 VDD31 GND52 GND53 CPUD2 CPUD3 GND54 CPUD4 CPUD5 VDD32 GND55 CPUD6 CPUD7 VDD33 GND56 CPUD8 CPUD9 GND57 CPUD10 CPUD11 GND58 GND59 CPUD12 CPUD13 GND60 CPUD14 CPUD15 GND61 A24 A25 A26 A27 A28 A29 A30 A31 A0 DSACKB VDD34 VDD35

U16

VDD17 VDD16 DRAMD24 DRAMD23 DRAMD25 DRAMD22 GND26 VDD15 DRAMD26 DRAMD21 DRAMD27 DRAMD20 GND25 VDD14 DRAMD28 DRAMD19 DRAMD29 DRAMD18 GND24 GND23 DRAMD30 DRAMD17 DRAMD31 DRAMD16 GND22 DRAS5B DRAS4B DRAS3B DRAS2B DRAS1B DRAS6B GND21 DA4 DA3 DA5 DA2 GND20 GND19 VDD13 VDD12 DA6 DA1 DA7 DA0 DA8 DA9 GND18 DOEB DWEB DCASHB DCASLB GND17 DRAMD8 DRAMD7 DRAMD9 DRAMD6 GND16 GND15 DRAMD10 DRAMD5 DRAMD11 DRAMD4 GND14 VDD11 DRAMD12 DRAMD3 DRAMD13 DRAMD2 GND13 VDD10 DRAMD14 DRAMD1 DRAMD15 DRAMD0 VDD9 VDD8

152 151 150 149 148 147 146 145 144 143 142 141 140 139 138 137 136 135 134 133 132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77

150 149 148 147 144 143 142 141

C61

2
C43 L69

C41 138 137 136 135 132 131 130 129 127 126 125 124 123 122 120 119 118 117

C63

L68

3
C51

C42

L60

C50

4
R58 C49

112 111 110 109 108 107 105 104 103 102 100 99 98 97 94 93 92 91 88 87 86 85 82 81 80 79

GPL5

3-7-28

Memory copy PCB 4/12

A B C D E F G H I J

2A3/4

1
$001 CPUD (15:0) SD (15:0)

(002-15F)

A (31:0)

(003-15A)

MCP2AC (304:1) 301 8 9 13 15 16 17 18 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24 A25 A26 A27 A28 A29 A30 A31 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 VPL5 L38 0 1 2 3 RA17 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 0 1 2 3 R17 4 5 6 7 RA18 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 4 5 6 7 C7 C12 R15 VPL5 L39 C6 C8

8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4

RA7

8 8 7 9 6 10 5 .11 8 9 10

15 13 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

12 13 14 15

1 2 3 4

RA8

8 7 6 5

12 13 14 15

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

A14 A12 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 IO1 IO2 IO3 GND U4

VCC WE_ A13 A8 A9 A11 OE_ A10 CE_ IO8 IO7 IO6 IO5 IO4

28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15

14 9 10 12 11 15 14 13 12 11

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

GPL5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

VPP CE0 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 GND1 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 OE0 U1

VCC A17 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 GND2 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0

40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

VPL5 GPL5 L47 263 264 269 270 272 273 276 277 280 281 283 284 287 288 290 291 CPUD0 CPUD1 CPUD2 CPUD3 CPUD4 CPUD5 CPUD6 CPUD7 CPUD8 CPUD9 CPUD10 CPUD11 CPUD12 CPUD13 CPUD14 CPUD15 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 R43 C30 C33

GPL5

15 13 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2

6
TP4 RA52 1 2 3 4 TP5 TP3 TP1 GPL5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

A14 A12 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 IO1 IO2 IO3 GND U11

VCC WE_ A13 A8 A9 A11 OE_ A10 CE_ IO8 IO7 IO6 IO5 IO4

28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15

5
14 9 10 12 11 7 6 5 4 3

244 245 246 251

RAMCSH_ RAMCSL_ RAMOE_ RAMWF_

8 7 6 5 TP2 TP6

252 ROMCS 253 ROMOF

RA46 1 2

4 3

$001 CPUD

(002-02H) (008-01D) (009-01D) (010-12B)

3-7-29

Memory copy PCB 5/12

A B C D E F G H I J

2A3/4

1
(003-15A) MCP2AC (304:1) 208 SA9 206 SA8 204 SA7 RA63 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 LSA1 (10:0) 9 8 7 0 1 RA62 1 2 3 4 2 3 4 RA61 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 CN5 12 CN5 13 CN5 14 CN5 15 CN5 16 CN5 17 CN5 18 CN5 28 CN5 31 CN5 32 CN5 19 CN5 44 CN5 45 CN5 34 CN5 33 CN5 40 CN5 43 CN5 41 CN5 42 226 SWE_ R66 CN5 47 CN5 10 VPL5 L5 CN5 30 CN5 59 8 SM1A0 24 CN5 50 SM1A1 9 SM1A2 25 CN5 52 SM1A3 10 CN5 53 SM1A4 26 CN5 54 SM1A5 11 CN5 55 SM1A6 27 CN5 56 SM1A7 12 CN5 57 SM1A8 28 CN5 58 SM1A9 29 CN5 60 SM1A10 13 CN5 61 SM1RAS0_ 30 CN5 62 SM1RAS1_ 14 CN5 63 SM1RAS2_ 31 CN5 64 SM1RAS3_ 15 CN5 65 SM1CAS0_ SM1CAS0_ SM1CAS1_ SM1CAS1_ SM1WE_ SM1VCC SM1VCC SM1VCC CN5 51

CN5 49

SM1D8 SM1D24 SM1D9 SM1D25 SM1D10 SM1D26 SM1D11 SM1D27 SM1D12 SM1D28 SM1D29 SM1D13 SM1D30 SM1D14 SM1D31 SM1D15

CN5 2

SM1D0 SM1D16 SM1D1 SM1D17 SM1D2 SM1D18 SM1D3 SM1D19 SM1D4 SM1D20 SM1D5 SM1D21 SM1D6 SM1D22 SM1D7 SM1D23

16 CN5 3 1 CN5 4

201 199 197 195

SA10 SA6 SA5 SA4

8 7 6 5

10 6 5 4

17 CN5 5 2 CN5 6

18 CN5 7 3 CN5 8

193 188 186 184

SA3 SA2 SA1 SA0

8 7 6 5

3 2 1 0

19 CN5 9 4 CN5 20

8 9 10 223 221 213 211 SRAS11_ SRAS10_ SRAS12_ SRAS13_ RA64 1 2 3 4 SRAS1 (3:0) 8 7 6 5 1 0 2 3 0 1 2 3 RA71 216 SCAS10_ 1 218 SCAS11_ 2 3 4 0 1 SCAS1 (1:0) 0

20 CN5 21 5 CN5 22

21 CN5 23 6 CN5 24

22 CN5 25 7 CN5 26

23 CN5 27

SIMMD (31:0)

$001

6
C87
F3 CN5 1 CN5 39

SIMM SLOT1

C85

C86

C88

SM1GND SM1GND SM1GND

CE10

CE11

CE9

R80

CN5 72

GPL5

$001

SIMMD

(006-14H) (008-16B) (010-02B)

3-7-30

Memory copy PCB 6/12

A B C D E F G H I J

2A3/4

1
(003-15A) MCP2AC (304:1) 208 SA9 205 SA8 204 SA7 RA85 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 LSA2 (10:0) 9 8 7 0 1 RA84 1 2 3 4 2 3 4 RA83 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 CN4 12 CN4 13 CN4 14 CN4 15 CN4 16 CN4 17 CN4 18 CN4 28 CN4 31 CN4 32 CN4 19 CN4 44 CN4 45 CN4 34 CN4 33 CN4 40 CN4 43 CN4 41 CN4 42 R67 CN4 47 CN4 10 VPL5 L4 CN4 30 CN4 59 8 SM2A0 24 CN4 50 SM2A1 9 SM2A2 25 CN4 52 SM2A3 10 CN4 53 SM2A4 26 CN4 54 SM2A5 11 CN4 55 SM2A6 27 CN4 56 SM2A7 12 CN4 57 SM2A8 28 CN4 58 SM2A9 29 CN4 60 SM2A10 13 CN4 61 SM2RAS0_ 30 CN4 62 SM2RAS1_ 14 CN4 63 SM2RAS2_ 31 CN4 64 SM2RAS3_ 15 CN4 65 SM2CAS0_ SM2CAS0_ SM2CAS1_ SM2CAS1_ SM2WE_ SM2VCC SM2VCC SM2VCC CN4 51

CN4 49

SM2D8 SM2D24 SM2D9 SM2D25 SM2D10 SM2D26 SM2D11 SM2D27 SM2D12 SM2D28 SM2D29 SM2D13 SM2D30 SM2D14 SM2D31 SM2D15

CN4 2

SM2D0 SM2D16 SM2D1 SM2D17 SM2D2 SM2D18 SM2D3 SM2D19 SM2D4 SM2D20 SM2D5 SM2D21 SM2D6 SM2D22 SM2D7 SM2D23

16 CN4 3 1 CN4 4

201 199 197 195

SA10 SA6 SA5 SA4

8 7 6 5

10 6 5 4

17 CN4 5 2 CN4 6

18 CN4 7 3 CN4 8

193 188 186 184

SA3 SA2 SA1 SA0

8 7 6 5

3 2 1 0

19 CN4 9 4 CN4 20

8 9 10 224 222 214 212 SRAS21_ SRAS20_ SRAS22_ SRAS23_ RA65 1 2 3 4 SRAS2 (3:0) 8 7 6 5 1 0 2 3 0 1 2 3 RA70 217 SCAS20_ 1 219 SCAS21_ 2 4 3 SCAS2 (1:0) 0 1 0

20 CN4 21 5 CN4 22

21 CN4 23 6 CN4 24

22 CN4 25 7 CN4 26

23 CN4 27

SWE_

SIMMD (31:0)

$001

6
C81
F2 CN4 1 CN4 39

SIMM SLOT2

C79

C80

C82

SM2GND SM2GND SM2GND

CE6

CE7

CE8

R79

CN4 72

GPL5

$001

SIMMD

(005-14H) (008-16B) (010-02B)

3-7-31

Memory copy PCB 7/12

A B C
VPL5

2A3/4 D
VPL5 VPL5 VPL5

E
VPL5 VPL5

F
VPL5 VPL5

8 7 6 5

8 7 6 5

8 7 6 5

8 7 6 5

8 7 6 5

8 7 6 5

8 7 6 5

RA37 1 2 3 4

RA38 1 2 3 4

RA39 1 2 3 4

RA40 1 2 3 4

RA13 1 2 3 4

RA14 1 2 3 4

RA15 1 2 3 4

31 30 29 28

27 26 25 24

23 22 21 20

19 18 17 16

15 14 13 12

11 10 9 8

7 6 5 4

MCP2AC (304:1) 150 149 148 147 DRAMD24 DRAMD23 DRAMD25 DRAMD22 RA60 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 24 23 25 22

DD (31:0) 31 30 29 28 C53 27 26 25 24 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 5 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 33 34 35 36 38 39 40 41 31 30 14 29 13 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 LCAS0 UCAS0 RAS0 OE0 W0 VSS1 VCC1 VSS2 VCC2 VSS3 VCC3 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 NC1 NC2 NC3 NC4 NC5 42 1 37 6 22 21 28 27 26 25 24 23 20 19 18 17 11 12 15 16 32 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 3 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 33 34 35 36 38 39 40 41 31 30 14 29 13 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 LCAS0 UCAS0 RAS0 OE0 W0 VSS1 VCC1 VSS2 VCC2 VSS3 VCC3 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 NC1 NC2 NC3 NC4 NC5 42 1 37 6 22 21 28 27 26 25 24 23 20 19 18 17 11 12 15 16 32 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 33 34 35 36 38 39 40 41 31 30 14 29 13 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 LCAS0 UCAS0 RAS0 OE0 W0 VSS1 VCC1 VSS2 VCC2 VSS3 VCC3 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 NC1 NC2 NC3 NC4 NC5 42 1 37 6 22 21 28 27 26 25 24 23 20 19 18 17 11 12 15 16 32 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 RA72 1 2 3 4 31 30 29 28

3 2 1 0

RA16 1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

QDD (31:0)

L67 C58 C57 C55 R56

L66 C56 C54 R55

L63

144 143 142 141

DRAMD26 DRAMD21 DRAMD27 DRAMD20

RA57 1 2 3 4

R57 8 7 6 5 26 21 27 20

RA73 1 2 3 4

27 26 25 24

138 137 136 135

DRAMD28 DRAMD19 DRAMD29 DRAMD18

RA55 1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

28 19 29 18

132 131 130 129

DRAMD30 DRAMD17 DRAMD31 DRAMD16

RA51 1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

30 17 31 16

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

23 22 21 20

8 7 6 5

RA74 1 2 3 4

23 22 21 20

19 18 17 16

8 7 6 5

RA75 1 2 3 4

19 18 17 16

100 99 98 97

DRAMD8 DRAMD7 DRAMD9 DRAMD6

RA28 1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

8 7 9 6

15 14 13 12

8 7 6 5

RA76 1 2 3 4

15 14 13 12

94 93 92 91

DRAMD10 DRAMD5 DRAMD11 DRAMD4

RA25 1 2 3 4

U20
8 10 7 5 6 11 5 4 R47 L58 C38 C35 GPL5

U19
L57 C39 R48 C36 GPL5

U18
L56 C37 R46 C34 7 6 5 4 8 7 6 5 GPL5 11 10 9 8 8 7 6 5

RA77 1 2 3 4

11 10 9 8

88 87 86 85

DRAMD12 DRAMD3 DRAMD13 DRAMD2

RA21 1 2 3 4

8 12 7 3 6 13 5 2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 4 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 33 34 35 36 38 39 40 41 31 30 14 29 13 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 LCAS0 UCAS0 RAS0 OE0 W0 VSS1 VCC1 VSS2 VCC2 VSS3 VCC3 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 NC1 NC2 NC3 NC4 NC5 42 1 37 6 22 21 28 27 26 25 24 23 20 19 18 17 11 12 15 16 32 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 2 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 33 34 35 36 38 39 40 41 31 30 14 29 13 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 LCAS0 UCAS0 RAS0 OE0 W0 VSS1 VCC1 VSS2 VCC2 VSS3 VCC3 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 NC1 NC2 NC3 NC4 NC5 42 1 37 6 22 21 28 27 26 25 24 23 20 19 18 17 11 12 15 16 32 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 0 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 33 34 35 36 38 39 40 41 31 30 14 29 13 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 LCAS0 UCAS0 RAS0 OE0 W0 VSS1 VCC1 VSS2 VCC2 VSS3 VCC3 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 NC1 NC2 NC3 NC4 NC5 42 1 37 6 22 21 28 27 26 25 24 23 20 19 18 17 11 12 15 16 32

RA78 1 2 3 4

7 6 5 4

82 81 80 79

DRAMD14 DRAMD1 DRAMD15 DRAMD0

RA20 1 2 3 4

8 14 7 1 6 15 5 0

127 DRAS5 126 DRAS4

1 2 RA48

4 3

5 4

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

3 2 1 0

8 7 6 5

RA79 1 2 3 4

3 2 1 0

125 124 123 122

DRAS3 DRAS2 DRAS1 DRAS0

RA44 1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

3 2 1 0

U15
GPL5 105 104 103 102 DOE_ DWE_ DCASH_ DCASL_ RA30 1 2 3 4 DRAS_ (5:0) 8 7 6 5 LDA (9:0)

U14
GPL5

U13
GPL5

110 109 108 107

DRAMA7 DRAMA0 DRAMA8 DRAMA9

RA33 1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

7 0 8 9

7
VPL5 L3

112 DRAMA6 111 DRAMA1

RA36 1 2

4 3

6 1

F1

CE3

CE5

120 119 118 117

DRAMA4 DRAMA3 DRAMA5 DRAMA2

RA42 1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

4 3 5 2

CE4

8
GPL5

3-7-32

Memory copy PCB 8/12

A B C D E F G H I J

2A3/4

1
(009-15B)

QSD (31:0)

(003-15A)

MCP2AC (304:1)

31 30 29 28

27 26 25 24 23

22 21 20 19 18

17 16 15 14 13

12 11 10 9 8

SIMMD (31:0) 31 30 29 28 8 7 6 5 RA105 1 2 3 4 31 30 29 28

163

Q1CDRQ

R78

$002

2
RA69 1 2 3 4 R77 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73

166 165 164 158 $001 CPUD (15:0)

Q1CDWR_ Q1CDRD_ Q1CDACK_ Q1HINTR

4
(001-13C) RST_ RA68 1 2 3 4

157 156 155

Q1HWR_ Q1HRD_ Q1HCS_

8 7 6 5

1 2 3 4

GND1 PD0 PD1 PD2 PD3 PD4 VDD1 GND2 PD5 PD6 PD7 PD8 PD9 VDD2 GND3 PD10 PD11 PD12 PD13 PD14 VDD3 GND4 PD15 PD16 PD17 PD18 PD19 VDD4 GND5 PD20 PD21 PD22 PD23 PD24 VDD5 GND6

(002-15F)

A (31:0)

109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144

CDRQ GND17 VDD16 CD31 CD30 CD29 CD28 GND16 VDD15 CD27 CD26 CD25 CD24 CD23 GND15 VDD14 CD22 CD21 CD20 CD19 CD18 GND14 VDD13 CD17 CD16 CD15 CD14 CD13 GND13 VDD12 CD12 CD11 CD10 CD9 CD8 GND12

8 7 6 5

CDAK CDRD CDWR INTR VDD17 GND18 HD0 HD1 HD2 HD3 HD4 VDD18 GND19 HD5 HD6 HD7 TEST0 TEST1 VDD19 GND20 MCLK VDD20 GND21 RESET HRD HWR HCS VDD21 GND22 HA0 HA1 HA2 HA3 TOUT1 TOUT2 VDD22

U25

VDD11 CD7 CD6 CD5 CD4 GND11 VDD10 CD3 CD2 CD1 CD0 GND10 VDD9 RXCKD RVID SVID PXCK PTIM PRDY GND9 VDD8 PDWR PDRD PDAK PDRQ GND8 VDD7 PD31 PD30 PD29 GND7 VDD6 PD28 PD27 PD26 PD25

72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37

27 26 25 24 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 VPL5 R76 R74 R69 8 7 6 5 R68 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 RA80 1 2 3 4 15 14 13 12

8 7 6 5

RA103 1 2 3 4

27 26 25 24

23 22 21 20

8 7 6 5

RA101 1 2 3 4

23 22 21 20

19 18 17 16

8 7 6 5

RA98 1 2 3 4

19 18 17 16

Q1PDWR_ Q1PDRD_ Q1PDACK_ Q1PDRD

169 161 160 159

8 7 6 5

RA104 1 2 3 4

15 14 13 12

11 10 9 8

8 7 6 5

RA102 1 11 2 10 3 9 4 8

VPL5

7 6 5 4

8 7 6 5

RA100 1 2 3 4

7 6 5 4

3 2 1 0

8 7 6 5

RA99 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

3 2 1 0

L75

L76

L77

L70

10 11 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 19

20 21 22 23 24

C71

C77

C78

(007-16B) (009:01H)

QDD (31:0)

6
VPL5 L80 R75

C66

0 1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9

C76

1 2

DE GND X4

VCC OUT

4 3 C91 C90 L82

GPL5 QMCLK (009-01J)

R82

GPL5

$001

CPUD SIMMD

$002

(002-02H) (004-03A) (009-01D) (010-12B) (005-14H) (006-14H) (010-02B)

3-7-33

Memory copy PCB 9/12

A B C D E F G H I J

2A3/4

(003-15A)

MCP 2AC (304:1) SIMMD (31:0) VPL5

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
VPL5

(008-09A)

178 Q2CDRQ

R88

2
108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73
1 2 3 4

RA66 8 7 6 5 Q2HINTR Q2PDRD Q2CDRD 173 174 178

31 30 29 28

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

31 30 29 28

181 Q2CDWR_ 180 Q2CDRD_ 179 Q2CDACK_ 173 Q2HINTR

RA82 1 2 3 4 R86

8 7 6 5

$001

CPUD (15:0)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

4
(011-13C)

RST_
170 Q2HWR_ 169 Q2HRD_ 168 Q2HCS_ RA81 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

GND1 PDO PD1 PD2 PD3 PD4 VDD1 GND2 PD5 PD6 PD7 PD8 PD9 VDD2 GND3 PD10 PD11 PD12 PD13 PD14 VDD3 GND4 PD15 PD16 PD17 PD18 PD19 VDD4 GND5 PD20 PD21 PD22 PD23 PD24 VDD5 GND6

(002-15F)

A (31:0)

109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144

CDAK CDRD CDWR INTR VDD17 GND18 HD0 HD1 HD2 HD3 HD4 VDD18 GND19 HD5 HD6 HD7 TEST0 TEST1 VDD19 GND20 MCLK VDD20 GND21 RESET HRD HWR HCS VDD21 GND22 HA0 HA1 HA2 HA3 TOUT1 TOUT2 VDD22

U26

VDD11 CD7 CD6 CD5 CD4 GND11 VDD10 CD3 CD2 CD1 CD0 GND10 VDD9 PXCKD RVID SVID PXCK PTIM PRDY GND9 VDD8 PDWR PDRD PDAK PDRQ GND8 VDD7 PD31 PD30 PD29 GND7 VDD6 PD28 PD27 PD26 PD25

72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
R87 R85 R83 RA67 1 2 3 4

27 26 25 24

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20

CDRQ GND17 VDD16 CD31 CD30 CD29 CD28 GND16 VDD15 CD27 CD26 CD25 CD24 CD23 GND15 VDD14 CD22 CD21 CD20 CD19 CD18 GND14 VDD13 CD17 CD16 CD15 CD14 CD13 GND13 VDD12 CD12 CD11 CD10 CD9 CD8 GND12

23 22 21 20
VPL5

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

19 18 17 16

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

19 18 17 16

8 7 6 5 R81

Q2PDWR_ Q2PDRD_ Q2PDACK_ Q2PDRD

177 176 175 174

15 14 13 12

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

15 14 13 12

31 30 29 28 27 26 25

11 10 9 8

1 2 3 4

8 11 7 10 6 9 5 8

VPL5

7 6 5 4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

7 6 5 4

3 2 1 0

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

3 2 1 0

L78

L83

L81

L79

10 11 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 19

20 21 22 23 24

C83

C93

C92

QDD (31:0)

GPL5 (008-15J) QMCLK

R84

C84

0 1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9

C89

$001 CPUD

(002-02H) (004-03A) (008-01D) (010-12B)

3-7-34

Memory copy PCB 10/12

A B C D E F G H I J

2A3/4

1
C70 R73 SIMMD (31:0) RA97 1 31 2 30 3 29 4 28 RA95 1 27 2 26 3 25 4 24 RA92 1 23 2 22 3 21 4 20 RA90 1 19 2 18 3 17 4 16 RA96 1 15 2 14 3 13 4 12 RA94 1 11 2 10 3 9 4 8 RA93 1 2 3 4 RA91 1 2 3 4 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 BSD (31:0) 19 1 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 U24
_OE T_R A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 GND Vcc B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7

VPL5 L74 C75 BCD (15:0) 20 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 RA86 1 2 3 4 15 14 13 12 CPUD (15:0) $002

$001

31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 (003-15A) MCP 2AC (304:1)

235 SMGDIR 234 SMGLOE_ 233 SMGHOE_

8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 RA56 1 2 3 4

RA89 1 11 2 10 3 9 4 8 RA87 8 7 6 5 RA88 8 7 6 5 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

C68 R70 U21 19 1 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

_OE T_R A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 GND Vcc B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7

L71 C72

20 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

C69 R72 U23 19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

_OE T_R A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 GND Vcc B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7

L73 C74

20 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8

8 7 6 5

C67 R71 U22 19 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

_OE T_R A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 GND Vcc

L72 C73

20 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7

GPL5 $001 SIMMD $002 CPUD

(005-14H) (006-14H) (008-16B) (002-02H) (004-03A) (008-01D) (009-01D)

3-7-35

Memory copy PCB 11/12

A B C D E F G H I J

2A3/4

1
VPL5 R6 VPL5 R28 4 U6
D _PRE

RST_ 74 R14 1 2 3 4
CT RES_ VSC VS OUTC VSB-RI_ GND VCC

MCP 2AC (304:1)

(003-15A)

2
2

3 S1

R25

3 1

CLK _CLR _Q

CT3 6

8 7 6 5 VCC3 reset at 2.07V

RST_

$001

U3 R16 R23

GPL5

GPL5

1 R29 1 U5 4 GPL5

(001-13F)

iRESET_

3
VCC3 L49 VPL5 L51 MCP 2AC (304:1) 46 R51 RCKEN 1 2
DE GND VCC OUT

VCC3

(003-15A)

4 3 C27 C29 C32 L55 L54 R45 R44 RCK 41

4
MCP 2AC (304:1) (003-15A)

X2

iRCK2

(001-13D)

R40

GPL5

5
VCC3 L48 R30 VPL5 L50 10
DE GND VCC OUT _PRE

VPL5

U6
Q

1 2

4 3 C28 C31 L53

12 11

9 8

L46

CPUCLK

(002-02C)

CLK _CLR _Q

X1

13 R39 L52 TP11 CLK 249 MCP 2AC (304:1) (003-15A)

GPL5

$001 RST_

(002-02C) (008-01F) (009-01F)

3-7-36

Memory copy PCB 12/12

A B C D E F G H I J

2A3/4

VCC3

VPL5

VPL5

VPL5

VPL5

VCC3

VCC3

L42

L41

L43

L44

L40

L45

2
20 VCC C26

14 VCC C23 C21

20 VCC

5 VCC

5 VCC C24

20 VCC C25 C22

20 VCC

C40

C19

C17

C15

C20

C16

R33

R32

R37

R34

C18 R35

3
GPL5

7 GND U6 GPL5

10 GND U8 GPL5

3 GND U12 GPL5

3 GND U5 GPL5

10 GND U7 GPL5

10 GND U9 GPL5 GPL5

10 GND U10

4
VPL5 B2P-VH 1 CN2 E 5.1 V U2 L2 C1 3 VIN VOUT 2 GND 1 C4
+

4
VCC3 VPL5

C3

CE1

CT1

CT2

CE2

R2

G (5 V)

2 CN2

L1

R4

C94

C2

C5

GPL5

GPL5

6
GND1 GND2 GND3 GND4

GPL5 GPL5 GPL5 GPL5 R89 R1

GPL5

FG1 GMI5

GPL5

FG3 GMI5

R90

R3

GPL5

FG2 GMI5

GPL5

FG4 GMI5

3-7-37

Scanner motor PCB

A B C D E F G H I J

2A3/4

C16

C15 L2

2
IC1 SM Vref SM M1 SM M2 SM M3 SM M4 SM M5 SM CLK SM CWB CN1-13 CN1-12 CN1-11 CN1-10 CN1-9 CN1-8 CN1-7 CN1-6
S

2
CN1-2 C4
SG

SG

R7 R6 R5 R4 JP2 JP1 R3 R2

C12 C11 C10

SG SG

JP5 C9 JP4 C8 C7
SG

R10
+

D1 R1 SM RET CN1-5
S SG

R9 C22

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

SG

Vref VDD A M1 _A M2 B M3 _B M4 M5 MOI CLK MO1 CWB MO2 _RES RET PG EN PG SG 22

6 5 2 1 19 20 21 3 4 C20

TP1 NO MOUNT CN2-4 CN2-6 CN2-3 CN2-1 SM A SM _A SM B SM _B

SG

SHPSW

CN4-2

SHPSW

L4 ODSW CN2-5 CN2-2 SM COM SM COM

+

CN5-2 C14
SG

CN1-14

ODSW

C23
P G(M)

R8 B E
SG

SM ENABLE

CN1-4

C DT1

SG

L1 OSD1 CN7-3 C6
SG S

CN1-16

OSD1

CN4-1 CN7-2 CN7-5 CN5-3

5V 5V 5V 5V

L3 OSD2 CN7-6 C13

SG

CN1-15

OSD2

L5 5.1 V CN6-6 C17 + L6 G (5 V) CN6-5

SG

C18

C21

C19

SG

JP3

CN7-1 CN7-4 CN4-3 CN5-1 CN1-1

G G G G G

DT2 EL ON REM CN1-3 B E C

L7

CN3-1 CN3-2

EL ON EL ON

6
JP7 24 V CN6-4 JP6 JP8 G (24 V) CN6-3 JP9 C28
P G(M)

L24V C24 C27 C25 24 V

+

P G(L)

JP10 CN6-2 JP11 JP12 G (24 V) CN6-1 JP14

C29 C32

C30
+

JP13

CN3-3 CN3-4 C34

24 V 24 V
P G(M) P G(M)

C26

C31

C35
P G(L)

C1
SG

CN3-5 CN3-6 JP15

G G

P G(L)

C36

C33

C2

C3 C5

F G(1)

F G(2)

P G(L)

F G(2)

3-7-38

E 2A3/4

CCD PCB
A B C D
F4

E
R17 R13 R16 R15 14 13 11 12 16 1 9 15 10

IC1
F5
VDD VDD VDD VDD CP1_EVEN CP1_ODD CP2_EVEN CP2_ODD CP_LH_EVEN CP_LH_ODD VGG CP_RS_EVEN CP_RS_ODD CP_CLP_EVEN CP_CLP_ODD CP_ROC VOUT_EVEN NC VOUT_ODD NC NC NC GND NC GND NC GND NC

F1 18 10 20 9 26 3 27 2 28 1 12 7 8 13 14 15 21 22 F3 F2

IC2
CK_out _CK_out CK_out _CK_out 2B_out _2B_out RS_out CP_out SH_out CK_in

IC3
6 R19 R21 R11 R10 R20 4 12 3 5 11 13 16 8 C14
EN EN DO1 DO2 DO3 DO4 VCC GND DI1+ DI1 DI2+ DI2 DI3+ DI3 DI4+ DI4

1
2 1 6 7 10 9 14 15 F7 R18 F9 F10 R22 F11 F12 R23 F13 F14

CN1-1 CN1-2 CN1-3 CN1-4 CN1-5 CN1-6 CN1-7 CN1-8 CN1-9 CN1-10 CN1-11

CLK + CLK RS + RS CLP + CLP SHIFT + SHIFT 5V 5V 5V

C7

C5

C3

2B_in

R8

C1

A G
R5 R7

A G

A G

8 RS_in 3 CP_in 7 SH_in

C4

F8

C15

R14

R24

F15 F16

R6

A G
C17 C16 C18

F17 F18

A G

A G

R12

A G

R3

TR1

+ A G

C1

4
R2 R32

R29 IC5
FBP VIN VREF FBN

4
8 5 R33 R34

A G
RA1

C6

1 2 3 4

CN2-1 CN2-2

VO_O+ VO_O

R31

R1

TR2

C10 A GA G C8 R25

R35 R36

CN2-3 CN2-4

VO_E+ VO_E

A G

R9 R28

IC4 1 2 3 4
FBP VIN VREF FBN

A G

8 5

6
C23 C9 R27

CN2-5 CN2-6
F19

+12V G(Analog) G(Analog)

CN2-7

A G
R37

7
F6

C11

C13

C22

C21

C20

IC5

IC4

C19

R30

R26

IC2

R4

C12

4,5

A G

A G

A G

3-7-39 3-7-14
E

E 2A3/4

DF driver PCB
A
S S OSSW CN6-B2 1 1B S G S OFSW CN6-B5 S G S S OSBSW CN6-A5 1 1B S G S OFTSW CN6-A14 S G S S OFSOL 1 OSLSW CN6-A11 S G B E S G CN5-B13 OFSOL2 CN2-16 OFSOL2 C CN3-5 OSLSW CN2-15 2 E 1C 5 S 2C 4 CN3-3 OSBSW SBPSOL1 CN2-21 S CN3-4 DFTSW SBPSOL2 CN2-22 P G CN5-B12 OFSOL1 1 1B 2 E 2C 4 1C 5 P G CN5-A3 SBPSOL2 CN5-A2 SBPSOL1 OFCL CN2-20 2 E 1C 5 S 2C 4 CN3-1 OSSW SBFSSOL CN2-17 CN5-B8 SBFSSOL

E
S

H
S

I
S

*
EFSSOL CN2-19 CN5-A7 EFSSOL

S G 3 2B

CN3-2

OFSW

COM P G

14

*
CN5-A5 OFCL

7 S G

4 S G

S G 3 2B

3 2B

3
OSLEDPCB (GN) CN3-9 1 1B S 2 E

* *
DFSSW2 CN4-3

S G

P G

S G

CN6-B9 1C 5

OSLEDPCB (GN)

P G

3 2B OSLEDPCB (RED) CN3-10

2C 4 CN6-B7 OSLEDPCB (RED)

S 1 1B 1C 5 S 2C 4 CN3-6 DFSSW1 S G CN3-7 DFSSW2 P G

4
OSWSW CN6-A8 CN3-8 OSWSW DFSSW1 CN4-4

P G S S G

3 2B

P G S G S G S G OCM Vref 24 V 24 V CN1-1 CN1-2 + PG PG CN1-3 CN1-4 CN4-2 24 V(VEN) OCM M1 OCM M2 OCM M3 CN2-6 CN2-1 CN2-2 CN2-3 CN2-4 CN2-5 CN2-8 CN2-7 S

S S G

*
F G

*
F G

*
F G

*
F G

5
* * * *
VIN +

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Vref VDD A _A M1 B M2 _B M3 M4 M5 MO1 CLK MO1 MO2 CWB _RES RET PG EN SG PG 22 S G S G S 6 5 2 1 19 20 21 3 4

S G CN5-A10 CN5-A12 CN5-A11 CN5-A13 OCM A OCM A OCM B OCM B

VOUT ADJ

S OCM CLK OCM CWB

N.C. N.C.

S G

S G

S G

P G N.C. N.C.

N.C. N.C.

CN1-5 CN1-6

+ S G

6
5V 5V CN1-7 CN1-8 +

S G

*
OCM RET CN2-9 S

CN5-A9 CN5-A8

OCM BCOM 24 V (VEN) OCM ACOM 24 V (VEN)

* Not installed

6
P G

OCM ENABLE SG SG CN1-9 CN1-10

CN2-10

B E

S G S G S OFM CLK OFM RET OFM CWB 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V OFM ENABLE CN2-14 CN2-12 CN2-13 CN2-11

S G S G S G 10 VDD 9 CLK 8 MODE 7 A CWB 6 RST B AB B BB S 12 S G

CN6-A9 CN6-A12 CN6-A15 CN6-B1 CN6-B4 CN6-A6 CN6-B10 CN6-B13 CN6-B8 CN6-A7 CN6-A10 CN6-A13 CN6-B3 CN6-B6 CN6-A4 CN6-B12 CN6-B15

5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V SG SG SG SG SG SG SG SG SG

24 (VEN)

CN4-1

CN5-A1 CN5-A4 CN5-A6 CN5-B7 CN5-B9 CN5-B11

+ S G S

5 4 3 2
R

7
CN5-B3 CN5-B5 CN5-B4 CN5-B6 S G CN5-B1 CN5-B2 OFM ACOM 24 V (VEN) OFM BCOM 24 V (VEN) + OFM A OFM A OFM B OFM B

Vref

11 SP 1 GND

B E S G

C P G

8
S G

8
S G

CN6-A1 CN6-A2 CN6-A3 CN3-14

N.C. N.C. N.C. N.C.

DF SHORT

CN3-11

S G

3-7-40 3-7-15
E

Operation unit main PCB 1/2

A B C D E F
S R111 TR3 D5 S L47 CN4-1 L9 MMI ERROR CN6-5 S L8 ENG ERROR MMI CN6-4 R6 S G 1 R34 D7 S R12 L10 ENG ACK MMI CN6-6 R10 S G S VCC S G 4 IC13 3 AN1 C49 TR2 L33 CFL REM CN2-15 S DIGKEY_L3 DIGKEY_L2 DIGKEY_L1 DIGKEY_R4 DIGKEY_R3 DIGKEY_R2 DIGKEY_R1 CN2-7 CN2-6 CN2-5 CN3-4 CN3-3 CN3-2 CN3-1 R85 SCAN_L3 SCAN_L2 SCAN_L1 SCAN_R4 SCAN_R3 SCAN_R2 CN2-10 R84 CN2-9 R83 CN2-8 R1 CN3-8 R37 CN3-7 R38 CN3-6 R39 SCAN_R1 CN3-5 L1 S BUZZER CN3-13 10 CN2-16 L34 CN2-17 L2 CN3-14 N.C CN2-18 L7 RESET MMI CN6-3 S G C5 S G R19 C53 C6 4 L32 DIGLED_L4 CN2-14 L31 DIGLED_L3 CN2-13 L30 DIGLED_L2 CN2-12 L29 DIGLED_L1 CN2-11 L3 DIGLED_R4 CN3-12 L4 DIGLED_R3 CN3-11 L5 DIGLED_R2 CN3-10 L6 DIGLED_R1 CN3-9 IC10 17 IC10 12 IC10 13 IC10 14 IC10 15 IC10 16 IC10 18 IC10 11 S G 2 7 LED L4 _RD _RD S G 5 C52 S G C1 S G D1 5V S R4 R3 TR1 B E S G C S R18 R17 5V _RDY S 5V S R163 11 IC18 15 IC18 14 IC18 13 IC18 12 IC18 17 IC18 18 IC18 16 R2 4 5 6 7 2 1 3 S IC15 MPUCLK MPUCLK R155 R156 R158 R159 S G R161 R165 L51 R81 R80 R79 R41 R43 R86 R88 C E S G R82 R36 R35 R40 R42 R44 R87 AN0 EY S EX R153 R151 A21 R152 A20 S G R154 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 AN1 B R150 R148 R149 S G HRESET L40 S G R16 D4 12 IC13 13 R14 C4 S G 9 8 IC15 L14 S G 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 RA2 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 R121 S D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 R13 L13 CN6-10 RXD MMI R146 S D3 R9 R11 1 C3 IC13 E TR7 EY B TR4 D6 R141 S 2 9 8 IC13 L49 CN4-4 S G L48 CN4-2 X1 (OUT) _RD _RAM _WR X2 (IN) R123 L24 D2 R8 R5 R7 11 C2 AN0 C47 S G R144 S R147 TR5 S S IC15 6 5 EX B E TR8 TR6 R142 S G D8 R140 S S G L50 CN4-3 Y1 (OUT) Y2 (IN)

2A3/4 G H I J

B C C E C46 S G S G

S G

10 5 IC13

6 IC13

L12 MMI ACK CN6-9

S G 2

IC15

R143

2
C18 R63 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7

S R168 IC9

S G

N.C

CN6-1

S G

AN1 P72 100 P73 99 P74 98 P75 97 P76 96 P77 95 Vss 94 AVss 93 Vref 92 AVcc 91 Vcc 90 P80/CTS0 89 P81 88 R120 P82/RD0 87 P83/TD0 86 R119 P84/_INT4 85 R118 P85 84 RD1 83 R117 TD1 82 81

S G

L11 CN6-7 CN6-2 CN6-8 CN6-11 TXD MMI G (5 V) G (5 V) G (5 V) IC14 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 27 26 23 25 4 28 29 3 2 30 31 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7

A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14

R157 C51

C50

R15

C17

B C C E C48 S G S G

S G

S G

22 20 27 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 25 24 21 23 2 26 1

Vcc 28 _OE _CE _WE A0 GND 14 A1 S G A2 I/O0 11 A3 I/O1 12 A4 I/O2 13 A5 I/O3 15 A6 I/O4 16 A7 I/O5 17 A8 I/O6 18 A9 I/O7 19 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14

R145

BYTE CNVss _RESET Xin Xout _RD Vss Vcc _HLDA ALE _BHE _WR P117 P116 P115 P114 P113 P112

AN0 P95/_INT3 P94 A22 A21 A20 P90 P67/TB2in P66/TB1in P65/TB0in P64/_INT2 P63/_INT1 P62/_INT0 P61/TA4in P60/TA4out P57/TA3in P56/TA3out P55/TA2in P54/TA2out P53/TA1in P52/TA1out P51/TA0in P50/TA0out P47 P46 P45 P44 P43 I _RDY _HOLD

IC19 IC19

A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A23 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 P110 P111

S R56 R57 R58 R94 R95 R96 R97 R98 R91 R90 R52 R89 R99 R92 R93 R100 R114 R101 R102

IC12 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 27 26 23 25 4 28 29 3 2 30 31 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18

IC16 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 27 26 23 25 4 28 29 3 2 30 31 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7

S R55 R54 R53 R46 R47 R48 R49 R50

RA1

RA3

RA4

S 22 R45 _CE 24 _ROM1 _OE _RD L35 1 Vpp 32 Vcc 16 GND S C31

S 22 R45 _CE 24 _ROM2 _OE _RD L36 1 Vpp 32 Vcc 16 GND S C33

S 22 R59 _CE 24 _ROM3 _OE _RD L39 1 Vpp 32 Vcc 16 GND S C39 R116

RA5

C32

C30

RA6

R110

R112

C38

S G

S G

S G

RA7

A_BUS R160 31 32 33 R162 34 35 36 37 38 R167 L42 39 40 41 42 L41 43 44 R124 LED L4 45 LED L3 46 LED L2 47 LED L1 48 LED R4 49 LED R3 50 LED R2

LED R1

D_BUS 2 A15 A16 A17 A18 IC3 1 11 10 S R62 A19 A20 A21 R66 R65 IC3 R67 1 A0 2 A1 3 A2 6 4 5 E3 _E1 _E2 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7 9 R28 R68 _ROM2 _ROM3 R29 R20 R32 1 12 11 IC4 13 10 8 R26 S 9 IC4 8 R61 _RDY 4 _E 5 IC2 6 R25 _VRAM 2 IC2 3 R27 _LCD 8 R33

VCC

3 R70

12 IC6 13 R72

9 IC6 8 10 R71

13 IC3 12 5 IC3 4 6 R24 _ROM1 11 R31 _RAM

R164

IC1 1 Vdd 2 GND 3 OUT

R122

X1

R166

C41

C40

LED L3

S L25 IC7 6 R64 _E IC6 5 4 R73 _PRE D Q CLK _CLR _Q

S G

_O0 _O1 _O2 _O3 _O4 _O5 _O6 _O7 R22

IC4

_WR

_WR

LED L2

_READY 10 IC2 R76 9

LED L1

MPUCLK

LED R4 _E

LED R3

S _PRE D Q R77 LCD CLK

LED R2

CLK 8 LED R1 S _CLR _Q IC7

3-7-41

E 2A3/4

Operation unit main PCB 2/2

A B C D E F
10

G
10

S SG

S SG

1
9 S D_BUS 24 V L52 A_BUS VA3 VA2 VA1 VA0 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 CN5-4

L17 C12

+
C11

L20 R125 S G (24 V) CN5-1 PG L18 5.1 V CN5-3 C13 FUSE1 S

C55

28 C54

Vcc

SG O0 O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19

RA10

L21

I/O0 I/O1 I/O2 I/O3 I/O4 I/O5 I/O6 I/O7

VA4 VA5 VA6 VA7 VA8 VA9 VA10 VA11 VA12 VA13 VA14

RA9 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 VA4 VA5 VA6 VA7 VA8 VA9 VA10 VA11 VA12 VA13 VA14 VA15 _VCS4 _VCS3 _VCS2 _VCS1 _VCS0 VD0 VD1 VD2 VD3 VD4 VD5 VD6 VD7 VD8 VD9 VD10 Vdd Vss

VA3 VA2 VA1 VA0 __VME DB15 DB14 DB13 DB12 DB11 DB10 DB9 DB8 DB7 DB6 DB5 DB4 DB3 DB2 DB1

14

GND

_OE _CE _WE A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14

22 20 27 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 25 24 21 23 2 26 1

SG VA0 VA1 VA2 VA3 VA4 VA5 VA6 VA7 VA8 VA9 VA10 VA11 VA12 VA13 VA14

RA8

R169

50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31

+
C14 SG

RA11

IC11

Vin

GND

R78

S L43

O0 O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 C42 R126

RA12

SG VEE(23 V) CN1-2 CN1-7 PG CN1-1 CN2-4 CNT. VR CN2-3 G (24 V)

23 V
VLCD S R106

RA13

VD11 VD12 VD13 VD14 VD15 LCDENB XSCL LP WF YD UD0 UD1 UD2 UD3 LD0 LD1 LD2 LD3 OSC1 OSC2

Vdd L45 5V CN1-9

C43 C29

R128 R134 LCD. REM CN1-14 R131 R137 XSCL CN1-10 R130 R136 LP CN1-11 R129 R135 DIN CN1-12 R133 R139 XD0 CN1-6 R132 R138 XD1 CN1-5 R172 R174 XD2 CN1-4 R171 R173 XD3 CN1-3 L46 G (5 V) CN1-8 SG NC CN1-13 3 IC17 11 IC17 6 IC17 11 IC17 8 IC17 6 IC17 3 IC17

1 2 4 5 LCD CLK 9 10 12 13 4 5 9 8 IC17 10 12 13 1 2

S R109

SG L27 L23 L26 L16 L15 L44 L53 L28 L37 L38

R108

C27

81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100

SG

C28

R107

14 C22 Vcc F02 GND C21 R74 7

14 C16 Vcc F08 GND C15 7

14 C19 Vcc F138 GND C20 R60 7

14 C10 Vcc F32 GND C9 R69 R30 7

C45

C57

C24

C35

C8

Vcc F32 GND C7 7

Vcc F32 GND C44 7

Vcc F32 GND C56 7

Vcc F74 GND C23 7

Vcc HC14 GND C34 7

Vcc LS07 GND 7 C36

R127

R170

R113

_LCD

_WR _RD _VRAM SG

R115

R23

R75

C37

3-7-42 3-7-16
E

DB0 AB15 AB14 AB13 AB12 AB11 AB10 AB9 AB8 AB7 AB6 AB5 AB4 AB3 AB2 AB1 AB0 _BHE MPUSEL RESET MPUCLK READY _MEMRD _MEMWR _MEMCS _IORD _IOWR _IOCS Vdd Vss

30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 S S G R103 S 13 R104 S 12 HRESET 11 MPUCLK 10 _READY 9 R105 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 S 1 Vdd

D0 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0

L19 G (5 V) CN5-2 S

3
9 8 Vin+ _Control IC8 Vset Filter Vout 1 2 3 C25 L22 CN2-2 CN2-1 24 V

+
C26

23 V

5
S

14

14

14

14

14

14

E 2A3/4

Operation unit right PCB

A B C D E F G H I J

N.C.

TB

KEY8 KEY9 DIG KEY_R1 DIG KEY_R2 DIG KEY_R3 DIG KEY_R4 CNB-1 CNB-2 CNB-3 CNB-4 KEY11 KEY10

KEY12 KEY13 KEY14

KEY16 KEY17 KEY18

KEY20 KEY21 KEY22

KEY15

KEY19

KEY23

3
D4 SCAN_R1 SCAN_R2 CNB-5 CNB-6 CNB-7 CNB-8 D5 D6 D7

SCAN_R3 SCAN_R4

5
BZ1

R7

R8

5
TR4

6
BUZZER CNB-13

LED17

LED18

LED19

LED20

7
5V DIG LED_R1 DIG LED_R2 DIG LED_R3 CNB-14 CNB-9 CNB-10 CNB-11 CNB-12 R17 R18 R19 R20

DIG LED_R4

3-7-43 3-7-17
E

E 2A3/4

Operation unit left PCB

A B
TA

1
KEY1 DIG KEY_L1 DIG KEY_L2 DIG KEY_L3 CNA-5 CNA-6 CNA-7 KEY2 KEY3 KEY4 KEY5 KEY6 KEY7

2
SCAN_L1 SCAN_L2 SCAN_L3 CNA-8 CNA-9 CNA-10

D1

D2

D3

3
R1

R2

R3 TR1

R4

R5 TR2

R6

TR3

LED10

LED11

LED12

LED13

LED14

LED15

DIG LED_L1 DIG LED_L2 DIG LED_L3 DIG LED_L4

CNA-11 CNA-12 CNA-13 CNA-14

R9 R10 R11 R12

R13

LED16

LED1

LED2

LED3

LED4

LED5

LED6

LED7

LED8

LED9

5V N.C

CNA-16 CNA-18

R15

R14

5V

CNA-17 TH1 R21

L1 B1 R28 C1 R29

4 3 2 1 5 T1

12

CNC-1

7 C2

CNC-4

R22

CNA-4 CNA-2 VR1

CNT. VR 23 V TR7 TR5

R30

TR8 R24 R23

7
TR6 R27

R25

R26

B2 24 V CNA-1 CNA-15 CNA-3

CFL REM G (24 V)

3-7-44 3-7-18
E

Deck main PCB

A B C D E F G H I J

2A3/4

+5 V

1
1 2 R63 CN1-7 CN1-8 CN1-9 DLSW1 UPSW1 DLSW2 7 8 9 10 1 7 8 1 R33 2 1 1 2 R62 1 2 R61 1 2 R60 1 R11 2 UPSW1 UPSW2 IC6.6 13 A Y 12 IC6.4 9A Y 8 IC6.5 11 A Y 10 DSW0 DSW1 PESENS WDT IC6.3 5A Y 6 2 1 4 3 Y A IC6.2 1 R35 2

+5 V
1 1 R65 R64 2 2 PDMSENS2 2 PDMSENS1 IC9.3 5A Y 6 1 B E 3 GROUND 1 2

1
C 2 Q13

Y A

+5 V +5V
1 R16 1 R20 2 2 C18 + 1 2 GROUND

+24 V
1 2 3 4 5 C16 + 1 2 AGROUND 12 N.C 1 +24 V 2 +24 V 6 CCL 5 4 PFCL2 PFCL1 +24 V PG CM PWM +5 V CM CLK CN12-1 CN12-2 CN12-3 CN12-4 CN12-5

IC6.1

R34

+5 V
1 R17 2

R36

CN1-10 UPSW2 CN4-7 CN4-8 5V SG

R37

+5 V
1 R3 2

C4

GROUND

GROUND CN1-11 PPSENS3 11 1 R42 2 IC9.4 9A Y 8 60 59 58 57 56 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 44 43 42 41 CN1-5 PESENS 5 1 R41 2 61 62 63 +5 V 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 GROUND 72 73 PFSW* 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 P74/ANI4 P73/ANI3 P72/ANI2 P71/ANI1 P70/ANI0 P17 P16 P15 P14 P13 P12 P11/PWM1 P10/PWM0 MODE ASTB P40/AD0 P41/AD1 P42/AD2 IC9.2 3A Y 4 IC9.1 1A Y 2 1 11 3 4 7 8 13 14 17 18 IC3 0C G 1D 1Q 2D 2Q 3D 3Q 4D 4Q 5D 5Q 6D 6Q 7D 7Q 8D 8Q

+24 V
IC2 2 5 6 9 12 15 16 19 20 22 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 25 24 21 23 2 26 27 CE OE A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 3 6 11 14 9 16 COM1 COM2 01 IN1 02 IN2 03 IN3 IN4 04 IC4 CN4-12 CN4-1 CN4-2 CN4-6 CN4-5 CN4-4

CN1-6

PPSENS2

6 R47 1 R46 1 R44 1 2 9 GROUND 2 2

R40

CN4-9

PPSENS1

R39

IC9.5 11 A Y 10 IC9.6 2 13 A Y 12

4
CN4-10 N.C CN1-1 LED CLK 10 1 R45 1 1 1 R48 2 R38 IC5.6 13 A Y 12 IC5.5 11 A Y 10 C 2 1 Q14 B E 3 1 R43 2 6 1 R15 2

+5 V

R53 R54 R59 R58 1 1 1 1 GROUND CN2-1 CN2-2 CN2-3 CN2-4 CN2-5 CN2-6 +5 V SG PLDSENS1 +5 V SG PLDSENS2 1 2 3 4 5 6 GROUND 1 2 3 4 5 2 2 2 2 1 R50 2 1 R51 2

Y A

P32/SCK P33/SO/SB0 P34/TO0 P35/TO1 P36/TO2 P37/TO3 RESET X2

X1 PO0 PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 P67/REFRO

IC5.3

P75/ANI5 P76/ANI6 P77/ANI7 AVdd AVref1 AVss ANO0 ANO1 AVref2 AVref3 P20/NMI P21/INTP0 P22/INTP1 P23/INTP2/CI P24/INTP3 P25/INTP4/ASCK P26/INTP5 P27/SI P30/RxD P31/TxD

IC7

+5 V
R28 DA2 3 1 R31 2 2 1 1 R32 2 PFSW* 1 2 3 DA1 2 1

P43/AD3 P44/AD4 P45/AD5 P46/AD6 P47/AD7 P50/A8 P51/A9 P52/A10 P53/A11 P54/A12 P55/A13 P56/A14 P57/A15 P60/A16 P61/A17 P62/A18 P63/A19 P64/RD P65/WR P66/WAIT

40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21

GROUND

O0 O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7

11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19

2 7 10 15

N.C

+5 V
1 R22 N.C C6 1 2 N.C 3 N.C CN4-3 1 R21 2 2 2 N.C CN1-2

GROUND

+5 V
1 R10 2

+5 V
1

+24 V
1 R25 Q3 C 2 2 3 D4 B E 1 1 2 K A K 1 D1 A 2 SIG

R49

+24 V

GROUND GROUND 1 R29 2 1 R30 2 C 2 Q7 E 3 GROUND C3 1 IC5.1 1A Y 2

+5 V R6 1
1 8 9 Y A B IC5.4 2

+5 V R7 1
2

+5 V
1 R24 2 3 B C 2 E 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 OSO1 2

10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 3

CN9-1 CN9-2 CN9-3 CN9-4 CN9-5

DECK TXD G (5 V) DECK RXD G (5 V) PFSW4*

Q1

+24 V
PDMSENS1 1 R26 2 Q2 C 2 3 D2 B E 1 1 2 K A K 1 D3 A 2 SIG PDMSENS2

+5 V
1 R4 2 12 13 UPSW1 2 1 2 A Y B IC8.1 3 4 5 A 11 10 9 C 2 A Y B IC8.3 A 8 1 B E 3 6 GROUND Q5

IC5.2 3A Y 4

1 R55 2 1 PDM1 2 +24 V 3 +24 V 4 PDM2 5 +5 V 6 SG 7 PDMSENS1 8 +5 V 9 SG 10 PDMSENS2

CN7-1 CN7-2 CN7-3 CN7-4 CN7-5 CN7-6 CN7-7 CN7-8 CN7-9 CN7-10

AGROUND

6
GROUND

GROUND

GROUND

+5 V R8 1 GROUND
2 C 2 1 B E 3 GROUND FUSE1 1 2 Q9

+5 V
1 R52 2 1 R1 2

GROUND

+5 V
R5 1

B IC8.4

+5 V
1 R27

+5 V +5 V
R9 1 WDT 2 1 C1 1 R2 2 3 8 1 1 R23 2 6 CK RES CT VREF VS 7 1 2 C2 2 RES Vcc IC1 GND 4

CN1-4

DOSSW

ZD2 2 1 K A

+5 V
5 1 2 C7

COUNT LED UPSW2

Y B IC8.2

1 B

C 2 2 3 04 B C 2 E 1 Q6

E 3 GROUND

AGROUND

CN4-11 SCSW

11

+5 V
1 2 C8 GROUND IC2 1 2 C9 IC3 1 2 C10 IC5 1 2 C13 IC8 1 2 C12 IC7 1 2 C11 IC6 1 2 C19 IC9 1 2 C5

+5 V + 1
CN3-1 CN3-2 CN3-3 CN3-4 +5 V SG +24 V PG 1 2 3 4 2 K 1 C15 ZD1 A 2

+24 V +5 V
C14

2 GROUND

+ 1
2

+ 1
K 1 D5 A 2 SIG 2

C17

GROUND

8
GROUND AGROUND

8
* Switch on the copier

3-7-45

Interface PCB
A B C D E F G H I J

2A3/4

+5 V

1
+5 V +24 V 1 R1 2 CN3-1 CN3-2 CN3-3 CN3-4 +5 V SG DLSW1 +5 V SG UPSW1 +5 V SG DLSW2 +5 V SG UPSW2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 CN4-1 CN4-2 CN4-3 CN4-4 CN4-5 +5 V
PPSENS3 LED CLK

1
1 R2 2 1 R3 2 1 R4 2 1 2 R5

CN3-5 CN3-6 CN3-7 CN3-8 CN3-9 CN3-10 CN3-11

CN3-12

3
+24 V +24 V N.C PFCL1 PFCL2 CCL +5 V SG
PPSENS1

CN1-1 CN1-2 CN1-3 CN1-4 CN1-5 CN1-6 CN1-7 CN1-8 CN1-9 CN1-10 CN1-11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 R8 2 1 R7 2 1 R6 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

+5 V
PESENS LED CLK

CN4-6 CN4-7 CN4-8 CN4-9

+5 V
PPSENS2 LED CLK

N.C SCSW

1 CN5-1 CN5-2 +24 V CCL +24 V PFCL2 +24 V PFCL1 N.C N.C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

LED CLK N.C N.C DOSSW

PESENS PPSENS2

CN2-1 CN2-2 CN2-3 CN2-4 CN2-5 CN2-6 CN2-7 CN2-8 CN2-9 CN2-10 CN2-11 CN2-12 CN2-13

CN5-3 CN5-4 CN5-5 CN5-6 CN5-7 CN5-8

DLSW1 UPSW1 DLSW2 UPSW2

PPSENS3

CN6-1 CN6-2 CN6-3 CN6-4 CN6-5

+5 V SG SCSW DOSSW +24 V

1 2 3 4 5

12 13

N.C N.C

CN8-1

N.C N.C N.C

1 2 3

CN8-2 CN8-3

GROUND CN7-1 CN7-2 CN7-3 +5 V

PPSENS1 LED CLK

1 2 3 4 1 R9 2

CN7-4

N.C

8
1 R10 2

3-7-46

SRDF wiring diagram

A B C D E F G H I J

2A3/4

SBSFSOL OFSOL2 OFSOL1 OFM ENABLE OFM RET OFM CLK OFM CWB OCM ENABLE OCM RET OCM CLK OCM CWB OCM Vref OCM M3 OCM M2 OCM M1

OSLED (RED) OSLED (GN) SBPSOL2 SBPSOL1 OFCL EFSSOL

2
C5-A10 GY C5-A12 GY C5-A13 RD C5-A11 GY C5-A1 GY C5-A2 GY C5-A3 GY C5-A4 GY C5-A5 GY C5-B2 GY C5-B3 GY C5-B4 GY C5-B5 GY C5-A9 GY C5-A8 RD C5-B6 GY C5-B1 RD

2
DF SHORT OSWSW DFSSW2 DFSSW1 OSLSW DFTSW FG FG Mi2 (12P) WHITE G (5 V) G (5 V) E5V E5V G (24 V) G (24 V) 24 V 24 V Mi2 (11P) WHITE C1-10 C1-9 C1-8 C1-7 C1-4 C1-3 C1-2 C1-1 OSBSW OFSW OSSW

C17

C15

C13

1 OCM ACOM 24 V (VEN) 6

2 OCM BCOM 24 V (VEN) 5

C11

1 OFM ACOM 24 V (VEN) 6

2 OFM BCOM 24 V (VEN) 5

1 24 V 2 SBPSOL1

3 SBPSOL2

4 OCM B _ 5 OCM A _ 6 OCM B

3 OCM A

C18

C16

C14

C6-A13 GY

C6-A14 GY

C6-A15 RD

C12

4 OFM B _ 5 OFM A _ 6 OFM B

3 OFM A

1 24 V 2 OFCL

C3-3 C3-2 C3-1 C3-13 C3-12 C3-11 C3-8 C3-7 C3-6 C3-5 C3-4 M1 GN M1 GN

C3-10 C3-9 C2-22 C2-21 C2-20 C2-19 C2-18 C2-17 C2-16 C2-15 C2-14 C2-13 C2-12 C2-11 C2-10 C2-9 C2-8 C2-7 C2-6 C2-3 C2-2 C2-1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

B-23 B-22 B-21 B-20 B-19 B-18 B-17 B-16 B-15 B-14 B-13 B-12 B-11 B-10 B-9 B-8 B-7 B-6 B-5 B-4 B-3 B-2 B-1 A-23 A-22 A-21 A-20 A-19 A-18 A-17 A-16 A-15 A-14 A-13 A-12 A-11 A-10 A-9 A-8 A-7 A-6 A-5 A-4 A-3 A-2 A-1

C10

Mi2 (12P) RED

C9

Mi2 (11P) RED

C8

C7

3
M1
C8-4 C8-3 C8-2 C8-12 C8-11 C8-10 C8-9 C8-8 C10-3 C10-2 C8-7 C8-6 C8-5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 C9-11 C9-10 C9-9

C20

WE

WE

YW

YW

OE

GN

OE

RD

RD

RD

BN

BK

BK

BE

BK

BK

BE

1 SG 2 DFTSW

3 5V

OCM
C6-A6 GY C6-A5 GY C6-A4 GY

C21

OCM Vref OCM CWB OCM CLK OCM RET OCM ENABLE OFM CWB OFM CLK OFM RET OFM ENABLE OFSOL (A) OFSOL (R) SBSFSOL

OSSW OFSW OSBSW DFTSW OSLSW DFSSW1 DFSSW2 OSWSW OSLED (GN) OSLED (RED)

EFSSOL OFCL SBPSOL (A) SBPSOL (R)

C19

OCM M1 OCM M2 OCM M3

OE

BE

LB

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

SBP SOL

OF CL

OFM

C9-8 C9-7 C9-6 C9-5 C9-4 C9-3 C9-2 C9-1 C10-12 C10-11 C10-10 C10-9 C10-8 C10-7 C10-6 C10-5 C10-4

C7-1 GN C7-2 GN

OSBSW

OSBSW

5V

SG

DFT SW

RD

C23
1 24 V 2 OFSOL1 3 OFSOL2

C22
3 2 1

DFDPCB

C5-B11 GY C5-B12 GY C5-B13 GY C7-4 C7-5 C7-6 C7-7 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 SG SG 5V 5V

OFSOL

BN GN

C1
(CN1)

C3
(CN3) A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-6 A-7 A-8 A-9 A-10 A-11 A-12 A-13 A-14 A-15

C6
(CN6) SG 5V SG 5V OSLED (GN) SG OSLED (RED) SG OFSW 5V SG OSSW 5V B-15 B-14 B-13 B-12 B-11 B-10 B-9 B-8 B-7 B-6 B-5 B-4 B-3 B-2 B-1

C2
(CN2)

4
C5
(CN5)

OE

C31
1 5V 2 OFSW 3 SG

C30
3 2 1

C6-B4 GY C6-B5 GY C6-B6 GY

OFSW

YW BE

C32

Wire color Mark BK Black BN Brown YW Yellow GN Green BE Blue WE White PK Pink RD Red OE Orange LB Light blue PE Purple GY Gray Green/yellow GN/YW

OSLED PCB

OSLED (GN) SG OSLED (RED)

1 2 3

C6-B9 GY C6-B8 GY C6-B7 GY

C7-8 C7-9 C7-10 C7-11

PG PG 24 V 24 V

C4
(CN4) P1-3 RD P2-3 RD P2-1 RD P1-2 RD 4 3 2 1 DFSSW1 DFSSW2 24 V 24 V (VEN)

P2
24 V 1 2 3 C4-2 RD P1-1 RD C4-3 RD

C19-3 GY C19-2 GY C19-1 GY C10-6 GY C10-5 GY C10-4 GY C10-3 GY C10-2 GY C10-1 GY C20-3 GY C20-2 GY C20-1 RD

SG DSBSW 5V SG OSWSW 5V SG OSLSW 5V SG DFTSW 5V

C32-1 GY C32-2 GY C32-3 GY C30-1 GY C30-2 GY C30-3 GY C24-1 GY C24-2 GY C24-3 RD

C15-3 GY C15-2 GY C15-1 GY C13-2 GY C13-1 GY C26-2 GY C26-1 GY C17-6 GY C17-5 GY C17-4 GY C17-3 GY C17-2 GY C17-1 RD

A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-6 A-7 A-8 A-9 A-10 A-11 A-12 A-13

24 V SBPSOL (A) SBPSOL (R) 24 V OFCL 24 V EFSSOL OCM ACOM 24 V (VEN) OCM BCOM 24 V (VEN) OCM A OCM _ B OCM A _ OCM B

OFSOL (R) OFSOL (A) 24 V

B-13 B-12 B-11 B-10 24 V B-9 SBSFSOL B-8 24 V _ B-7 OFM B B-6 _ OFM A B-5 OFM B B-4 OFM A B-3 OFM BCOM 24 V (VEM) B-2 OFM ACOM 24 V (VEN) B-1

C22-1 GY C22-2 GY C-22-3 GY

C28-1 GY C28-2 GY C11-1 GY C11-2 GY C11-3 GY C11-4 GY C11-5 GY C11-6 RD

DFSSW2

24 V (VEN) DFSSW2

OE

C25
1 5V 2 OSSW 3 SG

C24
3 2 1

P1
P2-2 RD C4-1 RD C4-4 RD

DFSSW1
1 24 V 2 24 V (VEN) 3 DFSSW1

C6-B1 RD C6-B2 GY C6-B3 GY

OSSW

LB BE

C10
C6-A12 GY C6-A11 GY C6-A10 GY C6-A9 GY C6-A8 GY C6-A7 GY 1 2 3 4 5 6 5V OSLSW SG 5V OSWSW SG

C9
6 5 4 3 2 1 C7-1 OE C7-2 GY C7-3 BE C8-1 OE C8-2 YW C8-3 BE

EFSSOL
BE BE

C27
1 24 V 2 EFSSOL

C26
2 1

Original table C8
C9-3 OE C9-2 YW C9-1 BE 1 5V 2 OSWSW 3 SG OE YW BE

C5-A6 GY C5-A7 GY

C7 OSWSW
C9-6 OE C9-5 GY C9-4 BE

OSLSW
1 5V 2 OSLSW 3 SG

SBSFSOL

BE BE

C29
1 24 V 2 SBSFSOL

C28
2 1

C5-B7 GY C5-B8 GY

3-7-50

Large paper deck wiring diagram

A B C D E F G H
+5 V DLSW1 SGND CN-1 CN-2 CN-3 CN-4 CN-5 CN-6 CN-7 CN-8 CN-9 CN-10 CN-11 CN-12 CN-13 CN-14 CN-15 CN-16 G (5 V) G (24 V) 5V 24 V DECK RXD G (5 V) DECK TXD G (5 V) ACIN-L ACIN-N NC NC NC NC NC PFSW4* +5 V DLSW1 SGND +5 V UPSW1 SGND +5 V DLSW2 SGND +5 V UPSW2 SGND CN3-1 CN3-3 CN3-2 CN3-4 CN3-6 CN3-5 CN3-7 CN3-9 CN3-8 CN3-10 CN3-12 CN3-11 YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW YW +5 V UPSW1 SGND +5 V DLSW2 SGND +5 V UPSW2 SGND

2A3/4 I
CN-1 CN-3 CN-2 CN-1 CN-3 CN-2 CN-1 CN-3 CN-2 CN-1 CN-3 CN-2

DLSW1

RD BE OE GN LB GY PK BN PL

CN3-1 CN3-2 CN3-3 CN3-4 CN9-1 CN9-2 CN9-3 CN9-4 CN9-5

5V G (5 V) 24 V G (24 V) DECK TXD G (5 V) DECK RXD G (5 V) PFSW4* LED CLK N.C N.C DOSSW PESENS PPSENS2 DLSW1 UPSW1 DLSW2 UPSW2 PPSENS3 CN1-1 CN1-2 CN1-3 CN1-4 CN1-5 CN1-6 CN1-7 CN1-8 CN1-9 CN1-10 CN1-11

UPSW1

INTERFACE

BK CN-1 WE CN-2

AC-L AC-N

RD RD

LB LB LB LB LB LB LB LB LB LB LB

DCNJ-11 DCNJ-10 DCNJ-9 DCNJ-8 DCNJ-7 DCNJ-6 DCNJ-5 DCNJ-4 DCNJ-3 DCNJ-2 DCNJ-1

LED CLK N.C N.C DOSSW PESENS PPSENS2 DLSW1 UPSW1 DLSW2 UPSW2 PPSENS3

DCNP-11 DCNP-10 DCNP-9 DCNP-8 DCNP-7 DCNP-6 DCNP-5 DCNP-4 DCNP-3 DCNP-2 DCNP-1

WE WE WE WE WE WE WE WE WE WE WE

(Service part)
DH2

RD CN-1 RD CN-2

AC-N AC-L

RD RD +24 V +24 V N.C PFCL1 PFCL2 CCL +5 V SGND PPSENS1 N.C SCSW N.C CN4-1 CN4-2 CN4-3 CN4-4 CN4-5 CN4-6 CN4-7 CN4-8 CN4-9 CN4-10 CN4-11 CN4-12

LED CLK N.C N.C DOSSW PESENS PPSENS2 DLSW1 UPSW1 DLSW2 UPSW2 PPSENS3 N.C N.C +24 V +24 V N.C PFCL1 PFCL2 CCL +5 V SGND PPSENS1 N.C SCSW

CN2-1 CN2-2 CN2-3 CN2-4 CN2-5 CN2-6 CN2-7 CN2-8 CN2-9 CN2-10 CN2-11 CN2-12 CN2-13 CN1-1 CN1-2 CN1-3 CN1-4 CN1-5 CN1-6 CN1-7 CN1-8 CN1-9 CN1-10 CN1-11

DLSW2

2
UPSW2

(Service part)
DH1

RD CN-1 RD CN-2

AC-N AC-L

RD RD

WE WE WE WE WE WE WE WE WE WE WE

DCNJ-22 DCNJ-21 DCNJ-20 DCNJ-19 DCNJ-18 DCNJ-17 DCNJ-16 DCNJ-15 DCNJ-14 DCNJ-13 DCNJ-12

+24 V +24 V N.C PFCL1 PFCL2 CCL +5 V SGND PPSENS1 N.C SCSW

DCNP-22 DCNP-21 DCNP-20 DCNP-19 DCNP-18 DCNP-17 DCNP-16 DCNP-15 DCNP-14 DCNP-13 DCNP-12

LB LB LB LB LB LB LB LB LB LB LB

+5 V PPSENS3 LED CLK +5 V PESENS LED CLK +5 V PPSENS2 LED CLK

CN4-1 CN4-2 CN4-3 CN4-4 CN4-5 CN4-6 CN4-7 CN4-8 CN4-9

LB LB LB LB LB LB LB LB LB

+5 V PPSENS3 LED CLK +5 V PESENS LED CLK

CN-3 CN-2 CN-1 CN-3 CN-2 CN-1

PPSENS3

PESENS

+5 V PPSENS2 LED CLK +5 V PPSENS1 LED CLK

CN-3 CN-2 CN-1 CN-3 CN-2 CN-1

PPSENS2

+5 V PPSENS1 LED CLK N.C

CN7-1 CN7-2 CN7-3 CN7-4

WE WE WE

4
PPSENS1

CN-2 CN-1

PDM1 +24 V WE WE RD RD WE WE WE RD RD RD CN7-1 CN7-2 CN7-3 CN7-4 CN7-5 CN7-6 CN7-7 CN7-8 CN7-9 CN7-10 PDM1 +24 V +24 V PDM2 +5 V SGND PDMSENS1 +5 V SGND PDMSENS2 +5 V CN-3 SGND CN-2 PLDSENS1 CN-1 +24 V CCL +24 V PFCL2 +24 V PFCL1 N. C N. C CN5-1 CN5-2 CN5-3 CN5-4 CN5-5 CN5-6 CN5-7 CN5-8 OE OE OE OE OE OE

+24 V CCL +24 V PFCL2 +24 V PFCL1

BE BE BE BE BE BE

+24 V CCL +24 V PFCL2 +24 V PFCL1

CN-1 CN-2 CN-1 CN-2 CN-1 CN-2

CCL

PDM1

5
PFCL2

PDMSENS1

CN-3 CN-2 CN-1

+5 V SGND PDMSENS1

6
PDM2

CN-2 CN-1

+24 V PDM2

+5 V SGND PLDSENS1 +5 V SGND PLDSENS2

CN2-1 CN2-2 CN2-3 CN2-4 CN2-5 CN2-6

WE WE WE LB LB LB

PLDSENS1

PFCL1

+5 V CN-3 SGND CN-2 PLDSENS2 CN-1

PLDSENS2 RD RD RD RD RD

6
+5 V SGND SCSW DOSSW +24 V CN6-1 CN6-2 CN6-3 CN6-4 CN6-5 +5 V SGND SCSW CN-3 CN-2 CN-1

PDMSENS2

CN-3 CN-2 CN-1

+5 V SGND PDMSENS2

SCSW

7
CN-5 CN-4 CN-3 CN-2 CN-1 +24 V PGND CM PWM +5 V CM CLK OE OE OE OE OE CN12-1 CN12-2 CN12-3 CN12-4 CN12-5 +24 V PGND CM PWM +5 V CM CLK

CM

Wire color BLACK BROWN YELLOW GREEN BLUE WHITE PINK RED ORANGE LIGHT BLUE PURPLE

Mark BK BN YW GN BE WE PK RD OE LB PL

DOSSW +24 V

CN-1 CN-2 DOSSW

N. C N. C N. C

CN8-1 CN8-2 CN8-3

8
PDMPCB I/FPCB

8
* Switch on the copier

3-7-51